U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission

Washington, D.C. 20549

Form 40-F

[Check one]

¨ Registration statement pursuant to Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

or

 

x Annual report pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

 

For the fiscal year ended October 31, 2016   Commission File Number 001-13354

BANK OF MONTREAL

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

Not Applicable

(Translation of Registrant’s name into English (if applicable))

Canada

(Province or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

6029

(Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code Number (if applicable))

13-4941092

(I.R.S. Employer Identification Number (if applicable))

100 King Street West, 1 First Canadian Place, Toronto, Ontario, Canada M5X 1A1 (416-867-6785)

(Address and telephone number of Registrant’s principal executive offices)

Colleen Hennessy, Bank of Montreal, 111 West Monroe Street, P.O. Box 755, Chicago, Illinois

60690 (312-461-7745)

(Name, address (including zip code) and telephone number (including area code)

of agent for service in the United States)

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title Of Each Class   Name Of Each Exchange On Which Registered
Common Shares   New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

Not Applicable

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act:

Not Applicable

For annual reports, indicate by check mark the information filed with this Form:

x  Annual information form            x  Audited annual financial statements

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report.

 

Common Shares

     645,761,333   

Class B Preferred Shares Series 14

     10,000,000   

Class B Preferred Shares Series 15

     10,000,000   

Class B Preferred Shares Series 16

     6,267,391   

Class B Preferred Shares Series 17

     5,732,609   

Class B Preferred Shares Series 25

     9,425,607   

Class B Preferred Shares Series 26

     2,174,393   

Class B Preferred Shares Series 27 (Non-Viability Contingent Capital (NVCC))

     20,000,000   

Class B Preferred Shares Series 29 (Non-Viability Contingent Capital (NVCC))

     16,000,000   

Class B Preferred Shares Series 31 (Non-Viability Contingent Capital (NVCC))

     12,000,000   

Class B Preferred Shares Series 33 (Non-Viability Contingent Capital (NVCC))

     8,000,000   

Class B Preferred Shares Series 35 (Non-Viability Contingent Capital (NVCC))

     6,000,000   

Class B Preferred Shares Series 36 (Non-Viability Contingent Capital (NVCC))

     600,000   

Class B Preferred Shares Series 38 (Non-Viability Contingent Capital (NVCC))

     24,000,000   

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

Yes  x                                                 No  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to submit and post such files).

Yes  ¨                                                 No  ¨


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

DISCLOSURE CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

  
INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING   
AUDIT AND CONDUCT REVIEW COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT   
CODE OF ETHICS   
PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES   
OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS   
TABULAR DISCLOSURE OF CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS   
IDENTIFICATION OF THE AUDIT AND CONDUCT REVIEW COMMITTEE   
SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT CORPORATE GOVERNANCE DIFFERENCES   
NOTE ON CERTAIN ACTIVITIES   
UNDERTAKING   
SIGNATURES   
EXHIBIT INDEX   
Annual Information Form   
Management’s Discussion and Analysis for the Fiscal Year Ended October 31, 2016   
Consolidated Financial Statements for the Fiscal Year Ended October 31, 2016   
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm dated December 1, 2016   
Section 302 Certifications of Chief Executive Officer   
Section 302 Certifications of Chief Financial Officer   
Section 906 Certifications   

 

Page 2 of 7


DISCLOSURE CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

The information provided under the heading “Management’s Annual Report on Disclosure Controls and Procedures and Internal Control over Financial Reporting — Disclosure Controls and Procedures” (page 119) contained in the Bank’s Management’s Discussion and Analysis for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2016 (“2016 MD&A”), filed as Exhibit 99.2 to this annual report on Form 40-F, is incorporated by reference herein.

INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

a. Management’s annual report on internal control over financial reporting

The information provided under the heading “Management’s Annual Report on Disclosure Controls and Procedures and Internal Control over Financial Reporting — Internal Control over Financial Reporting” (page 119) contained in the 2016 MD&A, filed as Exhibit 99.2 to this annual report on Form 40-F, is incorporated by reference herein.

b. Auditor’s attestation report on internal control over financial reporting

The Bank’s shareholders’ auditors, KPMG LLP, have issued an audit report on our internal control over financial reporting. This audit report appears on page 138 of the Bank’s Consolidated Financial Statements for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2016 (“2016 Financial Statements”), filed as Exhibit 99.3 to this annual report on Form 40-F and is incorporated by reference herein.

c. Changes in internal control over financial reporting

The information provided under the heading “Management’s Annual Report on Disclosure Controls and Procedures and Internal Control over Financial Reporting — Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting” (page 119) contained in the 2016 MD&A, filed as Exhibit 99.2 to this annual report on Form 40-F, is incorporated by reference herein.

AUDIT AND CONDUCT REVIEW COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT

The information provided under the heading “Audit and Conduct Review Committee Information – Composition of the Audit and Conduct Review Committee” (page 15) identifying the Audit and Conduct Review Committee Financial Experts, and confirming the independence of the Audit and Conduct Review Committee Financial Experts, as set forth in the Bank’s Annual Information Form (dated December 6, 2016), filed as Exhibit 99.1 to this annual report on Form 40-F, is incorporated by reference herein.

CODE OF ETHICS

BMO’s Code of Conduct is its code of business conduct and ethics, which is applicable to every director and employee of the Bank. BMO’s Code of Conduct is available on the Bank’s website www.bmo.com and is available in print without charge to any shareholder upon request.

 

Page 3 of 7


PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

The information provided under the heading “Shareholders’ Auditors’ Services and Fees — Shareholders’ Auditors Fees” and “— Pre-Approval Policies and Procedures” (page 118) contained in the 2016 MD&A, filed as Exhibit 99.2 to this annual report on Form 40-F, is incorporated by reference herein.

OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS

The information provided under the heading “Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements” (page 78) contained in the 2016 MD&A, filed as Exhibit 99.2 to this annual report on Form 40-F, is incorporated by reference herein.

TABULAR DISCLOSURE OF CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS

The information provided under the heading “Note 29: Contractual Maturities of Assets and Liabilities and Off-Balance Sheet Commitments” (page 202) as set forth in the 2016 Financial Statements, filed as Exhibit 99.3 to this annual report on Form 40-F, is incorporated by reference herein.

IDENTIFICATION OF THE AUDIT AND CONDUCT REVIEW COMMITTEE

The information provided under the heading “Audit and Conduct Review Committee Information — Composition of the Audit and Conduct Review Committee” (page 15) identifying the Bank’s Audit and Conduct Review Committee and confirming the independence of the Audit and Conduct Review Committee as set forth in the Bank’s Annual Information Form (dated December 6, 2016), filed as Exhibit 99.1 to this annual report on Form 40-F, is incorporated by reference herein.

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT CORPORATE GOVERNANCE DIFFERENCES

A summary of significant ways corporate governance practices followed by the Bank differ from corporate governance practices required to be followed by U.S. domestic companies under The New York Stock Exchange’s listing standards (disclosure required by Section 303A.11 of the NYSE Listed Company Manual) is available on the Bank’s website at www.bmo.com.

NOTE ON CERTAIN ACTIVITIES

In 2015 and 2016, the Bank maintained a personal chequing account with a Canadian resident citizen that appears on the Specially Designated Nationals (“SDN”) list of the U.S. Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”) under Executive Order 13224 (the “Executive Order”). The Bank continues to maintain this account and monitors its use.

In 2014, through a subsidiary, the Bank acquired F&C Asset Management plc (“F&C”), a company located in the United Kingdom. In 2016, the Bank identified that a subsidiary of F&C maintained an investment account for an individual that appears on the SDN list of OFAC under the Executive Order. The F&C subsidiary continues to maintain this account and monitors its use.

Pursuant to Section 13(r) of the Exchange Act, the Bank is required to disclose whether it or any of its affiliates knowingly engaged in certain activities, transactions or dealings with certain individuals or entities, including those listed on OFAC’s SDN list under the Executive Order. Disclosure is generally required even where the activities, transactions or dealings were conducted outside the U.S. in compliance

 

Page 4 of 7


with applicable law. The Bank is not prohibited from doing business with these customers under applicable law or regulation. Revenues and profits from these relationships were not calculated but would be considered negligible.

 

Page 5 of 7


UNDERTAKING

Registrant undertakes to make available, in person or by telephone, representatives to respond to inquiries made by the Commission staff, and to furnish promptly, when requested to do so by the Commission staff, information relating to the securities in relation to which the obligation to file an annual report on Form 40-F arises or transactions in said securities.

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Exchange Act, the Registrant certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 40-F and has duly caused this annual report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereto duly authorized.

 

Registrant: BANK OF MONTREAL
By:  

/s/ Thomas E. Flynn

  Thomas E. Flynn
  Chief Financial Officer

Date: December 6, 2016

 

Page 6 of 7


EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibits    Description
99.1    Annual Information Form
99.2    Management’s Discussion and Analysis for the Fiscal Year Ended October 31, 2016
99.3    Consolidated Financial Statements for the Fiscal Year Ended October 31, 2016
99.4    Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm dated December 6, 2016
99.5    Certifications of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
99.6    Certifications of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
99.7    Certifications pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

Page 7 of 7


EX-99.1

Exhibit 99.1

 

BANK OF MONTREAL

 

 

LOGO

 

 

ANNUAL INFORMATION FORM

FOR THE YEAR ENDED OCTOBER 31, 2016

 

Dated December 6, 2016

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

   

Annual Information

Form

  2016
Financial Statements
  Management’s
Discussion
and Analysis1

EXPLANATORY NOTES AND CAUTIONS

  3      

Caution Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

  3       30

CORPORATE STRUCTURE

  4     Note 27  

GENERAL DEVELOPMENT OF THE BUSINESS

  4       27-29, 45-63

Three-Year History

  4      

DESCRIPTION OF THE BUSINESS

  5      

Business

  5     Note 26   27-29, 45-63

Supervision and Regulation in Canada

  5       110-111

Supervision and Regulation in the United States

  5       110-111

International Supervision and Regulation

  6       70-73

Competition

  6      

Environmental, Social and Governance Issues

  7      

DIVIDENDS

  7     Note 16   76

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STRUCTURE

  7     Note 16 and 20   70-76

Description of Common Shares

  8     Note 16  

Description of Preferred Shares

  8     Note 16  

Certain Conditions of the Class A Preferred Shares as a Class

  8     Note 16  

Certain Conditions of the Class B Preferred Shares as a Class

  8      

Restraints on Bank Shares under the Bank Act

  9      

Ratings

  9     Note 8  

MARKET FOR SECURITIES

  11    

Trading Price and Volume

  11    

Prior Sales

  12   Note 15 and 16  

DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

  12    

Board of Directors

  12    

Board Committee Members

  13    

Executive Officers

  13    

Shareholdings of Directors and Executive Officers

  14    

Additional Disclosure for Directors and Executive Officers

  14    

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS AND REGULATORY ACTIONS

  14   Note 25  

TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR

  14    

INTERESTS OF EXPERTS

  15   137-138  

AUDIT AND CONDUCT REVIEW COMMITTEE INFORMATION

  15    

Composition of the Audit and Conduct Review Committee

  15    

Shareholders’ Auditors Pre-Approval Policies and Procedures and Fees

  15     118

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

  15    

APPENDIX I

  17    

BANK OF MONTREAL

  17    

AUDIT AND CONDUCT REVIEW COMMITTEE CHARTER

  17    

 

 

1  As indicated, parts of the Bank’s Consolidated Financial Statements (2016 Financial Statements) and Management’s Discussion and Analysis (2016 MD&A) for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2016 are incorporated by reference into this Annual Information Form. The 2016 Financial Statements and the 2016 MD&A are available on SEDAR (www.sedar.com).

 

Page 2 of 24


EXPLANATORY NOTES AND CAUTIONS

Unless specifically stated otherwise in this Annual Information Form:

 

   

all amounts are in Canadian dollars

 

   

BMO Financial Group, the Bank, BMO, we, or our means Bank of Montreal and, as applicable, its subsidiaries

 

   

information is as at October 31, 2016

Caution Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

Bank of Montreal’s public communications often include written or oral forward-looking statements. Statements of this type are included in this document, and may be included in other filings with Canadian securities regulators or the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, or in other communications. All such statements are made pursuant to the “safe harbor” provisions of, and are intended to be forward-looking statements under, the United States Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 and any applicable Canadian securities legislation. Forward-looking statements may involve, but are not limited to, comments with respect to our objectives and priorities for fiscal 2017 and beyond, our strategies or future actions, our targets, expectations for our financial condition or share price, and the results of or outlook for our operations or for the Canadian, U.S. and international economies.

By their nature, forward-looking statements require us to make assumptions and are subject to inherent risks and uncertainties. There is significant risk that predictions, forecasts, conclusions or projections will not prove to be accurate, that our assumptions may not be correct, and that actual results may differ materially from such predictions, forecasts, conclusions or projections. We caution readers of this document not to place undue reliance on our forward-looking statements, as a number of factors could cause actual future results, conditions, actions or events to differ materially from the targets, expectations, estimates or intentions expressed in the forward-looking statements.

The future outcomes that relate to forward-looking statements may be influenced by many factors, including but not limited to: general economic and market conditions in the countries in which we operate; weak, volatile or illiquid capital and/or credit markets; interest rate and currency value fluctuations; changes in monetary, fiscal, tax or economic policy; the level of competition in the geographic and business areas in which we operate; changes in laws or in supervisory expectations or requirements, including capital, interest rate and liquidity requirements and guidance; judicial or regulatory proceedings; the accuracy and completeness of the information we obtain with respect to our customers and counterparties; our ability to execute our strategic plans and to complete and integrate acquisitions, including obtaining regulatory approvals; critical accounting estimates and the effect of changes to accounting standards, rules and interpretations on these estimates; operational and infrastructure risks; changes to our credit ratings; political conditions, including changes relating to or affecting economic or trade matters; global capital markets activities; the possible effects on our business of war or terrorist activities; outbreaks of disease or illness that affect local, national or international economies; natural disasters and disruptions to public infrastructure, such as transportation, communications, power or water supply; technological changes; information and cyber security; and our ability to anticipate and effectively manage risks arising from all of the foregoing factors.

We caution that the foregoing list is not exhaustive of all possible factors. Other factors and risks could adversely affect our results. For more information, please see the Enterprise-Wide Risk Management section on page 79 of Bank of Montreal’s 2016 MD&A, which outlines certain key factors and risks that may affect Bank of Montreal’s future results. Investors and others should carefully consider these factors and risks, as well as other uncertainties and potential events, and the inherent uncertainty of forward-looking statements. Bank of Montreal does not undertake to update any forward-looking statements, whether written or oral, that may be made from time to time by the organization or on its behalf, except as required by law. The forward-looking information contained or incorporated by reference in this document is presented for the purpose of assisting our shareholders in understanding our financial position as at and for the periods ended on the dates presented, as well as our strategic priorities and objectives, and may not be appropriate for other purposes.

Assumptions about the performance of the Canadian and U.S. economies, as well as overall market conditions and their combined effect on our business, are material factors we consider when determining our strategic priorities, objectives and expectations for our business. In determining our expectations for economic growth, both broadly and in the financial services sector, we primarily consider historical economic data provided by the Canadian and U.S. governments and their agencies. See the Economic Developments and Outlook section of the 2016 MD&A.

 

Page 3 of 24


 

CORPORATE STRUCTURE

Bank of Montreal started business in Montreal in 1817 and was incorporated in 1821 by an Act of Lower Canada as the first Canadian chartered bank. Since 1871, the Bank has been a chartered bank under the Bank Act (Canada) (the Bank Act), and is named in Schedule I of the Bank Act. The Bank Act is the charter of the Bank and governs its operations.

The Bank’s head office is 129 rue Saint Jacques, Montreal, Quebec, H2Y 1L6. Its executive offices are 100 King Street West, 1 First Canadian Place, Toronto, Ontario, M5X 1A1.

Bank of Montreal brands the organization’s member companies as BMO Financial Group. Note 27 to the 2016 Financial Statements lists the intercorporate relationships among Bank of Montreal and its significant subsidiaries. We incorporate this Note by reference. These subsidiaries are incorporated under the laws of the state, province, or country of their head or principal office, except for BMO Financial Corp.; BMO Asset Management Corp.; BMO Capital Markets Corp.; BMO Harris Financial Advisors, Inc.; BMO Harris Financing, Inc.; BMO Private Equity (U.S.), Inc.; CTC myCFO, LLC; and Stoker Ostler Wealth Advisors, Inc. Each of these entities is organized in Delaware.

 

 

GENERAL DEVELOPMENT OF THE BUSINESS

Three-Year History

As at October 31, 2016, BMO was the fourth largest chartered bank in Canada in assets, equity, and market capitalization.

On October 15, 2013, BMO announced the appointment of Franklin J. Techar as Chief Operating Officer, BMO Financial Group effective November 1, 2013.

On May 7, 2014, BMO completed the acquisition of F&C Asset Management plc. This acquisition has strengthened the position of BMO Global Asset Management as a globally significant money manager, adding scale, capabilities and resources to its asset management platform and providing attractive cross-selling opportunities.

On December 1, 2015, BMO completed the acquisition of General Electric Capital Corporation’s (GE Capital) Transportation Finance business in the United States and Canada with net assets on closing of approximately $12.1 billion (U.S. $9.0 billion). The acquisition builds on our position as a market leader in commercial banking, and enhances our business position in the United States by further diversifying net income, adding scale and enhancing profitability and margins.

On October 28, 2016, BMO announced the appointments of Franklin J. Techar as Vice-Chair, BMO Financial Group, Darryl White as Chief Operating Officer, BMO Financial Group, Patrick Cronin as Group Head, BMO Capital Markets, Gilles Ouellette as Group Head, BMO Asset Management and Joanna Rotenberg as Group Head, BMO Wealth Management. Each of these appointments was effective November 1, 2016.

BMO has had common share buyback programs in place for several years. The 2016-2017 program expires on January 31, 2017. During the year ended October 31, 2016, the Bank did not make any purchases under the program.

For additional information on the general development of BMO’s business and our strategies for the upcoming year, see pages 27 to 29 and 45 to 63 of the 2016 MD&A, which we incorporate here by reference.

This Three-Year History section contains forward-looking statements. Please see the Caution Regarding Forward-Looking Statements on page 3.

 

Page 4 of 24


 

DESCRIPTION OF THE BUSINESS

Business

BMO offers a broad range of products and services directly and through Canadian and non-Canadian subsidiaries, offices, and branches. As at October 31, 2016, BMO had more than 12 million customers and more than 45,000 full-time equivalent employees. The Bank has over 1,500 bank branches in Canada and the United States and operates internationally in major financial markets and trading areas through its offices in 27 other jurisdictions, including the United States. BMO Financial Corp. (BFC) is based in Chicago and wholly-owned by Bank of Montreal. BFC operates primarily through its subsidiary BMO Harris Bank N.A. (BHB), which provides banking, financing, investing, and cash management services in select markets in the U.S. Midwest. BMO provides a full range of investment dealer services through entities, including BMO Nesbitt Burns Inc., a major fully integrated Canadian investment dealer, and BMO Capital Markets Corp., Bank of Montreal’s wholly-owned registered securities dealer in the United States.

BMO conducts business through three operating groups: Personal and Commercial Banking (P&C), made up of Canadian P&C and U.S. P&C; Wealth Management; and BMO Capital Markets. Canadian P&C operates across Canada, offering a broad range of products and services, including banking, lending and treasury management. Operating predominately in the U.S. Midwest under the BMO Harris brand, U.S. P&C offers personal and commercial clients banking, lending, and treasury management products and services. Wealth Management serves a full range of client segments from mainstream to ultra-high net worth and institutional, with a broad offering of wealth management products and services including insurance. Wealth Management is a global business with an active presence in markets across Canada, the United States, Europe and Asia. BMO Capital Markets is a North American-based financial services provider offering a complete range of products and services to corporate, institutional and government clients. These include equity and debt underwriting, corporate lending and project financing, mergers and acquisitions advisory services, securitization, treasury management, risk management, debt and equity research, and institutional sales and trading. With approximately 2,400 professionals in 30 locations around the world, including 16 offices in North America, BMO Capital Markets works proactively with clients to provide innovative and integrated financial solutions. Corporate Services consists of Corporate Support Areas and Technology and Operations (T&O). Corporate Support Areas provide enterprise-wide expertise and governance support in a variety of areas, including strategic planning, risk management, finance, legal and regulatory compliance, marketing, communications and human resources. T&O manages, maintains and provides governance over information technology, operations services, real estate and sourcing for the Bank.

For additional information regarding BMO’s businesses, see pages 27 to 29 and 45 to 63 of the 2016 MD&A and Note 26 to the 2016 Financial Statements. We incorporate these pages and Note by reference.

Supervision and Regulation in Canada

Bank of Montreal’s activities in Canada are governed by the Bank Act.

Under the Bank Act, a bank can operate its regular banking business as well as some additional activities, such as dealing with real property and various information services. A bank is restricted when it undertakes certain activities, including fiduciary activities, dealing in securities, insurance activities, and personal property leasing. For example, other than for authorized types of insurance, a bank may not offer insurance products through its branch system or bank website.

The Bank Act grants a bank broad power to invest in the securities of other corporations and entities, but limits substantial investments. Under the Bank Act, a bank generally has a substantial investment in a body corporate when (1) the bank and entities controlled by the bank beneficially own more than 10% of the voting shares of the body corporate or (2) the bank and entities controlled by the bank beneficially own shares representing more than 25% of the total shareholders’ equity of the body corporate. A bank can have a substantial investment in entities that meet the substantial investment requirements as set out in Part IX of the Bank Act. In certain cases, the Minister of Finance or the Superintendent must approve before making an investment.

The Superintendent is responsible to the Minister of Finance for administering the Bank Act. The Superintendent provides guidelines for disclosing a bank’s financial information. The Superintendent must also examine each bank annually to ensure compliance with the Bank Act and that each bank is in sound financial condition. The Superintendent’s examination report is submitted to the Minister of Finance.

Additional information about supervision and regulation in Canada is found under the headings “Regulatory Capital Requirements” in the Enterprise-Wide Capital Management section on pages 70 and 71, “Regulatory Developments” in the Liquidity and Funding Risk section on page 105, and “Legal and Regulatory Risk” on pages 110 to 111 of the 2016 MD&A.

Supervision and Regulation in the United States

In the United States, the activities of Bank of Montreal and its subsidiaries are supervised, regulated, and examined by regulatory and government agencies at the federal and state level. As a foreign bank, Bank of Montreal is subject to various U.S. laws and regulations, including the United States International Banking Act of 1978, the United States Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, and related regulations. The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, including the Federal Reserve Banks (the Federal Reserve), and state banking regulators oversee the Bank of Montreal’s branch and office operations in the United States. The U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the SEC), the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, and state securities regulators regulate broker-dealer subsidiaries. The SEC and state securities regulators regulate registered investment advisor subsidiaries.

Bank of Montreal and its subsidiaries own two Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) insured depository institutions in the United States. These institutions engage in cash management, fiduciary activities, and commercial and retail banking. They are subject to laws and regulations and examination by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC). The Federal Reserve generally needs to approve acquiring (a) more than 5% of voting shares, (b) control, or (c) all (or substantially all) of the assets of a bank holding company, bank, or savings association.

 

Page 5 of 24


The Bank is also subject to the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (Dodd-Frank). Dodd-Frank reforms include heightened consumer protection, revised regulation of over-the-counter derivatives markets, restrictions on proprietary trading and the ownership and sponsorship of private investment funds by banks and their affiliates (referred to as the Volcker Rule), imposition of heightened prudential standards, and broader application of leverage and risk-based capital requirements.

Dodd-Frank rulemaking will continue over the next several years. The conformance date for the Volcker Rule, which prohibits banking entities active in the U.S. and their affiliates from certain proprietary trading and specified relationships with private investment funds, was July 21, 2015. U.S. regulators extended until July 21, 2017 the requirement that banking entities, including the Bank and its subsidiaries, conform all of their investments in, and relationships with, private investment funds in place before December 31, 2013. The Bank completed a significant review of its operations and developed policies and procedures to meet both the July 21, 2015 deadline and the July 21, 2017 deadline, and now has systems in place to assess, monitor, and report on Volcker Rule compliance across the Enterprise. In addition, under Dodd-Frank, most over-the-counter derivatives are now subject to a comprehensive regulatory regime. Certain derivatives are now required to be centrally cleared and traded on an exchange and are subject to reporting and business conduct requirements. Capital and margin requirements relating to derivatives are currently being considered by international regulators, and margin requirements have been adopted by U.S. regulators. The SEC has adopted rules for security-based swap dealers and other participants in the security-based swap market, including registration requirements. The date or dates for registration, which depends on additional SEC rulemaking, have not been set. BMO is preparing for the impact of such requirements.

In February 2014, the Federal Reserve Board approved a final rule for strengthening supervision and regulation of foreign banking organizations (FBO Rule) that implements Dodd-Frank’s enhanced prudential standards and early remediation requirements for the U.S. operations of non-U.S. banks, such as BMO. The FBO Rule establishes new requirements relating to an intermediate holding company structure, risk-based capital and leverage requirements, capital stress testing requirements, U.S. risk management and risk governance, liquidity risk management and liquidity stress testing frameworks. In December 2014, we submitted to the Federal Reserve Board our implementation plan for meeting these requirements by the effective date (July 1, 2016). In accordance with the FBO Rule, BMO certified our compliance with the FBO Rule requirements to the Federal Reserve Board in July 2016.

In September 2014, the OCC issued guidelines that establish heightened standards for large national banks with average total consolidated assets of US$50 billion or more, including BHB. The guidelines set out minimum standards for the design and implementation of a bank’s risk governance framework and minimum standards for oversight of that framework by a bank’s board of directors. The framework must ensure the bank’s risk profile is easily distinguished and separate from that of its parent for risk management purposes. A bank’s board of directors is responsible for informed oversight of, and providing credible challenge to, management’s risk management recommendations and decisions. We have implemented a plan to comply with these guidelines.

Additional information about supervision and regulation in the United States is found under the headings “Regulatory Capital Requirements” in the Enterprise-Wide Capital Management section on pages 70 and 71, “Regulatory Developments” in the Liquidity and Funding Risk section on page 105, and “Legal and Regulatory Risk” on pages 110 to 111 of the 2016 MD&A.

This Supervision and Regulation in the United States section contains forward-looking statements. Please see the Cautionary Statement on page 3.

International Supervision and Regulation

Outside Canada and the U.S., each of Bank of Montreal’s branches, agencies and subsidiaries must comply with the regulatory requirements of the country or jurisdiction where it conducts business. These include the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision capital, liquidity and prudential rules (Basel III) which are intended to strengthen the banking sector’s capital and liquidity frameworks. Since the first quarter of 2013, regulatory capital requirements for Bank of Montreal have been determined on a Basel III basis. There is additional information on Basel III under the headings “Regulatory Capital Requirements”, “Regulatory Capital Ratios” and “Regulatory Capital Elements” in the Enterprise-Wide Capital Management section on pages 70 and 71 of the 2016 MD&A, which we incorporate here by reference.

Competition

Canada’s financial services industry is highly competitive. It includes 30 domestic banks and 56 foreign bank subsidiaries, branches, and lending branches, as well as a multitude of trust companies, credit unions, online and full-service brokerages, investment dealers, life and property and casualty insurance companies, mutual fund dealers, and large monoline financial institutions, among others. Bank of Montreal competes with most of these companies in some form in our different businesses. However, our range of services compares to those of the other four major Canadian banks, and they are our direct competitors in almost all our businesses and markets in Canada. Bank of Montreal was the fourth largest chartered bank in Canada as measured by assets, equity, and market capitalization as at October 31, 2016. In North America, we’re the eighth largest bank by assets, tenth largest by equity and by market capitalization as at October 31, 2016 for BMO (June 30, 2016 for BHB). BMO is the second largest Canadian bank as measured by retail branches in Canada and the United States.

In addition, the financial services industry is undergoing rapid change, as technology enables non-traditional new entrants to compete in certain segments of the banking market, in some cases with reduced regulation. New entrants may use new technologies, advanced data and analytic tools, lower cost to serve, reduced regulatory burden and/or faster processes to challenge traditional banks. For example, new business models have been observed in retail payments, consumer and commercial lending, foreign exchange and low-cost investment advisory services. While we closely monitor business disruptors, we also continue to adapt by making investments, including improving our mobile banking capabilities, building new branch formats, and refining our decisioning and analytic tools and partnering, where appropriate, to bring customer solutions to market. We further mitigate this risk by providing our customers with access to banking services across different channels, focusing on improving customer loyalty and trust, using our own advanced data and analytical tools and leveraging current and future partnerships. However, matching the pace of innovation exhibited by new and differently-situated competitors may require us and policy-makers to adapt with greater pace.

The five major banks play a prominent role in the Canadian banking system, each maintaining an extensive and evolving branch network, augmented by automated banking machines, as well as telephone, internet, and mobile banking systems. The industry is considered mature with moderate growth, supported by an overall focus on productivity, investments in infrastructure and technology integration. Although the major banks offer similar products and services, they compete on offerings, pricing, service models and technology, as well as entering into partnerships and alliances, with a goal of gaining a strategic advantage and serving customers better. Increased competition is also evident in the drive for scale and operating efficiencies.

 

Page 6 of 24


BMO’s Canadian P&C banking business is one of the top five in Canada in all core product areas, providing a full range of lending, deposit and treasury management products and services to eight million customers. Canadian P&C continues to focus on strengthening customer loyalty in order to generate growth in a competitive environment, as well as increasing digital capabilities to augment the customer experience. Personal Banking provides customers with a wide range of products and services, including chequing and savings accounts, credit cards, mortgages, creditor insurance and everyday financial and investment advice. Our employees are focused on providing exceptional service to all of our customers every time they interact with us.

Canadian P&C’s award winning2 commercial bank possesses a strong competitive position in commercial lending, with a number two market share for business loans of up to $25 million. Commercial Banking provides small business and commercial banking customers with a broad suite of commercial products and services, including business deposit accounts, commercial credit cards, business loans and commercial mortgages, cash management solutions, foreign exchange and specialized banking programs. Our Commercial bankers work closely with our customers to identify solutions which will help them grow and manage their business.

In Canada, Wealth Management competes with domestic banks, trust companies, global private banks, investment counselling firms, and mutual fund companies. Wealth Management’s Canadian businesses have strong brand recognition and market position. Wealth Management has a strong market share in each of its full-service brokerage, online brokerage, and private banking businesses and investment funds. In the United States, Wealth Management competes primarily in U.S. personal wealth and asset management, with our strategic presence in the Chicago and Milwaukee area and in select high-growth wealth markets across the country. In Europe, the Middle East and Africa (EMEA), Wealth Management competes primarily in asset management through the acquisition of F&C Asset Management plc on May 7, 2014, which has been rebranded as BMO Global Asset Management. This acquisition has strengthened the position of BMO Global Asset Management as a globally significant money manager, adding scale, capabilities and resources to its asset management platform and providing attractive cross-selling opportunities.

BMO Capital Markets operates in a highly competitive environment and our businesses face a diverse range of competitors. Our success is based on a stable and integrated North American platform with a complementary international presence; leading expertise and relationships in strategic sectors and providing clients with integrated financial solutions using a full range of products; a unique ability to serve U.S. mid-cap clients; and strong risk management practices.

Competition in the United States is more complex than in Canada, given the market’s size and activity, as well as personal and commercial banking competitors at the community, regional, and national level, plus other financial service providers. U.S. P&C has a significant footprint in eight states, primarily in six neighbouring states (Illinois, Wisconsin, Indiana, Minnesota, Missouri and Kansas). The U.S. Midwest banking environment continues to be highly competitive, with a low interest rate environment, global economic headwinds and moderate economic growth, posing challenges for the banking industry. As a result, we remain committed to a customer-focused growth strategy, offering a new product suite, enhanced digital capabilities and credit processes, delivery optimization, and sales productivity, while deepening our relationships with our current customers and expanding into under-served markets, all while maintaining a commitment to a “One Bank” experience. As we look forward, an anticipated uptrend in interest rates, improvement in labour markets, and positive consumer metrics will help us sustain the rising momentum in deposit and loan growth. We will continue to actively manage risks and regulatory compliance through comprehensive and integrated oversight and control structure.

Consolidation has been underway in the financial services industry in Canada and the United States in recent years. This affects trust companies, mutual fund managers, life insurers, and credit unions. Canadian federal government policy discourages large banks from merging. It is uncertain whether this will change in the near future but further consolidation and increased competition in the financial services industry overall is likely.

Environmental, Social and Governance Issues

The Bank publishes an Environmental, Social and Governance Report and Public Accountability Statement, outlining how the Bank is addressing environmental, social, and governance issues. This report and other related information is available on the Bank’s website, www.bmo.com, under the heading “Corporate Responsibility.” Additional information about our environmental and social risks is under the heading “Enterprise-Wide Risk Management” beginning on page 79 of the 2016 MD&A, which we incorporate here by reference.

 

 

DIVIDENDS

You can find information about the Bank’s dividends paid or payable per share on the common shares and each outstanding series of preferred shares in each of the three most recently completed years in Note 16 of the 2016 Financial Statements, which we incorporate here by reference.

We cannot declare dividends on our preferred or common shares if paying those dividends would contravene the capital adequacy, liquidity, or other regulations under the Bank Act. Also, we cannot pay common share dividends unless we have paid all dividends declared and payable on the Bank’s preferred shares or set aside sufficient funds to do so. The Board of Directors determines the amount and payment of future dividends. The determination by the Board of Directors depends on the Bank’s operations, financial condition, cash requirements, future regulatory restrictions on the payment of dividends, and other factors the Board of Directors finds relevant. You can find information about our dividends and our dividend payout range on page 76 of the 2016 MD&A, which we incorporate here by reference.

 

 

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STRUCTURE

The following summarizes certain provisions of our common and preferred shares. This summary is qualified in its entirety by the actual terms and conditions of such shares. For more detail on the Bank’s capital structure, see pages 70 to 76 of the 2016 MD&A and Notes 16 and 20 of the 2016 Financial Statements. We incorporate those pages and Notes by reference.

 

 

2 In 2016, the Bank was named the Best Commercial Bank in Canada by World Finance Magazine for the second consecutive year.

 

Page 7 of 24


Description of Common Shares

The authorized capital of the Bank includes an unlimited number of common shares without nominal or par value for unlimited consideration. The holders of common shares are entitled to:

 

  (i)

Vote at all Bank shareholders’ meetings, except for meetings where only holders of a specified class or series of shares are entitled to vote.

 

  (ii)

Receive dividends as and when declared by the Board of Directors, subject to the preference of the Bank’s holders of preferred shares.

 

  (iii)

Receive the remaining property of the Bank if it is liquidated, dissolved, or wound up, only after paying the Bank’s holders of preferred shares and paying all outstanding debt.

Description of Preferred Shares

The authorized capital of the Bank includes an unlimited number of Class A Preferred Shares and Class B Preferred Shares without nominal or par value, in series, for unlimited consideration. Class B Preferred shares may be issued in a foreign currency. The following describes certain general terms and conditions of the preferred shares.

Certain Conditions of the Class A Preferred Shares as a Class

Issuable in Series

From time to time, the Board of Directors may resolve to issue Class A Preferred Shares in one or more series with rights, privileges, restrictions, and conditions, which the Board of Directors may also decide. As at December 6, 2016 there were no outstanding Class A Preferred Shares.

The Class A Preferred Shares of each series rank equally to all other series of Class A and Class B Preferred Shares and are entitled to preference over the common shares and over any other shares ranking junior to the Class A Preferred Shares and the Class B Preferred Shares with respect to the payment of dividends and in the distribution of property in the event of the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Bank.

Creating and Issuing Shares

Under the Bank Act, we need approval from the holders of Class A Preferred Shares to create any other class of shares with equal or superior rank to Class A Preferred Shares. Shareholders must give this approval as set out below in “Shareholder Approvals.” The Bank Act and other laws may also require other forms of approval.

We do not require shareholder approval to create or issue additional Class A Preferred Shares or shares of equal rank if, on the date they are created or issued, we have declared and paid or set apart for payment all dividends payable on cumulative and non-cumulative Class A Preferred Shares, including for the most recently completed fiscal period.

Voting Rights

The holders of the Class A Preferred Shares can only vote as a class on certain matters (see below) or as the law requires.

Shareholder Approvals

Holders of the Class A Preferred Shares can approve a resolution if 66 2/3% or more holders casting vote in favour of doing so at a meeting where the majority of Class A Preferred Shares is represented, or if no quorum is present at such a meeting, at any adjourned meeting at which no quorum requirements apply.

Certain Conditions of the Class B Preferred Shares as a Class

Issuable in Series

From time to time, the Board of Directors may resolve to issue Class B Preferred Shares in one or more series with rights, privileges, restrictions, and conditions, which the Board of Directors may also decide.

The Class B Preferred Shares of each series rank equally to all the other series of Class B and Class A Preferred Shares, are entitled to preference over the common shares and any other shares ranking junior to the Class A Preferred Shares and the Class B Preferred Shares with respect to the payment of dividends and in the distribution of property in the event of the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Bank.

Creating and Issuing Shares

Under the Bank Act, we need approval from holders of Class B Preferred Shares to create any other class of shares with equal or superior rank to Class B Preferred Shares. The Bank Act or other laws may also require other forms of approval.

We do not require shareholder approval to create or issue additional Class B Preferred Shares or shares of equal rank if, on the date they are created or issued, we have declared and paid or set apart for payment all dividends payable on cumulative and non-cumulative Class B Preferred Shares, including for the most recently completed fiscal period. As at December 6, 2016, there were no outstanding Class B Preferred Shares with the right to cumulative dividends.

Voting Rights

The holders of the Class B Preferred Shares only have voting rights as a class on certain matters (see below) or as the law requires.

 

Page 8 of 24


Shareholder Approvals

Holders of the Class B Preferred Shares can give their approval if 66 2/3% or more holders casting vote in favour of doing so at a meeting where the majority of Class B Preferred Shares is represented, or if no quorum is present at such meeting, at an adjourned meeting at which no quorum requirements apply.

Contingent Conversion of Certain Series of Class B Preferred Shares

Upon the occurrence of certain specified trigger events relating to the viability of the Bank, the Class B Preferred Shares Series 27 (Non-Viability Contingent Capital (NVCC)), Class B Preferred Shares Series 29 (Non-Viability Contingent Capital (NVCC)), Class B Preferred Shares Series 31 (Non-Viability Contingent Capital) (NVCC)), Class B Preferred Shares Series 33 (Non-Viability Contingent Capital (NVCC)), Class B Preferred Shares Series 35 (Non-Viability Contingent Capital (NVCC)), Class B Preferred Shares Series 36 (Non-Viability Contingent Capital (NVCC)) and Class B Preferred Shares Series 38 (Non-Viability Contingent Capital (NVCC)), will immediately and automatically be converted into common shares of the Bank. The number of common shares into which such Class B Preferred Shares would be converted upon the occurrence of such a trigger event will be determined in accordance with a pre-determined conversion formula specified at the time of issuance of such Class B Preferred Shares.

Restraints on Bank Shares under the Bank Act

The Bank Act restricts the beneficial ownership of shares of a bank. No person may be a major shareholder of a bank if the bank has equity of $12 billion or more, which applies to the Bank. A major shareholder is defined as a person, or group of persons under common control or acting jointly or in concert, that beneficially owns more than 20 per cent of any class of voting shares or more than 30 per cent of any class of non-voting shares of the bank.

In addition, no person may have a significant interest in any class of shares of a bank, including the Bank, unless the person first receives the approval of the Minister of Finance. A person has a significant interest in a class of shares of a bank when the person, or group of persons under common control or acting jointly or in concert, beneficially owns more than 10% of any class of shares of the bank.

Governments and their agents are also restricted from acquiring shares of a bank, except for certain cases that require the Minister of Finance’s consent.

Ratings

The following table sets out ratings the Bank has received for its outstanding securities from the rating agencies, which are current as at October 31, 2016.

 

       
     

S&P

 

  

Moody’s

 

  

DBRS

 

  

Fitch

 

     

Rating

 

  

      Rank1      

 

  

Rating

 

  

    Rank1    

 

  

Rating

 

  

Rank1

 

  

    Rating      

 

  

    Rank1    

 

               

Short-term instruments

 

   A-1    1 of 6    P-1    1 of 4    R-1 (high)    1 of 6    F1+    1 of 6

Deposits & senior debt

   A+    3 of 10    Aa3    2 of 9    AA    2 of 10    AA-    2 of 10
               

Subordinated debt

 

Subordinated debt – NVCC2

  

BBB+

 

BBB

  

4 of 10

 

4 of 10

  

A3

 

Baa1

  

3 of 9

 

4 of 9

  

AA (low)

 

A (low)

  

2 of 10

 

3 of 10

  

A+

 

N/A

  

3 of 10

 

N/A

Preferred shares3

 

Preferred shares – NVCC2,3

  

BBB- / P-2 (low)

 

BB+ / P-3 (high)

  

3 of 9 / 2 of 8

 

4 of 9 / 3 of 8

  

Baa2

 

Baa2

  

4 of 9

 

4 of 9

  

Pfd-2 (high)

 

Pfd-2

  

2 of 6

 

2 of 6

  

N/A

 

N/A

  

N/A

 

N/A

               

Trend/Outlook

 

  

Stable

 

  

--

 

  

Negative

 

  

--

 

  

Negative

 

  

--

 

  

Stable

 

  

--

 

Notes: 1 Rank, according to each rating agency’s public website, refers to the assigned ratings ranking of all major assignable ratings for each debt or share class, 1 being the highest. Each assignable major rating may be modified further (+/-, high/low) to show relative standing within the major rating categories.

2 Non-viability contingent capital or NVCC.

3 It is the practice of S&P to present an issuer’s preferred share ratings on both the global rating scale and on the Canadian national scale when listing the ratings for a particular issuer.

A definition of the categories of each rating as at November 30, 2016 from each rating agency’s website is outlined in Appendix II to this Annual Information Form. Further information may be obtained from the applicable rating agency. Fitch and S&P have a stable outlook on BMO’s long-term credit ratings, while Moody’s and DBRS have a negative outlook on the ratings of BMO and other Canadian banks pending further details on the Canadian federal government’s approach to implementing a bail-in regime for Canada’s domestic systemically important banks. On December 11, 2015, S&P revised the outlook to stable from negative on systemically important Canadian banks, including BMO. The change reflected S&P’s view that the implementation timetable for the proposed Canadian bail-in framework could be substantially longer (2018 or later) than previously assumed.

The credit ratings that external rating agencies assign to some of our securities are important in the raising of both capital and funding to support our business operations. Maintaining strong credit ratings allows the Bank to access the capital markets at competitive pricing levels. Should our credit ratings experience a material downgrade, our cost of funds would likely increase significantly and our access to funding and capital through capital markets could be reduced. A material downgrade of our ratings could have other consequences, including those set out in Note 8 of the 2016 Financial Statements.

Credit ratings are not recommendations to purchase, hold, or sell securities and do not address the market price or suitability of a specific security for a particular investor. Credit ratings may not reflect the potential impact of all risks on the value of securities. In addition, real or anticipated changes in the rating assigned to a security will generally affect the market value of that security. We cannot know for certain that a rating will remain in effect for any given period of time or that a rating agency will not revise or withdraw it entirely in the future.

The Bank paid fees to credit rating agencies to obtain its credit ratings. The Bank may also pay fees for other services from credit rating agencies in the ordinary course of business.

 

Page 9 of 24


 

MARKET FOR SECURITIES

 

 

Trading Price and Volume

The outstanding common shares of the Bank are listed for trading on the Toronto Stock Exchange (TSX) and on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) under the trading symbol BMO. The outstanding preferred shares of the Bank set out below are listed on the TSX with the following trading symbols: BMO.PR.K for the Class B Preferred Shares Series 14, BMO.PR.L for the Class B Preferred Shares Series 15, BMO.PR.M for the Class B Preferred Shares Series 16, BMO.PR.R for the Class B Preferred Shares Series 17, BMO.PR.Q for the Class B Preferred Shares Series 25, BMO.PR.A for the Class B Preferred Shares Series 26, BMO. PR.S for the Class B Preferred Shares Series 27 (Non-Viability Contingent Capital (NVCC)), BMO.PR.T for the Class B Preferred Shares Series 29 (Non-Viability Contingent Capital (NVCC)), BMO. PR.W for the Class B Preferred Shares Series 31 (Non-Viability Contingent Capital (NVCC)), BMO.PR.Y for the Class B Preferred Shares Series 33 (Non-Viability Contingent Capital (NVCC)), BMO.PR.Z for the Class B Preferred Shares Series 35 (Non-Viability Contingent Capital (NVCC)) and BMO.PR.B for the Class B Preferred Shares Series 38 (Non-Viability Contingent Capital (NVCC)). The following table sets out the reported high and low trading prices in Canadian dollars and the trading volumes of the common and preferred shares of Bank of Montreal on the TSX for the given periods. Prices are based on the reported data from the TSX Historical Data Access.

 

    BMO     PR.K     PR.L     PR.M     PR.R     PR.Q     PR.A     PR.S     PR.T     PR.W     PR.Y     PR.Z     PR.B  
   

 Common 

Shares

     Series 14       Series 15       Series 16       Series 17       Series 25       Series 261       Series 27       Series 29       Series 31       Series 33       Series 35       Series 382   

November 2015

                         

- High Price ($)

    77.33        25.73        25.80        25.34        23.50        21.39        --        20.94        20.50        20.25        23.38        24.38        --   

- Low Price ($)

    74.01        25.46        25.46        24.06        22.51        20.50        --        19.05        18.50        18.15        21.22        23.51        --   

- Volume

    23,681,160        441,646        117,494        52,608        126,784        245,841        --         657,083         649,312        283,340        237,573        164,287        --   

December 2015

                         

- High Price ($)

    80.05        26.19        26.03        24.93        23.99        22.00        --        20.29        19.93        19.60        21.77        24.20        --   

- Low Price ($)

    76.23        25.38        25.60        22.50        21.57        18.95        --        16.77        16.70        16.29        18.55        22.50        --   

- Volume

    37,172,362        123,869        76,171        115,450        67,646        268,423        --        1,064,319        505,178        480,059        298,521        274,725        --   

January 2016

                         

- High Price ($)

    77.05        25.88        25.97        24.60        23.03        21.61        --        20.11        19.75        19.47        21.51        24.01        --   

- Low Price ($)

    69.39        24.59        25.26        22.00        21.00        17.78        --        16.30        16.01        15.96        17.50        21.77        --   

- Volume

    35,196,806        311,884        171,543        115,326        61,108        341,511        --        781,807        390,534        377,682        176,162        177,825        --   

February 2016

                         

- High Price ($)

    75.60        25.49        26.00        24.34        22.25        19.42        --        18.00        17.50        17.32        19.66        23.20        --   

- Low Price ($)

    68.65        24.83        25.54        22.52        20.85        17.21        --        16.40        16.15        15.95        17.53        22.25        --   

- Volume

    30,350,226        144,376        85,134        65,306        88,793        741,466        --        284,727        242,834        379,126        179,025        236,212        --   

March 2016

                         

- High Price ($)

    79.69        25.56        26.10        24.15        22.24        18.80        --        18.90        18.65        18.34        20.70        23.95        --   

- Low Price ($)

    74.84        25.01        25.63        22.40        20.53        17.70        --        16.55        16.23        16.12        17.37        22.25        --   

- Volume

    28,215,674        118,616        168,959        71,098        57,605        210,176        --        407,553        231,448        355,609        138,343         210,362         --   

April 2016

                         

- High Price ($)

    82.56        25.75        25.98        24.10        22.10        20.94        --        19.96        19.73        19.33        21.29        24.25        --   

- Low Price ($)

    77.08        25.30        25.59        23.02        21.77        18.76        --        18.65        18.25        18.09        20.50        23.69        --   

- Volume

    25,120,765        83,334        87,624        97,857        15,819        216,310        --        283,224        288,295        386,024        84,506        142,650        --   

May 2016

                         

- High Price ($)

    84.55        25.89        25.96        23.81        22.50        20.60        --        19.69        19.23        19.08        20.88        24.80        --   

- Low Price ($)

    80.01        25.27        25.55        23.10        21.70        19.70        --        18.30        17.85        17.83        19.67        23.88        --   

- Volume

    26,098,301        127,517        98,512        43,139        32,378        193,431        --        317,246         287,719         175,760        167,506        92,359        --   

June 2016

                         

- High Price ($)

    84.05        25.75        26.10        23.45        22.44        21.11        --        19.54        18.86        18.81        20.79        25.15        --   

- Low Price ($)

    79.82        25.34        25.71        22.72        21.27        19.50        --        17.75        17.54        17.46        19.51        24.60        --   

- Volume

    31,821,750        101,099        130,686        108,492        142,100        194,323        --        322,172        402,882        313,388        108,660        195,736        --   

July 2016

                                                   

- High Price ($)

    85.50        25.84        26.26        24.00        22.59        20.79        --        19.52        19.19        19.00        21.03        25.60        --   

- Low Price ($)

    81.52        25.21        25.77        22.96        21.26        19.62        --        18.32        18.06        17.97        19.93        24.96        --   

- Volume

    19,756,254        136,202        98,043        113,212        91,908        231,101        --        257,799        168,963        170,118        86,345        90,934        --   

August 2016

                         

- High Price ($)

    87.59        25.45        26.15        24.50        23.20        20.40        --        20.13        19.55        19.40        21.80        25.92        --   

- Low Price ($)

    81.62        25.22        25.71        23.63        22.35        19.50        --        19.24        18.82        18.75        20.70        25.38        --   

- Volume

    21,715,103        600,221        77,889        146,749        28,764        217,457        68        444,438        683,768        217,809        193,567        72,719        --   

September 2016

                         

- High Price ($)

    87.92        25.34        25.88        24.23        22.97        20.40        21.95        19.78        19.04        18.90        20.95        25.80        --   

- Low Price ($)

    84.53        25.13        25.59        23.55        22.36        19.78        20.10        18.87        18.32        18.19        20.22        25.42        --   

- Volume

    21,657,812        224,822        127,901        49,491        30,968        132,081        39,685        313,164        829,308        333,058        123,497        173,667        --   

October 2016

                         

- High Price ($)

    87.29        25.46        25.92        24.50        23.25        20.65        21.50        19.98        19.19        19.26        21.61        25.81        25.82   

- Low Price ($)

    83.44        25.09        25.55        23.77        22.50        19.70        20.26        19.06        18.61        18.51        20.84        25.13        25.67   

- Volume

    26,212,681        128,772        112,816        93,781        37,588        299,609        24,815        276,031        483,259        237,769        150,001        72,798        7,127,545   

1 The Class B Preferred Shares Series 26 were available for trading as of August 26, 2016. The trading prices did not register due to the minimal trading volume in August 2016.

2 The Class B Preferred Shares Series 38 were available for trading as of October 21, 2016.

 

Page 10 of 24


Prior Sales

From time to time, the Bank issues principal at risk notes, securities for which the amount payable at maturity is determined by reference to the price, value or level of an underlying interest such as a stock index, an exchange traded fund or a notional portfolio of equities or other securities. For information about the Bank’s issuances of subordinated indebtedness since October 31, 2015, see “Subordinated debt” section on page 69 of our 2016 MD&A and Note 15 of our 2016 financial statements, which section and note are incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

Board of Directors

As at December 6, 2016, the following were directors of the Bank.

 

        DIRECTOR NAME AND PRINCIPAL OCCUPATION                    MUNICIPALITY OF  RESIDENCE                         DIRECTOR SINCE              

Jan M. Babiak

Corporate Director

 

Franklin, Tennessee

USA

  October 23, 2012

Sophie Brochu

President and Chief Executive Officer

Gaz Métro Inc., a diversified energy company

 

Bromont, Québec

Canada

  March 22, 2011

George A. Cope, O.C.

President and Chief Executive Officer

BCE and Bell Canada, communications companies

 

Toronto, Ontario

Canada

  July 25, 2006

William A. Downe

Chief Executive Officer

BMO Financial Group

 

Toronto, Ontario

Canada

  March 1, 2007

Christine A. Edwards

Partner

Winston & Strawn LLP, a law firm

 

Lake Forest, Illinois

U.S.A.

  August 1, 2010

Dr. Martin S. Eichenbaum

Charles Moskos Professor of Economics

Northwestern University

  Glencoe, Illinois
U.S.A.
  March 31, 2015

Ronald H. Farmer

Managing Director

Mosaic Capital Partners, a management and holding company

 

Markham, Ontario

Canada

  November 25, 2003

Eric R. La Flèche

President and Chief Executive Officer

Metro Inc., a food retailer and distributor

 

Mount Royal, Québec

Canada

  March 20, 2012

Lorraine Mitchelmore
Corporate Director

  Calgary, Alberta
Canada
  March 31, 2015

Philip S. Orsino, O.C., F.C.A.

President and Chief Executive Officer

Brightwaters Strategic Solutions Inc., a consulting and

advisory services company

 

Toronto, Ontario

Canada

  July 1, 1999

J. Robert S. Prichard, O.C., O.Ont., FRSC

Chairman of the Board

Bank of Montreal and Chair of Torys LLP, a law firm

 

Toronto, Ontario

Canada

  July 18, 2000

Don M. Wilson III

Corporate Director

 

Greenwich, Connecticut

U.S.A

  March 28, 2008

 

Page 11 of 24


A director of the Bank holds office until the next annual meeting of shareholders or until a successor is elected or appointed, unless their seat is vacated before they can do so.

Since November 1, 2011, the directors have held the principal occupations above, or other positions with the same, predecessor, or associated firms except for Mr. Orsino, who, before April, 2014, was the President and Chief Executive Officer of Jeld-Wen Inc. and Ms. Mitchelmore, who before January 2016, was the President, Canada Country Chair & Executive Vice President, Heavy Oil, Shell Canada Limited.

Board Committee Members

There are four committees of the Board of Directors made up of the following members:

Audit and Conduct Review Committee: Philip Orsino (Chair), Jan Babiak, Sophie Brochu, Martin Eichenbaum, and Ronald Farmer.

Governance and Nominating Committee: Christine Edwards (Chair), George Cope, Ronald Farmer, Philip Orsino, Robert Prichard, and Don Wilson III.

Human Resources Committee: Ronald Farmer (Chair), George Cope, Christine Edwards, Lorraine Mitchelmore, Robert Prichard and Don Wilson III.

Risk Review Committee: Don Wilson III (Chair), Jan Babiak, Christine Edwards, Martin Eichenbaum, Eric La Flèche, Lorraine Mitchelmore and Robert Prichard.

Executive Officers

At December 6, 2016, the following were executive officers of the Bank:

 

    EXECUTIVE OFFICER NAME       PRINCIPAL OCCUPATION        MUNICIPALITY OF RESIDENCE     

William A. Downe

  Chief Executive Officer  

Toronto, Ontario

Canada

Jean Michel Arès

  Chief Technology and Operations Officer  

Alpharetta, Georgia

U.S.A.

Christopher Begy

  U.S. Country Head and Chief Executive Officer, BMO Financial Corp.  

Chicago, Illinois

U.S.A.

David R. Casper

  President and Chief Executive Officer, BMO Harris Bank N.A. and Group Head, Commercial Banking  

Northbrook , Illinois

U.S.A.

Patrick Cronin

  Group Head, Capital Markets  

Toronto, Ontario

Canada

Alex Dousmanis-Curtis

  Group Head, U.S. Retail and Business Banking  

Toronto, Ontario

Canada

Simon A. Fish

  General Counsel  

Toronto, Ontario

Canada

Thomas E. Flynn

  Chief Financial Officer  

Toronto, Ontario

Canada

Cameron Fowler

  Group Head, Canadian Personal and Commercial Banking   Toronto, Ontario
Canada

Gilles G. Ouellette

  Group Head, Asset Management  

Toronto, Ontario

Canada

Surjit Rajpal

  Chief Risk Officer  

Winnetka, Illinois

U.S.A.

Catherine Roche

  Head, Office of Strategic Management  

Toronto, Ontario

Canada

Joanna Rotenberg

  Group Head, Wealth Management  

Toronto, Ontario

Canada

Richard Rudderham

  Chief Human Resources Officer  

West Vancouver, British Columbia

Canada

Connie Stefankiewicz

  Chief Marketing Officer  

Toronto, Ontario

Canada

Darryl White

  Chief Operating Officer  

Toronto, Ontario

Canada

All the executive officers named above have held their present positions or other senior positions with Bank of Montreal or its subsidiaries for the past five years, except for Catherine Roche who, prior to May 2016, was Partner and Managing Director at the Boston Consulting Group.

 

Page 12 of 24


Shareholdings of Directors and Executive Officers

To the knowledge of the Bank, as at October 31, 2016, the directors and executive officers of Bank of Montreal, as a group, beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, or exercised control or direction over an aggregate of 594,959 Bank of Montreal’s common shares, representing less than 0.1% of Bank of Montreal’s issued and outstanding common shares.

Additional Disclosure for Directors and Executive Officers

To the Bank’s knowledge, no director or executive officer of the Bank:

 

(a)

is, as at December 6, 2016, or was, within the 10 years before, a director, chief executive officer or chief financial officer of any company (including the Bank):

 

  (i)

subject to an order (including a cease trade order or an order similar to a cease trade order or an order that denied the relevant company access to any exemption under securities legislation for a period of more than 30 consecutive days), that was issued while the director or executive officer was acting in the capacity as director, chief executive officer or chief financial officer; or

 

  (ii)

subject to an order (including a cease trade order or an order similar to a cease trade order or an order that denied the relevant company access to any exemption under securities legislation for a period of more than 30 consecutive days) that was issued after the director or executive officer ceased to be a director, chief executive officer or chief financial officer and which resulted from an event that occurred while that person was acting in the capacity as director, chief executive officer or chief financial officer;

 

(b)

is, as at December 6, 2016, or has been, within the 10 years before, a director or executive officer of any company (including the Bank), that while that person was acting in that capacity or within a year of the person ceasing to act in that capacity, became bankrupt, made a proposal under any legislation relating to bankruptcy or insolvency or was subject to or instituted any proceedings, arrangement or compromise with creditors or had a receiver, receiver manager or trustee appointed to hold its assets; or

 

(c)

has, within the 10 years before December 6, 2016, become bankrupt, made a proposal under any legislation relating to bankruptcy or insolvency, or become subject to or instituted any proceedings, arrangement or compromise with creditors, or had a receiver, receiver manager or trustee appointed to hold the assets of the director or executive officer,

except as follows:

Mr. Orsino, a director of the Bank, was a director of CFM Corporation from July 2007 until his resignation in March 2008. In April 2008, CFM Corporation filed for protection under the CCAA.

To the Bank’s knowledge, none of our directors or executive officers have been subject to: (a) any penalties or sanctions imposed by a court relating to securities legislation or by a securities regulatory authority or has entered into a settlement agreement with a securities regulatory authority; or (b) any other penalties or sanctions imposed by a court or regulatory body that would likely be considered important to a reasonable investor in making an investment decision.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS AND REGULATORY ACTIONS

A description of certain legal proceedings to which the Bank is a party appears under the heading “Legal Proceedings” in Note 25 of the 2016 Financial Statements.

In the ordinary course of business, certain subsidiaries of the Bank are assessed fees or fines by a Canadian securities regulatory authority in relation to administrative matters, including late filings or reporting, which may be considered penalties or sanctions pursuant to Canadian securities regulations but which are not, individually or in the aggregate, material to the Bank. In addition, the Bank and its subsidiaries are subject to numerous regulatory authorities around the world, and accordingly fees, administrative penalties, settlement agreements and sanctions may be categorized differently by certain regulators.

TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR

The registrar and transfer agent for the Bank’s common and preferred shares is Computershare Trust Company of Canada. This agent has transfer facilities in Montreal, Toronto, Calgary and Vancouver. In addition, Computershare Investor Services PLC and Computershare Trust Company, N.A. serve as transfer agents and registrars for the common shares in Bristol, United Kingdom and Canton, Maine, respectively.

 

Page 13 of 24


 

INTERESTS OF EXPERTS

The Bank’s Shareholders’ Auditors are KPMG LLP, who have prepared the Shareholders’ Auditors’ Reports on pages 137 and 138 of the 2016 Financial Statements. KPMG LLP have confirmed that they are independent with respect to the Bank and within the meaning of the relevant rules and related interpretations prescribed by the relevant professional bodies in Canada and any applicable legislation or regulation, and that they are independent accountants with respect to the Bank under all relevant United States professional and regulatory standards.

 

 

AUDIT AND CONDUCT REVIEW COMMITTEE INFORMATION

Composition of the Audit and Conduct Review Committee

The following five members make up the Bank’s Audit and Conduct Review Committee: Philip Orsino (Chair), Jan Babiak, Sophie Brochu, Dr. Martin S. Eichenbaum, and Ronald Farmer. The Committee’s responsibilities and duties are set out in the Committee’s charter. We include the charter in Appendix I to this Annual Information Form.

The Board of Directors has determined that the members of the Audit and Conduct Review Committee reflect a high level of financial literacy and expertise. Each member of the Audit and Conduct Review Committee is “independent” and “financially literate” according to the definitions under Canadian and United States securities laws and the NYSE corporate governance listing standards, and that Mr. Orsino and Ms. Babiak are “Audit Committee Financial Expert[s]” as defined under United States securities laws. The Board bases these decisions on each Committee member’s education and experience. The following paragraphs describe the relevant education and experience of each Committee member:

Mr. Orsino has a B.A. from University of Toronto and is a Fellow of the Chartered Professional Accountants of Canada. He is the President and Chief Executive Officer of Brightwaters Strategic Solutions Inc., a consulting and advisory services company. He was formerly the President and Chief Executive Officer of Jeld-Wen Inc., a global integrated manufacturer of building products until April 2014, and was also formerly the President and Chief Executive Officer of Masonite International Corporation until October 2005, which was listed on the TSX and NYSE. Mr. Orsino was appointed an Officer of the Order of Canada in 2004 and received the 2003 Canada’s Outstanding CEO of the Year Award.

Ms. Babiak holds a B.B.A. in accounting from the University of Oklahoma and an M.B.A. from Baldwin Wallace University. She is a Chartered Accountant in the United Kingdom and a Certified Public Accountant in the United States. Ms. Babiak serves on the boards of other public and private companies and was formerly a Managing Partner at Ernst & Young LLP.

Ms. Brochu is a graduate in economics from Université Laval and is the President and Chief Executive Officer of Gaz Métro, part of Valener Inc., a publicly traded company. Ms. Brochu also serves on the board of another Canadian public company. Ms. Brochu is a member of the Order of Canada.

Dr. Eichenbaum received a B.Comm from McGill University and a Doctorate in Economics from the University of Minnesota. He serves on the advisory council of the Global Markets Institute at Goldman Sachs. He completed a four-year term as co-editor of the American Economic Review in 2015. He has served as a consultant to the Federal Reserve Banks in Atlanta and Chicago and the International Monetary Fund.

Mr. Farmer holds a B.A. and an M.B.A. from The University of Western Ontario. He is Managing Director of Mosaic Capital Partners, a holding company with interests in several private companies. Before joining Mosaic in 2003, Mr. Farmer spent 25 years with McKinsey & Company, including acting as Managing Partner of the Canadian practice from 1991 to 1997. He currently serves on the boards of several private companies.

Shareholders’ Auditors Pre-Approval Policies and Procedures and Fees

For information about the fees paid to KPMG LLP, in the years ended October 31, 2016 and 2015, and the related pre-approval policies and procedures, see page 118 of the 2016 MD&A, which we incorporate here by reference.

 

 

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

You can find additional information about Bank of Montreal on the Bank’s web site at www.bmo.com/investorrelations, on SEDAR (System for Electronic Document Analysis and Retrieval) at www.sedar.com, and on the SEC’s web site at www.sec.gov/edgar.

Our proxy circulars contain more information, including directors’ and executive officers’ compensation, debt, and shareholdings under equity compensation plans. The most recent circular is dated February 8, 2016, in connection with the Bank’s Annual Meeting of Shareholders on April 5, 2016 (the 2016 Proxy Circular). We expect the next proxy circular to be dated as of February 13, 2017, in connection with the Bank’s Annual Meeting of Shareholders on April 4, 2017 (the 2017 Proxy Circular).

The 2016 Financial Statements and the 2016 MD&A for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2016 provide additional financial information.

 

Page 14 of 24


You can get copies of this Annual Information Form, as well as copies of the 2016 Financial Statements, the 2016 MD&A, the Bank’s 2016 Annual Report, and the 2016 Proxy Circular (after we have mailed these documents to shareholders) by contacting us at:

Bank of Montreal

Corporate Secretary’s Department

100 King Street West

1 First Canadian Place, 21st Floor

Toronto, Ontario

Canada M5X 1A1

Telephone: 416 867 6785

Fax: 416 867 6793

Email: corp.secretary@bmo.com

 

Page 15 of 24


APPENDIX I

BANK OF MONTREAL

AUDIT AND CONDUCT REVIEW COMMITTEE CHARTER

 

 

The Committee is responsible for assisting the Board in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities for the integrity of the Bank’s financial reporting; the effectiveness of the Bank’s internal controls; the independent auditor’s qualifications, independence and performance; the Bank’s compliance with legal and regulatory requirements; transactions involving related parties; conflicts of interest and confidential information; and standards of business conduct and ethics.

 

In addition, the Committee will also act as the audit and conduct review committee of Designated Subsidiaries.

 

 

 
 

 

PART I

MANDATE

 
 

 

 

The Committee will, either directly or through one or more sub-committees, perform the duties set out in this Charter and such other duties as may be necessary or appropriate including:

 

1.1

Financial Reporting

 

1.1.1

reviewing, together with management and the Shareholders’ Auditors:

 

  (i)

the appropriateness of, and any changes to, the Bank’s accounting and financial reporting;

 

  (ii)

the accounting treatment, presentation and impact of significant risks and uncertainties;

 

  (iii)

any material relevant proposed changes in accounting standards and securities policies or regulations;

 

  (iv)

key estimates and judgments of management;

 

  (v)

significant auditing and financial reporting issues and the method of resolution; and

 

  (vi)

tax and tax planning matters that are material to the financial statements.

 

1.1.2

reviewing, together with management and the Shareholders’ Auditors, and approving or, if appropriate, recommending to the Board:

 

  (i)

prior to Board review or public disclosure, the audited annual and unaudited interim financial statements and related management’s discussion and analysis, the annual information form, and any other financial or non-financial (as considered appropriate) information in material public disclosure documents (other than earnings coverage ratios, capitalization tables and summary financial information derived from any of the foregoing); and

 

  (ii)

such returns to OSFI requiring review under the Bank Act (Canada);

 

1.1.3

seeking confirmation from management that the Bank’s annual and interim financial filings, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Bank as of the relevant date and for the relevant periods, prior to recommending to the Board for approval;

 

1.1.4

reviewing the types of information to be provided and types of presentations to be made to rating agencies and analysts (if any) relating to earnings guidance, and

 

1.1.5

satisfying itself that adequate procedures are in place for the review of financial information extracted or derived from the Bank’s financial statements that is to be publicly disclosed and has not otherwise been reviewed by the Committee.

 

1.2

Internal Controls

 

1.2.1

reviewing and approving the Bank’s Internal Control Corporate Policy and overseeing the design, implementation, maintenance and effectiveness of the Bank’s internal controls, including those related to the prevention, identification and detection of fraud and reviewing and monitoring other Bank Corporate Policies as the Committee considers appropriate;

 

1.2.2

requiring management to design, implement, and maintain appropriate internal control procedures;

 

1.2.3

reviewing management’s certifications and assessment of the Bank’s internal control over financial reporting and the associated Shareholders’ Auditors’ report;

 

1.2.4

reviewing reports on the effectiveness of disclosure controls and procedures;

 

Page 16 of 24


1.2.5

reviewing and discussing reports from management and the Chief Auditor as to the identification of any significant deficiencies or material weaknesses in the design or operation of the Bank’s internal control, risk management, and governance systems and processes, including controls over financial reporting and reviewing any recommendations, as well as remediation plans, including the status of remediation plans implemented by management to rectify any such deficiencies identified; and discussing whether similar or related deficiencies may exist elsewhere in the Bank; and

 

1.2.6

reviewing as required, correspondence relating to inquiries or investigations by regulators concerning internal controls.

 

1.3

Internal Audit Function

 

1.3.1

overseeing and reviewing at least annually the overall internal audit function, its resources and independence, and reviewing and approving the annual audit plan, including assurance that the audit plan is risk-based and encompasses the appropriate coverage of the enterprise, audit cycle requirements, and provides a basis for reliance by the Committee;

 

1.3.2

reviewing and approving the Bank’s Corporate Audit Mandate Corporate Policy setting out the terms of reference of the internal audit function and the Chief Auditor;

 

1.3.3

reviewing, and jointly with the Human Resources Committee, recommending to the Board, the appointment, re-assignment or dismissal of the Chief Auditor, as required; and annually assessing the effectiveness of the Chief Auditor, in conjunction with the Human Resources Committee, and reviewing and approving his or her mandate;

 

1.3.4

annually reviewing and approving the organizational structure, budget, resource plan and strategic priorities of this function and assessing its effectiveness having regard to its role as an independent control function; and

 

1.3.5

reviewing the results of periodic independent reviews of the Corporate Audit function;

 

1.3.6

reviewing the quarterly report of the Chief Auditor, together with management’s response;

 

1.3.7

reviewing any other reports submitted to the Committee by the Chief Auditor; and

 

1.3.8

communicating directly with the Chief Auditor and participating in his or her initial and ongoing engagement and evaluation.

 

1.4

Shareholders’ Auditors

 

1.4.1

reviewing and evaluating the quality, independence, objectivity and professional skepticism of the Shareholders’ Auditors and the lead auditor;

 

1.4.2

annually reviewing the performance of the Shareholders’ Auditors including assessing their effectiveness and quality of service, to facilitate an informed recommendation on re-appointment of the Shareholders’ Auditors and, every 5 years, performing a comprehensive review of the performance of the Shareholders’ Auditors over multiple years to assess the audit firm, its independence and application of professional skepticism;

 

1.4.3

reviewing Shareholders’ Auditors’ audit findings reports with the Shareholders’ Auditors, the Chief Auditor, and management including:

 

  (i)

the quality of the financial statements;

 

  (ii)

the Shareholders’ Auditors’ evaluation of the Bank’s internal control over financial reporting;

 

  (iii)

the degree of cooperation the Shareholders’ Auditors received from management; any problems or difficulties experienced by the Shareholders’ Auditors in conducting the audit, including management’s responses in respect thereof, any restrictions imposed by management or significant accounting issues on which there was a disagreement with management;

 

  (iv)

any concerns expressed by the Shareholders’ Auditors related to accounting and auditing matters, including the risk of material misstatements;

 

  (v)

the appropriateness and quality of all critical accounting policies and practices used by the Bank and of the selection of new policies and practices; and

 

  (vi)

any material judgments that have been discussed with management, the ramifications of their use and the Shareholders’ Auditors’ preferred treatment, as well as any other material communications with management,

and advising the Board of these matters as considered appropriate;

 

1.4.4

overseeing the resolution of any disagreements between the Shareholders’ Auditors and management;

 

1.4.5

reviewing all material correspondence between the Shareholders’ Auditors and management related to audit findings;

 

1.4.6

reviewing the Shareholders’ Auditors’ report under Section 328 of the Bank Act (Canada);

 

1.4.7

obtaining and reviewing a report from the Shareholders’ Auditors at least annually addressing: (i) the Shareholders’ Auditors’ internal quality control procedures; (ii) any material issues raised by the most recent internal quality-control review or peer review of the Shareholders’ Auditors, or by any inquiry or investigation by governmental or professional authorities including the Canadian Public Accountability Board and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, within the preceding five years, respecting one or more audits carried out by the Shareholders’ Auditors; (iii) any steps taken to deal with any such issues; (iv) the Shareholders’ Auditors’ internal procedures to ensure independence; and (v) the delineation of all relationships between the Shareholders’ Auditors and the Bank;

 

Page 17 of 24


1.4.8

reviewing any notices required to be communicated/delivered by the Shareholders’ Auditors to the Committee, including those required by the Canadian Public Accountability Board, Office of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions, and the U.S. Public Accounting Oversight Board, and taking such action and making recommendations to the Board as appropriate in connection therewith;

 

1.4.9

reviewing the terms of the Shareholders’ Auditors’ engagement, the annual audit plan, including assurance that the audit plan is risk-based and appropriately addresses the risks of material misstatement, as well as any change in the materiality level used by the Shareholders’ Auditors, and total fees payable and making recommendations to the Board as appropriate;

 

1.4.10

reviewing an annual written confirmation of the Shareholders’ Auditors that they are independent in accordance with applicable independence rules and report directly to the Committee, as representatives of the Bank’s shareholders;

 

1.4.11

reviewing and approving the Bank’s Auditor Independence Policy;

 

1.4.12

pre-approving audit services and permitted non-audit services by the Shareholders’ Auditors in accordance with the Bank’s Auditor Independence Policy; and

 

1.4.13

reviewing and approving the Bank’s policies for hiring current or former partners or employees of the current or former Shareholders’ Auditors and reviewing the Shareholders’ Auditors’ partner rotation.

 

1.5

Finance, Legal and Regulatory Compliance Functions

 

1.5.1

reviewing and, jointly with the Human Resources Committee, recommending to the Board the respective appointment, re-assignment or dismissal of the Chief Financial Officer, the General Counsel and the Chief Compliance Officer, as required; and annually assessing, in conjunction with the Human Resources Committee, the effectiveness of the Chief Financial Officer, the General Counsel and the Chief Compliance Officer, and reviewing and approving their respective mandates;

 

1.5.2

reviewing and, jointly with the Human Resources Committee, recommending to the Board the appointment, re-assignment or dismissal of the Chief Anti-Money Laundering Officer, as required; and annually assessing, in conjunction with the Human Resources Committee, the effectiveness of the Chief Anti-Money Laundering Officer, and reviewing and approving his or her mandate;

 

1.5.3

annually reviewing and approving the organizational structure, budget, resource plan and strategic priorities of the finance, legal and compliance, and anti-money laundering functions and assessing their effectiveness having regard to their respective roles as independent control functions;

 

1.5.4

reviewing the results of periodic independent reviews of the finance and compliance functions; and

 

1.5.5

reviewing and overseeing the status of remediation plans implemented by management to rectify any deficiencies identified.

 

1.6

Financial Risk Management

 

1.6.1

monitoring the Bank’s major financial risk exposures and the steps management has taken to monitor and control such exposures; and

 

1.6.2

reviewing investments or transactions that could adversely affect the wellbeing of the Bank which the Shareholders’ Auditors or any officer of the Bank may bring to the Committee’s attention.

 

1.7

Legal and Regulatory Compliance

 

1.7.1

reviewing and approving the Legal, Regulatory and Reputation Risk Corporate Policy;

 

1.7.2

reviewing, with the Bank’s General Counsel and the Chief Compliance Officer, the adequacy and effectiveness of the Bank’s enterprise compliance program and the results of related monitoring and oversight activities;

 

1.7.3

reviewing an annual report on significant litigation matters and reviewing quarterly any material developments;

 

1.7.4

reviewing and approving the Bank’s Anti-Money Laundering and Anti-Terrorist Financing Program framework, including key policies and any significant amendments;

 

1.7.5

meeting, at least annually, with the Chief Anti-Money Laundering Officer and the Chief Auditor to review their respective reports on the Anti-Money Laundering and Anti-Terrorist Financing Program;

 

1.7.6

meeting annually with representatives of OSFI as a Committee or as part of the Board, to receive OSFI’s report on the results of its annual examination of the Bank; and

 

1.7.7

reviewing any other relevant reports of regulators to the Bank and any required action by management.

 

1.8

Business Conduct and Sustainability

 

1.8.1

reviewing and recommending for Board approval, BMO’s Code of Conduct and reviewing and approving the Bank’s Disclosure and Anti-Money Laundering and Anti-Terrorist Financing Corporate Policies;

 

1.8.2

approving any exceptions from BMO’s Code of Conduct, as appropriate;

 

Page 18 of 24


1.8.3

reviewing reports to the Committee relating to employee conduct and the Bank’s ethical culture;

 

1.8.4

reviewing procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints received by the Bank regarding accounting, internal control over financial reporting or auditing matters; and the confidential anonymous submission of concerns by employees of the Bank regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters;

 

1.8.5

reviewing reports relating to employee and/or customer concerns received through the Office of the Ombudsman;

 

1.8.6

reviewing BMO’s environmental social and governance report and Public Accountability Statement prior to disclosure;

 

1.8.7

reviewing any “up the ladder” report received by the Committee in accordance with written procedures adopted by the Committee. The Bank’s “up the ladder” procedure, adopted by the Bank’s Legal Group, sets out reporting protocols that comply with s.307 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002 for the Bank’s lawyers in the event of a material violation of certain laws; and

 

1.8.8

determining the necessity of, and overseeing any, investigations in connection with any “up the ladder” report.

 

1.9

Self Dealing

 

1.9.1

overseeing the effectiveness of self-dealing identification and procedures established by management for related and affected parties and monitoring compliance with applicable laws;

 

1.9.2

reviewing and approving as considered appropriate: (i) practices to identify related party transactions that could have a material effect on the stability or solvency of the Bank and; (ii) the measurement criteria and benchmarks for permitted related party transactions;

 

1.9.3

reviewing and, if advisable, approving the terms and conditions of related party loans that exceed established benchmarks; and

 

1.9.4

reviewing reports to the Committee on related and affected party transactions.

 

1.10

Conflicts of Interest and Confidential Information

 

1.10.1

overseeing the Bank’s procedures to identify, resolve and, where possible, reduce incidences of, conflicts of interest;

 

1.10.2

overseeing the Bank’s procedures to restrict the use and disclosure of confidential information;

 

1.10.3

reviewing and approving the Bank’s Disclosure Corporate Policy;

 

1.10.4

reviewing reports to the Committee relating to the use and disclosure of customer and employee information; and

 

1.10.5

overseeing the Bank’s compliance with privacy legislation.

 

1.11

Consumer Protection Measures and Complaints

 

1.11.1

overseeing the Bank’s procedures to make disclosure of information to Bank customers as required by the Bank Act (Canada), the Trust and Loan Companies Act (Canada), and the Insurance Companies Act (Canada);

 

1.11.2

overseeing the Bank’s procedures for dealing with complaints;

 

1.11.3

reviewing the annual report of the Office of the Ombudsman on complaint resolution;

 

1.11.4

overseeing the Bank’s procedures for complying with obligations imposed by the Financial Consumer Agency of Canada and applicable U.S. regulatory agencies; and

 

1.11.5

reviewing reports to the Committee relating to disclosure of information to customers and complaints.

 

1.12

Aircraft and Chief Executive Officer Expense Accounts

 

1.12.1

reviewing and approving, on an annual basis, the report on Bank aircraft and Chief Executive Officer expense accounts; and

 

1.12.2

the chair of the Committee will review, on a quarterly basis, the report on Chief Executive Officer expense accounts.

 

Page 19 of 24


 

 

PART II

COMPOSITION

 

 

 

2.1

Members

 

2.1.1

The Committee will consist of three or more directors as determined by the Board. At least a majority of the members of the Committee will not be “affiliated” with the Bank for the purposes of the Bank Act (Canada). Each member of the Committee will be: (i) a director who is not an officer or employee of the Bank or an affiliate of the Bank; and (ii) “independent” for the purposes of applicable Canadian and United States securities laws and the New York Stock Exchange Rules.

 

2.1.2

Each member of the Committee will be Financially Literate (or be willing and able to acquire the necessary knowledge within a reasonable period of time) and the Committee will have at least one Audit Committee Financial Expert. Members of the Committee will not serve on more than three public company audit committees without the approval of the Board.

 

2.1.3

The Board will, having considered the recommendation of the Governance and Nominating Committee, appoint the members of the Committee and the chair of the Committee annually following the meeting of the shareholders at which directors are elected each year. The Board may appoint a member to fill a vacancy which occurs in the Committee between annual elections of directors and increase the number of Committee members as it determines appropriate. If a member of the Committee becomes “affiliated” with the Bank for the purposes of the Bank Act (Canada), the member may continue as a member of the Committee with the approval of the Governance and Nominating Committee, in consultation with the Bank’s General Counsel. Any member of the Committee may be removed or replaced at any time by the Board.

 

2.1.4

In addition to any orientation provided by the Governance and Nominating Committee, the chair of the Committee will provide orientation to new members of the Committee with respect to their duties and responsibilities as members of the Committee.

 

2.1.5

The Committee may invite other directors to attend Committee meetings or otherwise provide input as needed to acquire additional specific skills as required to carry out its mandate.

 

 

 

PART III

COMMITTEE PROCEDURE

 

 

 

 

3.1

Meetings

 

3.1.1

The Committee will meet as frequently as it determines necessary but not less than once each quarter. Meetings may be called by the chair of the Board, the chair of the Committee or any two members of the Committee. The chair of the Committee must call a meeting when requested to do so by any member of the Committee, the Shareholders’ Auditors, the Chief Auditor, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer or the General Counsel

 

3.1.2

Notice of the time and place of each meeting of the Committee, other than ad hoc meetings, will be given to each member of the Committee and the Shareholders’ Auditors, not less than 48 hours before the time when the meeting is to be held. A quorum of the Committee will be a majority of its members. The powers of the Committee may be exercised at a meeting at which a quorum of the Committee is present in person or by telephone or other electronic means or by a resolution signed by all members entitled to vote on that resolution at a meeting of the Committee. Each member is entitled to one vote in Committee proceedings.

 

3.1.3

Notice of the time and place of ad hoc meetings will be given to each member not less than two hours before the time when the meeting is to be held.

 

3.1.4

The chair of the Committee will preside at all meetings of the Committee at which he or she is present and will, in consultation with the Chief Financial Officer, the Chief Auditor, the General Counsel and the Shareholders’ Auditors, develop the agenda for each Committee meeting. The agenda for each meeting of the Committee, other than ad hoc meetings, will be delivered together with such other materials as the chair determines necessary, to each member of the Committee at least 48 hours prior to the meeting. The chair will designate from time to time a person who may be, but need not be, a member of the Committee, to be secretary of the Committee. Minutes will be kept of all meetings of the Committee and will be maintained by the Bank’s Corporate Secretary.

 

3.1.5

The procedure at meetings is to be determined by the Committee unless otherwise determined by the By-Laws of the Bank, by a resolution of the Board or by this Charter.

 

3.1.6

The Committee will meet at least quarterly in separate private sessions with each of the Shareholders’ Auditors and the Chief Auditor, and as appropriate with management including the Chief Financial Officer, the General Counsel, the Chief Compliance Officer and the Chief Anti-Money Laundering Officer.

 

3.1.7

The Committee will meet at the end of each meeting with only members of the Committee present.

 

Page 20 of 24


3.1.8

The Committee may invite any director, officer or employee of the Bank or the Bank’s counsel or the Shareholders’ Auditors or any other person, as appropriate, to attend meetings of the Committee to assist in the discussion and examination of the matters under consideration by the Committee. The Shareholders’ Auditors will, at the expense of the Bank, be entitled to attend and be heard at any meeting of the Committee.

 

3.2

Reports

 

3.2.1

The Committee will report the proceedings of each meeting and all recommendations made by the Committee at such meeting to the Board at the Board’s next meeting. The Committee will make such recommendations to the Board as it may deem appropriate and will have such decision-making authority as the Board may determine from time to time. The Committee will approve the report of the Committee to be included in the Bank’s Management Proxy Circular and such other reports relating to the activities of the Committee as may be required by the Bank or the Board from time to time. In addition, the Committee will prepare and submit to the Board for its review and approval the report required to be submitted by the Board to OSFI within 90 days after the financial year-end of the Bank concerning the activities of the Committee during the year in carrying out its conduct review responsibilities.

 

3.3

Access to Management and Outside Advisors and Continuing Education

 

3.3.1

The Committee will have full, free and unrestricted access to management and employees, the Chief Auditor and the Shareholders’ Auditors. The Committee has the authority to engage independent legal counsel, consultants or other advisors, with respect to any issue or to assist it in fulfilling its responsibilities without consulting or obtaining the approval of any officer of the Bank and the Bank will provide appropriate funding, as determined by the Committee, for the payment of: compensation to the Shareholders’ Auditors engaged for the purpose of preparing or issuing an auditor’s report or performing the audit, review or attest services for the Bank; compensation to any advisors employed by the Committee; and ordinary administrative expenses of the Committee that are necessary or appropriate in carrying out its duties.

 

3.3.2

The Committee will have access to continuing education programs to assist the Committee in fulfilling its responsibilities and the Bank will provide appropriate funding for such programs.

 

3.4

Annual Review and Assessment

 

3.4.1

The Committee will ensure that an annual review and assessment of the Committee’s performance and effectiveness, including a review of its compliance with this Charter, will be conducted in accordance with the process developed by the Board’s Governance and Nominating Committee and approved by the Board. The results thereof will be reported in accordance with the process established by the Board’s Governance and Nominating Committee and approved by the Board.

 

3.4.2

The Committee will review and assess the adequacy of this Charter on an annual basis taking into account all legislative and regulatory requirements applicable to the Committee as well as any best practice guidelines recommended by regulators or stock exchanges with whom the Bank has a reporting relationship and, if appropriate, will recommend changes to the Board’s Governance and Nominating Committee.

 

3.5

Definitions

Audit Committee Financial Expert” means a person who has the following attributes:

 

  (i)

an understanding of generally accepted accounting principles and financial statements;

 

  (ii)

the ability to assess the general application of such principles in connection with the accounting for estimates, accruals and reserves;

 

  (iii)

experience preparing, auditing, analyzing or evaluating financial statements that present a breadth and level of complexity of accounting issues that are generally comparable to the breadth and complexity of issues that can reasonably be expected to be raised by the Bank’s financial statements, or experience actively supervising one or more persons engaged in such activities;

 

  (iv)

an understanding of internal control over financial reporting; and

 

  (v)

an understanding of audit committee functions;

acquired through any one or more of the following:

 

  (a)

education and experience as a principal financial officer, principal accounting officer, controller, public accountant or auditor or experience in one or more positions that involve the performance of similar functions;

 

  (b)

experience actively supervising a principal financial officer, principal accounting officer, controller, public accountant, auditor or person performing similar functions;

 

  (c)

experience overseeing or assessing the performance of companies or public accountants with respect to the preparation, auditing or evaluation of financial statements; or

 

Page 21 of 24


  (d)

other relevant experience.

“Auditor Independence Policy” means the Bank’s Auditor Independence Policy that provides guidance for engaging the Shareholders’ Auditors to perform audit and permitted non-audit services for the Bank, its subsidiaries and material entities over which the Bank has significant influence.

“Bank” means Bank of Montreal and as the context requires, subsidiaries of the Bank.

“Board” means the Board of Directors of Bank of Montreal.

“Committee” means the Audit and Conduct Review Committee of the Board of Directors of Bank of Montreal.

“Chief Anti-Money Laundering Officer” means the Bank’s officer appointed as Chief Anti-Money Laundering Officer.

“Designated Subsidiary” means as requested by the Board, those subsidiaries of the Bank for which the Committee will act as audit and conduct review committee.

“Financially Literate” means the ability to read and understand a set of financial statements that present a breadth and level of complexity of accounting issues that are generally comparable to the breadth and complexity of the issues that can reasonably be expected to be raised by the Bank’s financial statements.

“OSFI” means the Office of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions.

“Shareholders’ Auditors” mean the independent financial statement auditors of the Bank.

 

Page 22 of 24


APPENDIX II

 

 

CREDIT RATING CATEGORIES

 

 

 

(a)

Standard & Poor’s (“S&P”)

S&P has different rating scales for short-term debt, long-term debt and preferred shares. S&P short-term issue credit ratings are generally assigned to those obligations considered short-term in the relevant market. Short-term ratings are also used to indicate the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to put features on long-term obligations. A short-term obligation rated A-1 indicates S&P’s view that the Bank’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on these obligations is strong.

S&P long-term issue credit ratings are based, in varying degrees, on the following considerations: likelihood of payment—capacity and willingness of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on a financial obligation in accordance with the terms of the obligation; nature of and provisions of the financial obligation; and protection afforded by, and relative position of, the financial obligation in the event of bankruptcy, reorganization, or other arrangement under the laws of bankruptcy and other laws affecting creditors’ rights. A rating in the ‘A’ category means the obligation is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher-rated categories, however, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is still strong. An obligation rated in the BBB category indicates that the obligation exhibits adequate protection parameters, however, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. Ratings from AA to CCC may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (–) sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories.

An S&P preferred share rating on the Canadian scale is a forward-looking opinion about the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to a specific preferred share obligation issued in the Canadian market, relative to preferred shares issued by other issuers in the Canadian market. The Canadian scale rating is fully determined by the applicable global scale rating, and there are no additional analytical criteria associated with the determination of ratings on the Canadian scale. A reference to “high”, “medium” or “low” reflects the relative strength within the rating category.

A rating outlook assesses the potential direction of a long-term credit rating over the intermediate term (typically six months to two years). In determining a rating outlook, consideration is given to any changes in the economic and/or fundamental business conditions. An outlook is not necessarily a precursor of a rating change or future CreditWatch action.

The “Stable” rating outlook means that a rating is not likely to change.

 

(b)

Moody’s Investors Service (“Moody’s”)

Moody’s has different rating scales for short-term ratings and long-term ratings.

Ratings assigned by Moody’s, based on its global long-term and short-term rating scales, are forward-looking opinions of the relative credit risks of financial obligations issued by non-financial corporates, financial institutions, structured finance vehicles, project finance vehicles, and public sector entities.

Moody’s short-term ratings are assigned to obligations with an original maturity of 13 months or less and reflect both the likelihood of a default on contractually promised payments and the expected financial loss suffered in the event of default. The P-1 rating is the highest of four rating categories and indicates issuers (or supporting institutions) that have a superior ability to repay short-term debt obligations.

Moody’s long-term ratings are assigned to issuers or obligations with an original maturity of one-year or more and reflect both on the likelihood of a default on contractually promised payments and the expected financial loss suffered in the event of default. Obligations rated Aa are judged to be high quality and are subject to very low credit risk. Obligations rated in the A category are judged to be upper-medium grade and subject to low credit risk. Obligations rated in the Baa category are judged to be medium-grade and subject to moderate credit risk and as such may possess certain speculative characteristics. Moody’s appends numerical modifiers 1, 2, and 3 to each generic rating classification from Aa through Caa. The modifier 1 indicates that the obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates a ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category.

Moody’s Issuer Ratings are opinions of the ability of entities to honour senior unsecured debt and debt-like obligations.

The Moody’s rating outlook is an opinion regarding the likely rating direction over the medium term.

The “Negative” rating outlook indicates a higher likelihood of a rating change over the medium-term.

 

(c)

DBRS Limited (“DBRS”)

DBRS has different rating scales for short-term debt, long-term debt and preferred shares. DBRS rating approach is based on a combination of quantitative and qualitative considerations.

 

Page 23 of 24


The DBRS short-term debt rating scale provides an opinion on the risk that an issuer will not meet its short-term financial obligations in a timely manner. The R-1 and R-2 rating categories are further denoted by the subcategories “high”, “middle” and “low”. An obligation rated R-1(high) is of the highest credit quality and indicates the capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due is exceptionally high; unlikely to be adversely affected by future events.

The DBRS long-term rating scale provides an opinion on the risk of default. That is, the risk that an issuer will fail to satisfy its financial obligations in accordance with the terms under which the obligations have been issued. All rating categories other than AAA and D also contain subcategories “(high)” and “(low)”. The absence of either a “(high)” or “(low)” designation indicates the rating is in the middle of the category. Long-term financial obligations rated AA are of superior credit quality and capacity for the payment is considered high; credit quality differs from AAA only to a small degree; unlikely to be significantly vulnerable to future events. Long-term financial obligations rated A are of good credit quality and capacity for payment is considered substantial, but of lesser credit quality than AA, and may be vulnerable to future events but qualifying negative factors are considered manageable.

The DBRS preferred share rating scale is used in the Canadian securities market and is meant to give an indication of the risk that a borrower will not fulfill its full obligations in a timely manner, with respect to both dividend and principal commitments. Each rating category is denoted by the subcategories “high” and “low”. The absence of either a “high” or “low” designation indicates the rating is in the middle of the category. The Pfd-2 rating indicates that the preferred shares are of satisfactory credit quality.

Rating trends provide guidance in respect of DBRSs opinion regarding outlook for the rating in question.

The “Negative” rating trend represents an indication that there is a greater likelihood that the rating could change in the future than would be the case if the rating trend was “Stable”.

 

(d)

Fitch

Fitch publishes opinions on a variety of scales.

A short-term issuer or obligation rating is based on the short-term vulnerability to default of the rated entity or security stream and relates to the capacity to meet financial obligations in accordance with the documentation governing the relevant obligation. Short-Term Ratings are assigned to obligations whose initial maturity is viewed as “short term” based on market convention. A rating of F1+ indicates the strongest intrinsic capacity for the timely payment of financial commitments. The added “+” denotes an exceptionally strong credit feature.

Rated entities in a number of sectors, including financial and non-financial corporations, are generally assigned issuer Default Ratings (“IDRs”). IDRs opine on an entity’s relative vulnerability to default on financial obligations. A rating of AA denotes expectation of very low default risk and indicates very strong capacity for payment of financial commitments; this capacity is not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable events. A rating of A denotes expectations of low default risk and the capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered strong; this capacity may, nevertheless, be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic conditions than is the case for higher ratings. Within some of the rating levels, Fitch further differentiates the rankings by adding the modifiers “+” or “-” to denote relative status within major rating categories.

Rating Outlooks indicate the direction a rating is likely to move over a one-to-two year period.

The “Stable” rating outlook means that the rating is not likely to change over a one to two-year period.

 

Page 24 of 24


EX-99.2

 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

BMO’s Chief Executive Officer and its Chief Financial Officer have signed a statement outlining management’s responsibility for financial information in the annual consolidated financial statements and Management’s Discussion and Analysis (MD&A). The statement, which can be found on page 136, also explains the roles of the Audit and Conduct Review Committee and Board of Directors in respect of that financial information.

The MD&A comments on BMO’s operations and financial condition for the years ended October 31, 2016 and 2015. The MD&A should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements for the year ended October 31, 2016. The MD&A commentary is as of December 6, 2016. Unless otherwise indicated, all amounts are stated in Canadian dollars and have been derived from financial statements prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board. References to generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) mean IFRS.

Since November 1, 2011, BMO’s financial results have been reported in accordance with IFRS. Results for years prior to 2011 have not been restated and are presented in accordance with Canadian GAAP as defined at that time (CGAAP). As such, certain growth rates and compound annual growth rates (CAGR) may not be meaningful. On November 1, 2013, BMO adopted several new and amended accounting pronouncements issued by the International Accounting Standards Board. The consolidated financial statements for comparative periods in the fiscal years 2013 and 2012 have been restated. Certain other prior year data has been reclassified to conform with the current year’s presentation. The adoption of new IFRS standards in 2015 only impacted our results prospectively. Prior periods have been reclassified for methodology changes and transfers of certain businesses between operating groups. See pages 45 and 46.

 

  

Index

  27   Who We Are provides an overview of BMO Financial Group, explains the links between our financial objectives and our overall vision, and outlines “Reasons to Invest in BMO” along with relevant key performance data.
  28   Enterprise-Wide Strategy outlines our enterprise-wide strategy and the context in which it is developed, as well as our progress in relation to our priorities.
  30   Caution Regarding Forward-Looking Statements advises readers about the limitations and inherent risks and uncertainties of forward-looking statements.
   
  30   Economic Developments and Outlook includes commentary on the Canadian, U.S. and international economies in 2016 and our expectations for 2017.
  32   Value Measures reviews financial performance on the four key measures that assess or most directly influence shareholder return. It also includes explanations of non-GAAP measures, a reconciliation to their GAAP counterparts for the fiscal year, and a summary of adjusting items that are excluded from results to assist in the review of key measures and adjusted results.
  32  

Total Shareholder Return

  33  

Non-GAAP Measures

  34  

Summary Financial Results and Earnings per Share Growth

  35  

Return on Equity

  35  

Common Equity Tier 1 Ratio

  36   2016 Financial Performance Review provides a detailed review of BMO’s consolidated financial performance by major income statement category. It also includes a summary of the impact of changes in foreign exchange rates.
  45   2016 Operating Groups Performance Review outlines the strategies and key priorities of our operating groups and the challenges they face, along with their strengths and value drivers. It also includes a summary of their achievements in 2016, their focus for 2017, and a review of their financial performance for the year and the business environment in which they operate.
  46  

Summary

  47  

Personal and Commercial Banking

  48  

Canadian Personal and Commercial Banking

  51  

U.S. Personal and Commercial Banking

  55  

BMO Wealth Management

  58  

BMO Capital Markets

  62  

Corporate Services, including Technology and Operations

  63   Review of Fourth Quarter 2016 Performance, 2015 Financial Performance Review and Summary Quarterly Earnings Trends provide commentary on results for relevant periods other than fiscal 2016.
  68      Financial Condition Review comments on our assets and liabilities by major balance sheet category. It includes a review of our capital adequacy and our approach to optimizing our capital position to support our business strategies and maximize returns to our shareholders. It also includes a review of off-balance sheet arrangements and certain select financial instruments.
  68     

Summary Balance Sheet

  70     

Enterprise-Wide Capital Management

  77     

Select Financial Instruments

  78     

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

  79      Enterprise-Wide Risk Management outlines our approach to managing key financial risks and other related risks we face.
  80     

Overview

  80     

Risks That May Affect Future Results

  83     

Framework and Risks

  88     

Credit and Counterparty Risk

  95     

Market Risk

  100     

Liquidity and Funding Risk

  106     

Operational Risk

  107     

Model Risk

  109     

Insurance Risk

  110     

Legal and Regulatory Risk

  111     

Business Risk

  111     

Strategic Risk

  112     

Environmental and Social Risk

  112     

Reputation Risk

  113      Accounting Matters and Disclosure and Internal Control reviews critical accounting estimates and changes in accounting policies in 2016 and for future periods. It also outlines our evaluation of disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting, and provides an index of disclosures recommended by the Enhanced Disclosure Task Force.
  113     

Critical Accounting Estimates

  115     

Changes in Accounting Policies in 2016

  115     

Future Changes in Accounting Policies

  117     

Transactions with Related Parties

  118     

Shareholders’ Auditors’ Services and Fees

  119     

Management’s Annual Report on Disclosure Controls and Procedures and Internal Control over Financial Reporting

  120     

Enhanced Disclosure Task Force

  122      Supplemental Information presents other useful financial tables and more historical detail.
 

 

Regulatory Filings

Our continuous disclosure materials, including our interim financial statements and interim MD&A, annual audited consolidated financial statements and annual MD&A, Annual Information Form and Notice of Annual Meeting of Shareholders and Management Proxy Circular, are available on our website at www.bmo.com/investorrelations, on the Canadian Securities Administrators’ website at www.sedar.com and on the EDGAR section of the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. BMO’s Chief Executive Officer and its Chief Financial Officer certify the appropriateness and fairness of BMO’s annual and interim consolidated financial statements, MD&A and Annual Information Form, the effectiveness of BMO’s disclosure controls and procedures and the effectiveness of, and any material weaknesses relating to, BMO’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

26   BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016


Who We Are

Established in 1817, BMO Financial Group is a highly diversified financial services provider based in North America. With total assets of $688 billion and more than 45,000 employees, BMO provides a broad range of personal and commercial banking, wealth management and investment banking products and services to more than 12 million customers. We serve eight million customers across Canada through our Canadian personal and commercial arm, BMO Bank of Montreal. We also serve customers through our wealth management businesses: BMO Asset Management, BMO Nesbitt Burns, BMO Private Banking, BMO Insurance and BMO InvestorLine. BMO Capital Markets, our investment and corporate banking and trading products division, provides a full suite of financial products and services to North American and international clients. In the United States, BMO serves customers through BMO Harris Bank, based in the U.S. Midwest with more than two million retail, small business and commercial customers. BMO Financial Group conducts business through three operating groups: Personal and Commercial Banking, Wealth Management and BMO Capital Markets.

Our Financial Objectives

BMO’s medium-term financial objectives for certain important performance measures are set out below. We believe that we will deliver top-tier total shareholder return and meet our medium-term financial objectives by aligning our operations with, and executing on, our strategic priorities, along with our vision, as outlined on the following page. We consider top-tier returns to be top-quartile shareholder returns relative to our Canadian and North American peer group.

BMO’s business planning process is rigorous, sets ambitious goals and considers the prevailing economic conditions, our risk appetite, our customers’ evolving needs and the opportunities available across our lines of business. It includes clear and direct accountability for annual performance that is measured against both internal and external benchmarks and progress toward our strategic priorities.

Over the medium term, our financial objectives on an adjusted basis are to achieve average annual earnings per share (adjusted EPS) growth of 7% to 10%, earn an average annual return on equity (adjusted ROE) of 15% or more, generate average annual adjusted net operating leverage of 2% or more and maintain capital ratios that exceed regulatory requirements. These objectives are guideposts as we execute against our strategic priorities. In managing our operations and risk, we recognize that current profitability and the ability to meet these objectives in a single period must be balanced with the need to invest in our businesses for their future long-term health and growth prospects.

Our one-year adjusted EPS growth rate was 7.4% and our five-year average annual adjusted EPS growth rate was 8.2%, in line with our target growth range of 7% to 10%. Our annual adjusted operating leverage on a net revenue basis was 2.1%, in line with our target of 2% or more, reflecting our focus on improving efficiency. Our five-year average annual adjusted ROE of 14.3% was below our target of 15% or more. Higher capital requirements negatively impact ROE and as a result, our 15% ROE objective is ambitious and will take time to attain. BMO is well-capitalized with a Common Equity Tier 1 Ratio of 10.1%.

 

Reasons to Invest in BMO

 

   

Strong, diversified businesses that continue to deliver robust earnings growth and long-term value for shareholders.

 
   

Large North American commercial banking business with advantaged market share.

   

Well-established, highly profitable core banking business in Canada.

   

Diversified U.S. banking operations well-positioned to benefit from growth opportunities.

   

Award-winning wealth franchise with an active presence in markets across Canada, the United States, Europe and Asia.

   

Competitively advantaged Canadian and growing mid-cap focused U.S. capital markets business.

   

Well-capitalized with an attractive dividend yield.

 
   

Committed to customer experience, measured through a disciplined loyalty program.

 
   

Focus on efficiency through technology innovation, process enhancement and increased digitalization across channels.

 
   

Adherence to strong business ethics and corporate governance standards, including sustainability principles that ensure we consider social, economic and environmental impacts as we pursue sustainable growth.

 

 

    As at and for the periods ended October 31, 2016 (%, except as noted)   1-year     5-year*     10-year*        
 

Average annual total shareholder return

    17.0        12.5        7.1     
 

Average growth in annual EPS

    5.3        7.8        4.8     
 

Average growth in annual adjusted EPS

    7.4        8.2        4.3     
 

Average annual ROE

    12.1        13.9        13.7     
 

Average annual adjusted ROE

    13.1        14.3        15.0     
 

Compound growth in annual dividends declared per share

    4.9        4.0        6.3     
 

Dividend yield**

    4.0        4.2        4.7     
 

Price-to-earnings multiple**

    12.3        11.6        12.6     
 

Market value/book value ratio**

    1.43        1.52        1.60     
 

Common Equity Tier 1 Ratio

    10.1        na        na     
  * 5-year and 10-year growth rates reflect growth based on CGAAP in 2006 and IFRS in 2011 and 2016, respectively.
  ** 1-year measure as at October 31, 2016. 5-year and 10-year measures are the average of year-end values.

na – not applicable

Adjusted results in this section are non-GAAP and are discussed in the Non-GAAP Measures section on page 33.

 

The Our Financial Objectives section above and the Enterprise-Wide Strategy and Economic Developments and Outlook sections that follow contain certain forward-looking statements. By their nature, forward-looking statements require us to make assumptions and are subject to inherent risks and uncertainties. Please refer to the Caution Regarding Forward-Looking Statements on page 30 of this MD&A for a discussion of such risks and uncertainties and the material factors and assumptions related to the statements set forth in such sections.

 

BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016     27   


 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

Enterprise-Wide Strategy

Our Vision

To be the bank that defines great customer experience.

Our Strategy in Context

We aim to deliver top-tier total shareholder return and balance our commitments to financial performance, our customers and employees, the environment and the communities where we live and work.

Continually focused on our future, with 200 years of experience that helps us chart the course, we continue to navigate an increasingly complex world characterized by: mixed macroeconomic performance, evolving customer needs, rapid technology advances, competitive intensity and a dynamic regulatory environment. In the face of these shifts, our commitment to our customers is unwavering. Our brand promise – We’re here to help – and our vision inspire and guide what we do every day. We aim to help our customers feel valued, understood and confident in the financial decisions they make.

We are well positioned and feel confident about the future. We have a strong balance sheet and are well-capitalized. Our disciplined approach to risk is backed by a solid record of regulatory compliance. We have a diversified business mix that extends to key geographies and customer segments. Our employees are highly skilled and engaged. These elements are foundational to our sustained growth and help us deliver on our vision and brand promise.

Our commitment to stakeholders is evident in our focus on delivering an industry-leading customer experience, managing revenues and expenses to achieve our financial goals, and maintaining a prudent approach to risk management. We have made clear progress against our priorities with the foundation of a strong brand, more flexible technology platform, improved processes and transformed cost base.

We have a clear plan, aligned with our vision and anchored in five strategic priorities. We have made good progress on these priorities with select accomplishments outlined below, as well as in our group strategic priorities, detailed in the 2016 Operating Groups Performance Review, which starts on page 45.

Our 2016 Priorities and Progress

 

1. Achieve industry-leading customer loyalty by delivering on our brand promise.
 

Applied a focused approach to identifying and improving the experiences most important to our customers, recognizing changing customer behaviours and preferences:

   

Leveraged new data analytics capabilities to enhance and streamline customers’ experiences when interacting with us digitally. Improvements delivered to date created capacity across our sales force for additional advice-based conversations resulting in higher customer loyalty.

   

Introduced a new service to allow prospective customers to open a BMO bank account in under seven minutes using their smartphone. This first-of-its-kind in Canada account opening capability allows customers to quickly search, select and open an account with BMO using an intuitive, conversational interface.

 

Completed a refresh of automated banking machines in Canada to improve digital functionality, including: intelligent touch screens; the ability to make multi-deposit transactions; envelope-free deposits with straight-through processing; and an instant on-screen view of scanned cheques and cash.

 

In the United States, introduced two new Smart Branch locations, providing customers with the best of our innovative technologies in a unique, smaller format tailored to their needs.

 

Received awards across our groups recognizing our commitment to customers and progress in delivering against our priorities, including: Best Commercial Bank in Canada (World Finance Magazine), Best Domestic Private Bank, U.S. (Global Financial Market Review), Best Trade Bank in Canada (Trade Finance Magazine), and for the seventh consecutive year, World’s Best Metals & Mining Investment Bank (Global Finance).

 

Recognized as one of Canada’s Best Brands 2017 by Canadian Business.

 

2. Enhance productivity to drive performance and shareholder value.
 

Aligned our physical, digital and telephone channels via a North American channels strategy to deliver a customer experience to meet our loyalty and efficiency objectives:

   

Continued to invest in capabilities to support increasing customer preference of completing transactions through digital channels, which now represent approximately 40% of total service transaction volume.

   

Enhanced our digital sales capabilities. Digital retail banking sales volumes in Canada are now equivalent to sales at over 115 branches.

   

Continued to roll out new branch formats offering smaller, more flexible and more cost-effective points of distribution across North America with a branch staffing mix strategy that supports and emphasizes the branch as a critical point for complex advice-based sales such as mortgages and investments.

 

Disciplined expense management control in place, with positive operating leverage in 2016.

 

3. Accelerate deployment of digital technology to transform our business.
 

Delivered new digital capabilities and offerings across businesses, demonstrating BMO’s commitment to leadership in digital banking:

   

Continued to make progress in re-engineering our technology architecture to be more customer-centric, faster, and more cost-effective.

   

Created personalized, intuitive applications for our customers, with increased speed-to-market, while enhancing risk management and boosting productivity.

   

Extended Apple Pay to our Canadian customers, allowing them to make secure purchases with their BMO credit and debit cards while using their iPhones.

   

In Canada, launched biometric security enhancements to select corporate card customers with MasterCard Identity Check. Using the application, customers can verify their identity using facial recognition and fingerprints when making mobile and online purchases.

   

Launched a BMO debit card in Canada, enabling customers to make safe and secure contactless payments using Interac Flash.

 

28   BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016


 

In partnership with Ryerson University’s DMZ, announced the launch of BMO Presents: The Next Big Idea in Fintech – a program to help discover Canada’s most innovative fintech companies with the idea of giving them market exposure and a chance to ultimately test their service through BMO.

 

Leveraged our enhanced technology capabilities to change how work is completed, allowing us to improve pace and reduce delivery cost. For example, in six months we launched BMO SmartFolio®, an easy, affordable digital portfolio management service that aligns to individual investment objectives and provides clients with online access to investment solutions.

 

4. Leverage our consolidated North American platform and expand strategically in select global markets to deliver growth.
 

Expanded our leading North American commercial banking franchise to better serve customers in Canada and the United States:

   

In Canada, maintained #2 market share for business loans up to $25 million with lending and deposit growth of 10% and 6%, respectively, in our commercial banking business.

   

Improved our processes and increased platform efficiency, enabling our sales force to spend more time with customers, while streamlining our product portfolio to support growing customer preference for digital banking.

   

On December 1, 2015, completed the acquisition of General Electric Capital Corporation’s Transportation Finance business, the largest provider of financing for the truck and trailer segment in North America, and rebranded it BMO Transportation Finance.

 

Acquired Greene Holcomb Fisher, a boutique M&A advisory business based in Minneapolis.

 

Extended our exchange traded fund (ETF) offering to clients in Europe and Asia, building on our #2 position in Canada in ETFs.

 

Reorganized BMO’s Asset Management business to fully leverage the global reach and competitiveness of the business.

 

5. Ensure our strength in risk management underpins everything we do for our customers.
 

Improved risk data and risk reporting through significant investment in streamlined data collection, more timely data, greater data coverage, report automation and heightened governance.

 

Further enhanced stress testing and other data analysis and modelling.

 

Maintained our risk culture through enhanced assessment and learning tools and communication processes.

 

Responded to rising regulatory expectations, evidenced by improvements in stress testing, market risk measurement, anti-money laundering tools and processes and foundational risk management.

 

Continued to develop the next generation of our risk infrastructure by integrating, automating and upgrading foundational capabilities for risk and data analysis and modelling of market, credit and operational risks.

 

BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016     29   


 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

Factors That May Affect Future Results

As noted in the following Caution Regarding Forward-Looking Statements, all forward-looking statements and information, by their nature, are subject to inherent risks and uncertainties, both general and specific, which may cause actual results to differ materially from the expectations expressed in any forward-looking statement. The Enterprise-Wide Risk Management section starting on page 79 describes a number of risks, including credit and counterparty, market, liquidity and funding, operational, model, insurance, legal and regulatory, business, strategic, environmental and social, and reputation risk. Should our risk management framework prove ineffective, there could be a material adverse impact on our financial position.

 

 

Caution Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

Bank of Montreal’s public communications often include written or oral forward-looking statements. Statements of this type are included in this document, and may be included in other filings with Canadian securities regulators or the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, or in other communications. All such statements are made pursuant to the “safe harbor” provisions of, and are intended to be forward-looking statements under, the United States Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 and any applicable Canadian securities legislation. Forward-looking statements may involve, but are not limited to, comments with respect to our objectives and priorities for fiscal 2017 and beyond, our strategies or future actions, our targets, expectations for our financial condition or share price, and the results of or outlook for our operations or for the Canadian, U.S. and international economies.

By their nature, forward-looking statements require us to make assumptions and are subject to inherent risks and uncertainties. There is significant risk that predictions, forecasts, conclusions or projections will not prove to be accurate, that our assumptions may not be correct, and that actual results may differ materially from such predictions, forecasts, conclusions or projections. We caution readers of this document not to place undue reliance on our forward-looking statements, as a number of factors could cause actual future results, conditions, actions or events to differ materially from the targets, expectations, estimates or intentions expressed in the forward-looking statements.

The future outcomes that relate to forward-looking statements may be influenced by many factors, including but not limited to: general economic and market conditions in the countries in which we operate; weak, volatile or illiquid capital and/or credit markets; interest rate and currency value fluctuations; changes in monetary, fiscal, tax or economic policy; the level of competition in the geographic and business areas in which we operate; changes in laws or in supervisory expectations or requirements, including capital, interest rate and liquidity requirements and guidance; judicial or regulatory proceedings; the accuracy and completeness of the information we obtain with respect to our customers and counterparties; our ability to execute our strategic plans and to complete and integrate acquisitions, including obtaining regulatory approvals; critical accounting estimates and the effect of changes to accounting standards, rules and interpretations on these estimates; operational and infrastructure risks; changes to our credit ratings; political conditions, including changes relating to or affecting economic or trade matters; global capital markets activities; the possible effects on our business of war or terrorist activities; outbreaks of disease or illness that affect local, national or international economies; natural disasters and disruptions to public infrastructure, such as transportation, communications, power or water supply; technological changes; information and cyber security; and our ability to anticipate and effectively manage risks arising from all of the foregoing factors.

We caution that the foregoing list is not exhaustive of all possible factors. Other factors and risks could adversely affect our results. For more information, please see the discussion in the Risks That May Affect Future Results section on page 80, and the sections related to credit and counterparty, market, liquidity and funding, operational, model, insurance, legal and regulatory, business, strategic, environmental and social, and reputation risk, which begin on page 88 and outline certain key factors and risks that may affect Bank of Montreal’s future results. Investors and others should carefully consider these factors and risks, as well as other uncertainties and potential events, and the inherent uncertainty of forward-looking statements. Bank of Montreal does not undertake to update any forward-looking statements, whether written or oral, that may be made from time to time by the organization or on its behalf, except as required by law. The forward-looking information contained in this document is presented for the purpose of assisting our shareholders in understanding our financial position as at and for the periods ended on the dates presented, as well as our strategic priorities and objectives, and may not be appropriate for other purposes.

Assumptions about the performance of the Canadian and U.S. economies, as well as overall market conditions and their combined effect on our business, are material factors we consider when determining our strategic priorities, objectives and expectations for our business. In determining our expectations for economic growth, both broadly and in the financial services sector, we primarily consider historical economic data provided by the Canadian and U.S. governments and their agencies. See the Economic Developments and Outlook section of this document.

 

 

 

Economic Developments and Outlook

Economic Developments in 2016 and Outlook for 2017

Looking back to 2016, the Canadian economy grew slowly, impacted by lower levels of investment in the oil industry and a temporary disruption in output from the Alberta oil sands, caused by wildfires. Slower job growth kept the unemployment rate near 7% this year. The uneven global expansion has dampened business confidence and spending. There was weaker momentum in the United States, China, the Eurozone and the United Kingdom, with the potential fallout from the Brexit referendum threatening to upset business confidence in the latter two regions. Consequently, exports, Canada’s major engine of growth in the past two years, shifted into a lower gear in 2016. However, this was partially offset by growth in consumer spending, an increase in infrastructure spending by the federal government, and further expansion in housing markets. Record home sales and accelerating prices in Vancouver pushed the government of British Columbia to impose a property transfer tax on purchases by foreign buyers to prevent further overheating, while the federal government announced measures to curb mortgage lending, as well as foreign investment in residential real estate. Looking forward to 2017, our current prediction is for Canadian real GDP growth to improve from an estimated 1.3% in 2016 to 1.9% in 2017. We expect that economic recovery will be driven by expansionary federal fiscal policy, an expected increase in oil prices, and a pickup in exports in response to firmer U.S. demand and a still-low Canadian dollar. Growth in residential mortgages is expected to slow to around 5% in 2017, while consumer credit should continue to expand by close to 3%. Growth in business loans is projected to moderate to around 6% next year, given the decline in capital expenditures in the resource sector. Long-term interest rates fell in 2016 in response to steady policies by the Bank of Canada, modest economic growth and low inflation. The yield on 10-year government notes reached record lows below 1% in the summer of 2016, before turning up in anticipation of tighter Federal Reserve policy. The Bank of Canada is expected to keep its policy rate unchanged at 0.5% in 2017.

 

30   BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016


Growth in the U.S. economy slowed in 2016, reflecting low levels of exports, a reduction in oil production and a decrease in spending in the agriculture sector prompted by low crop prices. Investment was dampened by uncertainty related to slowing growth in the global economy, the Brexit referendum and the U.S. presidential election. Although job growth moderated this year, the unemployment rate has fallen to pre-recession levels. Rising household wealth and incomes supported consumer spending, while record-low mortgage rates and less restrictive lending standards encouraged a recovery in housing markets. Real growth in U.S. GDP is currently projected to improve from an estimated 1.6% in 2016 to 2.2% in 2017. An upturn in business spending, notably in the energy industry, should complement continued strength in consumer spending and housing markets. Fiscal policy should also turn more expansionary in response to the president-elect’s proposals to reduce personal income and business taxes, and to increase infrastructure spending. Growth in consumer credit and residential mortgages is currently expected to remain healthy in 2017, supported by rising consumer confidence and continued low interest rates, and business loan growth is also expected to hold firm. The Federal Reserve will likely raise its policy rates minimally in 2017, as inflation pressures are expected to remain moderate.

Following modest economic growth in recent years, the pace of expansion in the U.S. Midwest region, which includes the six contiguous states within the BMO footprint, is expected to improve from an estimated 1.6% in 2016 to 1.8% in 2017 in response to increases in agricultural production, a recovering housing market and generally expansionary fiscal policies. However, the region will likely see lower growth than the national economy as a result of slower population growth, low levels of exports due to the strength of the U.S. dollar, and a levelling off in automotive production after several years of rapid growth.

This Economic Developments and Outlook section contains forward-looking statements. Please see the Caution Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.

 

LOGO      LOGO      LOGO
LOGO      LOGO      LOGO

Note: Data points are averages for the month, quarter or year, as appropriate. References to years are calendar years.

 

BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016     31   


 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

Value Measures

Total Shareholder Return

The average annual total shareholder return (TSR) is a key measure of shareholder value, and confirms that our strategic priorities drive value creation for our shareholders. Our one-year TSR of 17.0% and our three-year average annual TSR of 9.9% were strong, and both outperformed the corresponding averages of our Canadian bank peer group and the overall market return in Canada. Our five-year average annual TSR of 12.5% also outperformed the overall market return in Canada, and was consistent with our Canadian bank peer group.

The table below summarizes dividends paid on BMO common shares over the past five years and the movements in BMO’s share price. An investment of $1,000 in BMO common shares made at the beginning of fiscal 2012 would have been worth $1,802 at October 31, 2016, assuming reinvestment of dividends, for a total return of 80.2%.

On December 6, 2016, BMO announced that the Board of Directors had declared a quarterly dividend on common shares of $0.88 per share, up $0.02 per share or 2% from the prior quarter and up $0.04 per share or 5% from a year ago. The dividend is payable on February 28, 2017 to shareholders of record on February 1, 2017. We have increased our quarterly dividend declared four times over the past two years from $0.80 per common share for the first quarter of 2015. Dividends paid over a ten-year period have increased at an average annual compound rate of 4.7%.

 

LOGO      LOGO      LOGO

 

The average annual total shareholder return (TSR) represents the average annual total return earned on an investment in BMO common shares made at the beginning of a fixed period. The return includes the change in share price and assumes that dividends received were reinvested in additional common shares.

Total Shareholder Return

For the year ended October 31   2016     2015     2014     2013     2012    

3-year

CAGR (1)

   

5-year

CAGR (1)

 

Closing market price per common share ($)

    85.36        76.04        81.73        72.62        59.02        5.5        7.7   

Dividends paid ($ per share)

    3.36        3.20        3.04        2.92        2.80        4.8        3.7   

Dividend yield (%)

    4.0        4.3        3.8        4.0        4.8        nm        nm   

Increase (decrease) in share price (%)

    12.3        (7.0     12.5        23.0        0.2        nm        nm   

Total annual shareholder return (%) (2)

    17.0        (3.0     17.1        28.8        5.2        9.9        12.5   
  (1) Compound annual growth rate (CAGR) expressed as a percentage.
  (2) Total annual shareholder return assumes reinvestment of quarterly dividends and therefore does not equal the sum of dividend and share price returns in the table.
  nm – not meaningful

 

32   BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016


Non-GAAP Measures

Results and measures in this MD&A are presented on a GAAP basis. They are also presented on an adjusted basis that excludes the impact of certain items as set out in the following table. Results and measures that exclude the impact of Canadian/U.S. dollar exchange rate movements on our U.S. segment are non-GAAP measures (please see the Foreign Exchange section on page 37 for a discussion of the effects of changes in exchange rates on our results). Management assesses performance on a reported basis and on an adjusted basis and considers both to be useful in assessing underlying ongoing business performance. Presenting results on both bases provides readers with a better understanding of how management assesses results. It also permits readers to assess the impact of certain specified items on results for the periods presented and to better assess results excluding those items if they consider the items not to be reflective of ongoing results. As such, the presentation may facilitate readers’ analysis of trends, as well as comparisons with our competitors. Except as otherwise noted, management’s discussion of changes in adjusted results in this MD&A applies equally to changes in the corresponding reported results. Adjusted results and measures are non-GAAP and as such do not have standardized meaning under GAAP. They are unlikely to be comparable to similar measures presented by other companies and should not be viewed in isolation from or as a substitute for GAAP results.

 

(Canadian $ in millions, except as noted)   2016     2015     2014  

Reported Results

     

Revenue (1)

    21,087        19,389        18,223   

Insurance claims, commissions and changes in policy benefit liabilities (CCPB) (1)

    (1,543     (1,254     (1,505

Revenue, net of CCPB

    19,544        18,135        16,718   

Provision for credit losses

    (815     (612     (561

Non-interest expense

    (12,997     (12,182     (10,921

Income before income taxes

    5,732        5,341        5,236   

Provision for income taxes

    (1,101     (936     (903

Net Income

    4,631        4,405        4,333   

Diluted EPS ($)

    6.92        6.57        6.41   

Adjusting Items (Pre-tax) (2)

     

Acquisition integration costs (3)

    (104     (53     (20

Amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets (4)

    (160     (163     (140

Cumulative accounting adjustment (5)

    (85              

Restructuring costs (6)

    (188     (149       

Adjusting items included in reported pre-tax income

    (537     (365     (160

Adjusting Items (After tax) (2)

     

Acquisition integration costs (3)

    (71     (43     (16

Amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets (4)

    (124     (127     (104

Cumulative accounting adjustment (5)

    (62              

Restructuring costs (6)

    (132     (106       

Adjusting items included in reported net income after tax

    (389     (276     (120

Impact on diluted EPS ($)

    (0.60     (0.43     (0.18

Adjusted Results

     

Revenue (1)

    21,171        19,391        18,223   

Insurance claims, commissions and changes in policy benefit liabilities (CCPB) (1)

    (1,543     (1,254     (1,505

Revenue, net of CCPB

    19,628        18,137        16,718   

Provision for credit losses

    (815     (612     (561

Non-interest expense

    (12,544     (11,819     (10,761

Income before income taxes

    6,269        5,706        5,396   

Provision for income taxes

    (1,249     (1,025     (943

Net Income

    5,020        4,681        4,453   

Diluted EPS ($)

    7.52        7.00        6.59   

Adjusted results and measures in this table are non-GAAP amounts or non-GAAP measures.

 

  (1) Effective the first quarter of 2015, insurance claims, commissions and changes in policy benefit liabilities (CCPB) are reported separately. They were previously reported as a reduction in insurance revenue in non-interest revenue. Prior period amounts and ratios have been reclassified.
  (2) Adjusting items are included in Corporate Services with the exception of the amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets, which is charged to the operating groups, and acquisition integration costs related to F&C Asset Management plc (F&C), which are charged to Wealth Management.
  (3) Acquisition integration costs related to F&C are charged to Wealth Management. Acquisition integration costs related to BMO Transportation Finance are charged to Corporate Services, since the acquisition impacts both Canadian and U.S. P&C businesses. Acquisition integration costs are primarily recorded in non-interest expense.
  (4) These expenses are included in the non-interest expense of the operating groups. Before and after-tax amounts for each operating group are provided on pages 47, 49, 53, 56 and 60.
  (5) Cumulative accounting adjustment recognized in other non-interest revenue related to foreign currency translation that largely impacted prior periods.
  (6) Restructuring charge in 2016, as we accelerate the use of technology to enhance customer experience and focus on driving operational efficiencies. Restructuring charge in 2015, primarily due to restructuring to drive operational efficiencies. Restructuring costs are recorded in non-interest expense.

 

BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016     33   


 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

Summary Financial Results and Earnings per Share Growth

 

The year-over-year percentage change in earnings per share (EPS) and in adjusted EPS are our key measures for analyzing earnings growth. All references to EPS are to diluted EPS, unless otherwise indicated.

EPS was $6.92, up $0.35 or 5% from $6.57 in 2015. Adjusted EPS was $7.52, up $0.52 or 7% from $7.00 in 2015. Our five-year average annual adjusted EPS growth rate was 8.2%, in line with our current medium-term objective of achieving average annual adjusted EPS growth of 7% to 10%. EPS growth primarily reflected increased earnings. Reported net income available to common shareholders was 5% higher over the one-year period and 54% higher over the five-year period, while the average number of diluted common shares outstanding was relatively unchanged over the one-year period and increased 6% over the five-year period.

Net income was $4,631 million in 2016, up $226 million or 5% from the previous year. Adjusted net income excludes restructuring costs, the amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets, acquisition integration costs and a cumulative accounting adjustment related to foreign currency translation that largely impacted prior periods. Adjusted net income was $5,020 million, up $339 million or 7%. Reported and adjusted net income growth reflects the benefit of strong BMO Capital Markets results, the BMO Transportation Finance acquisition, solid organic business growth in the P&C businesses and operating leverage. Results were lower in Wealth Management largely due to the prior year benefit of a gain on sale, as well as a write-down of an equity investment net of a gain on its subsequent sale in 2016, and lower insurance results. Corporate Services results were also lower. The impact of the stronger U.S. dollar increased adjusted net income by $60 million or 1%.

On a reported and adjusted basis, there was good revenue growth in 2016. Higher revenue exceeded incremental costs, contributing to growth in net income. In 2016, provisions for credit losses increased by $203 million to $815 million and the effective income tax rate increased from 17.5% to 19.2%.

Canadian P&C reported net income increased $102 million or 5% to $2,207 million, due to continued revenue growth as a result of higher balances and increased non-interest revenue, partially offset by higher expenses and provisions for credit losses. Expenses increased primarily due to continued investment in the business, net of disciplined expense management. Canadian P&C results are discussed in the operating group review on page 48.

U.S. P&C reported net income increased $252 million or 30% to $1,081 million and adjusted net income, which excludes the amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets, increased $249 million or 28% to $1,131 million. On a U.S. dollar basis, reported net income increased $156 million or 24% to $817 million and adjusted net income increased $151 million or 22% to $854 million primarily due to the acquired BMO Transportation Finance business, which contributed approximately 14% to both revenue and expenses in the year, and organic growth. U.S. P&C results are discussed in the operating group review on page 51.

Wealth Management reported net income was $762 million, compared to $850 million a year ago and adjusted net income, which excludes the amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets and acquisition integration costs, was $863 million, compared to $955 million a year ago. Reported net income in traditional wealth was $540 million, compared to $610 million a year ago and adjusted net income in traditional wealth was $641 million compared to $715 million a year ago, as solid underlying growth was more than offset by the prior year benefits of a gain on the sale of BMO’s U.S. retirement services business, as well as a write-down of an equity investment net of a gain on its subsequent sale in 2016. Net income in insurance was $222 million, compared to $240 million a year ago, primarily due to higher benefits from actuarial assumptions and asset-liability management changes in the prior year, partially offset by growth in the underlying businesses. Wealth Management results are discussed in the operating group review on page 55.

BMO Capital Markets reported net income increased $239 million or 23% to $1,268 million, reflecting improved trading revenue performance, strong mergers and acquisitions advisory activity and higher lending revenues, partially offset by lower net securities gains. Higher revenue was partially offset by higher expenses and loan loss provisions. Operating leverage was positive 9.0% year over year. BMO Capital Markets results are discussed in the operating group review on page 58.

Corporate Services reported net loss for the year was $687 million, compared to a reported net loss of $408 million a year ago. Reported results in both years include a restructuring charge and acquisition integration costs. The adjusted net loss for the year was $452 million, compared to an adjusted net loss of $296 million a year ago. Both reported and adjusted results declined due to lower revenue driven by a recovery under a legal settlement in the prior year, lower impaired real estate gains and lower purchase accounting revenue, partially offset by higher credit recoveries in the current year. Reported expenses increased primarily due to higher acquisition integration costs related to the acquired BMO Transportation Finance business and higher restructuring costs in the current year, and reported revenue was lower due to a cumulative accounting adjustment related to foreign currency translation that largely impacted prior periods. Corporate Services results are discussed in the operating group review on page 62.

Changes to reported and adjusted net income for each of our operating groups are discussed in more detail in the 2016 Operating Groups Performance Review, which starts on page 45.

 

 

LOGO  

 

Earnings per share (EPS) is calculated by dividing net income attributable to bank shareholders, after the deduction of preferred dividends, by the average number of common shares outstanding. Diluted EPS, which is our basis for measuring performance, adjusts for possible conversions of financial instruments into common shares if those conversions would reduce EPS, and is more fully explained in Note 24 on page 194 of the financial statements. Adjusted EPS is calculated in the same manner using adjusted net income.

 

Adjusted results in this section are non-GAAP and are discussed in the Non-GAAP Measures section on page 33.

 

34   BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016


Return on Equity

 

Increased capital expectations for banks internationally have resulted in increased levels of common shareholders’ equity over the last several years which, all else being equal, negatively impacts return on equity (ROE). ROE was 12.1% in 2016 and adjusted ROE was 13.1%, compared with 12.5% and 13.3%, respectively, in 2015. ROE declined in 2016 primarily due to growth in common equity exceeding growth in income. There was an increase of $219 million or 5% in net income available to common shareholders and $332 million or 7% in adjusted net income available to common shareholders in 2016. Average common shareholders’ equity increased $2.9 billion or 8% from 2015, primarily due to increased retained earnings and the impact of the stronger U.S. dollar on our investments in foreign operations. The reported return on tangible common equity (ROTCE) was 15.3%, compared with 15.8% in 2015 and adjusted ROTCE was 16.1%, compared with 16.4% in 2015. Book value per share increased 6% from the prior year to $59.56, given the increase in shareholders’ equity.

 

 

 

LOGO  

 

Return on common shareholders’ equity (ROE) is calculated as net income, less non-controlling interest in subsidiaries and preferred dividends, as a percentage of average common shareholders’ equity. Common shareholders’ equity is comprised of common share capital, contributed surplus, accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) and retained earnings. Adjusted ROE is calculated using adjusted net income rather than net income.

 

Return on tangible common equity (ROTCE) is calculated as net income available to common shareholders adjusted for amortization of intangibles as a percentage of average tangible common equity. Tangible common equity is calculated as common shareholders’ equity less goodwill and acquisition-related intangible assets, net of related deferred tax liabilities. Adjusted ROTCE is calculated using adjusted net income rather than net income. ROTCE is commonly used in the North American banking industry and is meaningful because it measures the performance of businesses consistently, whether they were acquired or developed organically.

 

 
 

Return on Equity and Return on Tangible Common Equity (1)

 

(Canadian $ in millions, except as noted)

For the year ended October 31

  2016     2015     2014     2013     2012  

Reported net income

    4,631        4,405        4,333        4,195        4,156   

Attributable to non-controlling interest in subsidiaries

    (9     (35     (56     (65     (74

Preferred dividends

    (150     (117     (120     (120     (136

Net income available to common shareholders (A)

    4,472        4,253        4,157        4,010        3,946   

After-tax amortization of acquisition-related intangibles

    124        127        104        89        96   

Net income available to common shareholders after adjusting for amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets (B)

    4,596        4,380        4,261        4,099        4,042   

After-tax impact of other adjusting items

    265        149        16        (61     (193

Adjusted net income available to common shareholders (C)

    4,861        4,529        4,277        4,038        3,849   

Average common shareholders’ equity (D)

    36,997        34,135        29,680        26,956        24,863   

Return on equity (%) (= A/D)

    12.1        12.5        14.0        14.9        15.9   

Adjusted return on equity (%) (= C/D)

    13.1        13.3        14.4        15.0        15.5   

Average tangible common equity (E)

    30,101        27,666        24,595        22,860        20,798   

Return on tangible common equity (%) (= B/E)

    15.3        15.8        17.3        17.9        19.4   

Adjusted return on tangible common equity (%) (= C/E)

    16.1        16.4        17.4        17.7        18.5   

 

  (1) Certain comparative figures have been reclassified to conform with the current year’s presentation.

Adjusted results in this section are non-GAAP and are discussed in the Non-GAAP Measures section on page 33.

 

 

 

Common Equity Tier 1 Ratio

 

BMO’s Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) Ratio reflects a well-capitalized position relative to the risk in our business. Our CET1 Ratio was 10.1% at October 31, 2016, compared to 10.7% at October 31, 2015. The CET1 Ratio decreased by 60 basis points from the end of fiscal 2015 due to increased risk-weighted assets (RWA), largely from the Basel I Capital floor and business growth, and the acquisition of the BMO Transportation Finance business in the first quarter, which reduced the ratio by approximately 60 basis points, partially offset by capital growth.

 

  LOGO  

 

Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) Ratio is calculated as CET1 capital, which is comprised of common shareholders’ equity less deductions for goodwill, intangible assets, pension assets, certain deferred tax assets and other items, divided by risk-weighted assets for CET1.

 

 
 
 
 
 

 

BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016     35   


 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

2016 Financial Performance Review

This section provides a review of our enterprise financial performance for 2016 that focuses on the Consolidated Statement of Income included in our consolidated financial statements, which begin on page 139. A review of our operating groups’ strategies and performance follows the enterprise review. A summary of the enterprise financial performance for 2015 appears on page 64.

 

Highlights

 

   

Net income was $4,631 million in 2016, up $226 million or 5% from the previous year. Adjusted net income was $5,020 million, up $339 million or 7%. Reported and adjusted net income growth reflects the benefit of strong BMO Capital Markets results, the BMO Transportation Finance acquisition, solid organic business growth in the P&C businesses and operating leverage. Results were lower in Wealth Management, largely due to the prior year benefit of a gain on sale, as well as the write-down of an equity investment net of a gain on its subsequent sale in 2016, and lower insurance results. Corporate Services results were also lower. The impact of the stronger U.S. dollar increased adjusted net income by $60 million or 1%.

   

On a net revenue basis(1), revenue increased $1,409 million or 8% in 2016 to $19,544 million, and adjusted revenue increased $1,491 million or 8% to $19,628 million. Adjusted revenue excludes a cumulative accounting adjustment in the amount of $85 million recognized in 2016. Revenue growth reflects the benefits of our diversified business mix and successful execution against our strategic priorities. The increase was mainly due to revenue growth in the P&C businesses, which benefited from the acquired BMO Transportation Finance business and organic growth, and in BMO Capital Markets, with a decrease in Wealth Management and Corporate Services. The impact of the stronger U.S. dollar increased adjusted net revenue by $345 million or 2%.

   

Reported non-interest expense increased $815 million or 7% to $12,997 million in 2016. Adjusted non-interest expense increased $725 million or 6% to $12,544 million. Adjusted non-interest expense excludes acquisition integration costs, the amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets and restructuring costs. Reported and adjusted expenses increased primarily due to the impact of the acquired BMO Transportation Finance business, business growth and investment and the stronger U.S. dollar, partially offset by the benefits of divestitures.

 
   

Provisions for credit losses totalled $815 million in the current year, up from $612 million in 2015, as higher provisions in the P&C businesses and BMO Capital Markets were partially offset by higher net recoveries in Corporate Services.

 
   

The effective income tax rate in 2016 was 19.2%, compared with 17.5% in 2015. The adjusted effective income tax rate(2) was 19.9%, compared with 18.0% in 2015. The higher reported and adjusted effective tax rate was attributable to a higher proportion of income from higher tax rate jurisdictions and lower tax-exempt income from securities.

 

 

  (1) See page 38 for a description of net revenue.
  (2) The adjusted rate is computed using adjusted net income rather than reported net income in the determination of income subject to tax.
 

 

 

Adjusted results in this section are non-GAAP and are discussed in the Non-GAAP Measures section on page 33.

 

36   BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016


Foreign Exchange

The U.S. dollar was stronger compared to the Canadian dollar at October 31, 2016 than it was at October 31, 2015. At October 31, 2016, the Canadian dollar traded at $1.3411 per U.S. dollar, compared to $1.3075 per U.S. dollar at October 31, 2015. BMO’s U.S.-dollar-denominated assets and liabilities are translated at year-end rates. The average exchange rate over the course of 2016, which is used in the translation of BMO’s U.S.-dollar-denominated revenues and expenses, was higher in 2016 than in 2015. Consequently, the Canadian dollar equivalents of BMO’s U.S.-dollar-denominated net income, revenues, expenses, recovery of (provision for) credit losses and income taxes in 2016 increased relative to the preceding year. The table below indicates average Canadian/U.S. dollar exchange rates in 2016, 2015 and 2014 and the impact of changes in the average rates on our U.S. segment results.

Changes in the exchange rate will affect future results measured in Canadian dollars and the impact on those results is a function of the periods in which revenues, expenses and provisions for (recoveries of) credit losses arise. If future results are consistent with results in 2016, each one cent increase (decrease) in the Canadian/U.S. dollar exchange rate, expressed in terms of how many Canadian dollars one U.S. dollar buys, would be expected to increase (decrease) the Canadian dollar equivalent of our U.S. segment net income before income taxes for the year by $11 million in the absence of hedging transactions. References in this MD&A to the impact of the U.S. dollar do not include the U.S.-dollar-denominated amounts recorded outside of BMO’s U.S. segment.

Economically, our U.S. dollar income stream was largely unhedged to changes in foreign exchange rates during the year. During 2016, we hedged a portion of the forecasted BMO Capital Markets U.S. dollar net income. These hedges are subject to mark-to-market accounting, which resulted in a $3 million after tax loss in 2016 that was recorded in our BMO Capital Markets business. We regularly determine whether to execute hedging transactions to mitigate the impact of foreign exchange rate movements on net income.

See the Enterprise-Wide Capital Management section on page 70 for a discussion of the impact that changes in foreign exchange rates can have on our capital position.

Changes in foreign exchange rates will also affect accumulated other comprehensive income primarily from the translation of our investment in foreign operations. Each one cent increase (decrease) in the Canadian/U.S. dollar exchange rate, expressed in terms of how many Canadian dollars one U.S. dollar buys, would be expected to increase (decrease) the translation of the unhedged portion of our investment in foreign operations by $150 million.

Effects of Changes in Exchange Rates on BMO’s Reported and Adjusted Results

 

(Canadian $ in millions, except as noted)  

2016 vs.

2015

   

2015 vs.

2014

 

Canadian/U.S. dollar exchange rate (average)

   

2016

    1.3251     

2015

    1.2550        1.2550   

2014

      1.0937   

Effects on reported results

   

Increased net interest income

    204        409   

Increased non-interest revenue

    144        351   

Increased revenues

    348        760   

Increased provision for credit losses

    (3     (5

Increased expenses

    (265     (598

Increased income taxes

    (20     (33

Increased reported net income before impact of hedges

    60        124   

Hedging losses in current year after tax

    (3     (21

Increased reported net income

    57        103   

Effects on adjusted results

   

Increased net interest income

    204        409   

Increased non-interest revenue

    144        351   

Increased revenues

    348        760   

Increased provision for credit losses

    (11     (15

Increased expenses

    (253     (578

Increased income taxes

    (21     (34

Increased adjusted net income before impact of hedges

    63        133   

Hedging losses in current year after tax

    (3     (21

Increased adjusted net income

    60        112   

 

Caution

This Foreign Exchange section contains forward-looking statements. Please see the Caution Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.

 

 

Adjusted results in this section are non-GAAP and are discussed in the Non-GAAP Measures section on page 33.

 

BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016     37   


 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

Revenue(1)

Revenue increased $1,698 million or 9% in 2016 to $21,087 million. On a basis that nets insurance claims, commissions and changes in policy benefit liabilities (CCPB) against insurance revenue (net revenue), reported revenue increased $1,409 million or 8% to $19,544 million.

Adjusted revenue differs from reported revenue largely due to a cumulative accounting adjustment in the amount of $85 million recognized in 2016 in other non-interest revenue, related to foreign currency translation, largely impacting prior periods. Adjusted revenue, net of CCPB, increased $1,491 million or 8% to $19,628 million, including a $345 million or 2% impact of the stronger U.S. dollar. Reported and adjusted revenue increased due to revenue growth in the P&C businesses, which benefited from the acquired BMO Transportation Finance business and organic growth, and in BMO Capital Markets, with a decrease in Wealth Management and Corporate Services.

BMO analyzes revenue at the consolidated level based on GAAP revenues as reported in the consolidated financial statements, and on an adjusted basis. Consistent with our Canadian peer group, we analyze revenue on a taxable equivalent basis (teb) at the operating group level. The teb adjustments for 2016 totalled $510 million, down from $524 million in 2015.

Canadian P&C revenue increased $328 million or 5% to $6,968 million as a result of higher balances and increased non-interest revenue.

U.S. P&C revenue increased $1,033 million or 29% on a Canadian dollar basis and increased $628 million or 22% on a U.S. dollar basis, primarily due to the benefit of the acquired BMO Transportation Finance business, as well as organic loan and deposit growth.

Wealth Management revenue, net of CCPB, was $4,345 million, compared to $4,509 million in the prior year. Revenue in traditional wealth was $3,923 million, compared to $4,057 million a year ago, as solid underlying growth in our spread-based and fee-based revenue was more than offset by the prior year benefits of a gain on the sale of BMO’s U.S. retirement services business, the impact of divestitures and the write-down of an equity investment net of a gain on its subsequent sale in 2016. There was underlying growth in our insurance businesses, although net insurance revenue decreased, primarily due to higher beneficial actuarial assumptions and asset-liability management changes in the prior year.

BMO Capital Markets revenue increased $495 million or 13% to $4,362 million, reflecting improved trading revenue performance, strong mergers and acquisitions advisory activity, higher lending revenues and the impact of the stronger U.S. dollar, partially offset by lower net securities gains.

Corporate Services reported revenue declined $283 million and adjusted revenue declined $201 million. Both reported and adjusted revenue declined due to above-trend revenue in the prior year, which included a recovery under a legal settlement, as well as lower impaired real estate gains and lower purchase accounting revenue in the current year.

 

(1) Commencing in 2015, insurance claims, commissions and changes in policy benefit liabilities are reported separately. They were previously reported as a reduction in insurance revenue in non-interest revenue. Prior period amounts and ratios have been reclassified. Insurance can experience variability arising from fluctuations in the fair value of insurance assets and the related liabilities. The investments which support actuarial liabilities are predominantly fixed income assets recorded at fair value with changes in the fair values recorded in insurance revenue in the Consolidated Statement of Income. These fair value changes are largely offset by changes in the fair value of policy benefit liabilities, the impact of which is reflected in insurance claims, commissions and changes in policy benefit liabilities. The discussion of revenue on a net basis reduces this variability in the results, which allows for a better discussion of operating results. For additional discussion of insurance claims, commissions and changes in policy benefit liabilities, see page 41.

 

Taxable equivalent basis (teb) Revenues of operating groups are presented in our MD&A on a taxable equivalent basis (teb). Revenue and the provision for income taxes are increased on tax-exempt securities to an equivalent before-tax basis to facilitate comparisons of income between taxable and tax-exempt sources. This adjustment is offset in Corporate Services.

Revenue and Adjusted Revenue (1)

 

(Canadian $ in millions, except as noted)

For the year ended October 31

  2016     2015     2014     2013     2012  

Net interest income

    9,872        8,763        8,292        8,487        8,749   

Year-over-year growth (%)

    13        6        (2     (3     17   

Non-interest revenue

    11,215        10,626        9,931        8,343        8,354   

Year-over-year growth (%)

    6        7        19               10   

Total revenue

    21,087        19,389        18,223        16,830        17,103   

Cdn./U.S. dollar translation effect

    345        732        320        87        99   

Year-over-year growth (%)

    9        6        8        (2     14   

Impact of Cdn./U.S. dollar translation effect (%)

    2        4        2        1        1   

Adjusted net interest income

    9,872        8,764        8,292        7,830        7,970   

Year-over-year growth (%)

    13        6        6        (2     10   

Adjusted non-interest revenue

    11,299        10,627        9,931        8,309        8,070   

Year-over-year growth (%)

    6        7        20        3        6   

Total adjusted revenue (2)

    21,171        19,391        18,223        16,139        16,040   

Year-over-year growth (%)

    9        6        13        1        8   

Total adjusted revenue, net of CCPB (2)

    19,628        18,137        16,718        15,372        14,866   

Cdn./U.S. dollar translation effect

    345        732        320        78        85   

Year-over-year growth (%)

    8        8        9        3        8   

Impact of Cdn./U.S. dollar translation effect (%)

    2        4        2        1        1   

 

  (1) Commencing in the first quarter of 2015, insurance claims, commissions and changes in policy benefit liabilities (CCPB) are reported separately. They were previously reported as a reduction in insurance revenue in non-interest revenue. Prior period amounts and ratios have been reclassified.
  (2) Adjusted revenue for 2012 and 2013 excludes the portion of the credit mark recorded in net interest income on the purchased performing loan portfolio and income or losses from run-off structured credit activities recorded in non-interest revenue, which are recorded in Corporate Services.

 

 

Adjusted results in this section are non-GAAP and are discussed in the Non-GAAP Measures section on page 33.

 

38   BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016


Net Interest Income

Net interest income increased $1,109 million or 13% to $9,872 million in 2016. Net interest income increased 10%, excluding the impact of the stronger U.S. dollar, due to the acquired BMO Transportation Finance business and organic volume growth.

BMO’s overall net interest margin increased 8 basis points to 1.59%. Net interest margin excluding trading increased 3 basis points from the prior year. Higher net interest margin was primarily due to the acquired BMO Transportation Finance business.

Average earning assets increased by $43.3 billion or 7% to $622.7 billion, or increased $30.8 billion or 5%, excluding the impact of the stronger U.S. dollar, due to organic loan growth and the acquired BMO Transportation Finance business.

The main drivers of BMO’s overall net interest margin are the individual group margins, changes in the magnitude of each operating group’s average earning assets and changes in net interest income in Corporate Services. Changes are discussed in the 2016 Operating Groups Performance Review section starting on page 45.

Table 5 on page 126 and Table 6 on page 127 provide further details on net interest income and net interest margin.

 

Net interest income is comprised of earnings on assets, such as loans and securities, including interest and dividend income, less interest expense paid on liabilities, such as deposits.

Net interest margin is the ratio of net interest income to average earning assets, expressed as a percentage or in basis points.

 

LOGO   LOGO   LOGO   LOGO

Change in Net Interest Income, Average Earning Assets and Net Interest Margin

 

    Net interest income (teb)           Average earning assets           Net interest margin  

(Canadian $ in millions, except as noted)

For the year ended October 31

         Change                  Change           (in basis points)  
          2016             2015     %                    2016             2015     %                    2016             2015     Change  

Canadian P&C

    5,060        4,806        5          199,526        189,505        5          254        254          

U.S. P&C

    3,528        2,836        24                97,447        81,965        19                362        346        16   

Personal and Commercial Banking (P&C)

    8,588        7,642        12          296,973        271,470        9          289        282        7   

Wealth Management

    614        565        9          25,898        23,784        9          237        238        (1

BMO Capital Markets

    1,509        1,332        13          254,461        238,916        7          59        56        3   

Corporate Services

    (839     (776     (8             45,400        45,301                       nm        nm        nm   

Total BMO reported

    9,872        8,763        13                622,732        579,471        7                159        151        8   

U.S P&C (US$ in millions)

    2,663        2,260        18                73,569        65,319        13                362        346        16   

  nm – not meaningful

 

 

Adjusted results in this section are non-GAAP and are discussed in the Non-GAAP Measures section on page 33.

 

BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016     39   


 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

Non-Interest Revenue

Non-interest revenue, which comprises all revenue other than net interest income, increased $589 million or 6% to $11,215 million in 2016. On a basis that is net of CCPB, non-interest revenue increased $300 million or 3% to $9,672 million. Excluding the impact of the stronger U.S. dollar, non-interest revenue net of CCPB increased $159 million or 2%.

Adjusted non-interest revenue largely excludes a cumulative accounting adjustment in the amount of $85 million pre-tax recognized in 2016 in other non-interest revenue, related to foreign currency translation, largely impacting prior periods. Adjusted non-interest revenue, net of CCPB, increased $383 million or 4% to $9,756 million. Reported and adjusted non-interest revenue increased due to good performance in the P&C businesses, including the benefit of the acquired BMO Transportation Finance business, and in BMO Capital Markets, as well as the impact of the stronger U.S. dollar.

Trading revenues increased $205 million and are discussed in the Trading-Related Revenues section that follows.

Lending fees increased $122 million, due to growth in the P&C businesses loan portfolio, lending activity in BMO Capital Markets and the impact of the stronger U.S. dollar.

Underwriting and advisory fees increased $114 million, due to growth in activity levels, primarily in mergers and acquisitions and equity underwriting, and the impact of the stronger U.S. dollar. Deposit and payment service charges increased $64 million, due to growth in both Canadian and U.S. P&C and the impact of the stronger U.S. dollar.

Securities commissions and fees increased $23 million. These revenues consist largely of brokerage commissions within Wealth Management, which account for about two-thirds of the total, and institutional equity trading commissions within BMO Capital Markets. The increase is due to higher client activity in BMO Capital Markets and the stronger U.S. dollar, partially offset by lower securities commissions in Wealth Management.

Investment management and custodial fees remained essentially unchanged from last year, as business growth and the impact of the stronger U.S. dollar were offset by the impact of divestitures. Mutual fund revenue decreased $13 million from strong results a year ago. Both investment management and custodial fees and mutual fund revenue were also negatively impacted by the lower Canadian equity markets on average and the impact of the weaker British pound compared to the prior year.

Insurance revenue increased $261 million from a year ago, largely due to lower long-term interest rates increasing the fair value of insurance investments and underlying business growth, partially offset by lower reinsurance premiums. The increase in insurance revenue was largely offset by higher insurance claims, commissions and changes in policy benefit liabilities, as discussed on page 41. Given the extent to which insurance revenue can vary and that this variability is largely offset in CCPB, we generally focus on analyzing revenue net of CCPB. Insurance revenue, net of CCPB, decreased $28 million as growth in the underlying business was more than offset by prior year benefits from higher actuarial assumption changes and above-trend changes in our investment portfolio to improve asset-liability management.

Securities gains, other than trading, decreased $87 million due to lower net securities gains in BMO Capital Markets and Corporate Services.

Investments in associates and joint ventures decreased $67 million primarily due to the write-down of an equity investment net of a gain on its subsequent sale in 2016.

Other non-interest revenue, which includes various sundry amounts, decreased $28 million due to the prior year gain on sale of BMO’s U.S. retirement services business, the cumulative accounting adjustment related to foreign currency translation and a recovery under a legal settlement in the prior year, largely offset by lease revenue from the acquired BMO Transportation Finance business.

Card fees and Foreign exchange, other than trading were relatively consistent year over year.

Table 3 on page 124 provides further details on revenue and revenue growth.

Non-Interest Revenue (1)

 

(Canadian $ in millions)              

Change

from 2015

 
For the year ended October 31   2016     2015     2014     (%)  

Securities commissions and fees

    924        901        894        3   

Deposit and payment service charges

    1,141        1,077        1,002        6   

Trading revenues

    1,192        987        949        21   

Lending fees

    859        737        680        17   

Card fees

    461        460        462          

Investment management and custodial fees

    1,556        1,552        1,286          

Mutual fund revenues

    1,364        1,377        1,065        (1

Underwriting and advisory fees

    820        706        744        16   

Securities gains, other than trading

    84        171        162        (51

Foreign exchange, other than trading

    162        172        179        (6

Insurance revenue (1)

    2,023        1,762        2,008        15   

Investments in associates and joint ventures

    140        207        169        (32

Other

    489        517        331        (5

Total BMO reported (1)

    11,215        10,626        9,931        6   

BMO reported, net of CCPB

    9,672        9,372        8,426        3   

Total BMO adjusted (1)

    11,299        10,627        9,931        6   

BMO adjusted, net of CCPB

    9,756        9,373        8,426        4   

Insurance revenue, net of CCPB

    480        508        503        (6
  (1) Commencing in the first quarter of 2015, insurance claims, commissions and changes in policy benefit liabilities (CCPB) are reported separately. They were previously reported as a reduction in insurance revenue in non-interest revenue. Prior period amounts and ratios have been reclassified.

 

Adjusted results in this section are non-GAAP and are discussed in the Non-GAAP Measures section on page 33.

 

40   BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016


Trading-Related Revenues

Trading-related revenues are dependent on, among other things, the volume of activities undertaken for clients who enter into transactions with BMO to mitigate their risks or to invest. BMO earns a spread or profit on the net sum of its client positions by profitably managing, within prescribed limits, the overall risk of the net positions. On a limited basis, BMO also earns revenue from principal trading positions.

Interest and non-interest trading-related revenues increased $272 million or 27%. Excluding the impact of the stronger U.S. dollar and the result of hedging a portion of U.S. net income, trading-related revenues increased $258 million or 25%. The following amounts exclude the impact of the stronger U.S. dollar. Interest rate trading-related revenues increased $234 million or 55%, primarily due to increased client activity across most businesses, partially offset by the impact of the disposition of our municipal bond trading business in October 2015. Foreign exchange trading-related revenues were down $15 million or 4%, driven by decreased client activity. Equities trading-related revenues decreased $12 million or 2%, reflecting modestly lower activity with corporate and investor clients. Commodities trading-related revenues increased $7 million or 12% due to increased client hedging activity in energy products.

The Market Risk section on page 95 provides more information on trading-related revenues.

 

Trading-related revenues include net interest income and non-interest revenue earned from on and off-balance sheet positions undertaken for trading purposes. The management of these positions typically includes marking them to market on a daily basis. Trading-related revenues also include income (expense) and gains (losses) from both on-balance sheet instruments and interest rate, foreign exchange (including spot positions), equity, commodity and credit contracts.

Interest and Non-Interest Trading-Related Revenues (1)

 

(Canadian $ in millions)

(taxable equivalent basis)

                   

Change

from 2015

 
For the year ended October 31   2016     2015     2014     (%)  

Interest rates

    663        422        325        57   

Foreign exchange

    349        364        356        (4

Equities

    629        638        626        (1

Commodities

    66        56        46        17   

Other (2)

    25        6        13        +100   

Total (teb)

    1,732        1,486        1,366        17   

Teb offset

    441        467        433        (6

Reported total

    1,291        1,019        933        27   

Reported as:

       

Net interest income

    540        499        417        8   

Non-interest revenue – trading revenues

    1,192        987        949        21   

Total (teb)

    1,732        1,486        1,366        17   

Teb offset

    441        467        433        (6

Reported total, net of teb offset

    1,291        1,019        933        27   

Adjusted net interest income, net of teb offset

    99        32        (16     +100   

Adjusted non-interest revenue – trading revenues

    1,192        987        949        21   

Adjusted total, net of teb offset

    1,291        1,019        933        27   
  (1) Trading-related revenues are presented on a taxable equivalent basis.
  (2) Includes nominal revenues from run-off structured credit activities and hedging exposures in BMO’s structural balance sheet.

Adjusted results in this section are non-GAAP and are discussed in the Non-GAAP Measures section on page 33.

 

 

Insurance Claims, Commissions and Changes in Policy Benefit Liabilities

Insurance claims, commissions and changes in policy benefit liabilities (CCPB) were $1,543 million in 2016, up $289 million from $1,254 million in 2015 due to lower long-term interest rates increasing the fair value of policy benefit liabilities and the impact of growth in the underlying business, partially offset by decreased reinsurance liabilities. The increase was largely offset in revenue, as discussed on page 38. Given the extent to which insurance revenue can vary and that this variability is largely offset in CCPB, we generally focus on analyzing revenue net of CCPB.

 

BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016     41   


 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

Provision for Credit Losses

The provision for credit losses (PCL) was $815 million in the current year, up from $612 million in 2015. There was no net change to the collective allowance in the year. The increase in PCL was due to higher provisions in the P&C businesses and BMO Capital Markets, partially offset by higher net recoveries in Corporate Services.

PCL as a percentage of average net loans and acceptances was 0.23% in 2016, up from 0.19% in 2015.

On an operating group basis, most of our provisions relate to Personal and Commercial Banking. In Canadian P&C, PCL increased by $46 million to $542 million in 2016, reflecting higher provisions in both the consumer and commercial portfolios. U.S. P&C PCL was $257 million, up $138 million from 2015, largely reflecting higher commercial provisions, mainly due to the acquired BMO Transportation Finance business. BMO Capital Markets recorded provisions of $81 million, an increase of $55 million from the prior year, mainly due to higher oil and gas provisions. Corporate Services net recoveries of $74 million increased $38 million from the prior year.

On a geographic basis, the majority of our provisions relate to our Canadian loan portfolio. Specific PCL in Canada and other countries (excluding the United States) was $547 million, compared to $498 million in 2015. Specific PCL in the United States was $268 million, up from $114 million in 2015. Note 4 on page 153 of the consolidated financial statements provides PCL information on a geographic basis. Table 15 on page 134 provides further PCL segmentation information.

Provision for Credit Losses

 

(Canadian $ in millions, except as noted)

For the year ended October 31

  2016     2015     2014  

New specific provisions

    1,386        1,278        1,413   

Reversals of previously established allowances

    (228     (210     (228

Recoveries of loans previously written off

    (343     (456     (624

Provision for credit losses (PCL)

    815        612        561   

PCL as a % of average net loans and acceptances (annualized)

    0.23        0.19        0.19   

 

Provision for Credit Losses by Operating Group

 

 

(Canadian $ in millions)

For the year ended October 31

  2016     2015     2014  

Canadian P&C

    542        496        528   

U.S. P&C (1)

    257        119        177   

Personal and Commercial Banking

    799        615        705   

Wealth Management

    9        7        (3

BMO Capital Markets

    81        26        (18

Corporate Services, including T&O (1)

     

Impaired real estate loans

    (16     28        21   

Interest on impaired loans

           17        26   

Purchased credit impaired loans

    (58     (86     (252

Purchased performing loans (1)

           5        82   

Provision for credit losses

    815        612        561   
  (1) Beginning in the first quarter of 2016, the reduction in the credit mark that is reflected in net interest income and the provision for credit losses on the purchased performing portfolio are being recognized in U.S. P&C, consistent with the accounting for the acquisition of BMO Transportation Finance, and given that these amounts have reduced substantially in size. Results for prior periods have not been reclassified.

Certain comparative figures have been reclassified to conform with the current year’s presentation.

 

Adjusted results in this section are non-GAAP and are discussed in the Non-GAAP Measures section on page 33.

 

42   BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016


Non-Interest Expense

Non-interest expense increased $815 million or 7% to $12,997 million in 2016.

Adjusted non-interest expense excludes restructuring costs, the amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets and acquisition integration costs. Restructuring costs were $188 million in 2016 as we accelerate the use of technology to enhance customer experience and focus on achieving operational efficiencies. Restructuring costs were $149 million in 2015 primarily due to restructuring to achieve operational efficiencies. The amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets was $160 million, $163 million and $140 million in 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Acquisition integration costs were $104 million, $53 million and $20 million in 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

Adjusted non-interest expense increased $725 million or 6% to $12,544 million or 4% excluding the impact of the stronger U.S. dollar. Reported and adjusted expenses increased primarily due to the impact of the acquired BMO Transportation Finance business and business growth and investment, partially offset by the benefits of divestitures and our focus on disciplined expense management.

The dollar and percentage changes in expense by category are outlined in the Non-Interest Expense and Adjusted Non-Interest Expense table. Table 4 on page 125 provides more detail on expenses and expense growth.

Performance-based compensation on a reported basis increased $176 million or 8%, and on an adjusted basis increased $161 million or 8%, due to improved performance across most operating groups, the impact of the stronger U.S. dollar and the acquired BMO Transportation Finance business. Other employee compensation, which includes salaries, benefits and severance, on a reported basis increased $125 million or 3% and on an adjusted basis increased $59 million or 1%, due to the impact of the acquired BMO Transportation Finance business, partially offset by divestitures.

Premises and equipment costs on a reported basis increased $256 million or 12% and on an adjusted basis increased $227 million or 11%, primarily due to higher costs related to technology investments, as well as higher real estate-related costs and the impact of the stronger U.S. dollar. Other expenses on a reported basis increased $258 million or 9% and other expenses on an adjusted basis increased $278 million or 10%, primarily due to the acquired BMO Transportation Finance business and the impact of the stronger U.S. dollar.

BMO’s reported efficiency ratio improved 120 basis points to 61.6% and the adjusted efficiency ratio improved 170 basis points to 59.2% in 2016. On a net revenue basis, the reported efficiency ratio improved 70 basis points to 66.5% and the adjusted efficiency ratio improved 130 basis points to 63.9% in 2016. All operating groups have shown improvements in efficiency and operating leverage, with the exception of Wealth Management.

Canadian P&C, BMO’s largest operating segment, improved its reported efficiency ratio by 70 basis points to 49.6%, resulting from revenue growth and disciplined expense management.

U.S. P&C’s reported efficiency ratio improved 360 basis points to 62.5% and its adjusted efficiency ratio improved 320 basis points to 61.0%, due to organic revenue growth and disciplined expense management, as well as the acquired BMO Transportation Finance business.

Wealth Management’s reported efficiency ratio, on a net revenue basis, increased 230 basis points to 76.8%. The adjusted efficiency ratio, on a net revenue basis, increased 240 basis points to 73.9%, primarily due to the prior year benefits of a gain on sale of BMO’s U.S. retirement services business in 2015 and the write-down of an equity investment net of a gain on its subsequent sale in 2016.

BMO Capital Markets reported efficiency ratio improved 510 basis points to 59.1%, due to strong revenue growth and disciplined expense management.

On a net revenue basis(1), reported operating leverage was positive 1.1% and adjusted operating leverage was positive 2.1% year over year, in line with our medium-term objective of generating above 2% average annual adjusted net operating leverage and our ongoing focus on improving efficiency by driving revenue growth and maintaining disciplined cost management.

 

(1) This ratio is calculated excluding insurance claims, commissions and changes in policy benefit liabilities (CCPB).

 

The efficiency ratio (or expense-to-revenue ratio) is a measure of productivity. It is calculated as non-interest expense divided by total revenue (on a taxable equivalent basis in the operating groups), expressed as a percentage. The adjusted efficiency ratio is calculated in the same manner, utilizing adjusted revenue and expense.

Contribution to Growth in Non-Interest Expense and Adjusted Non-Interest Expense (%)

 

For the year ended October 31   2016     2015     2014  

Significant businesses acquired

    3.2        2.3        1.5   

Canadian/U.S. dollar translation effect, excluding acquisitions

    2.1        5.4        2.5   

Other

    0.8        2.1        6.3   

Total adjusted non-interest expense growth

    6.1        9.8        10.3   

Impact of adjusting items

    0.6        1.7        (3.5

Total non-interest expense growth

    6.7        11.5        6.8   

 

BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016     43   


 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

Non-Interest Expense and Adjusted Non-Interest Expense

 

(Canadian $ in millions, except as noted)

For the year ended October 31

  2016     2015     2014    

Change

from 2015

(%)

 

Performance-based compensation

    2,248        2,087        1,939        8   

Other employee compensation (1)

    4,894        4,835        4,294        1   

Total employee compensation

    7,142        6,922        6,233        3   

Premises and equipment

    2,357        2,130        1,908        11   

Other

    2,761        2,519        2,378        10   

Amortization of intangible assets

    284        248        242        15   

Total adjusted non-interest expense

    12,544        11,819        10,761        6   

Adjusting items

    453        363        160        24   

Total non-interest expense

    12,997        12,182        10,921        7   

Non-interest expense growth (%)

    6.7        11.5        6.8        na   

Adjusted non-interest expense growth (%)

    6.1        9.8        10.3        na   
  (1) Includes restructuring costs in 2016 and 2015.
  na – not applicable

Efficiency Ratio by Group (teb) (%)

 

For the year ended October 31   2016     2015     2014  

Efficiency Ratio

     

Canadian P&C

         49.6             50.3        49.7   

U.S. P&C

    62.5        66.1        65.9   

Wealth Management

    56.6        58.3        53.2   

BMO Capital Markets

    59.1        64.2        63.3   

Total BMO

    61.6        62.8        59.9   

Total BMO, net of CCPB

    66.5        67.2        65.3   

Adjusted Efficiency Ratio

     

Canadian P&C

    49.6        50.2        49.6   

U.S. P&C

    61.0        64.2        63.6   

Wealth Management

    54.5        55.9        51.7   

Wealth Management, net of CCPB

    73.9        71.5        71.9   

BMO Capital Markets

    59.0        64.2        63.2   

Total BMO

    59.2        60.9        59.1   

Total BMO, net of CCPB

                               63.9                 65.2                64.4   

Adjusted results in this section are non-GAAP and are discussed in the Non-GAAP Measures section on page 33.

 

 

Provision for Income Taxes

The provision for income taxes reflected in the Consolidated Statement of Income is based upon transactions recorded in income, regardless of when such transactions are subject to taxation by tax authorities, with the exception of the repatriation of retained earnings from foreign subsidiaries, as outlined in Note 23 on page 192 of the consolidated financial statements.

Management assesses BMO’s consolidated results and associated provisions for income taxes on a GAAP basis. We assess the performance of the operating groups and associated income taxes on a taxable equivalent basis and report accordingly.

The provision for income taxes was $1,101 million in 2016, compared with $936 million in 2015. The reported effective tax rate in 2016 was 19.2%, compared with 17.5% in 2015. The adjusted provision for income taxes(1) was $1,249 million in 2016, compared with $1,025 million in 2015. The adjusted effective tax rate in 2016 was 19.9%, compared with 18.0% in 2015. The change in the reported and adjusted tax rates from year to year was attributable to a higher proportion of income from higher tax rate jurisdictions and lower tax-exempt income from securities. On a teb basis, the reported effective tax rate for the year was 25.8%, compared with 24.9% a year ago. On a teb basis, the adjusted effective tax rate for the year was 25.9%, compared with 24.9% a year ago.

BMO partially hedges, for accounting purposes, the foreign exchange risk arising from its foreign operations by funding the investments in the corresponding foreign currency. A gain or loss on hedging and an unrealized gain or loss on translation of foreign operations is charged or credited to shareholders’ equity. For income tax purposes, a gain or loss on the hedging activities results in an income tax charge or credit in the current period that is charged or credited to shareholders’ equity, while the associated unrealized gain or loss on the foreign operations does not incur income taxes until the investments are liquidated. The income tax charge/benefit arising from a hedging gain/loss is a function of the fluctuations in exchange rates from period to period. Hedging of foreign operations has given rise to an income tax expense in shareholders’ equity of $10 million for the year, compared with an income tax recovery of $167 million in 2015. Refer to the Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity on page 142 of the consolidated financial statements for further details.

Changes in tax rates and tax policy can have an impact on our earnings. See the discussion in the Critical Accounting Estimates section on page 113 of the impact that a reduction in U.S. income tax rates would have on our net deferred tax asset, income and the CET1 Ratio.

Table 4 on page 125 details the $1,864 million of total government levies and taxes incurred by BMO in 2016. The increase from $1,651 million in 2015 was primarily due to a higher provision for income taxes.

 

(1) The adjusted rate is computed using adjusted net income rather than reported net income in the determination of income subject to tax.

 

Adjusted results in this section are non-GAAP and are discussed in the Non-GAAP Measures section on page 33.

 

44   BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016


2016 Operating Groups Performance Review

This section includes an analysis of the financial results of our operating groups and descriptions of their businesses, strategies, strengths, challenges, key value drivers, achievements and outlooks.

Canadian Personal and Commercial Banking (Canadian P&C) (pages 48 to 50)

Reported net income was $2,207 million in 2016, an increase of $102 million or 5% from 2015. Adjusted net income was $2,209 million, an increase of $100 million or 5%.

U.S. Personal and Commercial Banking (U.S. P&C) (pages 51 to 54)

Reported net income was $1,081 million in 2016, an increase of $252 million or 30% from 2015. Adjusted net income was $1,131 million, an increase of $249 million or 28%. On a U.S. dollar basis, reported net income increased $156 million or 24% to $817 million and adjusted net income increased $151 million or 22% to $854 million from 2015.

Wealth Management (pages 55 to 57)

Reported net income was $762 million in 2016, a decrease of $88 million or 10% from 2015. Adjusted net income was $863 million, a decrease of $92 million or 10%.

BMO Capital Markets (BMO CM) (pages 58 to 61)

Reported net income was $1,268 million in 2016, an increase of $239 million or 23% from 2015. Adjusted net income was $1,269 million, an increase of $238 million or 23%.

Corporate Services, including Technology and Operations (page 62 to 63)

Reported net loss was $687 million in 2016, compared with a net loss of $408 million in 2015. Adjusted net loss was $452 million, compared with an adjusted net loss of $296 million in 2015.

Allocation of Results

The basis for the allocation of results geographically and among operating groups is outlined in Note 26 on page 197 of the financial statements. Certain prior year data has been restated, as explained on the following page, which also provides further information on the allocation of results.

 

LOGO         LOGO
      

 

* Percentages determined excluding results in Corporate Services.

  

 

Adjusted results in this section are non-GAAP and are discussed in the Non-GAAP Measures section on page 33.

 

BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016     45   


 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

Contributions to Revenue, Expenses, Net Income and Average Assets by Operating Group and by Location

 

(Canadian $ in
millions, except as
noted)

For the year ended

October 31

 

        Personal and

        Commercial Banking

          

        Wealth

        Management

          

        BMO

        Capital Markets

          

        Corporate

        Services

          

        Total

        Consolidated

 
  2016     2015     2014            2016     2015     2014            2016     2015     2014            2016     2015     2014            2016     2015     2014  

Operating Groups Relative Contribution to BMO’s Performance (%)

  

                 

Revenue

    55.1        52.9        52.5          27.9        29.7        29.3          20.7        19.9        20.4          (3.7     (2.5     (2.2       100        100        100   

Expenses

    48.9        47.0        48.2          25.7        27.6        26.0          19.8        20.4        21.5          5.6        5.0        4.3          100        100        100   

Net income

    71.0        66.6        61.6          16.5        19.3        18.0          27.4        23.4        24.8          (14.9     (9.3     (4.4       100        100        100   

Adjusted net income

    66.5        63.9        61.2          17.2        20.4        18.9          25.3        22.0        24.1          (9.0     (6.3     (4.2       100        100        100   

Average assets

    44.4        43.1        44.6                4.3        4.4        4.2                42.9        43.6        43.7                8.4        8.9        7.5                100        100        100   

Total Revenue

  

                                   

Canada

    6,967        6,640        6,404          4,009        3,279        3,739          2,624        2,292        2,243          (752     (447     (374       12,848        11,764        12,012   

United States

    4,649        3,615        3,157          840        1,016        788          1,539        1,379        1,261          (181     (108     (39       6,847        5,902        5,167   

Other countries

    1        1        2                1,039        1,468        811                199        196        210                153        58        21                1,392        1,723        1,044   
      11,617        10,256        9,563                5,888        5,763        5,338                4,362        3,867        3,714                (780     (497     (392             21,087        19,389        18,223   

Total Net Revenue

  

                                   

Canada

    6,967        6,640        6,404          2,721        2,655        2,509          2,624        2,292        2,243          (752     (447     (374       11,560        11,140        10,782   

United States

    4,649        3,615        3,157          840        1,016        788          1,539        1,379        1,261          (181     (108     (39       6,847        5,902        5,167   

Other countries

    1        1        2                784        838        536                199        196        210                153        58        21                1,137        1,093        769   
      11,617        10,256        9,563                4,345        4,509        3,833                4,362        3,867        3,714                (780     (497     (392             19,544        18,135        16,718   

Total Expenses

  

                                   

Canada

    3,459        3,339        3,187          2,000        1,970        1,824          1,225        1,168        1,184          383        251        97          7,067        6,728        6,292   

United States

    2,903        2,390        2,075          762        818        721          1,141        1,116        970          287        336        325          5,093        4,660        4,091   

Other countries

                                 573        569        295                210        199        195                54        26        48                837        794        538   
      6,362        5,729        5,262                3,335        3,357        2,840                2,576        2,483        2,349                724        613        470                12,997        12,182        10,921   

Net Income

  

                                   

Canada

    2,206        2,104        2,011          555        497        498          1,016        848        812          (498     (249     (44       3,279        3,200        3,277   

United States

    1,081        829        659          56        127        58          259        178        235          (255     (184     (119       1,141        950        833   

Other countries

    1        1        1                151        226        224                (7     3        27                66        25        (29             211        255        223   
      3,288        2,934        2,671                762        850        780                1,268        1,029        1,074                (687     (408     (192             4,631        4,405        4,333   

Adjusted Net Income

  

                                   

Canada

    2,208        2,108        2,015          545        512        508          1,016        848        811          (333     (143     (44       3,436        3,325        3,290   

United States

    1,131        882        711          75        150        80          260        180        237          (198     (186     (119       1,268        1,026        909   

Other countries

    1        1        1                243        293        255                (7     3        27                79        33        (29             316        330        254   
      3,340        2,991        2,727                863        955        843                1,269        1,031        1,075                (452     (296     (192             5,020        4,681        4,453   

Average Assets

  

                                   

Canada

    207,965        197,160        190,490          21,367        19,907        18,368          167,035        160,158        142,437          23,788        24,974        19,406          420,155        402,199        370,701   

United States

    105,907        88,873        74,357          5,340        4,888        4,055          113,472        106,540        97,228          35,299        34,174        25,261          260,018        234,475        200,901   

Other countries

    52        49        39                3,935        4,352        2,557                22,766        23,238        19,659                196        78        71                26,949        27,717        22,326   
      313,924        286,082        264,886                30,642        29,147        24,980                303,273        289,936        259,324                59,283        59,226        44,738                707,122        664,391        593,928   

How BMO Reports Operating Group Results

Periodically, certain business lines and units within the business lines are transferred between client and corporate support groups to more closely align BMO’s organizational structure with its strategic priorities. In addition, revenue and expense allocations are updated to better align with current experience. Results for prior periods are restated to conform to the current presentation.

Corporate Services results prior to 2016 reflected certain items in respect of the 2011 purchased loan portfolio, including recognition of the reduction in the credit mark that is reflected in net interest income over the term of the purchased loans and provisions and recoveries of credit losses on the purchased portfolio. Beginning in the first quarter of 2016, the reduction in the credit mark that is reflected in net interest income and the provision for credit losses on the purchased performing portfolio are being recognized in U.S. P&C, consistent with the accounting for the acquisition of BMO Transportation Finance, and given that these amounts have reduced substantially in size. Results for prior periods have not been reclassified. Recoveries or provisions on the 2011 purchased credit impaired portfolio continue to be recognized in Corporate Services. Purchased loan accounting impacts related to BMO Transportation Finance are recognized in U.S. P&C.

Also effective in the first quarter of 2016, income from equity investments has been reclassified from net interest income to non-interest revenue in Canadian P&C, Wealth Management and Corporate Services. Results for prior periods have been reclassified. Restructuring costs and acquisition and integration costs that impact more than one operating group are also included in Corporate Services.

Starting in the first quarter of 2015, insurance claims, commissions and changes in policy benefit liabilities (CCPB) are reported separately. They were previously reported as a reduction in insurance revenue in non-interest revenue. Prior period amounts and ratios have been reclassified.

BMO analyzes revenue at the consolidated level based on GAAP revenue reflected in the consolidated financial statements rather than on a taxable equivalent basis (teb), which is consistent with our Canadian peer group. Like many banks, we analyze revenue on a teb basis at the operating group level. Revenue and the provision for income taxes are increased on tax-exempt securities to an equivalent before-tax basis to facilitate comparisons of income between taxable and tax-exempt sources. The offset to the group teb adjustments is reflected in Corporate Services revenue and income tax provisions.

 

Adjusted results in this section are non-GAAP and are discussed in the Non-GAAP Measures section on page 33.

 

46   BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016


Personal and Commercial Banking

 

(Canadian $ in millions, except as noted)

As at or for the year ended October 31

  Canadian P&C           U.S. P&C           Total P&C  
  2016     2015     2014           2016     2015     2014           2016     2015     2014  

Net interest income (teb)

    5,060        4,806        4,654          3,528        2,836        2,484          8,588        7,642        7,138   

Non-interest revenue

    1,908        1,834        1,752          1,121        780        673          3,029        2,614        2,425   

Total revenue (teb)

    6,968        6,640        6,406          4,649        3,616        3,157          11,617        10,256        9,563   

Provision for credit losses

    542        496        528          257        119        177          799        615        705   

Non-interest expense

    3,459        3,339        3,181          2,903        2,390        2,081          6,362        5,729        5,262   

Income before income taxes

    2,967        2,805        2,697          1,489        1,107        899          4,456        3,912        3,596   

Provision for income taxes (teb)

    760        700        682          408        278        243          1,168        978        925   

Reported net income

    2,207        2,105        2,015          1,081        829        656          3,288        2,934        2,671   

Amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets (1)

    2        4        4          50        53        52          52        57        56   

Adjusted net income

    2,209        2,109        2,019          1,131        882        708          3,340        2,991        2,727   

Key Performance Metrics and Drivers

                                                                                       

Net income growth (%)

    4.9        4.4        11.2          30.4        26.5        11.1          12.1        9.8        11.2   

Adjusted net income growth (%)

    4.8        4.4        11.2          28.2        24.7        9.5          11.7        9.7        10.8   

Revenue growth (%)

    5.0        3.7        6.4          28.6        14.5        5.3          13.3        7.3        6.0   

Non-interest expense growth (%)

    3.5        5.0        4.2          21.5        14.8        7.5          11.0        8.9        5.5   

Adjusted non-interest expense growth (%)

    3.6        4.9        4.2          22.2        15.5        8.3          11.2        9.0        5.7   

Return on equity (%)

                    15.9        16.1        16.7   

Adjusted return on equity (%)

                    16.2        16.5        17.1   

Operating leverage (teb) (%)

    1.5        (1.3     2.2          7.1        (0.3     (2.2       2.3        (1.6     0.5   

Adjusted operating leverage (teb) (%)

    1.4        (1.2     2.2          6.4        (1.0     (3.0       2.1        (1.7     0.3   

Efficiency ratio (teb) (%)

    49.6        50.3        49.7          62.5        66.1        65.9          54.8        55.9        55.0   

Adjusted efficiency ratio (teb) (%)

    49.6        50.2        49.6          61.0        64.2        63.6          54.1        55.2        54.2   

Net interest margin on average earning assets (teb) (%)

    2.54        2.54        2.54          3.62        3.46        3.64          2.89        2.82        2.84   

Average common equity

                    20,221        17,848        15,410   

Average earning assets

    199,526        189,505        183,406          97,447        81,965        68,312          296,973        271,470        251,718   

Average net loans and acceptances

    205,813        195,183        188,796          90,752        74,500        61,646          296,565        269,683        250,442   

Average deposits

    142,132        132,767        124,926          87,881        78,032        65,635          230,013        210,799        190,561   

Assets under administration

    25,439        22,848        24,150          159,448        126,513        123,082          184,887        149,361        147,232   

Full-time equivalent employees

    14,776        15,697        15,795          7,503        7,606        7,835          22,279        23,303        23,630   

 

  (1) Before tax amounts of $71 million in 2016, $73 million in 2015 and $75 million in 2014 are included in non-interest expense.

The Personal and Commercial Banking (P&C) operating group represents the sum of our two retail and business banking operating segments, Canadian Personal and Commercial Banking (Canadian P&C) and U.S. Personal and Commercial Banking (U.S. P&C). The combined P&C banking business net income of $3,288 million and adjusted net income of $3,340 million were both up 12% from the prior year. These operating segments are reviewed separately in the sections that follow.

 

Adjusted results in this section are non-GAAP and are discussed in the Non-GAAP Measures section on page 33.

 

BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016     47   


 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

Canadian Personal and Commercial Banking

 

Canadian Personal and Commercial Banking provides a full range of financial products and services to eight million customers. We’re here to help our customers make the right financial decisions as they do business with us seamlessly across our channels: getting advice from our bankers at their places of business or ours, in over 900 branches, on their mobile devices, online, over the telephone, and at nearly 3,300 automated banking machines across the country.

 

Cameron Fowler

Group Head

Canadian Personal and Commercial Banking, BMO Financial Group

  LOGO

 

 

Lines of Business

    
   

Personal Banking provides customers with a wide range of products and services, including chequing and savings accounts, credit cards, mortgages, creditor insurance and everyday financial and investment advice. Our employees are focused on providing all of our customers with an exceptional experience every time they interact with us.

 

  

Commercial Banking provides small business and commercial banking customers with a broad suite of commercial products and services, including business deposit accounts, commercial credit cards, business loans and commercial mortgages, cash management solutions, foreign exchange and specialized banking programs. Our Commercial bankers partner with our customers to help them grow and manage their business.

 

Strengths and Value Drivers

 

 

Highly engaged team of dedicated employees focused on providing a personalized banking experience, anticipating customers’ needs and finding new ways to help.

 

Strong commercial banking business, as evidenced by BMO’s number two ranking in Canadian market share for business loans up to $25 million.

 

Largest MasterCard card issuer in Canada for both retail and commercial cards.

 

Strong cards rewards program with World Elite Travel and World Elite CashBack, also Canada’s leading issuer of AIR MILES®.

 

Consistently applied credit risk management practices that provide customers with reliable access to appropriate financing solutions.

 

Proud to be the official bank of the Canadian defence community, serving the unique needs of Canadian military members and their families since 2008.

Strategy and Key Priorities

Our strategy is focused on capturing key growth and loyalty opportunities while capitalizing on the shift to digital channels to achieve greater efficiency.

Continue our focus on customer loyalty and growth

2016 Achievements

 

Achieved strong employee engagement survey results, particularly around customer focus, demonstrating our employees’ commitment to continuing to deliver a great customer experience.

 

Developed analytics capabilities to pinpoint and quickly solve customer irritants, improving the interaction experience of our customers.

 

Launched a data platform to help our front-line sales team make better personal connections through relevant, needs-based customer conversations.

 

Continued to enhance our fraud recovery and personal estate processes, making our customers’ involvement easier for them in the moments that really matter.

    Personal banking

 

Achieved personal lending and deposit growth of 4% and 8%, respectively.

 

Increased our share of wallet with products that continue to meet the needs of our customers.

 

Ran effective campaigns on key offerings ranging from home financing to Everyday Banking, helping to increase our new-to-BMO customer base by 7%.

 

Completed the upgrade of automated banking machines that offer enhanced functionality, including intelligent touch screens and envelope-free deposits.

 

Grew our mix of advice-based roles, strengthening our ability to engage with customers on the financial issues important to them, when and how they choose to interact.

    Commercial banking

 

Achieved commercial lending and deposit growth of 10% and 6%, respectively.

 

Simplified our product portfolio with the launch of five new Business Banking Plans, all with benefits and features aligned to our customers’ growing preference for digital banking.

 

Improved our processes and increased platform efficiencies, allowing our sales force to spend more time directly engaged with customers.

 

Named as the Best Commercial Bank in Canada for the second consecutive year by World Finance Magazine at its 2016 Banking Awards in recognition of our strong regional and industry focus, as well as our commitment to building customer relationships and providing innovative solutions.

 

Recently received our fifth consecutive gold-level certification in Progressive Aboriginal Relations from the Canadian Council for Aboriginal Business.

 

48   BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016


2017 Focus

 

Continue to focus on improving customer loyalty by deepening relationships. In personal banking, deliver a leading customer experience leveraging new digital channels and existing networks. In commercial banking, target opportunities through diversification and product expansion.

Accelerate our digital strategy

2016 Achievements

 

Continued to grow digital channel sales volume, up almost 11% from the prior year, and now equivalent to the total sales volume in more than 115 branches.

 

Introduced a new mobile capability that allows current and prospective customers to open an account in minutes using their smartphones.

 

Launched biometric security enhancements for a number of corporate card customers with MasterCard Identity Check, enabling customers to verify their identity using facial recognition and fingerprints when making mobile and online purchases.

 

Introduced Apple Pay, allowing customers to make easy and secure purchases with their BMO credit and debit cards.

2017 Focus

 

Accelerate our digital capabilities to deliver a seamless customer experience.

Continued to ensure strong risk leadership and operating discipline

2016 Achievements

 

Achieved an average provision for credit losses of 26 basis points (as a percentage of total loans and acceptances), in line with historical trends.

 

Grew our well-diversified and geographically dispersed commercial lending book in line with our risk appetite.

 

Continued to invest in robust anti-money laundering capabilities to protect customers and address verification/disclosure requirements.

 

Enhanced processes, capabilities and systems to help front-line employees make relevant and timely offers to our customers within the limits of our risk appetite.

2017 Focus

 

Continue strengthening risk management practices and enhancing automation capabilities while delivering a great customer experience.

 

 

Canadian P&C

 

(Canadian $ in millions, except as noted)

As at or for the year ended October 31

  2016     2015     2014  

Net interest income

    5,060        4,806        4,654   

Non-interest revenue

    1,908        1,834        1,752   

Total revenue (teb)

    6,968        6,640        6,406   

Provision for credit losses

    542        496        528   

Non-interest expense

    3,459        3,339        3,181   

Income before income taxes

    2,967        2,805        2,697   

Provision for income taxes

    760        700        682   

Reported net income

    2,207        2,105        2,015   

Amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets (1)

    2        4        4   

Adjusted net income

    2,209        2,109        2,019   

Key Performance Metrics and Drivers

  

Personal revenue

    4,553        4,415        4,238   

Commercial revenue

    2,415        2,225        2,168   

Net income growth (%)

    4.9        4.4        11.2   

Revenue growth (%)

    5.0        3.7        6.4   

Non-interest expense growth (%)

    3.5        5.0        4.2   

Adjusted non-interest expense growth (%)

    3.6        4.9        4.2   

Operating leverage (%)

    1.5        (1.3     2.2   

Adjusted operating leverage (%)

    1.4        (1.2     2.2   

Efficiency ratio (%)

    49.6        50.3        49.7   

Net interest margin on average earning assets (%)

    2.54        2.54        2.54   

Average earning assets

    199,526        189,505        183,406   

Average net loans and acceptances

    205,813        195,183        188,796   

Average deposits

    142,132        132,767        124,926   

Full-time equivalent employees

    14,776        15,697        15,795   

 

  (1) Before tax amounts of $3 million in 2016, $5 million in 2015 and $4 million in 2014 are included in non-interest expense.

LOGO

 

LOGO

 

LOGO

 

 

BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016     49   


 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

Financial Review

Canadian P&C reported net income was $2,207 million, up $102 million or 5% from a year ago. Adjusted net income, which excludes the amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets, increased $100 million or 5% to $2,209 million.

Revenue increased $328 million or 5% to $6,968 million. Revenue increased $138 million or 3% in our personal banking business and $190 million or 9% in our commercial banking business, mainly driven by higher balances and increased non-interest revenue in both businesses.

Net interest margin was stable at 2.54%.

Provisions for credit losses increased $46 million or 9% to $542 million, due to higher provisions in both the consumer and commercial portfolios.

Non-interest expense was $3,459 million, up $120 million or 4% from a year ago, primarily due to continued investment in the business, net of disciplined expense management. Adjusted operating leverage was consistently positive throughout the year, demonstrating the benefits of revenue growth and actions we took related to containing expenses.

Average net loans and acceptances increased $10.6 billion or 5% from a year ago to $205.8 billion. Total personal lending balances (excluding retail cards) increased 4% year over year, with solid residential mortgage growth partially offset by declines in indirect auto loans. Credit card balances were consistent with the prior year in both retail and corporate cards. Commercial loan balances (excluding corporate cards) increased 10% year over year, with growth across a number of industry sectors.

Average deposits increased $9.4 billion or 7% to $142.1 billion. Personal deposit balances increased 8%, driven by strong growth in term and primary chequing accounts. Commercial deposit growth was broad-based, with balances growing 6% year over year.

 

 

Business Environment, Outlook and Challenges

The Canadian economy is expected to improve modestly in 2017, in response to firmer U.S. demand for exports, ongoing low interest rates, the low Canadian dollar, an anticipated increase in oil prices and federal fiscal stimulus. The jobless rate is expected to decline modestly.

In the Canadian personal banking sector, retail operating deposits are projected to grow by approximately 6% in 2017, slightly higher than the rate of growth in personal income. Credit card loan balances are expected to continue to grow around 4%, reflecting the effects of a trend in customer preferences toward prime-based lines of credit. Residential mortgage growth is expected to slow to around 5% in 2017.

In the commercial banking sector, growth in commercial operating deposits and short-term business credit is expected to ease moderately to approximately 6% in 2017, in the context of an expected recovery in resource prices and improving economic conditions.

We expect to generate growth by increasing our customer share of wallet and products per customer while improving sales force productivity and targeting commercial opportunities across geographic regions, market segments and industry sectors. We will continue to operate within the limits of our risk appetite. Our effective governance framework is expected to position us well as information security needs increase and high regulatory expectations continue. Ongoing expansion of digital capabilities will improve efficiency: in 2016, we saw the number of digital transactions overtake branch transactions and this, along with our steadfast commitment to a customer-first approach, is expected to help us reinforce and deepen customer loyalty.

The Canadian economic environment in 2016 and outlook for 2017 are discussed in more detail in the Economic Developments and Outlook section on page 30.

Caution

This Canadian P&C Banking section contains forward-looking statements. Please see the Caution Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.

 

Adjusted results in this section are non-GAAP and are discussed in the Non-GAAP Measures section on page 33.

 

50   BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016


U.S. Personal and Commercial Banking

 

We’re here to help our more than two million customers feel confident in their financial decisions. Our retail and small and mid-sized business banking customers are served through nearly 600 branches, contact centres, online and mobile banking platforms and more than 1,300 automated banking machines across eight states. Our commercial banking customers are offered in-depth specific industry knowledge, as well as strategic capital markets solutions.   LOGO

 

Alexandra Dousmanis-Curtis

Group Head

U.S. Retail and Business Banking

 

 

David R. Casper

President and Chief Executive Officer

BMO Harris Bank N.A. and Group Head Commercial Banking

 

 

 

Lines of Business

    
   

Personal Banking offers a broad range of products and services to individuals, as well as small and mid-sized business customers, including deposits, mortgages, consumer credit, business lending, credit cards and other banking services.

 

   Commercial Banking provides business customers with a broad range of banking products and services, including lending, deposits, treasury management and risk management.

Strengths and Value Drivers

 

 

Rich heritage of 170 years in the U.S. Midwest, with a deep commitment to our communities and helping our customers succeed.

 

Strong, experienced leadership team that knows how to compete and perform in our markets.

 

Unique, differentiated platform for profitable growth with attractive branch footprint and top-tier deposit market share in key U.S. Midwest markets.

 

Large-scale, relationship-based national commercial banking business centred in the U.S. Midwest, complemented by in-depth industry knowledge in select sectors.

 

Comprehensive and integrated risk management and compliance framework to manage within our risk appetite and respond to regulatory expectations. A risk culture that is evident in every aspect of the way we operate across the business.

Strategy and Key Priorities

We aim to grow our business and be a leader in our markets by creating a differentiated, intuitive customer experience and advising our customers on a wide range of financial topics, leveraging our brand reputation, local presence and high-performance teams.

Deliver a great customer experience to a loyal, profitable and growing customer base

2016 Achievements

 

Further improved customer loyalty as measured by a key industry metric in both our commercial and retail banking segments, by optimizing service delivery, improving our product offering and enhancing our digital solutions.

 

Improved retail net customer acquisition by 30% year over year. Retail deposits grew by 9% across all products, while commercial net customer acquisition improved by 3% year over year.

 

Increased deposit market share in our core footprint to 6.5%, which includes Illinois, Wisconsin, Missouri, Kansas, Indiana and Minnesota. Maintained second place rankings in the Chicago and Wisconsin areas.

2017 Focus

 

Continue to build market share and expand into high opportunity segments, grow customer share of wallet and drive customer acquisition through enhanced value proposition, while focusing on consistent service delivery and developing expert bankers.

Continue to transform our Personal Banking business by improving our products and channel capabilities to meet our customers’ evolving needs

2016 Achievements

 

Introduced a new competitive credit card suite, which includes lower interest rates, EMV-enabled (Europay, MasterCard and Visa) chip cards, a refined points program and premium rewards.

 

Launched a customer insight tool to generate intuitive and meaningful individualized offers and services to help deepen customer relationships.

 

Continued our multi-year strategy to improve efficiency and enhance the digital customer experience, including the launch of our new home equity origination system and investments in Smart Branch technology.

2017 Focus

 

Build digital capabilities to align to customer behaviour and market demand, accelerate the modernization of our physical footprint and enhance our product offering.

 

BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016     51   


 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

Continue to deliver local access and industry expertise to clients across a broad geographic footprint through a proven and effective commercial operating model

2016 Achievements

 

The acquisition of BMO Transportation Finance added an industry-leading business with an established client base to our already well-diversified and robust commercial business.

 

Opened a new commercial office in Dallas, building on the presence of the BMO Transportation Finance team. Expanded into two new high-growth commercial real estate segments – seniors’ housing facilities and hotel finance.

 

Continued to deepen customer relationships in our treasury management services business, driving a 15% year-over-year increase in fee income, and introduced a new U.S. Enterprise Wire Payment system to deliver a flexible, faster and more efficient platform for our customers.

 

Deployed a dedicated cross-border service contact group to improve client relationships and deliver an integrated cross-bank client service experience.

2017 Focus

 

Continue to deepen market share in our flagship businesses, grow revenue by investing in higher-growth markets, increase speed of delivery and optimize operational and credit processes, while delivering comprehensive customer solutions.

Continue our strong risk leadership and operating discipline

2016 Achievements

 

Achieved good revenue growth while controlling expenses and continuing to operate within our risk appetite and risk culture, all within the context of a low interest rate environment and moderate economic growth.

 

Actively managed risks and regulatory compliance by maintaining a solid foundation of effective operational risk controls.

 

Maintained robust anti-money laundering capabilities to protect our customers.

2017 Focus

 

Focus on effectively controlling potential risks related to new digital capabilities to safeguard customer identity and personal information.

 

52   BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016


U.S. P&C

 

(Canadian $ equivalent in millions, except as noted)

As at or for the year ended October 31

  2016     2015     2014  

Total revenue (teb) (1)

    4,649        3,616        3,157   

Reported net income

    1,081        829        656   

Adjusted net income

    1,131        882        708   

Net income growth (%)

    30.4        26.5        11.1   

Adjusted net income growth (%)

    28.2        24.7        9.5   

Revenue growth (%)

    28.6        14.5        5.3   

Non-interest expense growth (%)

    21.5        14.8        7.5   

Adjusted non-interest expense growth (%)

    22.2        15.5        8.3   
     
(US$ in millions, except as noted)                     

Net interest income (teb) (1)

    2,663        2,260        2,271   

Non-interest revenue

    846        621        615   

Total revenue (teb) (1)

    3,509        2,881        2,886   

Provision for credit losses (1)

    194        95        162   

Non-interest expense

    2,191        1,904        1,902   

Income before income taxes

    1,124        882        822   

Provision for income taxes (teb)

    307        221        223   

Reported net income

    817        661        599   

Amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets (2)

    37        42        47   

Adjusted net income

    854        703        646   

Key Performance Metrics and Drivers (US$ basis)

                       

Net income growth (%)

    23.6        10.3        3.5   

Adjusted net income growth (%)

    21.6        8.7        2.1   

Revenue growth (%)

    21.8        (0.2     (1.6

Non-interest expense growth (%)

    15.1        0.1        0.6   

Adjusted non-interest expense growth (%)

    15.7        0.7        1.4   

Operating leverage (teb) (%)

    6.7        (0.3     (2.2

Adjusted operating leverage (teb) (%)

    6.1        (0.9     (3.0

Efficiency ratio (teb) (%)

    62.5        66.1        65.9   

Adjusted efficiency ratio (teb) (%)

    61.0        64.2        63.6   

Net interest margin on average earning assets (teb) (%)

    3.62        3.46        3.64   

Average earning assets

    73,569        65,319        62,443   

Average net loans and acceptances

    68,514        59,353        56,351   

Average deposits

    66,343        62,152        60,008   

Full-time equivalent employees

    7,503        7,606        7,835   
  (1) Beginning in the first quarter of 2016, the reduction in the credit mark that is reflected in net interest income and the provision for credit losses on the purchased performing loan portfolio are being recognized in U.S. P&C, consistent with the accounting for the acquisition of BMO Transportation Finance, and given that these amounts have reduced substantially in size. Results for prior periods have not been reclassified.
  (2) Before tax amounts of $52 million in 2016, $55 million in 2015 and $67 million in 2014 are included in non-interest expense.

LOGO

 

LOGO

 

LOGO

 

 

 

Financial Review

U.S. P&C reported net income of $1,081 million increased $252 million or 30% from a year ago. Adjusted net income, which excludes the amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets, was $1,131 million, up $249 million or 28%. Revenue grew $1,033 million or 29% to $4,649 million. All amounts in the remainder of this section are on a U.S. dollar basis.

Reported net income of $817 million increased $156 million or 24% from a year ago. Adjusted net income of $854 million increased $151 million or 22% primarily due to the acquired BMO Transportation Finance business, which contributed approximately 14% to both revenue and expenses in the year, and organic growth.

Revenue of $3,509 million increased $628 million or 22%, primarily due to the benefit of the acquired BMO Transportation Finance business, as well as organic loan and deposit growth, improvements in deposit spreads and higher commercial lending and treasury management fees, net of loan spread compression and lower mortgage banking revenue.

In our commercial banking business, revenue increased $623 million or 43% to $2,085 million, reflecting the acquired BMO Transportation Finance business, strong organic loan and deposit volume growth and higher lending and treasury management fees, net of loan spread compression.

In our personal banking business, revenue increased $5 million to $1,424 million, primarily due to increased deposit spreads and volumes, partially offset by declines in loan volumes and spreads, including the planned reduction in the indirect auto portfolio, and lower mortgage banking revenue.

Net interest margin increased by 16 basis points to 3.62%, driven by higher deposit spreads and volumes, the acquired BMO Transportation Finance business, and the recognition of the credit mark on the purchased performing portfolio previously recognized in Corporate Services, net of loan spread compression.

Provisions for credit losses of $194 million increased $99 million or 104% from a year ago, largely reflecting higher commercial provisions, mainly due to the acquired BMO Transportation Finance business.

 

BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016     53   


 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

Non-interest expense of $2,191 million increased $287 million or 15% and adjusted non-interest expense of $2,139 million increased $290 million or 16%, largely due to the acquired BMO Transportation Finance business.

Average net loans and acceptances increased $9.2 billion or 15% to $68.5 billion, due to BMO Transportation Finance and organic commercial loan growth, partially offset by declines in personal loan volumes, as noted above.

Average deposits of $66.3 billion increased $4.2 billion or 7%, driven by growth in both personal and commercial volumes. Chequing volumes increased $2.6 billion or 7%.

 

 

Business Environment, Outlook and Challenges

U.S. P&C has a significant footprint in eight states, primarily concentrated in six contiguous states in the U.S. Midwest region (Illinois, Wisconsin, Indiana, Minnesota, Missouri and Kansas).

The U.S. economy is expected to improve moderately in 2017, in response to an upturn in business spending, continued strength in consumer spending and housing markets and expansionary fiscal policy. The pace of expansion in the U.S. Midwest region should remain modest at around 1.6% in 2016 and 1.8% in 2017, compared with 1.9% in 2015, with continuing low levels of exports and manufacturing output due to the strong U.S. dollar and slowing growth in the global economy. Uncertainties related to the Brexit referendum and the U.S. election have dampened business spending. However, under a new administration, fiscal policy looks to become more stimulative in 2017, supporting economic growth. Industry-wide commercial loan growth is expected to improve if business investment picks up in the absence of any meaningful increase in uncertainty related to possible protectionist measures. Resilient consumer demand and steady automobile production is expected to support growth in the region in 2017. A growing number of household formations should prolong the upturn in home sales and residential mortgage demand.

The U.S. Midwest banking environment continues to be highly competitive, with a low interest rate environment, global economic headwinds and moderate economic growth, posing challenges for the banking industry. As a result, we remain committed to a customer-focused growth strategy as we offer new product suites, enhanced digital capabilities and credit processes, while at the same time deepening our relationships with our current customers, expanding into under-served markets and striving to deliver an integrated cross-bank client experience. As we look forward, we expect that the anticipated uptrend in interest rates, improvement in labour markets and positive consumer metrics will help us sustain the organic momentum in our deposit and loan growth. We will continue to actively manage risks and regulatory compliance through a comprehensive and integrated oversight and control structure.

The U.S. economic environment in 2016 and the outlook for 2017 are discussed in more detail in the Economic Developments and Outlook section on page 30.

Caution

This U.S. P&C Banking section contains forward-looking statements. Please see the Caution Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.

 

 

Adjusted results in this section are non-GAAP and are discussed in the Non-GAAP Measures section on page 33.

 

54   BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016


BMO Wealth Management

 

BMO’s wealth business serves a full range of client segments, from mainstream to ultra-high net worth and institutional, with a broad offering of wealth management products and services including insurance. BMO Wealth Management is a global business with an active presence in markets across Canada, the United States, Europe and Asia.   LOGO

 

Joanna Rotenberg

Group Head

BMO Wealth Management(1)

 

 

 

Gilles Ouellette

Group Head, BMO Asset Management and

Vice-Chair, International, BMO Financial Group(1)

 

 

 

   

Lines of Business

 

BMO Nesbitt Burns, our full-service investing business in Canada, offers comprehensive and client-focused investment, and wealth advisory services that leverage strong financial planning capabilities, as well as Canada’s first bank-owned digital portfolio management platform, BMO SmartFolio®.

 

BMO InvestorLine is an online investing service that offers clients two ways to invest: our top-ranked self-directed service, which provides tools to help investors make independent investment decisions; or adviceDirect™, which provides investors with online advice and investment recommendations for their portfolios.

 

BMO’s Private Banking businesses operate in Canada, the United States, Hong Kong and Singapore, offering a comprehensive range of financial services and solutions to high net worth and ultra-high net worth clients and, under BMO Harris Financial Advisors, to mass affluent clients in the United States.

 

 

BMO Asset Management is a globally significant asset management organization that provides investment management, trust and custody services to institutional, retail and high net worth investors around the world.

 

BMO Insurance operates in Canada and internationally. In Canada,
we manufacture life insurance, accident and sickness insurance, and annuity products that are marketed both to brokers and directly to individuals. Our creditor insurance division markets group creditor insurance, and internationally, we provide reinsurance solutions.

Strengths and Value Drivers

 

 

Planning and advice-based approach that integrates investment, insurance, specialized wealth management and core banking solutions.

 

Team of highly skilled wealth professionals committed to providing a great client experience.

 

Prestigious brand that is broadly recognized and trusted.

 

Strong presence in North America, globally in asset management and in private banking in select markets, including Europe and Asia.

 

Diversified portfolio of digital investment solution platforms ranging from self-directed investing to professional money management.

 

Access to BMO’s broad client base and distribution networks.

 

Strong risk management framework to enable us to operate within our risk appetite and respond to heightened regulatory expectations.

Strategy and Key Priorities

We aim to be the wealth management solutions provider that defines great client experience. Our strategy is to deliver on our clients’ wealth management needs now and into the future by enhancing the client experience, while focusing on innovation and productivity, increasing collaboration across BMO and maintaining a strong risk management framework.

Enhance our clients’ experience and deliver on their evolving wealth management needs

2016 Achievements

 

Launched BMO SmartFolio®, Canada’s first bank-owned digital portfolio management platform, to provide an easy and affordable “hands-free” personal investing solution to our clients.

 

Improved our financial planning capabilities to better help clients create robust financial plans through enhanced training, the addition of financial planning professionals, as well as enhancements to financial planning software.

 

Launched new exchange traded funds (ETFs) in both Europe and Asia, and solidified our position as the #2 ETF provider in Canada.

 

Expanded wealth offerings, solutions and programs for targeted growth demographics, such as millennials and women investors.

 

Launched the BMO Women in Leadership Fund, the first impact investing mutual fund by a Canadian bank.

 

Established a team of specialist professionals focused on providing services for our clients with cross-border financial needs.

 

Continued to improve our lending capabilities in the ultra-high net worth segment.

 

Received a number of awards, including Best Online Brokerage for BMO InvestorLine (Morningstar), Best Private Client Investment Platform for CTC | myCFO (Private Asset Management Magazine), Best New ETF Issuer and Best New Fixed Income ETF for BMO Global Asset Management EMEA (ETF.com) and Best Domestic Private Bank for BMO Private Banking (Global Financial Market Review).

2017 Focus

 

Invest in market-leading product innovations and wealth planning solutions tailored to meeting clients’ evolving needs.

Drive productivity and simplify processes to improve the client experience

2016 Achievements

 

Improved our data analytics capabilities to increase the capacity and efficiency of our sales force.

 

  (1) Prior to November 1, 2016, Joanna Rotenberg was Head, Personal Wealth and Gilles Ouellette was Group Head, Wealth Management.

 

BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016     55   


 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

 

Enhanced the onboarding and online client experience.

 

Streamlined our organizational structure to increase collaboration and realize operational efficiencies across and within our businesses.

2017 Focus

 

Continue to improve productivity through digitalization and process transformation.

Meet our clients’ needs through increased collaboration

2016 Achievements

 

Focused on strengthening collaboration across BMO in order to offer our clients holistic solutions that meet their financial needs at every stage of their lives. Clients benefit from access to a broader suite of services, including traditional banking services, through a more efficient operating and client-service model.

 

Continued to onboard, train and expand our sales professional teams in strategically important segments.

 

Embarked on a multi-year digitalization program.

 

Continued to enhance our integrated global Asset Management operating platform to better serve our clients.

2017 Focus

 

Increase collaboration within BMO Wealth Management and across the bank to deliver exceptional client experience.

Maintain strong risk management and compliance practices

2016 Achievements

 

Effectively managed the risks across our business and responded to heightened regulatory expectations.

 

Grew our lending book in line with our risk appetite and our streamlined lending processes.

 

Continued to enhance anti-money laundering tools and processes to protect our customers, including the implementation of technology improvements focused on transaction monitoring and “Know your Customer” processes.

2017 Focus

 

Continue to invest in a strong risk management and compliance framework to operate within our risk appetite and respond to heightened regulatory expectations.

 

 

Wealth Management

 

(Canadian $ in millions, except as noted)

As at or for the year ended October 31

  2016     2015     2014  

Net interest income

    614        565        537   

Non-interest revenue (1)

    5,274        5,198        4,801   

Total revenue (1)

    5,888        5,763        5,338   

Insurance claims, commissions and changes in policy benefit liabilities (CCPB) (1)

    1,543        1,254        1,505   

Revenue, net of CCPB

    4,345        4,509        3,833   

Provision for (recovery of) credit losses

    9        7        (3

Non-interest expense

    3,335        3,357        2,840   

Income before income taxes

    1,001        1,145        996   

Provision for income taxes

    239        295        216   

Reported net income

    762        850        780   

Acquisition integration costs (2)

    30        37        16   

Amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets (3)

    71        68        47   

Adjusted net income

    863        955        843   

Key Performance Metrics and Drivers

                       

Traditional Wealth businesses net income

    540        610        494   

Traditional Wealth businesses adjusted net income

    641        715        557   

Insurance net income

    222        240        286   

Net income growth (%)

    (10.2     8.9        (5.7

Adjusted net income growth (%)

    (9.6     13.3        (1.3

Revenue growth (%) (1)

    2.2        8.0        26.6   

Revenue growth, net of CCPB (%) (1)

    (3.6     17.6        11.2   

Non-interest expense growth (%)

    (0.6     18.2        20.8   

Adjusted non-interest expense growth (%)

    (0.4     16.9        19.1   

Return on equity (%)

    12.4        14.8        18.4   

Adjusted return on equity (%)

    14.1        16.6        19.9   

Operating leverage, net of CCPB (%) (1)

    (3.0     (0.6     (9.6

Adjusted operating leverage, net of CCPB (%)

    (3.2     0.7        (7.9

Efficiency ratio, net of CCPB (%) (1)

    76.8        74.5        74.1   

Adjusted efficiency ratio (%)

    54.5        55.9        51.7   

Adjusted efficiency ratio, net of CCPB (%)

    73.9        71.5        71.9   

Net interest margin on average earning assets (%)

    2.37        2.38        2.54   

Average common equity

    6,078        5,688        4,181   

Average earning assets

    25,898        23,784        21,169   

Average net loans and acceptances

    16,458        14,550        12,943   

Average deposits

    29,931        27,377        24,912   

Assets under administration

    469,694        465,742        414,547   

Assets under management

    405,695        397,959        379,606   

Full-time equivalent employees

    6,357        6,497        6,649   

U.S. Business Select Financial Data (US$ in millions)

                       

Total revenue

    629        806        720   

Non-interest expense

    575        652        658   

Reported net income

    39        99        53   

Adjusted net income

    54        118        73   

Average earning assets

    3,446        3,242        3,028   

Average net loans and acceptances

    3,200        2,965        2,654   

Average deposits

    5,602        6,010        5,834   
  (1) Commencing in the first quarter of 2015, insurance claims, commissions and changes in policy benefit liabilities (CCPB) are reported separately. They were previously reported as a reduction in insurance revenue in non-interest revenue. Prior period amounts and ratios have been reclassified.
  (2) F&C acquisition integration costs before tax amounts of $38 million in 2016, $46 million in 2015 and $20 million in 2014 are included in non-interest expense.
  (3) Before tax amounts of $88 million in each of 2016 and 2015 and $62 million in 2014 are included in non-interest expense.

LOGO

 

LOGO

 

LOGO

 

 

56   BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016


Financial Review

Wealth Management reported net income was $762 million, compared to $850 million a year ago. Adjusted net income, which excludes the amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets and acquisition integration costs, was $863 million, compared to $955 million a year ago.

Traditional wealth reported net income was $540 million, compared to $610 million a year ago. Adjusted net income in traditional wealth was $641 million, compared to $715 million a year ago, as solid underlying growth was more than offset by the prior year benefits of a gain on the sale of BMO’s U.S. retirement services business, as well as a write-down of an equity investment net of a gain on its subsequent sale in 2016. Net income in insurance was $222 million, compared to $240 million a year ago, primarily due to higher actuarial benefits in the prior year and above-trend benefits a year ago from changes in our investment portfolio to improve asset-liability management, partially offset by growth in the underlying business.

Revenue was $5,888 million, up $125 million or 2% from a year ago. Revenue, net of CCPB, was $4,345 million, down $164 million or 4% compared to $4,509 million a year ago. Revenue in traditional wealth was $3,923 million, compared to $4,057 million a year ago, as solid underlying growth in our spread-based and fee-based revenue was more than offset by the prior year benefits of a gain on the sale of BMO’s U.S. retirement services business, the impact of divestitures, and a write-down of an equity investment net of a gain on its subsequent sale in 2016. Insurance revenue, net of CCPB, was $422 million, compared to $452 million a year ago, due to the factors noted above. The stronger U.S. dollar increased revenue by $44 million or 1%. The weaker British pound reduced revenue by $23 million.

The provision for credit losses was $9 million, compared to $7 million a year ago.

Non-interest expense was $3,335 million, down $22 million or 1%. Adjusted non-interest expense was $3,209 million, down $14 million, as the impact of divestitures and the weaker British pound was partially offset by the impact of the stronger U.S. dollar and continued investment in the business. The stronger U.S. dollar increased adjusted non-interest expense by $40 million or 2%. The weaker British pound reduced non-interest expense by $21 million.

Assets under management and administration grew by $12 billion or 1% from a year ago to $875 billion, primarily driven by market appreciation.

 

 

Business Environment, Outlook and Challenges

Canadian and U.S. stock markets experienced declines in early 2016, resulting in an unfavourable investment climate and low levels of client trading activity, before slowly rebounding in the second half of the year. Financial markets have driven the British pound to a three-decade low due to uncertainty related to the potential fallout from the Brexit referendum, which is impacting our operations in the United Kingdom. Long-term interest rates in the United States and Canada declined in 2016 in response to steady policies by the Federal Reserve and Bank of Canada, modest economic growth and low inflation, putting pressure on our brokerage net interest income. Interest rates subsequently turned up at year end in anticipation of tighter Federal Reserve policy and signs of firmer economic growth.

Canadian economic growth is expected to improve modestly to 1.9% and U.S. economic growth is expected to improve to 2.2% in fiscal 2017, and we anticipate that a sustained level of higher activity in equity markets in 2017 will continue to positively affect both transaction volumes and asset levels. Long-term interest rates in the United States and Canada are expected to rise only moderately, leading to minimal expected impact on our insurance business. We are also anticipating greater fee transparency for mutual funds and investment management and advisory services and that could result in downward fee pressure for these products and services.

We expect that changing demographics, particularly in the retirement, mass affluent and high net worth sectors, will continue to drive the wealth management industry over the longer term. Tailoring our offering for key client segments, enhancing our team-based client service model to provide a holistic approach that supports clients as they move through different life stages and keeping pace with advances in technology, are ways in which we can continue to meet our clients’ evolving needs.

The Canadian and U.S. economic environment in 2016 and the outlook for 2017 are discussed in more detail in the Economic Developments and Outlook section on page 30.

Caution

This Wealth Management section contains forward-looking statements. Please see the Caution Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.

 

Adjusted results in this section are non-GAAP and are discussed in the Non-GAAP Measures section on page 33.

 

BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016     57   


 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

BMO Capital Markets

 

BMO Capital Markets is a North American-based financial services provider offering a complete range of products and services to corporate, institutional and government clients. BMO Capital Markets has approximately 2,400 professionals in 30 locations around the world, including 16 offices in North America.

 

 

LOGO

Patrick Cronin

Group Head

BMO Capital Markets(1)

 

Darryl White

Chief Operating Officer

BMO Financial Group(1)

 

 

 

 

Lines of Business

    
   

Investment and Corporate Banking offers clients debt and equity capital-raising services, as well as loan origination and syndication, balance sheet management solutions and treasury management services. We provide strategic advice on mergers and acquisitions, restructurings and recapitalizations, as well as valuation and fairness opinions. We also offer trade finance and risk mitigation services to support the international business activities of our clients, and we provide a wide range of banking and other operating services tailored to North American and international financial institutions.

 

  

Trading Products offers research and access to global markets for institutional, corporate and retail clients through an integrated suite of sales and trading solutions that include debt, foreign exchange, interest rate, credit, equity, securitization and commodities. We also offer new product development and origination services, as well as risk management (derivatives) advice and services to hedge against fluctuations in a variety of key inputs, including interest rates and commodities prices. In addition, we provide funding and liquidity management to our clients.

 

Strengths and Value Drivers

 

 

Unified coverage and integrated distribution across our North American platform and complementary global footprint, delivering a seamless and exceptional client experience.

 

Innovative ideas and tailored solutions delivered through a comprehensive coverage team, dedicated to anticipating, understanding and meeting client needs.

 

Top-ranked Canadian equity and fixed income economic research, sales and trading capabilities with deep expertise in core sectors.

 

Strong first-line-of-defence risk management and regulatory and compliance capabilities, enabling effective decision-making in support of our strategic priorities.

 

Well-diversified platform and business mix, by sector, geography, product and currency, positioning BMO well in several key markets and over the long term.

Strategy and Key Priorities

BMO Capital Markets aims to be a lead North American investment bank enabling clients to achieve their goals. We offer an integrated platform, differentiated by innovative ideas and unified coverage.

Continue to maintain our leadership position in Canada through our top-tier coverage team

2016 Achievements

 

Continued to win key mandates in core Canadian industries, including: as sole advisor on a $1.9 billion disposition by Paramount Resources, the largest non-oil sands upstream energy transaction of 2016; as advisor to Bell Canada Enterprises (BCE) on its pending $3.9 billion acquisition of Manitoba Telecom Services Inc.; and as lead of the largest unsecured operating line transaction in Canadian REIT history with RioCan.

 

Ranked #1 (tied) as a 2016 Greenwich Quality Leader in Overall Canadian Fixed Income, Canadian Fixed Income Sales, Canadian Fixed Income Research and Canadian Fixed Income Trading by Greenwich Associates.

 

Ranked #2 as a 2016 Greenwich Share Leader for Canadian Equity Trading Share by Greenwich Associates.

 

Ranked #2 (tied) as a 2016 Greenwich Share Leader for Overall Canadian Fixed Income Market Share by Greenwich Associates.

 

Ranked #1 (tied) by its clients as a Prime Broker in Canada in the 2016 Global Custodian Prime Brokerage Survey.

 

Named Best House in Canada for Structured Products at the 2016 Americas Structured Products & Derivatives Awards.

 

Named Bank of the Year at the annual Canadian Dealmakers Awards.

2017 Focus

 

Continue to maintain market leadership in Canada by deepening our client relationships and driving incremental market share growth.

 

  (1) Prior to November 1, 2016, Patrick Cronin was Chief Operating Officer, BMO Capital Markets and Darryl White was Group Head, BMO Capital Markets.

 

58   BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016


Continue to drive performance in our U.S. platform with a focused strategy and selectively grow our U.S. corporate bank where we are competitively advantaged

2016 Achievements

 

Continued to leverage our full-service capabilities to gain competitive advantage against our U.S. mid-market and boutique competitors.

 

Acquired U.S. boutique M&A advisory business Greene Holcomb Fisher, complementing our existing M&A practice and aligning with our strategy of focusing in the mid-cap market space.

 

Ranked #3 by Ivy Exec as Best Large Investment Bank To Work For.

 

Continued to expand our lending and advisory mandates, including as financial advisor to Stone Canyon on its $2.4 billion acquisition of BWAY, as the joint lead arranger, joint bookrunner and administrative agent for Jones Lang LaSalle Incorporated’s US$2.75 billion Senior Credit Facility, and as financial advisor to Inland Real Estate Corporation on its US$2.3 billion sale to real estate funds managed by DRA Advisors LLC.

 

Closed 33 U.S. M&A transactions this year, up 22% from the prior year, with a total deal volume of $14 billion.

 

Continued to win significant cross-border mandates, including acting as financial advisor to Spectra Energy on its combination with Enbridge, the largest M&A deal in Canadian history, creating the largest energy infrastructure company in North America with an enterprise value of $165 billion.

2017 Focus

 

Continue to leverage our key strategic investments to increase growth from our U.S. platform, and selectively grow our U.S. corporate bank where we are competitively advantaged.

Leverage our strong North American capabilities and presence in select international markets

2016 Achievements

 

Built our presence in the Supranational Sub-sovereign Agency (SSA) market. Named a Coming Force in SSA Banking at the 2016 GlobalCapital Bond Awards and won key mandates, including acting as bookrunner and sole swap provider on a US$2.5 billion 5-year Fixed Rate Note deal by the International Finance Corporation.

 

Continued to expand lending and advisory mandates globally in the metals and mining sector, such as acting as financial advisor to Ivanhoe Mines in partnership with Zijin Mining on the co-development of the Kamoa, the world’s largest, undeveloped, high-grade copper discovery, in the Democratic Republic of Congo.

 

Named World’s Best Metals & Mining Investment Bank for the seventh consecutive year by Global Finance.

 

Issued BMO’s first Formosa bond in Taiwan, a $262 million U.S.-dollar-denominated 30-year structured note.

 

Named Best Bank for the Canadian Dollar for the sixth consecutive year by FX Week magazine.

 

Named Best Trade Bank in Canada at the 2016 Trade Finance Magazine Company Awards.

 

Named Best Forex Provider in North America for the sixth consecutive year by Global Banking and Finance Review.

2017 Focus

 

Continue to leverage our strong North American and global capabilities to deepen our presence and strategic relationships in select international markets.

Continue to enhance our first-line-of-defence risk management, regulatory and compliance practices

2016 Achievements

 

Continued to enhance our supervisory, risk management and regulatory compliance infrastructure and processes to further strengthen our control environment.

 

Developed first-line capabilities that provide incremental oversight of key risks across our businesses.

 

Further strengthened our first-line capabilities for implementing new regulations, managed our operations effectively during a period of significant changes in the regulatory environment and achieved compliance with key regulations by their effective date.

2017 Focus

 

Continue to enhance our first-line-of-defence risk management and compliance practices to manage our operations effectively during an ongoing period of significant change in the regulatory environment.

 

BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016     59   


 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

BMO Capital Markets

 

(Canadian $ in millions, except as noted)

As at or for the year ended October 31

  2016     2015     2014  

Net interest income (teb)

    1,509        1,332        1,175   

Non-interest revenue

    2,853        2,535        2,539   

Total revenue (teb)

    4,362        3,867        3,714   

Provision for (recovery of) credit losses

    81        26        (18

Non-interest expense

    2,576        2,483        2,349   

Income before income taxes

    1,705        1,358        1,383   

Provision for income taxes (teb)

    437        329        309   

Reported net income

    1,268        1,029        1,074   

Amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets (1)

    1        2        1   

Adjusted net income

    1,269        1,031        1,075   

Key Performance Metrics and Drivers

                       

Trading Products revenue

    2,670        2,412        2,257   

Investment and Corporate Banking revenue

    1,692        1,455        1,457   

Net income growth (%)

    23.3        (4.2     3.5   

Revenue growth (%)

    12.8        4.1        9.8   

Non-interest expense growth (%)

    3.8        5.7        12.7   

Return on equity (%)

    16.2        14.8        19.1   

Operating leverage (teb) (%)

    9.0        (1.6     (2.9

Efficiency ratio (teb) (%)

    59.1        64.2        63.3   

Net interest margin on average earning assets (teb) (%)

    0.59        0.56        0.53   

Average common equity

    7,394        6,538        5,422   

Average earning assets

    254,461        238,916        222,471   

Average assets

    303,273        289,936        259,324   

Average net loans and acceptances

    46,109        37,113        29,701   

Average deposits

    150,068        141,038        133,181   

Full-time equivalent employees

    2,362        2,184        2,267   

U.S. Business Select Financial Data (US$ in millions)

                       

Total revenue (teb)

    1,162        1,099        1,154   

Non-interest expense

    861        890        887   

Reported net income

    196        142        216   

Average earning assets

    78,774        76,630        79,958   

Average assets

    85,651        84,872        88,902   

Average net loans and acceptances

    15,068        11,034        9,547   

Average deposits

    52,459        55,942        57,754   
  (1) Before tax amounts of $1 million in 2016, $2 million in 2015 and $3 million in 2014 are included in non-interest expense.

LOGO

 

LOGO

 

LOGO

 

 

 

Financial Review

BMO Capital Markets reported net income increased $239 million or 23% to $1,268 million from the prior year. Adjusted net income, which excludes the amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets, was $1,269 million, an increase of $238 million or 23%. Strong revenue performance was partially offset by higher expenses and higher loan loss provisions. Return on equity of 16.2% increased from 14.8% in the prior year due to higher net income, partially offset by higher allocated capital.

Revenue increased $495 million or 13% to $4,362 million from the prior year. Excluding the impact of the stronger U.S. dollar, revenue increased $422 million or 11%, reflecting improved trading revenue performance, strong mergers and acquisitions advisory activity and higher lending revenue, partially offset by lower net securities gains and the sale of our municipal bond trading business.

Trading Products revenue increased $258 million or 11% from the prior year. Excluding the impact of the stronger U.S. dollar, revenue increased $218 million or 9%, driven by higher trading revenue from improved client activity, particularly in interest rate trading, and higher securities commissions, partially offset by lower net securities gains.

Investment and Corporate Banking revenue increased $237 million or 16% from the prior year. Excluding the impact of the stronger U.S. dollar, revenue increased $204 million or 14%, as higher investment banking revenue, primarily from strong mergers and acquisitions advisory activity, and higher corporate banking revenue driven by loan growth were partially offset by lower net securities gains.

Provision for credit losses was $55 million higher from the prior year, mainly due to higher oil and gas provisions.

Non-interest expense increased $93 million or 4% to $2,576 million. Excluding the impact of the stronger U.S. dollar, non-interest expense increased $33 million or 1%, reflecting our continued focus on disciplined expense management and the sale of our municipal bond trading business.

Average assets of $303.3 billion increased $13.3 billion from the prior year, including an $8.6 billion increase as a result of the stronger U.S. dollar. Higher levels of reverse repos and net loans and acceptances due to increases in corporate banking activity were partially offset by decreases in securities, cash and derivative financial asset balances.

BMO Capital Markets participated in 1,152 new global issues in 2016, comprised of 577 corporate debt deals, 322 government debt deals and 253 equity transactions, which raised $4.0 billion.

 

60   BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016


Business Environment, Outlook and Challenges

In fiscal 2016, global economic conditions continued to present an uncertain landscape, with volatility related to the Brexit referendum and the U.S. election, interest rates that remain at historically low levels, sharp movements in oil and some commodities prices, and diverging positions among central banks around the world. While challenging market conditions persist, BMO Capital Markets’ strategy remains constant and our performance in fiscal 2016 reflected our balanced, diversified and client-focused business model, as well as our disciplined approach to risk management. We continue to concentrate on our strategy, with the United States as our largest market opportunity for growth, and we maintain our focus on enhancing our control environment.

Looking ahead to fiscal 2017, we expect economic growth in the United States to be sustained and healthy. Canadian economic growth is expected to improve modestly, supported by anticipated firming in U.S. demand for exports, higher oil prices and a Canadian dollar that remains weak against the U.S. dollar. We expect continued growth in many of our businesses, in the context of overall growth in the global economy and constructive market conditions, and despite synthetic equity arrangement rules (SEA Rules) that were passed into law in Canada. The effect of the SEA Rules will be to increase our effective tax rate and negatively impact our earnings in fiscal 2017. For additional discussion, see the Legal and Regulatory Risk section on page 110.

The Canadian and U.S. economic environment in 2016 and the outlook for 2017 are discussed in more detail in the Economic Developments and Outlook section on page 30.

Caution

This BMO Capital Markets section contains forward-looking statements. Please see the Caution Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.

 

Adjusted results in this section are non-GAAP and are discussed in the Non-GAAP Measures section on page 33.

 

BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016     61   


 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

Corporate Services, including Technology and Operations

Corporate Services consists of Corporate Support Areas (CSAs), including Technology and Operations (T&O). CSAs provide enterprise-wide expertise and governance support in a variety of areas, including strategic planning, risk management, finance, legal and regulatory compliance, marketing, communications and human resources. T&O manages, maintains and provides governance over information technology, operations services, real estate and procurement for BMO Financial Group.

The costs of these CSA services are largely transferred to the three client operating groups (P&C, WM and BMO CM), with remaining amounts retained in Corporate Services results. As such, Corporate Services results largely reflect the impact of residual treasury and asset-liability management activities, the elimination of taxable equivalent adjustments, the results from certain impaired real estate secured assets, certain purchased loan accounting impacts, residual unallocated expenses, certain acquisition integration costs, restructuring costs and adjustments to the collective allowance for credit losses.

Corporate Services focuses on enterprise-wide priorities related to maintaining a sound risk and control environment and efficiency while supporting our businesses in meeting their customer experience objectives. Notable achievements during the year included:

 

Invested in our cyber defence capability and monitoring mechanisms, to respond to and manage cyber security threats.

 

Continued to enhance our Risk Management Framework by implementing enhanced procedures that have strengthened our internal governance and controls over key risk processes and improved the monitoring and performance of models.

 

Met regulatory expectations: continued delivery of programs such as automating and upgrading foundational capabilities for risk and data analysis; as well as successfully met the requirements of the Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review and the Heightened Standards guidelines for large banks established by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency.

 

Enhanced Anti-Money Laundering Program: integrating risk assessment team for North America; enhanced quality control and self-testing functions were implemented for regulatory reporting functions; and robotics automation is being piloted to eliminate manual processes for cheque retrievals.

 

Leveraged data to better serve our customers: building enterprise-level data solutions to help us intuitively anticipate customer needs, including the launch of a customer insight tool in the United States and the launch of a data platform in Canada to help our front-line sales team make better personal connections with our customers.

 

Accelerated the deployment of a unified digital experience across channels and products.

Financial Review

Corporate Services reported net loss for the year was $687 million, compared with a reported net loss of $408 million a year ago. Reported results in both years included a restructuring charge and acquisition integration costs. The adjusted net loss for the year was $452 million, compared with an adjusted net loss of $296 million a year ago. Both reported and adjusted results declined due to lower revenue, driven by a recovery under a legal settlement in the prior year, lower impaired real estate gains and lower purchase accounting revenue, partially offset by higher credit recoveries in the current year. Reported expenses increased primarily due to higher acquisition integration costs related to the acquired BMO Transportation Finance business and higher restructuring costs in the current year, and reported revenue was lower due to a cumulative accounting adjustment related to foreign currency translation that largely impacted prior periods.

Corporate Services, including Technology and Operations

 

(Canadian $ in millions, except as noted)

As at or for the year ended October 31

  2016     2015     2014  

Net interest income before group teb offset (1)

    (329     (252     (82

Group teb offset

    (510     (524     (476

Net interest income (teb) (1)

    (839     (776     (558

Non-interest revenue

    59        279        166   

Total revenue (teb) (1)

    (780     (497     (392

Recovery of credit losses (1)

    (74     (36     (123

Non-interest expense

    724        613        470   

Loss before income taxes

    (1,430     (1,074     (739

Recovery of income taxes (teb)

    (743     (666     (547

Reported net loss

    (687     (408     (192

Acquisition integration costs (2)

    41        6          

Cumulative accounting adjustment (3)

    62                 

Restructuring costs (4)

    132        106          

Adjusted net loss

    (452     (296     (192

Adjusted total revenue (teb) (1)

    (696     (495     (392

Adjusted recovery of credit losses (1)

    (74     (36     (123

Adjusted non-interest expense

    469        459        470   

Adjusted net loss

    (452     (296     (192

Full-time equivalent employees

    14,236        14,369        14,232   

U.S. Business Select Financial Data (US$ in millions)

                       

Total revenue (teb) (1)

    (135     (85     (32

Recovery of credit losses (1)

    (81     (79     (120

Non-interest expense

    219        272        298   

Recovery of income taxes (teb) (1)

    (77     (131     (103

Reported net loss

    (196     (147     (107

Adjusted total revenue (teb) (1)

    (135     (85     (32

Adjusted recovery of credit losses (1)

    (56     (30     (117

Adjusted non-interest expense

    120        228        298   

Adjusted net loss

    (150     (148     (106

 

62   BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016


Corporate Services Provision for Credit Losses

 

(Canadian $ in millions)

As at or for the year ended October 31

  2016     2015     2014  

Impaired real estate loans

    (16     28        21   

Interest on impaired loans

           17        26   

Purchased credit impaired loans

    (58     (86     (252

Purchased performing loans

           5        82   

Recovery of credit losses (1)

    (74     (36     (123

Average loans and acceptances

          96            242            452   

Year-end loans and acceptances

           80             182             306   

 

  (1) Beginning in the first quarter of 2016, the reduction in the credit mark that is reflected in net interest income and the provision for credit losses on the purchased performing portfolio are being recognized in U.S. P&C, consistent with the accounting for the acquisition of BMO Transportation Finance, and given that these amounts have reduced substantially in size. Results for prior periods have not been reclassified.
  (2) Acquisition integration costs related to the acquisition of BMO Transportation Finance are primarily included in non-interest expense.
  (3) Cumulative accounting adjustment recognized in other non-interest revenue related to foreign currency translation that largely impacted prior periods.
  (4) Restructuring charges before tax amounts of: $188 million in 2016 as we accelerate the use of technology to enhance customer experience and focus on driving operational efficiencies; and $149 million in 2015, primarily due to restructuring to drive operational efficiencies, are included in non-interest expense.

Adjusted results in this table are non-GAAP amounts or non-GAAP measures. Please see the Non-GAAP Measures section.

 

 

Review of Fourth Quarter 2016 Performance

Reported net income was $1,345 million for the fourth quarter of 2016, up $131 million or 11% from the prior year. Adjusted net income was $1,395 million, up $131 million or 10% from the prior year. Adjusted results for the quarter exclude the amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets of $37 million ($29 million after-tax), which were charged to the non-interest expense of the operating groups, and acquisition integration costs of $31 million ($21 million after-tax), which were primarily recorded in non-interest expense. Acquisition integration costs related to F&C were charged to Wealth Management and acquisition integration costs related to the acquired BMO Transportation Finance business were charged to Corporate Services.

Reported EPS of $2.02 was up $0.19 or 10% and adjusted EPS of $2.10 was up $0.20 or 11% from the prior year. Return on equity was 13.8% and adjusted return on equity was 14.4%.

Summary income statements and data for the quarter and comparative quarters are outlined on page 67.

The combined P&C banking business net income of $878 million and adjusted net income of $891 million increased 14%. Canadian P&C net income increased 5% reflecting good operating performance with higher balances across most products and increased non-interest revenue, partially offset by higher expenses and higher provisions for credit losses. U.S. P&C reported net income increased 38% on a Canadian dollar basis and 37% on a U.S. dollar basis. U.S. P&C adjusted net income increased 35% on a Canadian dollar basis and 34% on a U.S. dollar basis. Reported and adjusted U.S. P&C net income benefited from the acquired BMO Transportation Finance business and continued good growth in commercial lending. Wealth Management reported net income was $279 million compared to $243 million in the prior year. Wealth Management adjusted net income was $302 million compared to $271 million, up 11% from the prior year. Traditional wealth reported net income increased 8% and adjusted net income increased 5% largely reflecting improved market conditions and growth across most of our businesses. From a year-over-year growth perspective, a gain on sale of an investment in the fourth quarter of 2016 was offset by a gain on sale net of a legal provision in the prior year. Insurance net income increased primarily due to the impact of business growth and favourable market movements in the fourth quarter of 2016. BMO Capital Markets net income increased 65% driven by strong revenue performance. Corporate Services reported and adjusted results declined primarily due to lower revenue driven by a recovery under a legal settlement in the prior year, above-trend expenses and lower credit recoveries.

Total revenue of $5,278 million increased $296 million or 6% from the fourth quarter a year ago. Total revenue, net of CCPB, of $5,199 million increased $482 million or 10%. Canadian P&C revenue increased 5% due to higher balances across most products and increased non-interest revenue. U.S. P&C revenue increased 25% on a Canadian dollar and U.S. dollar basis primarily due to the benefit of the acquired BMO Transportation Finance business, as well as higher organic loan and deposit volumes, increased deposit spreads and fee income, net of loan spread compression. Traditional wealth revenue decreased as business growth and improved Canadian and U.S. equity markets were more than offset by the impact of higher gains in the prior year, lower revenue due to divestitures and the impact of the weaker British pound. Net insurance revenue increased mainly due to the impact of favourable market movements in the fourth quarter of 2016 and business growth. BMO Capital Markets revenue increased 27% with higher revenue in Investment and Corporate Banking due to strong merger and acquisition advisory activity, higher revenue from equity and debt underwriting, corporate lending and net securities gains. Trading Products revenue increased due to higher trading revenue from improved client activity, and higher equity issuances. Corporate Services revenue declined from above-trend revenue in the prior year, which included a recovery under a legal settlement.

Net interest income of $2,498 million increased $187 million or 8% from a year ago due to the benefits of the acquired BMO Transportation Finance business and organic volume growth. BMO’s overall net interest margin increased by 4 basis points to 1.57%. Net interest margin excluding trading increased 7 basis points from the prior year primarily due to the acquired BMO Transportation Finance business, higher deposit balances and in U.S. P&C higher deposit spreads. Average earning assets increased $33.9 billion or 6% to $631.4 billion, due to organic loan growth and the acquired BMO Transportation Finance business.

Non-interest revenue increased $295 million or 12% on a net revenue basis to $2,701 million, primarily due to higher revenue from underwriting and advisory fees, trading revenue and a gain on sale of an equity investment sold in the fourth quarter, partially offset by lower other non-interest revenue. Other non-interest revenue includes lease revenue from the acquired BMO Transportation Finance business, which was more than offset by the prior year benefits from a gain on sale of BMO’s U.S. retirement services business and a recovery under a legal settlement.

 

Adjusted results in this section are non-GAAP and are discussed in the Non-GAAP Measures section on page 33.

 

BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016     63   


 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

The total provision for credit losses was $174 million, an increase of $46 million from the prior year due to higher provisions in Canadian and U.S. P&C and lower net recoveries in Corporate Services. There was no net change to the collective allowance in the quarter.

Insurance claims, commissions and changes in policy benefit liabilities (CCPB) were $79 million in the fourth quarter of 2016, down $186 million from $265 million in the fourth quarter of 2015 due to the impact of lower annuity premiums and reinsurance liabilities, partially offset by lower increases in long-term interest rates which resulted in a smaller decrease in the fair value of policy benefit liabilities compared to the fourth quarter of 2015. The decrease was largely offset in revenue.

Non-interest expense of $3,323 million increased $230 million or 7% from the fourth quarter a year ago. Adjusted non-interest expense excludes acquisition integration costs and the amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets. Adjusted non-interest expense increased $223 million or 7% to $3,255 million. Reported and adjusted expenses increased largely due to the impact of the acquired BMO Transportation Finance business, increased technology costs and higher employee-related expenses, partially offset by the impact of divestitures.

The provision for income taxes of $357 million increased $75 million from the fourth quarter of 2015. The effective tax rate for the quarter was 21.0%, compared with 18.8% a year ago. The adjusted provision for income taxes of $375 million increased $80 million from a year ago. The adjusted effective tax rate was 21.2% in the fourth quarter of 2016, compared with 18.9% a year ago. The higher reported and adjusted tax rate in the fourth quarter of 2016 relative to the fourth quarter of 2015 was primarily due to a higher proportion of income from higher tax-rate jurisdictions and lower tax-exempt income from securities. On a teb basis, the reported effective tax rate for the quarter was 26.3%, compared with 24.9% a year ago. On a teb basis, the adjusted effective tax rate for the quarter was 26.3%, compared with 24.7% a year ago.

Adjusted results in this section are non-GAAP and are discussed in the Non-GAAP Measures section on page 33.

 

 

2015 Financial Performance Review

The preceding discussions in the MD&A focused on our performance in fiscal 2016. This section summarizes our performance in fiscal 2015 relative to fiscal 2014. As noted on page 26, certain prior year data has been reclassified to conform to the presentation in 2016, including restatements arising from transfers between operating groups. Further information on restatements is provided on page 46.

Net Income

Net income increased $72 million or 2% to $4,405 million in 2015 and EPS increased $0.16 or 2% to $6.57. Adjusted net income excludes acquisition integration costs, the amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets and restructuring costs. Adjusted net income increased $228 million or 5% to $4,681 million and adjusted EPS increased $0.41 or 6% to $7.00, reflecting solid revenue growth. Higher net revenue exceeded incremental costs, contributing to growth in net income. There were higher provisions for credit losses and a slightly higher effective income tax rate.

Return on Equity

Return on equity and adjusted return on equity were 12.5% and 13.3%, respectively, in 2015, compared with 14.0% and 14.4%, respectively, in 2014. ROE declined in 2015 primarily due to growth in common equity exceeding growth in income. There was an increase of $96 million in earnings ($252 million in adjusted earnings) available to common shareholders. Average common shareholders’ equity increased $4.5 billion from 2014 primarily due to the impact of the stronger U.S. dollar on our investments in foreign operations and increased retained earnings.

Revenue

Revenue, net of CCPB, increased $1,417 million or 8% to $18,135 million in 2015. Adjusted revenue excludes a minor adjustment related to BMO Transportation Finance acquisition costs. Adjusted net revenue increased $1,419 million or 8% to $18,137 million. Revenue growth reflects the benefits of our diversified business mix and successful execution against our strategic priorities. The impact of the stronger U.S. dollar increased adjusted net revenue growth by $732 million or 4%. The remaining increase was mainly due to revenue growth in Canadian P&C and Wealth Management.

Insurance Claims, Commissions and Changes in Policy Benefit Liabilities

Insurance claims, commissions and changes in policy benefit liabilities were $1,254 million in 2015, down $251 million from $1,505 million in 2014 when lower long-term interest rates increased the fair value of policy benefit liabilities to a greater extent, partially offset by increased reinsurance liabilities and the impact of growth in the underlying business. The decline was largely offset in revenue.

Provisions for Credit Losses

The provision for credit losses was $612 million in 2015, up from $561 million in 2014, primarily due to lower recoveries in Corporate Services and higher provisions in BMO Capital Markets, partially offset by reduced provisions in the P&C businesses.

Non-Interest Expense

Non-interest expense increased $1,261 million or 12% to $12,182 million in 2015. Adjusted non-interest expense excludes acquisition integration costs, the amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets and restructuring costs. Adjusted non-interest expense increased $1,058 million or 10% to $11,819 million, of which approximately 6% was due to the stronger U.S. dollar, 2% was due to the inclusion of F&C results for two additional quarters relative to the prior year, and 2% was due to business growth.

Provision for Income Taxes

The provision for income taxes was $936 million in 2015, compared with $903 million in 2014. The reported effective tax rate in 2015 was 17.5%, compared with 17.2% in 2014. The adjusted provision for income taxes was $1,025 million in 2015(1), compared with $943 million in 2014. The adjusted effective tax rate in 2015 was 18.0%, compared with 17.5% in 2014. The change in the tax rate from year to year is attributable to a lower proportion of income from lower tax rate jurisdictions.

 

(1) The adjusted rate is completed using adjusted net income rather than net income in the determination of income subject to tax.

 

64   BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016


Canadian P&C

Reported net income was $2,105 million in 2015, up $90 million or 4% from 2014, with improved performance in the second half of the year. Adjusted net income, which excludes the amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets, was $2,109 million, up $90 million or 4%. Revenue increased $234 million or 4% to $6,640 million as a result of higher balances and increased non-interest revenue, with a stable net interest margin. Revenue increased $177 million or 4% in our personal banking business as a result of higher balances and increased non-interest revenue. In our commercial banking business, revenue increased $57 million or 3%, mainly driven by higher balances. Our credit performance improved in 2015, as provisions for credit losses declined $32 million or 6% to $496 million, due to lower provisions in both the consumer and commercial portfolios. Non-interest expense was $3,339 million, up $158 million or 5% from 2014, primarily due to continued investment in the business, net of expense management, and higher costs associated with a changing business and regulatory environment.

U.S. P&C

Reported net income of $829 million increased $173 million or 26% from 2014. Adjusted net income, which excludes the amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets, was $882 million, up $174 million or 25%. Revenue grew $459 million or 15% to $3,616 million. All amounts in the remainder of this section are on a U.S. dollar basis.

Reported net income of $661 million increased $62 million or 10% from 2014. Adjusted net income, which excludes the amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets, of $703 million increased $57 million or 9%. Revenue remained stable at $2,881 million as higher balances and increased mortgage banking revenue offset the effects of lower net interest margin. In our commercial banking business, revenue increased $9 million or 1% to $1,462 million, reflecting strong loan volume growth, primarily in the commercial and industrial loan portfolio, partially offset by the impact of spread compression due to a competitive environment. In our personal banking business, revenue decreased by $14 million or 1% to $1,419 million, primarily due to declines in loan balances and spreads and reduced fees from deposits and credit cards, partially offset by increased mortgage banking revenue and chequing balance growth. Provisions for credit losses of $95 million in 2015 improved by $67 million or 41%, primarily due to lower provisions in both the consumer and commercial loan portfolios. Non-interest expense of $1,904 million remained stable. Adjusted non-interest expense of $1,849 million increased $14 million, or less than 1%, due to a continued focus on expense management while making selective investments in the business.

Wealth Management

Reported net income was $850 million in 2015, up $70 million or 9% from 2014. Adjusted net income, which excludes the amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets and acquisition integration costs, was $955 million, up $112 million or 13%. Traditional wealth reported net income was $610 million, up $116 million or 23%. Adjusted net income in traditional wealth was $715 million, up $158 million or 28% from a year ago, due to growth from the businesses, a gain on sale of BMO’s U.S. retirement services business, as well as the benefit from the full year contribution from the acquired F&C business. Net income in insurance was $240 million compared to $286 million a year ago, primarily due to higher taxes in the current year and higher actuarial benefits in the prior year. Revenue, net of CCPB, was $4,509 million, up $676 million or 18% from the prior year. Revenue in traditional wealth was $4,057 million, up $687 million or 20% primarily due to growth in client assets, including the full year contribution from the acquired F&C business. Insurance revenue, net of CCPB, was $452 million compared to $463 million a year ago, due to higher actuarial benefits in the prior year. The stronger U.S. dollar increased revenue, net of CCPB, by $133 million or 4%. Non-interest expense was $3,357 million, up $517 million or 18%. Adjusted non-interest expense was $3,223 million, up $465 million or 17%, of which 4% was due to the stronger U.S. dollar, 9% was due to the inclusion of F&C results for two additional quarters and 4% was primarily due to higher revenue-based costs.

BMO Capital Markets

Reported net income decreased $45 million or 4% to $1,029 million in 2015, as the benefit of the stronger U.S. dollar was more than offset by higher provisions compared to net recoveries in the prior year. Adjusted net income, which excludes the amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets, was $1,031 million, a decrease of $44 million or 4%. Revenue increased $153 million or 4% to $3,867 million. Excluding the impact of the stronger U.S. dollar, revenue was stable year over year as higher trading revenues, including the prior year unfavourable impact of implementing a funding valuation adjustment, and higher lending revenues were offset by lower investment banking fees and reduced securities gains. Trading Products revenue increased $155 million or 7%, and increased 3% excluding the impact of the stronger U.S. dollar, reflecting higher trading revenues related to client trading activity. Investment and Corporate Banking revenue was consistent with the prior year, and decreased 5% excluding the impact of the stronger U.S. dollar as growth in lending revenue was more than offset by lower investment banking client activity and reduced securities gains. Provision for credit losses was $44 million higher due to higher provisions compared with net recoveries in the prior year. Non-interest expense increased $134 million or 6% to $2,483 million, and decreased $10 million excluding the impact of the stronger U.S. dollar, primarily due to lower employee-related expenses, partially offset by higher support costs related to a changing business and regulatory environment.

Corporate Services

Corporate Services reported net loss was $408 million in 2015, compared with a reported net loss of $192 million in 2014. Reported results in 2015 included certain acquisition integration costs and a $106 million charge, primarily due to restructuring. The adjusted net loss was $296 million, compared with an adjusted net loss of $192 million in 2014. Excluding the impact of the group teb adjustment on revenue and taxes, results were lower mainly due to lower purchased loan portfolio revenues and lower credit recoveries. Adjusted non-interest expense was down modestly.

 

Adjusted results in this section are non-GAAP and are discussed in the Non-GAAP Measures section on page 33.

 

BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016     65   


 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

Summary Quarterly Earnings Trends

BMO’s results and performance measures for the past eight quarters are outlined on page 67.

Periodically, certain business lines and units within the business lines are transferred between client operating groups to more closely align BMO’s organizational structure and its strategic priorities. Comparative figures have been restated to conform to the current presentation.

Over the past two years, we have remained focused on executing our strategic priorities. Economic conditions have remained challenging in Canada, hampered by weak investment in the oil industry and a slower U.S. economy. Growth in the U.S. economy was healthy in 2015 but slowed in 2016, reflecting low levels of exports, a reduction in oil production and decreased agriculture sector spending.

Seasonality

BMO’s quarterly earnings, revenue and expense are modestly affected by seasonal factors. Since our second fiscal quarter has 89 days (90 in a leap year) and other quarters have 92 days, second-quarter results are lower relative to other quarters because there are fewer calendar days, and thus fewer business days. The fourth quarter can have a higher level of expenses. The December holiday season also contributes to a slowdown in some activities.

Canadian P&C

Canadian P&C delivered solid net income performance in the second half of 2015, continuing into 2016. Despite higher provisions for credit losses in 2016, up from below-trend provisions in the second half of 2015, year-over-year net income growth and operating leverage were both positive in each quarter of 2016. Revenue growth has been driven by higher balances and non-interest revenue, with relatively stable net interest margins. Expenses have grown as a result of continued investment in the business, net of an ongoing focus on expense management.

U.S. P&C

Results improved in 2015 as a result of balance sheet growth, and disciplined expense management in a challenging interest rate environment. Growth in 2016 largely reflected the results of the acquired BMO Transportation Finance business and also organic revenue growth and good expense management, partially offset by higher credit losses. The U.S. dollar generally has strengthened significantly since the beginning of 2015, contributing to growth in the Canadian dollar equivalents of U.S. P&C’s results.

Wealth Management

Wealth Management’s results in 2015 reflected good momentum. Results in 2016 were impacted by lower Canadian equity markets on average in 2016 compared to the prior year, despite markets slowly rebounding in the second half of the year. The fourth quarter of 2015 benefited from a gain on the sale of our U.S. retirement services business, the second quarter of 2016 included an investment write-down and the fourth quarter of 2016 included a gain on sale of an equity investment. Quarterly results in the insurance businesses have been subject to variability, resulting primarily from impacts of interest rates and equity markets, as well as methodology and actuarial assumptions changes.

BMO Capital Markets

BMO Capital Markets’ results have reflected good momentum, from softer results in the first quarter of 2015 to strong results in 2016. Strong overall performance has been driven by steady revenue growth in our Trading Products business, strong growth in the second half of 2016 in our Investment and Corporate Banking business and a tightened expense and efficiency focus, resulting in positive operating leverage in each of the five most recent quarters.

Provisions for Credit Losses

BMO’s PCL measured as a percentage of loans and acceptances has generally been relatively stable, with some quarter-to-quarter variability, and decreased in the fourth quarter of 2016 due to lower new specific provisions and higher reversals and recoveries, after experiencing increases in the second and third quarters of 2016 primarily due to higher oil and gas provisions.

Corporate Services

Reported and adjusted results can vary from quarter to quarter. Reported results in 2015 and 2016 each included a restructuring charge and acquisition integration costs. The reported results in 2016 also included a cumulative accounting adjustment related to foreign currency translation that largely impacted prior periods. Results are impacted in part by the variability associated with benefits from the purchased loan portfolio. Beginning in the first quarter of 2016, the reduction in the credit mark that is reflected in net interest income and the provision for credit losses on the purchased performing portfolio are being recognized in U.S. P&C, consistent with the accounting for the acquisition of BMO Transportation Finance and given that these amounts have reduced substantially in size. Results for prior periods have not been reclassified.

Foreign Exchange

The U.S. dollar strengthened significantly in 2015 with further modest strengthening in 2016, despite a slight weakening in the second quarters of 2015 and 2016. A stronger U.S. dollar increases the translated value of our U.S.-dollar-denominated revenues, expenses, provisions for (recoveries of) credit losses, income taxes and net income. It also reduces our return on equity.

Provision for Income Taxes

The effective income tax rate can vary, as it depends on the timing of resolution of certain tax matters, recoveries of prior periods’ income taxes and the relative proportion of earnings attributable to the different jurisdictions in which we operate.

 

Caution

This Summary Quarterly Earnings Trends section contains forward-looking statements. Please see the Caution Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.

In the opinion of Bank of Montreal management, information that is derived from unaudited financial information, including information as at and for the interim periods, includes all adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of such information. All such adjustments are of a normal and recurring nature. Financial ratios for interim periods are stated on an annualized basis, where appropriate, and the ratios, as well as interim operating results, are not necessarily indicative of actual results for the full fiscal year.

 

Adjusted results in this section are non-GAAP and are discussed in the Non-GAAP Measures section on page 33.

 

66   BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016


Summarized Statement of Income and Quarterly Financial Measures

 

(Canadian $ in millions, except as noted)    Q4-2016      Q3-2016      Q2-2016      Q1-2016      Q4-2015      Q3-2015      Q2-2015      Q1-2015  

Net interest income

     2,498         2,474         2,420         2,480         2,311         2,227         2,060         2,165   

Non-interest revenue

     2,780         3,159         2,681         2,595         2,671         2,599         2,466         2,890   

Total revenue

     5,278         5,633         5,101         5,075         4,982         4,826         4,526         5,055   

Insurance claims, commissions and changes in policy benefit liabilities (CCPB)

     79         691         407         366         265         218         24         747   

Revenue, net of CCPB

     5,199         4,942         4,694         4,709         4,717         4,608         4,502         4,308   

Provision for credit losses – specific (see below)

     174         257         201         183         128         160         161         163   

Provision for (recovery of) credit losses – collective

                                                               

Non-interest expense

     3,323         3,092         3,312         3,270         3,093         2,971         3,112         3,006   

Income before provision for income taxes

     1,702         1,593         1,181         1,256         1,496         1,477         1,229         1,139   

Provision for income taxes

     357         348         208         188         282         285         230         139   

Reported net income (see below)

     1,345         1,245         973         1,068         1,214         1,192         999         1,000   

Acquisition integration costs (1)

     21         19         16         15         17         6         10         10   

Amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets (2)

     29         31         31         33         33         32         31         31   

Cumulative accounting adjustment (3)

                             62                                   

Restructuring costs (4)

                     132                                 106           

Adjusted net income (see below)

     1,395         1,295         1,152         1,178         1,264         1,230         1,146         1,041   

Operating group reported net income

                       

Canadian P&C reported net income

     592         561         525         529         561         556         485         503   

Amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets (2)

             1                 1         1         1         1         1   

Canadian P&C adjusted net income

     592         562         525         530         562         557         486         504   

U.S. P&C reported net income

     286         277         267         251         208         222         207         192   

Amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets (2)

     13         12         12         13         14         13         13         13   

U.S. P&C adjusted net income

     299         289         279         264         222         235         220         205   

Wealth Management reported net income

     279         201         134         148         243         210         238         159   

Acquisition integration costs (1)

     7         9         5         9         11         6         10         10   

Amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets (2)

     16         17         19         19         17         17         17         17   

Wealth Management adjusted net income

     302         227         158         176         271         233         265         186   

BMO Capital Markets reported net income

     396         321         291         260         241         272         296         220   

Amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets (2)

             1                         1         1                   

BMO Capital Markets adjusted net income

     396         322         291         260         242         273         296         220   

Corporate Services reported net income

     (208      (115      (244      (120      (39      (68      (227      (74

Acquisition integration costs (1)

     14         10         11         6         6                           

Cumulative accounting adjustment (3)

                             62                                   

Restructuring costs (4)

           132                                 106           

Corporate Services adjusted net income

     (194      (105      (101      (52      (33      (68      (121      (74

Information per Common Share ($)

                       

Dividends declared

     0.86         0.86         0.84         0.84         0.82         0.82         0.80         0.80   

Basic earnings per share

     2.03         1.87         1.46         1.59         1.83         1.81         1.49         1.47   

Diluted earnings per share

     2.02         1.86         1.45         1.58         1.83         1.80         1.49         1.46   

Adjusted diluted earnings per share

     2.10         1.94         1.73         1.75         1.90         1.86         1.71         1.53   

Book value

     59.56         58.06         55.57         59.61         56.31         55.36         51.65         52.98   

Market price

                       

High

     87.92         85.50         82.56         80.05         78.50         79.43         80.76         84.39   

Low

     81.62         79.82         68.65         69.39         64.01         71.27         73.12         72.87   

Close

     85.36         83.70         81.74         75.22         76.04         72.98         78.82         72.93   

Financial Measures (%)

                       

Dividend yield

     4.0         4.1         4.1         4.5         4.3         4.5         4.1         4.4   

Return on equity

     13.8         13.0         10.1         10.9         12.9         13.6         11.4         11.8   

Adjusted return on equity

     14.4         13.5         12.1         12.1         13.5         14.0         13.2         12.3   

Net interest margin on average earning assets

     1.57         1.58         1.61         1.58         1.53         1.52         1.48         1.51   

Efficiency ratio, net of CCPB

     63.9         62.6         70.6         69.4         65.6         64.5         69.1         69.8   

Adjusted efficiency ratio

     61.7         53.7         60.0         62.1         60.8         60.5         64.3         58.4   

Adjusted efficiency ratio, net of CCPB

     62.6         61.2         65.2         66.8         64.2         63.4         64.7         68.5   

Operating leverage, net of CCPB

     2.8         3.2         (2.2      0.5         1.6         1.5         (8.5      (7.5

Adjusted operating leverage, net of CCPB

     2.9         3.8         (0.8      2.8         1.8         1.4         (2.0      (6.8

PCL as a % of average net loans and acceptances

     0.19         0.29         0.23         0.21         0.15         0.20         0.20         0.21   

Effective tax rate

     21.0         21.9         17.6         15.0         18.8         19.3         18.8         12.2   

Adjusted effective tax rate

     21.2         22.0         19.6         16.2         18.9         19.4         19.8         12.6   

Canadian/U.S. dollar as at exchange rate ($)

     1.3411         1.3056         1.2548         1.4006         1.3075         1.3080         1.2064         1.2711   

Canadian/U.S. dollar average exchange rate ($)

     1.3216         1.3029         1.3016         1.3737         1.3191         1.2671         1.2412         1.1923   

Cash and securities-to-total assets

     27.1         27.3         26.7         26.4         27.8         29.3         30.0         30.1   

Capital Ratios (%) (5)

                       

Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) Ratio

     10.1         10.0         9.7         10.0         10.7         10.4         10.2         10.1   

Tier 1 Capital Ratio

     11.6         11.2         11.0         11.3         12.3         11.7         11.4         11.4   

Total Capital Ratio

     13.6         13.3         13.1         13.4         14.4         13.7         13.5         13.4   

Leverage Ratio

     4.2         4.0         3.9         4.0         4.2         3.9         3.8         3.8   

 

 

  (1) Acquisition integration costs before tax are included in non-interest expense. Wealth Management amounts of: $10 million in Q4-2016; $10 million in Q3-2016; $6 million in Q2-2016; $12 million in Q1-2016; $13 million in Q4-2015; $9 million in Q3-2015; $11 million in Q2-2015 and $13 million in Q1-2015. Corporate Services amounts of: $21 million in Q4-2016; $17 million in Q3-2016; $18 million in Q2-2016; $10 million in Q1-2016; $7 million in Q4-2015, and $nil in each of Q3-2015, Q2-2015 and Q1-2015.
  (2) Amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets was charged to the non-interest expense of the operating groups. Canadian P&C amounts of: $1 million in Q4-2016; $1 million in Q3-2016; $nil in Q2-2016; $1 million in Q1-2016 and $2 million in Q4-2015; and $1 million in each of Q3-2015, Q2-2015 and Q1-2015. US P&C amounts of: $17 million in Q4-2016; $16 million in Q3-2016; $17 million in Q2-2016; $18 million in Q1-2016; $18 million in Q4-2015; $16 million in Q3-2015; and $17 million in each of Q2-2015 and Q1-2015. BMO Wealth Management amounts of: $19 million in Q4-2016; $22 million in Q3-2016; $23 million in Q2-2016; $24 million in Q1-2016; and $22 million in each of Q4-2015, Q3-2015, Q2-2015 and Q1-2015. BMO Capital Markets amounts of: $nil in Q4-2016; $1 million in Q3-2016; $nil in each of Q2-2016 and Q1-2016; $1 million in each of Q4-2015 and Q3-2015; and $nil in each of Q2-2015 and Q1-2015.
  (3) Cumulative accounting adjustment recognized in other non-interest revenue related to foreign currency translation that largely impacted prior periods.
  (4) Restructuring charges before tax amounts included in non-interest expense in Corporate Services of $188 million in Q2-2016 and $149 million in Q2-2015.
  (5) Comparative figures are as amended for Q1-2016, Q2-2016 and Q3-2016 capital ratios, other than the Leverage Ratio.

 

Adjusted results in this table are non-GAAP and are discussed in the Non-GAAP Measures section on page 33.

 

BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016     67   


 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

Financial Condition Review

Summary Balance Sheet

 

(Canadian $ in millions)

As at October 31

  2016     2015     2014     2013     2012  

Assets

         

Cash and interest bearing deposits with banks

    36,102        47,677        34,496        32,607        26,256   

Securities

    149,985        130,918        143,319        135,800        129,441   

Securities borrowed or purchased under resale agreements

    66,646        68,066        53,555        39,799        47,011   

Net loans

    358,730        322,717        292,160        270,822        245,827   

Other assets

    76,472        72,503        65,129        58,016        76,149   

Total assets

    687,935        641,881        588,659        537,044        524,684   

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

         

Deposits

    473,372        438,169        393,088        368,369        325,235   

Other liabilities

    167,796        159,383        155,254        133,500        165,813   

Subordinated debt

    4,439        4,416        4,913        3,996        4,093   

Shareholders’ equity

    42,304        39,422        34,313        30,107        28,108   

Non-controlling interest in subsidiaries

    24        491        1,091        1,072        1,435   

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

    687,935        641,881        588,659        537,044        524,684   

Overview

Total assets increased $46.1 billion from the prior year to $687.9 billion, including a $7.3 billion increase due to the stronger U.S. dollar, excluding the impact on derivative financial assets. Total liabilities increased $43.6 billion from October 31, 2015, including a $7.0 billion increase due to the stronger U.S. dollar, excluding the impact on derivative financial liabilities. Shareholders’ equity increased $2.9 billion from October 31, 2015.

Cash and Interest Bearing Deposits with Banks

Cash and interest bearing deposits with banks decreased $11.6 billion due to reduced balances held with central banks from a high level at the end of the prior year.

Securities

 

(Canadian $ in millions)

As at October 31

  2016     2015     2014     2013     2012  

Trading

    84,458        72,460        85,022        75,159        70,109   

Available-for-sale

    55,663        48,006        46,966        53,710        57,340   

Held-to-maturity

    8,965        9,432        10,344        6,032        875   

Other

    899        1,020        987        899        1,117   

Total securities

    149,985        130,918        143,319        135,800        129,441   

Securities increased $19.1 billion, primarily reflecting increases in trading securities in BMO Capital Markets, higher available-for-sale securities related mainly to treasury activities, and a $1.5 billion impact from the stronger U.S. dollar.

Securities Borrowed or Purchased Under Resale Agreements

Securities borrowed or purchased under resale agreements decreased $1.4 billion, driven by client activities in BMO Capital Markets.

Net Loans

 

(Canadian $ in millions)

As at October 31

  2016     2015     2014     2013     2012  

Residential mortgages

    112,277        105,918        101,013        96,392        84,211   

Non-residential mortgages

    11,376        10,981        10,738        11,745        12,939   

Consumer instalment and other personal

    64,680        65,598        64,143        63,640        61,436   

Credit cards

    8,101        7,980        7,972        7,870        7,814   

Businesses and governments

    164,221        134,095        110,028        92,840        81,133   

Gross loans

    360,655        324,572        293,894        272,487        247,533   

Allowance for credit losses

    (1,925     (1,855     (1,734     (1,665     (1,706

Total net loans

    358,730            322,717            292,160             270,822             245,827   

Net loans increased $36.0 billion, including a $3.5 billion increase due to the stronger U.S. dollar. The remainder of the increase was primarily due to a $27.3 billion increase in businesses and governments loans across all operating groups, including the acquired BMO Transportation Finance business, which added $10.6 billion, as well as a $6.1 billion increase in residential mortgages, primarily in Canadian P&C.

Table 7 on page 128 provides a comparative summary of loans by geographic location and product. Table 9 on page 129 provides a comparative summary of net loans in Canada by province and industry. Loan quality is discussed on pages 90 and 91 and further details on loans are provided in Notes 4, 6 and 25 on pages 153, 159 and 195 of the consolidated financial statements.

 

68   BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016


Other Assets

Other assets includes derivative financial assets, customers’ liability under acceptances, premises and equipment, goodwill and intangible assets, current and deferred tax assets, accounts receivable and prepaid expenses. The balance increased $4.0 billion, primarily due to a $1.7 billion increase in customers’ liability under acceptances and a $0.9 billion increase in derivative financial assets. Derivative financial assets increased $0.9 billion, primarily due to an increase in the fair value of foreign exchange contracts and the strengthening U.S. dollar, partially offset by a decrease in the fair value of interest rate contracts. Further details on derivative financial assets are provided in Note 8 on page 161 of the consolidated financial statements.

Deposits

 

(Canadian $ in millions)

As at October 31

  2016     2015     2014     2013     2012  

Banks

    34,271        32,609        21,282        20,591        18,102   

Businesses and governments

    276,214        258,144        236,100        222,346        187,996   

Individuals

    162,887        147,416        135,706        125,432        119,137   

Total deposits

    473,372        438,169        393,088        368,369        325,235   

Certain comparative figures have been reclassified to conform with the current year’s presentation.

Deposits increased $35.2 billion, including an increase of $5.8 billion due to the stronger U.S. dollar. The remainder of the increase reflects higher levels of wholesale and customer deposits, largely driven by a $14.2 billion increase in deposits by business and governments, a $14.1 billion increase in deposits by individuals and a $1.1 billion increase in deposits by banks. The increase in total deposits of $35.2 billion is in line with the total loans increase of $36.0 billion. Further details on the composition of deposits are provided in Note 13 on page 171 of the consolidated financial statements and in the Liquidity and Funding Risk section on page 100.

Other Liabilities

Other liabilities includes derivative financial liabilities, securities lent or sold under repurchase agreements, securities sold but not yet purchased, acceptances, securitization and structured entities liabilities, accounts payable and other accrued expenses. The balance increased $8.4 billion, primarily due to a $3.9 billion increase in securities sold but not yet purchased and a $3.8 billion increase in treasury-related activities, partially offset by a $4.4 billion decrease in derivative financial liabilities. Derivative financial liabilities decreased $4.4 billion due to the decline in the fair value of foreign exchange, commodity and interest rate contracts. Further details on the composition of other liabilities are provided in Note 14 on page 172 of the consolidated financial statements.

Subordinated Debt

Subordinated debt increased $23 million. Further details on the composition of subordinated debt are provided in Note 15 on page 173 of the consolidated financial statements.

Equity

 

(Canadian $ in millions)

As at October 31

  2016     2015     2014     2013     2012  

Share capital

         

Preferred shares

    3,840        3,240        3,040        2,265        2,465   

Common shares

    12,539        12,313        12,357        12,003        11,957   

Contributed surplus

    294        299        304        315        213   

Retained earnings

    21,205        18,930        17,237        15,087        13,456   

Accumulated other comprehensive income

    4,426        4,640        1,375        437        17   

Total shareholders’ equity

    42,304        39,422        34,313        30,107        28,108   

Non-controlling interest in subsidiaries

    24        491        1,091        1,072        1,435   

Total equity

           42,328               39,913               35,404               31,179               29,543   

Total equity increased $2.4 billion. Total shareholders’ equity increased $2.9 billion due to a $2.3 billion increase in retained earnings and a $0.6 billion increase in preferred shares. Non-controlling interest in subsidiaries decreased $0.5 billion due to the redemption of $450 million of Capital Trust Securities.

The increase in share capital is driven by the issuance of preferred shares, as well as the issuance of common shares under the Shareholder Dividend Reinvestment and Share Purchase Plan (DRIP) and Stock Option Plan. BMO’s DRIP is described in the Enterprise-Wide Capital Management section that follows. Our Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity on page 142 provides a summary of items that increase or reduce shareholders’ equity, while Note 16 on page 174 of the consolidated financial statements provides details on the components of and changes in share capital. Details on our enterprise-wide capital management practices and strategies can be found on the following page.

 

BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016     69   


 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

Enterprise-Wide Capital Management

Capital Management

Objective

BMO is committed to a disciplined approach to capital management that balances the interests and requirements of shareholders, regulators, depositors and rating agencies. Our objective is to maintain a strong capital position in a cost-effective structure that:

 

is appropriate given our target regulatory capital ratios and internal assessment of required economic capital;

 

is consistent with our target credit ratings;

 

underpins our operating groups’ business strategies; and

 

supports depositor, investor and regulator confidence, while building long-term shareholder value.

Capital Management Framework

 

LOGO

The principles and key elements of BMO’s capital management framework are outlined in our Capital Management Corporate Policy and in our annual capital plan, which includes the results of our Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process (ICAAP).

ICAAP is an integrated process that uses stress testing and other tools to evaluate capital adequacy on both a regulatory and an economic capital basis, and is used to establish capital targets and capital strategies that take into consideration the strategic direction and risk appetite of the enterprise. The capital plan is developed considering the results of our ICAAP and in conjunction with our annual business plan, promoting alignment between our business and risk strategies, regulatory and economic capital requirements and the availability of capital. Enterprise-wide stress testing and scenario analysis are used to assess the impact of various stress conditions on BMO’s risk profile and capital requirements. The framework seeks to ensure that we are adequately capitalized given the risks we take and under stress, and supports the determination of limits, goals and performance measures that are used to manage balance sheet positions, risk levels and capital requirements at both the consolidated entity and operating group levels. Assessments of actual and forecast capital adequacy are compared to the capital plan throughout the year, and our plans are updated as required, based on changes in our business activities, risk profile or operating environment.

BMO uses a combination of regulatory and economic capital to evaluate business performance and considers capital implications in its strategic, tactical and transactional decision-making. By allocating our capital to operating groups, creating and monitoring capital limits and metrics and measuring their performance in relation to such capital allocations, limits and metrics, we seek to optimize our risk-adjusted return to shareholders, while maintaining a well-capitalized position. This approach aims to protect our stakeholders from the risks inherent in our various businesses, while still allowing the flexibility to deploy resources to support the strategic growth activities of our operating groups.

For further discussion of the risks underlying our business activities, refer to the Enterprise-Wide Risk Management section on page 79.

Governance

The Board of Directors, either directly or in conjunction with its Risk Review Committee, provides ultimate oversight and approval of capital management, including our Capital Management Corporate Policy framework, capital plan and capital adequacy assessments. The Board regularly reviews BMO’s capital position and key capital management activities, and the Risk Review Committee reviews the ICAAP-determined capital adequacy assessment results. The Balance Sheet and Capital Management Committee provides senior management oversight, including the review and discussion of significant capital management policies, issues and activities and, along with the Risk Management Committee, the capital required to support the execution of our enterprise-wide strategy. Finance and Risk Management are responsible for the design and implementation of the corporate policies and framework related to capital and risk management and the ICAAP. Corporate Audit Division, as the third line of defence, verifies our adherence to controls and highlights opportunities to strengthen our process.

Regulatory Capital Requirements

Regulatory capital requirements for BMO are determined in accordance with the Capital Adequacy Requirements (CAR) Guideline of the Office of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions Canada (OSFI), which includes a Basel I capital floor. The minimum capital ratios contained in the CAR Guideline are a 4.5% Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) Ratio, 6% Tier 1 Capital Ratio and 8% Total Capital Ratio, which are calculated using a nine-year transitional phase-out of non-qualifying capital instruments ending in 2022. OSFI has expected banks to attain a target CET1 Ratio of at least 8% (4.5% minimum plus 3.5% Capital Conservation Buffer, including a 1% Domestic Systemically Important Bank (D-SIB) Common Equity Surcharge) since January 31, 2016, also referred to as the “all-in” requirements as, except for the Credit Valuation Adjustment (CVA) capital charge mentioned below, there is no five-year transitional phase-in of regulatory adjustments.

 

70   BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016


The fully implemented 2019 requirements and the OSFI “all-in” capital requirements are summarized in the following table.

 

(% of risk-weighted assets)  

Common Equity

Tier 1 Ratio (1)

   

Tier 1

Capital Ratio

   

Total

Capital Ratio

    Leverage
Ratio (2)
 

2019 minimum capital requirements

    4.5        6.0        8.0        3.0   

Plus: Capital Conservation Buffer, including the D-SIB Common Equity Surcharge (1)

    3.5        3.5        3.5        na   

OSFI requirements (3)

    8.0        9.5        11.5        3.0   

 

  (1) The minimum 4.5% CET1 Ratio requirement is augmented by the 3.5% Capital Conservation Buffer which can absorb losses during periods of stress. The Capital Conservation Buffer for BMO includes the addition of the 1% Common Equity Surcharge for D-SIBs. If a bank’s capital ratios fall within the range of this combined buffer, restrictions on discretionary distributions of earnings (such as dividends, equity repurchases and discretionary compensation) would ensue, with the degree of such restrictions varying according to the position of the bank’s ratios within the buffer range.
  (2) A 3% minimum Leverage Ratio has been established by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (BCBS). It will be subject to monitoring and analysis during a four-year parallel run test period, which began on January 1, 2013. Depending upon the results of the parallel run testing, there could be subsequent adjustments, which are targeted to be finalized in 2017, with the final Leverage Ratio requirement effective January 1, 2018.
  (3) OSFI’s requirements are the published capital requirements D-SIBs must meet in 2016 to avoid being subject to restrictions on discretionary distributions of earnings.

na – not applicable

Regulatory Capital Ratios

 

 

The Common Equity Tier 1 Ratio reflects CET1 capital divided by CET1 capital RWA.

 

The Tier 1 Capital Ratio reflects Tier 1 capital divided by Tier 1 capital RWA.

 

The Total Capital Ratio reflects Total capital divided by Total capital RWA.

 

The Leverage Ratio is defined as Tier 1 capital divided by the sum of on-balance sheet items and specified off-balance sheet items, net of specified adjustments.

 

Regulatory Capital Elements

Common equity is the most permanent form of capital. CET1 capital is comprised of common shareholders’ equity less deductions for goodwill, intangible assets, defined benefit pension assets, certain deferred tax assets and certain other items. Additional Tier 1 capital primarily consists of preferred shares and innovative hybrid instruments, less certain regulatory deductions. Tier 1 capital is comprised of CET1 capital and Additional Tier 1 capital. Tier 2 capital is primarily comprised of subordinated debentures and may include a portion of the collective and individual allowances for credit losses, less certain regulatory deductions. Total capital includes Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital.

OSFI’s CAR Guideline also requires the implementation of Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (BCBS) guidance on non-viability contingent capital (NVCC). NVCC provisions require the conversion of the capital instruments into a variable number of common shares in the event that OSFI announces that the bank is, or is about to become, non-viable or if a federal or provincial government in Canada publicly announces that the bank has accepted or agreed to accept a capital injection, or equivalent support, to avoid non-viability.

Under OSFI’s CAR Guideline, non-common share capital instruments that do not meet Basel III requirements, including NVCC requirements, are to be grandfathered and phased out over a nine-year period that began on January 1, 2013. OSFI also outlines the requirements for redemption of these regulatory capital instruments due to a regulatory capital event.

Risk-Weighted Assets

Risk-Weighted Assets (RWA) measure a bank’s exposures, weighted for their relative risk and calculated in accordance with OSFI’s regulatory capital rules. RWA is calculated for credit, market (trading) and operational risk categories based on OSFI’s prescribed rules.

BMO primarily uses the Advanced Internal Ratings Based (AIRB) Approach to determine credit RWA in our portfolio. Credit RWA arising from certain Canadian and U.S. portfolios are determined using the Standardized Approach. The AIRB Approach utilizes sophisticated techniques to measure RWA at the exposure level based on sound risk management principles, including estimates of the probability of default, the downturn loss given default and exposure at default risk parameters, term to maturity and asset class type prescribed by the OSFI rules. These risk parameters are determined using historical portfolio data supplemented by benchmarking, and are updated periodically. Validation procedures related to these parameters are in place, and are enhanced periodically to appropriately quantify and differentiate risks so they reflect changes in economic and credit conditions.

BMO’s market risk RWA are primarily determined using the more advanced Internal Models Approach, but the Standardized Approach is used for some exposures.

BMO uses the Advanced Measurement Approach (AMA), a risk-sensitive capital model, along with the Standardized Approach under OSFI rules, to determine capital requirements for operational risk.

For institutions using advanced approaches for credit risk or operational risk, there is a capital floor as prescribed in OSFI’s CAR Guideline. In calculating regulatory capital ratios, there is a requirement to increase RWA when an amount calculated under the Basel I rules (covering both RWA and capital deductions) is higher than a similar calculation under the risk-sensitive Basel III rules. As discussed below, the capital floor was operative for the bank during 2016 and as such, our total RWA reflected its impact.

OSFI advised banks the Credit Valuation Adjustment (CVA) risk capital charge for Canadian banks would be phased in beginning the first quarter of 2014. In 2016, the CVA risk capital charge applicable to CET1 was 64% of the fully implemented charge, and is expected to increase to 72% in 2017.

Capital Regulatory Developments

Capital Requirements

There are a number of regulatory capital changes, some finalized and some under development, which will put upward pressure on the amount of capital we are required to hold over time. The nature of these changes is outlined below.

In December 2015, OSFI advised Canadian banks that it will be increasing the regulatory capital requirements for residential mortgages and home equity lines of credit. The update will be tied to increases in local property prices and/or to house prices that are high relative to borrower incomes. Final changes were released in October 2016 and implemented effective November 1, 2016.

 

BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016     71   


 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

In January 2016, the BCBS issued the final framework for market risk capital requirements, which aims to promote consistent implementation of market risk standards across jurisdictions for implementation in 2019.

In December 2015, the BCBS issued an updated proposal on the Standardized Approach for Credit Risk, which is currently in the consultation phase and expected to be finalized by early 2017. In March 2016, the BCBS issued a consultative document on Constraints on the Use of Internal Model Approaches aimed at reducing complexity, improving comparability and addressing variability in capital requirements for credit risk by placing constraints on the use of advanced approach (AIRB) models. This includes removing the option of a models-based approach for certain exposures, use of “input” floors for certain model parameters, and specifying parameters for some models-based approaches. The document also discusses a potential capital “output” floor based on the new Standardized Approach for Credit Risk. We expect the proposals to be finalized by the BCBS in late 2016 or early 2017.

In March 2016, the BCBS proposed a new approach to the calculation of regulatory operational risk capital requirements, known as the Standardized Measurement Approach (SMA), which will replace AMA. The SMA is expected to be finalized in early 2017. It is less risk-sensitive than the AMA, but is intended to promote comparability of risk-based capital measures as well as reduce model complexity.

In April 2016, the BCBS issued the final standard for Interest Rate Risk in the Banking Book, which included a Pillar 2 supervisory approach, enhanced expectations for management and oversight and new disclosure requirements effective the first quarter of fiscal 2018.

In October 2016, the BCBS issued a discussion paper on regulatory treatment of accounting provisions, related to IFRS 9, as well as a consultative document on interim approach and transitional arrangements. As a response to the changes in the accounting standards, the BCBS has set up a task force to analyze the impact of applying the new expected credit loss (ECL) accounting standards on regulatory capital, and consider possible regulatory capital policy options, including whether any transitional arrangement is warranted to allow banks time to adjust to the new accounting provisioning standards. Consultation is currently underway and a quantitative impact study will be conducted.

In October 2016, the BCBS published its final standard on the regulatory capital treatment of banks’ investments in Total Loss Absorbing Capacity (TLAC) instruments of Global Systemically Important Banks (G-SIBs). The aim of the standard is to reduce contagion in the banking system. The final standard requires that banks deduct G-SIB TLAC holdings that exceed certain thresholds from their Tier 2 capital.

Taxpayer Protection and Bank Recapitalization Regime

In June 2016, legislation required to implement a bail-in regime was passed by the Canadian government to enhance Canada’s bank resolution capabilities in line with similar international efforts. The Canadian government will be proposing regulations that will outline the detailed approach. OSFI will also issue guidelines that set the minimum Higher Loss Absorbency (HLA) level banks will need to maintain. The Canadian government and OSFI are expected to consult on regulations and minimum HLA level, with implementation of the new regime expected at a later date. The change could increase funding costs depending on the final rules. We expect a suitable transition period to issue sufficient qualifying bail-in debt to comply with bail-in HLA requirements.

2016 Regulatory Capital Review

BMO is well-capitalized, with capital ratios that exceed OSFI’s published requirements for large Canadian banks, including the 1% D-SIB Common Equity Surcharge implemented in 2016. Our CET1 Ratio was 10.1% at October 31, 2016, compared to 10.7% at October 31, 2015. The CET1 Ratio decreased by 60 basis points from the end of fiscal 2015 due to increased RWA largely from the Basel I Capital floor and business growth, the acquisition of the BMO Transportation Finance business in the first quarter, which reduced the ratio by approximately 60 basis points, partially offset by capital growth.

Our Tier 1 Capital and Total Capital Ratios were 11.6% and 13.6%, respectively, at October 31, 2016, compared to 12.3% and 14.4%, respectively, at October 31, 2015. The decrease in the Tier 1 Capital Ratio was due mainly to the factors impacting the CET1 Ratio discussed above, partially offset by the issuance of preferred shares. The decrease in the Total Capital Ratio was mainly due to the factors impacting the Tier 1 Ratio and the redemptions of non-NVCC-qualifying subordinated notes, partially offset by the issuance of NVCC-qualifying subordinated notes.

BMO’s Leverage Ratio was 4.2% at October 31, 2016, unchanged from October 31, 2015, and in excess of the 3% minimum requirement established by OSFI.

BMO’s investments in foreign operations are primarily denominated in U.S. dollars. The foreign exchange impact of U.S.-dollar-denominated RWA and U.S.-dollar-denominated capital deductions may result in variability in the bank’s capital ratios. BMO may offset the impact of foreign exchange movements on its capital ratios and did so during 2016. Any such activities could also impact our book value and return on equity.

BMO conducts business through a variety of corporate structures, including subsidiaries and joint ventures. A framework is in place for subsidiaries to appropriately manage their funding and capital.

Capital ratios are impacted by deferred tax assets. Given our net U.S. deferred tax asset, a 5% decrease in the U.S. Federal income tax rate (from 35% to 30%) would reduce our net deferred tax asset by approximately $230 million, which would result in a one-time corresponding income tax charge.

As a bank holding company with total consolidated assets of US$50 billion or more, our subsidiary BMO Financial Corp. (BFC) is subject to the Federal Reserve Board’s (FRB) annual Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review (CCAR) and Dodd-Frank Act stress testing (DFAST) requirements. The CCAR is an annual exercise by the FRB to assess whether the largest bank holding companies operating in the United States have sufficient capital to continue operations throughout times of economic and financial stress and that they have robust, forward-looking capital-planning processes that account for their unique risks. DFAST (a complementary exercise to CCAR) is a forward-looking component conducted by the FRB and financial companies supervised by the FRB to help assess whether institutions have sufficient capital to absorb losses and support operations during adverse economic conditions. The FRB conducted its CCAR assessment and announced its decision not to object to BFC’s capital plan in June 2016. BFC and its bank subsidiary BMO Harris Bank N.A. (BHB) also disclosed their results under the DFAST supervisory severely adverse scenario. Under DFAST, BFC also executes mid-cycle company-run stress tests. BFC submitted its DFAST stress tests to the FRB and disclosed the results in October 2016. BFC’s post stress capital ratios were above the applicable regulatory minimum capital ratios.

 

72   BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016


Regulatory Capital (All-in basis (1))

 

(Canadian $ in millions)

As at October 31

  2016     2015  

Common Equity Tier 1 capital: instruments and reserves

   

Directly issued qualifying common share capital plus related stock surplus

    12,833        12,612   

Retained earnings

    21,205        18,930   

Accumulated other comprehensive income (and other reserves)

    4,426        4,640   

Goodwill and other intangibles (net of related tax liability)

    (8,040     (7,752

Other common equity Tier 1 capital deductions

    (2,265     (2,802

Common Equity Tier 1 capital (CET1)

    28,159        25,628   

Additional Tier 1 capital: instruments

   

Directly issued qualifying Additional Tier 1 instruments plus related stock surplus

    2,750        2,150   

Directly issued capital instruments subject to phase-out from Additional Tier 1

    1,540        1,987   

Additional Tier 1 instruments (and CET1 instruments not otherwise included) issued by subsidiaries and held by third parties (amount allowed in group AT1)

           9   

of which: instruments issued by subsidiaries subject to phase-out

           9   

Total regulatory adjustments applied to Additional Tier 1 capital

    (213     (358

Additional Tier 1 capital (AT1)

    4,077        3,788   

Tier 1 capital (T1 = CET1 + AT1)

    32,236        29,416   

Tier 2 capital: instruments and provisions

   

Directly issued qualifying Tier 2 instruments plus related stock surplus

    3,266        1,034   

Directly issued capital instruments subject to phase-out from Tier 2

    1,873        3,548   

Tier 2 instruments (and CET1 and AT1 instruments not included) issued by subsidiaries and held by third parties (amount allowed in group Tier 2)

           46   

of which: instruments issued by subsidiaries subject to phase-out

           46   

Collective allowances

    538        590   

Total regulatory adjustments to Tier 2 capital

    (51     (50

Tier 2 capital (T2)

    5,626        5,168   

Total capital (TC = T1 + T2)

    37,862        34,584   

 

  (1) “All-in” regulatory capital assumes that all Basel III regulatory adjustments are applied effective January 1, 2013, and that the capital value of instruments that no longer qualify as regulatory capital under Basel III rules is being phased out at a rate of 10% per year from January 1, 2013 to January 1, 2022.

Our CET1 capital and Tier 1 capital were $28.2 billion and $32.2 billion, respectively, at October 31, 2016, up from $25.6 billion and $29.4 billion, respectively, at October 31, 2015. CET1 capital increased mainly due to retained earnings growth. The increase in Tier 1 capital since October 31, 2015 was attributable to the growth in CET1 capital and the issuance of preferred shares, partially offset by the Additional Tier 1 instrument redemption, as outlined below in the Capital Management Activities section.

Total capital was $37.9 billion at October 31, 2016, up from $34.6 billion at October 31, 2015, attributable to the growth in Tier 1 capital mentioned above and the issuance of NVCC-qualifying subordinated notes, partially offset by the redemptions of non-NVCC-qualifying subordinated notes.

 

BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016     73   


 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

Changes in Risk-Weighted Assets

Total RWA were $277.6 billion at October 31, 2016, up from $239.7 billion at October 31, 2015. Credit Risk RWA (CET1 basis) were $222.5 billion at October 31, 2016, up from $200.4 billion at October 31, 2015. The increase was largely due to business growth, the acquisition of the BMO Transportation Finance business and foreign exchange movement, partially offset by model and methodology changes and book quality improvement. Market Risk RWA were $9.0 billion at October 31, 2016, down from $10.3 billion at October 31, 2015, attributable to a decrease in risk and changes in methodologies. Operational Risk RWA were $30.5 billion at October 31, 2016, up from $28.5 billion at October 31, 2015, largely due to growth in the bank’s average gross income. The RWA from the Basel I capital floor were $15.6 billion at October 31, 2016, up from $0.5 billion at October 31, 2015, primarily due to changes in methodology and models, and business growth.

Risk-Weighted Assets

 

(Canadian $ in millions)

As at October 31

  2016     2015  

Credit Risk

   

Wholesale

   

Corporate, including specialized lending

    104,488        91,489   

Corporate small and medium-sized enterprises

    33,755        31,954   

Sovereign

    1,976        1,765   

Bank

    4,486        3,902   

Retail

   

Residential mortgages, excluding home equity line of credit

    8,115        8,427   

Home equity line of credit

    6,135        7,889   

Qualifying revolving retail

    5,110        4,569   

Other retail, excluding small and medium-sized enterprises

    11,934        11,053   

Retail small and medium-sized enterprises

    7,696        1,968   

Equity

    1,403        1,369   

Trading book

    9,675        8,415   

Securitization

    1,878        2,456   

Other credit risk assets – non-counterparty managed assets

    16,197        16,255   

Scaling factor for credit risk assets under AIRB Approach (1)

    9,651        8,874   

Total Credit Risk

    222,499        200,385   

Market Risk

    8,962        10,262   

Operational Risk

    30,502        28,538   

CET1 Capital Risk-Weighted Assets before Capital Floor

    261,963        239,185   

Basel I Capital Floor (2)

    15,599        504   

CET1 Capital Risk-Weighted Assets

    277,562        239,689   

Tier 1 Capital Risk-Weighted Assets before CVA and Capital Floor

    261,963        239,185   

Additional CVA adjustment, prescribed by OSFI, for Tier 1 Capital

    380        286   

Basel I Capital Floor (2)

    15,219        218   

Tier 1 Capital Risk-Weighted Assets

    277,562        239,689   

Total Capital Risk-Weighted Assets before CVA and Capital Floor

    261,963        239,185   

Additional CVA adjustment, prescribed by OSFI, for Total Capital

    705        531   

Basel I Capital Floor (2)

    14,894          

Total Capital Risk-Weighted Assets

    277,562        239,716   

 

  (1) The scaling factor is applied to the RWA amounts for credit risk under the AIRB Approach.
  (2) Comparative figures have been amended.

Economic Capital

Economic Capital is an expression of the enterprise’s capital demand requirement relative to the bank’s view of the economic risks in its underlying business activities. It represents management’s estimation of the likely magnitude of economic losses that could occur across several different risk types and allows returns to be measured on a consistent basis across such risks. Economic loss is the loss in economic or market value incurred over a specified time horizon at the defined confidence level, relative to the expected loss over the same time horizon. Economic Capital is calculated for various types of risk, including credit, market (trading and non-trading), operational and business, based on a one-year time horizon using a defined confidence level.

 

74   BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016


Economic Capital and RWA by Operating Group and Risk Type

(As at October 31, 2016)

 

LOGO

*Basel I capital floor RWA are included in Corporate Services.

Capital Management Activities

On December 1, 2015, we announced our intention, and subsequently obtained the approval of OSFI and the Toronto Stock Exchange (TSX), to initiate a normal course issuer bid (NCIB) to purchase up to 15 million of BMO’s common shares on the TSX for the purpose of cancellation. During fiscal 2016, we did not purchase any shares under our NCIB share repurchase program. The current NCIB is set to expire on January 31, 2017.

During 2016, BMO issued 3.2 million common shares through the Shareholder Dividend Reinvestment and Share Purchase Plan (DRIP) and the exercise of stock options.

During 2016, BMO completed the following Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital instrument issuances, redemptions, and conversions.

Share Issuances, Redemptions and Conversions

 

As at October 31, 2016

(in millions)

 

Issuance or

redemption date

   

Number

of shares

    Amount  

Common shares issued

     

Stock options exercised

      2.1      $ 136   

DRIP issuance

      1.1      $ 90   

Tier 1 Capital (1)

     

Conversion of Non-Cumulative 5-Year Rate Reset Class B Preferred Shares, Series 25

    August 25, 2016        (2.2   $ (54

Issuance of Non-Cumulative 5-Year Floating Rate Class B Preferred Shares, Series 26 (2)

    August 25, 2016        2.2      $ 54   

Issuance of Non-Cumulative 5-Year Rate Reset Class B Preferred Shares, Series 38

    October 21, 2016        24      $ 600   

Redemption of BMO Capital Trust Securities – Series E

    December 31, 2015        $ (450

Tier 2 Capital (1)

     

Issuance of Series H Medium-Term Notes, Second Tranche

    December 8, 2015        $ 1,000   

Issuance of Series I Medium-Term Notes, First Tranche

    May 31, 2016        $ 1,250   

Redemption of Series D Medium-Term Notes, First Tranche

    April 21, 2016        $ (700

Redemption of Series G Medium-Term Notes, First Tranche

    July 8, 2016              $ (1,500

 

  (1) For further details on subordinated debt and share capital, see Notes 15 and 16 on pages 173 and 174, respectively, of the consolidated financial statements.
  (2) Issuance of Non-Cumulative 5-Year Floating Rate Class B Preferred Shares, Series 26 upon conversion of Series 25.

If an NVCC trigger event were to occur, our NVCC capital instruments, Non-Cumulative 5-Year Rate Reset Class B Preferred Shares Series 27, Series 29, Series 31, Series 33, Series 36 and Series 38, Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class B Preferred Shares Series 35, and Medium-Term Notes Series H First Tranche and Second Tranche, and Series I First Tranche, would be converted into BMO common shares pursuant to automatic conversion formulas with a conversion price based on the greater of: (i) a floor price of $5.00, and (ii) the current market price of our common shares at the time of the trigger event (10-day weighted average). Based on a floor price of $5.00, these NVCC capital instruments would convert into approximately $1.5 billion BMO common shares, assuming no accrued interest and no declared and unpaid dividends.

Further details are provided in Notes 15 and 16 on pages 173 and 174 of the consolidated financial statements.

 

BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016     75   


 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

Outstanding Shares and Securities Convertible into Common Shares

 

   

Number of shares

or dollar amount

(in millions)

           Dividends declared per share  
As at November 30, 2016             2016     2015     2014  

Common shares

    648         $ 3.40      $ 3.24        $3.08   

Class B Preferred shares

  

        

Series 13 (1)

                   $ 0.56        $1.13   

Series 14

  $ 250         $ 1.31      $ 1.31        $1.31   

Series 15

  $ 250         $ 1.45      $ 1.45        $1.45   

Series 16 (2)

  $ 157         $ 0.85      $ 0.85        $0.85   

Series 17 (2)

  $ 143         $ 0.53      $ 0.60        $0.64   

Series 18 (3)

                            $0.41   

Series 21 (4)

                            $0.81   

Series 23 (5)

                   $ 0.34        $1.35   

Series 25 (6)

  $ 236         $ 0.84      $ 0.98        $0.98   

Series 26 (6)

  $ 54         $ 0.10                 

Series 27

  $ 500         $ 1.00      $ 1.00        $0.59   

Series 29

  $ 400         $ 0.98      $ 0.98        $0.46   

Series 31

  $ 300         $ 0.95      $ 0.95        $0.31   

Series 33

  $ 200         $ 0.95      $ 0.45          

Series 35

  $ 150         $ 1.25      $ 0.41          

Series 36

  $ 600         $ 65.03                 

Series 38

  $ 600                           

Medium-Term Notes

  

        

Series H – First Tranche (7)

  $ 1,000           na        na        na   

Series H – Second Tranche (7)

  $ 1,000           na        na        na   

Series I – First Tranche (7)

  $ 1,250           na        na        na   

Stock options

          

Vested

    5.5            

Non-vested

    4.2                                    

 

  (1) Redeemed in May 2015.
  (2) In August 2013, approximately 5.7 million Series 16 Preferred Shares were converted into Series 17 Preferred Shares on a one-for-one basis.
  (3) Redeemed in February 2014.
  (4) Redeemed in May 2014.
  (5) Redeemed in February 2015.
  (6) In August 2016, approximately 2.2 million Series 25 Preferred Shares were converted into Series 26 Preferred Shares.
  (7) Note 15 on page 173 of the financial statements includes details on the Series H Medium-Term Notes, First Tranche and Second Tranche, and Series I Medium-Term Notes, First Tranche.

na – not applicable

Note 16 on page 174 of the financial statements includes details on share capital.

Dividends

Dividends declared per common share in fiscal 2016 totalled $3.40. Annual dividends declared represented 50.4% of reported net income and 46.3% of adjusted net income available to common shareholders on a last twelve months basis.

Our target dividend payout range (common share dividends as a percentage of net income available to shareholders, less preferred share dividends, based on earnings over the last twelve months) is 40% to 50%, providing shareholders with a competitive dividend yield. BMO’s target dividend payout range seeks to provide shareholders with stable income, while ensuring sufficient earnings are retained to support anticipated business growth, fund strategic investments and provide for a sound capital level.

At year end, BMO’s common shares provided a 4.0% annual dividend yield based on the year-end closing share price and dividends declared in the last four quarters. On December 6, 2016, BMO announced that the Board of Directors had declared a quarterly dividend on common shares of $0.88 per share, up $0.02 per share or 2% from the prior quarter and up $0.04 per share or 5% from a year ago. The dividend is payable on February 28, 2017 to shareholders of record on February 1, 2017.

Common shareholders may elect to have their cash dividends reinvested in common shares of BMO in accordance with the DRIP. In the first and second quarters of 2016, common shares to supply the DRIP were purchased on the open market. In the third and fourth quarters of 2016, common shares were issued from treasury without discount. In the first quarter of 2017, common shares to supply the dividend reinvestment feature of the DRIP were issued from treasury at a 2% discount from their then-current market price.

Eligible Dividends Designation

For the purposes of the Income Tax Act (Canada) and any similar provincial and territorial legislation, BMO designates all dividends paid or deemed to be paid on both its common and preferred shares as “eligible dividends”, unless indicated otherwise.

 

Caution

This Enterprise-Wide Capital Management section contains forward-looking statements. Please see the Caution Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.

 

76   BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016


Select Financial Instruments

The Financial Stability Board (FSB) issued a report in 2012 encouraging enhanced disclosure related to financial instruments that market participants had come to regard as carrying higher risk. An index of the disclosures recommended by the Enhanced Disclosure Task Force of the FSB and where these disclosures appear in our Annual Report or Supplementary Financial Information is provided on page 120.

Consumer Loans

In Canada, our Consumer Lending portfolio is comprised of three main asset classes: real estate secured lending (including residential mortgages and home equity products), instalment and other personal loans (including indirect automobile loans) and credit card loans. We do not have any subprime or Alt-A mortgage or home equity loan programs, nor do we purchase subprime or Alt-A loans from third-party lenders.

In the United States, the Consumer Lending portfolio is primarily comprised of three asset classes: residential first mortgages, home equity products and indirect automobile loans. We have a small portfolio of first mortgage and home equity loans outstanding that had subprime or Alt-A characteristics at the date of authorization (e.g., low credit score or limited documentation). These programs have been discontinued. Balances outstanding and amounts in arrears 90 days or more at year end were not significant.

In both Canada and the United States, consumer lending products are underwritten to prudent standards relative to credit scores, loan-to-value ratios and capacity assessment. Our lending practices consider the ability of our borrowers to repay and the underlying collateral value.

Additional discussion on the Consumer Lending portfolio related to the Greater Vancouver Area and Greater Toronto Area housing markets, as well as consumer leverage, is provided in the Top and Emerging Risks That May Affect Future Results section on page 80.

Leveraged Finance

Leveraged finance loans are defined by BMO as loans to private equity businesses and mezzanine financings where our assessment indicates a higher level of credit risk. BMO has exposure to leveraged finance loans, which represent 1.8% of our total assets, with $12.5 billion outstanding at October 31, 2016 (1.6% and $10.4 billion, respectively, in 2015). Of this amount, $387 million or 3.1% of leveraged finance loans were classified as impaired ($351 million or 3.4% in 2015).

BMO-Sponsored Securitization Vehicles

BMO sponsors various vehicles that fund assets originated by either BMO (which are then securitized through a bank securitization vehicle) or its customers (which are then securitized through several Canadian customer securitization vehicles and one U.S. customer securitization vehicle). We earn fees for providing services related to the customer securitization vehicles, including liquidity, distribution and financial arrangement fees for supporting the ongoing operations of the vehicles. These fees totalled approximately $92 million in 2016 and $89 million in 2015.

Canadian Customer Securitization Vehicles

The customer securitization vehicles we sponsor in Canada provide our customers with access to financing either directly from BMO or in the asset-backed commercial paper (ABCP) markets. Customers sell their assets into these vehicles, which then issue ABCP to either investors or BMO to fund the purchases. In all cases, the sellers remain responsible for the servicing of the transferred assets and are first to absorb any losses realized on the assets.

Our exposure to potential losses relates to our investment in ABCP issued by the vehicles, derivative contracts we have entered into with the vehicles and the liquidity support we provide to ABCP purchased by investors. We use our credit adjudication process in deciding whether to enter into these arrangements, just as we do when extending credit in the form of a loan.

Two of these customer securitization vehicles are funded in the market, while a third is funded directly by BMO. BMO does not control these entities and therefore they are not consolidated. Further information on the consolidation of customer securitization vehicles is provided in Note 7 on page 159 of the financial statements. No losses were recorded on any of BMO’s exposures to these vehicles in 2016 and 2015.

The market-funded vehicles had a total of $4.4 billion of ABCP outstanding at October 31, 2016 ($3.7 billion in 2015). The ABCP of the market-funded vehicles is rated R-1(high) by DBRS and P1 by Moody’s. BMO’s holding of ABCP, as distribution agent, of the market-funded vehicles totalled $14 million at October 31, 2016 ($21 million in 2015).

BMO provided liquidity support facilities for the market-funded vehicles totalling $5.8 billion at October 31, 2016 ($5.0 billion in 2015). This amount comprised part of our commitments outlined in Note 25 on page 195 of the financial statements. All of these facilities remain undrawn. The assets of each of these market-funded customer securitization vehicles consist primarily of diversified pools of Canadian automobile-related receivables and Canadian insured residential mortgages. These two asset classes represent 87% (86% in 2015) of the aggregate assets of these vehicles.

U.S. Customer Securitization Vehicle

We sponsor a U.S. ABCP multi-seller vehicle that we consolidate under IFRS. This customer securitization vehicle assists our customers with the securitization of their assets to provide them with alternative sources of funding. The vehicle provides funding to diversified pools of portfolios through 28 (28 in 2015) individual securitization transactions with an average facility size of US$105 million (US$174 million in 2015). The size of the pools ranged from US$10 million to US$600 million at October 31, 2016 (US$1 million to US$700 million in 2015).

The vehicle holds exposures secured by a variety of asset classes, including mid-market corporate loans, student loans and automobile loans.

The vehicle had US$2.9 billion of commercial paper outstanding at October 31, 2016 (US$4.1 billion in 2015). The ABCP of the vehicle is rated A1 by S&P and P1 by Moody’s. BMO has not invested in the vehicle’s ABCP. BMO provides committed liquidity support facilities to the vehicle, with the undrawn amount totalling US$4.7 billion at October 31, 2016 (US$5.4 billion in 2015).

 

BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016     77   


 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

Sectors of Interest: Oil and Gas, Mining

Our risks related to the oil and gas sector are further outlined in the Top and Emerging Risks That May Affect Future Results section on page 80. As at October 31, 2016, BMO’s oil and gas outstanding loans were $8.0 billion or 2.1% of total loans, up approximately $1.3 billion from a year ago. Of this amount, $453 million of oil and gas sector loans were classified as impaired ($102 million in 2015). The majority of oil and gas lending is to exploration and development companies at 59%, followed by pipelines at 30%, services at 9% and manufacturing and refining at 2%.

As at October 31, 2016, BMO’s loans in respect of the mining sectors were $1.9 billion or 0.5% of total loans, up approximately $0.6 billion from a year ago. Of this amount, $3 million of mining sector loans were classified as impaired ($4 million in 2015).

Caution

This Select Financial Instruments section contains forward-looking statements. Please see the Caution Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.

 

 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

BMO enters into a number of off-balance sheet arrangements in the normal course of operations.

Credit Instruments

In order to meet the financial needs of our clients, we use a variety of off-balance sheet credit instruments. These include guarantees and standby letters of credit, which represent our obligation to make payments to third parties on behalf of a customer if the customer is unable to make the required payments or meet other contractual requirements. We also write documentary and commercial letters of credit, which represent our agreement to honour drafts presented by a third party upon completion of specified activities. Commitments to extend credit are off-balance sheet arrangements that represent our commitment to customers to grant them credit in the form of loans or other financings for specific amounts and maturities, subject to meeting certain conditions.

There are a large number of credit instruments outstanding at any time. Our customers are broadly diversified and we do not anticipate events or conditions would cause a significant number of our customers to fail to perform in accordance with the terms of their contracts with us. We use our credit adjudication process in deciding whether to enter into these arrangements, just as we do when extending credit in the form of a loan. We monitor off-balance sheet instruments to avoid undue concentrations in any geographic region or industry.

The maximum amount payable by BMO in relation to these credit instruments was approximately $146 billion at October 31, 2016 ($124 billion in 2015). However, this amount is not representative of our likely credit exposure or liquidity requirements for these instruments, as it does not take into account customer behaviour, which suggests that only a portion of our customers will utilize the facilities related to these instruments. It also does not take into account any amounts that could be recovered under recourse and collateral provisions. Further information on these instruments can be found in Note 25 on page 195 of the financial statements.

For the credit commitments outlined in the preceding paragraphs, in the absence of an event that triggers a default, early termination by BMO may result in a breach of contract.

Structured Entities (SEs)

Our interests in SEs are discussed primarily on page 77 in the BMO-Sponsored Securitization Vehicles section and in Note 7 on page 159 of the financial statements. Under IFRS, we consolidate our bank securitization vehicles, U.S. customer securitization vehicle, and certain capital and funding vehicles. We do not consolidate our Canadian customer securitization vehicles, structured finance vehicles, certain capital and funding vehicles, and various BMO managed and non-BMO managed investment funds.

Guarantees

Guarantees include contracts under which we may be required to make payments to a counterparty based on changes in the value of an asset, liability or equity security that the counterparty holds. Contracts under which we may be required to make payments if a third party does not perform according to the terms of a contract and contracts under which we provide indirect guarantees of indebtedness are also considered guarantees. In the normal course of business, we enter into a variety of guarantees, including standby letters of credit, backstop and other liquidity facilities and derivatives contracts or instruments (including, but not limited to, credit default swaps), as well as indemnification agreements.

The maximum amount payable by BMO in relation to these guarantees was $24 billion at October 31, 2016 ($30 billion in 2015). However, this amount is not representative of our likely exposure, as it does not take into account customer behaviour, which suggests that only a portion of the guarantees will require us to make any payments. It also does not take into account any amounts that could be recovered under recourse and collateral provisions.

For a more detailed discussion of these arrangements, please see Note 25 on page 195 of the financial statements.

Caution

This Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements section contains forward-looking statements. Please see the Caution Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.

 

78   BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016


Enterprise-Wide Risk Management

 

As a diversified financial services company actively providing banking, wealth management, capital market and insurance services, we are exposed to a variety of risks that are inherent in carrying out our business activities. A disciplined and integrated approach to managing risk is therefore fundamental to the success of our operations. Our risk management framework provides independent risk oversight across the enterprise and is essential to building competitive advantage.

 

Surjit Rajpal

Chief Risk Officer

BMO Financial Group

  LOGO

Strengths and Value Drivers

 

 

Disciplined approach to risk-taking.

 

Comprehensive and consistent risk frameworks to address all material risk types.

 

Risk appetite and metrics integrated into strategic planning and the ongoing management of businesses and risks.

 

Sustained mindset of continuous improvement to drive consistency and efficiency in the management of risk.

Challenges

 

 

The heightened pace, volume and complexity of regulatory requirements.

 

Balancing risk and return in an uncertain economic and geopolitical environment.

 

The evolving technology improvements required to meet customer expectations and the need to anticipate and respond to cyber and competitive threats.

Priorities

 

 

Address increased complexity by streamlining risk management activities and by simplifying processes and implementing consistent practices across different business lines.

 

Support greater integration of risk considerations in business processes and decisions, while managing change and complexity through more dynamic assessment and monitoring of the risks.

 

Continue to enhance our risk management infrastructure through greater integration of our systems, data models and business and risk management processes to enhance the ongoing alignment of critical elements.

2016 Achievements

 

 

Improved risk data and risk reporting through significant investment in streamlined data collection, more timely data, greater data coverage, report automation and heightened governance.

 

Further enhanced stress testing and other data analysis and modelling.

 

Maintained our risk culture through enhanced assessment and learning tools and communication processes.

 

Responded to rising regulatory expectations, evidenced by improvements in stress testing, market risk measurement, anti-money laundering tools and processes and foundational risk management.

 

Continued to develop the next generation of our risk infrastructure by integrating, automating and upgrading foundational capabilities for risk and data analysis and modelling of market, credit and operational risks.

 

LOGO   LOGO   LOGO   LOGO

 

Text and tables presented in a blue-tinted font in the Enterprise-Wide Risk Management section of the MD&A form an integral part of the 2016 annual consolidated financial statements. They present required disclosures as set out by the International Accounting Standards Board in IFRS 7, Financial Instruments – Disclosures, which permits cross-referencing between the notes to the financial statements and the MD&A. See Note 1 on page 144 and Note 5 on page 156 of the financial statements.

 

Adjusted results in this Enterprise-Wide Risk Management section are non-GAAP and are discussed in the Non-GAAP Measures section on page 33.

 

BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016     79   


 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

Overview

At BMO, we believe that risk management is every employee’s responsibility. We are guided by five key perspectives on risk that drive our approach to managing risk across the enterprise.

 

Our Approach to Risk Management

 

   

Understand and manage

 
   

Protect our reputation

 
   

Diversify. Limit tail risk

 
   

Maintain strong capital and liquidity

 
   

Optimize risk return

 

Our integrated and disciplined approach to risk management is fundamental to the success of our operations. All elements of our risk management framework work together in support of prudent and measured risk-taking, while striking an appropriate balance between risk and return. Our Enterprise Risk and Portfolio Management (ERPM) group develops our risk appetite, risk policies and limits, and provides independent review and oversight across the enterprise on risk-related issues to achieve prudent and measured risk-taking that is integrated with our business strategy.

 

 

Risks That May Affect Future Results

Top and Emerging Risks That May Affect Future Results

We are exposed to a variety of continually changing risks that have the potential to affect our business and financial condition. An essential mandate of our risk management process is to proactively identify, assess, monitor and manage a broad spectrum of top and emerging risks. Our top and emerging risk identification process consists of several forums for discussion with the Board, senior management and business thought leaders, combining both bottom-up and top-down approaches to considering risk. Our assessment of top and emerging risks is used to develop action plans and stress tests of our exposure to certain events.

In 2016, particular attention was given to the following top and emerging risks:

Weakening Global Trade

Global trade is at risk due to anti-globalization sentiment undermining the multilateral open trading world that has supported Western growth in recent decades. Weak global growth, previously at risk due to concerns outside of North America, such as European debt, China’s economic transition and regional conflicts, is now at additional risk due to widespread anti-globalization sentiment and the resultant political uncertainty and threat to trade. The Brexit vote, the rise of European nationalist parties and the support for protectionism in the 2016 U.S. election have in common the trend to populist and closed nationalism/regionalism that may harm world trade and thus growth. The short-term impact is through volatility spikes in capital markets – the longer-term effect may be to further reduce North American growth and weaken credit quality in exposed sectors.

BMO benefits from an integrated North American strategy in diverse industries and geographies, with limited direct lending exposure outside the region and with a footprint that partially acts as a natural hedge to commodity price and foreign exchange movements, wherein price declines/rises often have offsetting impacts across different North American regions and industries. While we are primarily a North American bank, our core customers and our international strategy depend on trade and growth. We actively monitor sources of global growth and continually assess our portfolio and business strategies against developments. We stress test our portfolios, business plans and capital adequacy against severely adverse scenarios arising from shocks inside and outside North America and develop contingency plans and mitigation strategies to react to and offset such possible adverse political and/or economic developments. It is, however, difficult to successfully anticipate and mitigate the potential economic and financial consequences of such unprecedented events which could adversely affect economic growth.

Further information on our direct and indirect European exposures is provided in the European Exposures section on page 93.

Information and Cyber Security Risk

Information security is integral to BMO’s business activities, brand and reputation. BMO faces heightened information security risks given our significant use of the internet and reliance on advanced digital technologies, particularly the mobile and online banking platforms that serve our customers. The risks we face include the threat of hacking, identity theft and corporate espionage, as well as the possibility of denial of service resulting from efforts targeted at causing system failure and service disruption. In order to better protect our customers, BMO and its service providers proactively invest in people and technology to improve our capabilities to prevent, detect, respond to and manage cyber security threats. To remain resilient in the face of cyber-attacks in a rapidly evolving threat landscape, we evaluate the effectiveness of our key controls through testing, reviewing best practices and benchmarking externally, and we work with cyber security experts and suppliers to improve our controls, bolster our internal resources and enhance our technological capabilities.

Greater Vancouver Area and Greater Toronto Area Housing Markets and Consumer Leverage

Rapid price increases have occurred over a sustained period of time in the Greater Vancouver Area (GVA) and the Greater Toronto Area (GTA). In addition, overall household debt levels in Canada are elevated, raising concerns that the rapid price increases in the GVA and GTA could lead to higher delinquencies if economic conditions deteriorated or interest rates rose sharply. Moreover, if indebted households are forced to sell their home during an economic downturn, housing prices could correct lower, further weakening the economy and putting additional strain on household finances. While recent government and regulatory actions on real estate transactions and financing are expected to reduce pricing pressure, they have raised concerns about a correction in housing prices and construction. It is still too early to gauge the interaction and impact of the recent changes, but the strong economic growth in these regions supports the current and expected low delinquency rates for real estate loans in both regions and may lead to a more balanced supply/demand situation and more measured price changes. Our prudent lending practices give us confidence in our portfolio. Further, our stress tests analysis suggests that even significant price declines and recessionary economic conditions would still lead to manageable losses.

 

 

80   BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016


Protracted Low Oil Prices

Sustained low oil and gas prices have challenged many companies in the sector and have resulted in wide-ranging actions by affected companies to reinforce operational efficiency and balance-sheet strength by reducing costs, pacing capital expenditures, improving productivity, limiting capital outflows, selling non-core assets and raising equity. The industry continues to work through changes required to operate in a new regime of lower oil prices, but as significant adjustment has already occurred and oil prices have returned from extreme lows, the stress has reduced. In Alberta, there continues to be a consumer impact from higher unemployment, which will take longer to recover from and will continue to weigh on the province.

Within the BMO footprint, low oil prices have resulted in quite different outcomes for other sectors and regions by reducing the Canadian dollar and input costs for many consumers and businesses. Benefits of the lower oil price and Canadian dollar had earlier shown through in an upturn of Canadian manufacturing output and non-oil exports. While there was some softening in these areas during the first half of 2016, we expect those positive trends to reassert themselves into 2017. Overall, lower oil prices are a net positive for global and U.S. demand, and for Canadian non-energy exports.

Business Disruptors

The financial services industry is undergoing rapid change, as technology enables non-traditional new entrants to compete in certain segments of the banking market, in some cases with reduced regulation. New entrants may use new technologies, advanced data and analytic tools, lower cost to serve, reduced regulatory burden and/or faster processes to challenge traditional banks. For example, new business models have been observed in retail payments, consumer and commercial lending, foreign exchange and low-cost investment advisory services. While we closely monitor business disruptors, we also continue to adapt by making investments, including improving our mobile banking capabilities, building new branch formats, and refining our decisioning and analytic tools and partnering, where appropriate, to bring customer solutions to market. We further mitigate this risk by providing our customers with access to banking services across different channels, focusing on improving customer loyalty and trust, using our own advanced data and analytical tools and leveraging current and future partnerships. However, matching the pace of innovation exhibited by new and differently-situated competitors may require us and policy-makers to adapt at a greater pace.

Other Factors That May Affect Future Results

General Economic and Market Conditions in the Countries in which We Conduct Business

We conduct business in Canada, the United States and a number of other countries. Factors such as the general health of capital and/or credit markets, including liquidity, level of business activity, volatility and stability, could have a material impact on our business. As well, interest rates, foreign exchange rates, consumer saving and spending, housing prices, consumer borrowing and repayment, business investment, trade policies and agreements, government spending and the rate of inflation affect the business and economic environments in which we operate. Therefore, the amount of business we conduct in a specific geographic region and its local economic and business conditions may have an effect on our overall revenue and earnings. For example, elevated consumer debt and housing price appreciation in some Canadian regions could create a vulnerability to higher credit losses for the bank in the event of a general economic downturn or other negative catalyst.

Regulatory Requirements

The financial services industry is highly regulated, and we have experienced changes and increased complexity in regulatory requirements as governments and regulators around the world continue major reforms intended to strengthen the stability of the financial system and protect key markets and participants. As a result, there is the potential for higher capital requirements and increased regulatory and compliance costs, which could lower our returns and affect our growth. We monitor such developments, and other potential changes such as reforms of the U.S. financial regulatory system or the potential impacts of a United Kingdom withdrawal from the European Union, so that BMO is well-positioned to respond to and implement any required changes. We continue to strive to put our customers first as a mitigant to compliance and consumer protection issues. Failure to comply with applicable legal and regulatory requirements may result in litigation, financial losses, regulatory sanctions, enforcement actions, an inability to execute our business strategies, a decline in investor and customer confidence and harm to our reputation. Refer to the Legal and Regulatory Risk and Enterprise-Wide Capital Management sections on pages 110 and 70 for a more complete discussion of our legal and regulatory risk.

Fiscal, Tax, Monetary, Trade and Interest Rate Policies

Our earnings are affected by fiscal, tax, monetary, trade, regulatory and other economic policies in Canada, the United States and other jurisdictions. Such policies may have the effect of increasing or reducing competition, profitability and uncertainty in the markets. Such policies may also adversely or positively affect our customers and counterparties in the countries in which we operate, contributing to a greater risk of default by these customers and counterparties. As well, expectations in the bond and money markets related to inflation and central bank monetary policy have an effect on the level of interest rates. Changes in market expectations and monetary policy are difficult to anticipate and predict. Fluctuations in interest rates and exchange rates that result from these changes can have an impact on our earnings and valuation. Refer to the Market Risk section on page 95 for a more complete discussion of our interest rate risk exposures and page 99 for a discussion of our foreign exchange risk. Changes in tax rates and tax policy can also have an impact on our earnings and, as discussed in the Critical Accounting Estimates section on page 113, a reduction in income tax rates could lower the value of our net deferred tax asset. A 5% decrease in the U.S. Federal tax rate (from 35% to 30%) would reduce our net deferred tax asset by approximately $230 million, which would result in a one-time corresponding income tax charge. In addition, however, each 5% decrease in the U.S. Federal tax rate would also increase our annual net income by approximately $75 million. Tax laws may change as a result of efforts by Canadian and foreign governments to address tax positions taken by multinational enterprises, and taxing authorities have committed more resources to the auditing of multinational enterprises, contributing to the potential for variability in our effective tax rate. Our ability to do business in multiple countries and the ability of our customers to do business in and trade between multiple countries are both important to our profitability; diversification and restrictions that lessen these abilities could have adverse effects.

 

BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016     81   


 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

Acquisitions and Strategic Plans

We conduct thorough due diligence before completing an acquisition. However, it is possible that we could make an acquisition that subsequently does not perform in line with our financial or strategic objectives or expectations. Our ability to successfully complete an acquisition may be subject to regulatory and shareholder approvals and we may not be able to determine when, if or on what terms, the necessary approvals will be granted. Changes in the competitive and economic environment, as well as other factors, may result in lower revenue, while higher than anticipated integration costs and failure to realize expected cost savings after an acquisition could also adversely affect our earnings. Integration costs may increase as a result of higher regulatory costs related to an acquisition, unanticipated costs that were not identified in the due diligence process or demands on management time that are more significant than anticipated, as well as unexpected delays in implementing certain plans that in turn lead to delays in achieving full integration. Our post-acquisition performance is also contingent on retaining the clients and key employees of acquired companies and on integrating key systems and processes without disruption, and there can be no assurance that we will always succeed in doing so.

Our financial performance is influenced by our ability to execute strategic plans developed by management. If these strategic plans are not met with success or if there is a change in these strategic plans, our earnings could grow at a slower pace or decline. In addition, our ability to execute our strategic plans is dependent to a large extent on our ability to attract, develop and retain key executives, and there is no assurance we will continue to be able to do so.

Level of Competition

The level of competition among financial services companies is high and is increasingly not based on price. Non-financial companies have increasingly been offering products and services traditionally provided by banks. Customer loyalty and retention can be influenced by a number of factors, including service levels, prices for products and services, delivery platforms, ease of product and services availability, a positive customer experience, our reputation and the actions of our competitors. International differences in laws and regulations enacted by regulatory authorities may provide advantages to our international competitors that could affect our ability to compete. Changes in these factors or any subsequent loss of market share could adversely affect our earnings.

Currency Rates

The Canadian dollar equivalents of our revenues, expenses, assets and liabilities denominated in currencies other than the Canadian dollar are subject to fluctuations in the value of the Canadian dollar relative to those currencies. Changes in the value of the Canadian dollar relative to the U.S. dollar could affect the earnings of our small business, corporate and commercial clients in Canada. A strengthening of the U.S. dollar could increase the value of our U.S.-dollar-denominated RWA and capital deductions, lowering our capital ratios. A decline in the U.S. dollar reduces the strength of our U.S. operation’s contribution to BMO’s Canadian dollar profitability. Refer to the Foreign Exchange section on page 37, the Enterprise-Wide Capital Management section on page 70 and the Market Risk section on page 95 for a more complete discussion of our foreign exchange risk exposures.

Changes to Our Credit Ratings, Capital and Funding Markets

Credit ratings are important to our ability to raise both capital and funding in order to support our business operations. Maintaining strong credit ratings allows us to access capital markets at competitive pricing. Should our credit ratings experience a material downgrade, our cost of funding would likely increase significantly and our access to funding and capital through capital markets could be reduced. The potential risks to which wholesale creditors are exposed due to bail-in proposals in Canada and subsequent legislation may also affect the cost and availability of funding. Market-making activities have also been reduced globally in response to regulatory changes. Reduced market liquidity could impact the valuation of bank securities and the availability and pricing of bank funding. A material downgrade of our ratings could also have other consequences, including those set out in Note 8 on page 161 of the financial statements.

Operational and Infrastructure Risks

As a large enterprise conducting business in multiple jurisdictions, we are exposed to many operational risks that can have a significant impact. Such risks include the risk of fraud by employees, third-party service providers or others, unauthorized transactions by employees and operational or human error, including process breakdowns or control failures. Given the large volume of transactions we process on a daily basis and the complexity and speed of our business, certain errors may be repeated or compounded before they are discovered and rectified. Shortcomings or failures of our internal processes, employees or systems, or of services and products provided by third parties, including any of our financial, accounting or other data processing systems, could lead to financial loss or restatements and damage our reputation. In addition, despite the contingency plans we or our third-party service providers have in place, our ability to conduct business may be adversely affected by a disruption to the infrastructure that supports both our operations and the communities in which we do business, including but not limited to disruption caused by public health emergencies or terrorist acts.

Legal Proceedings

We are subject to litigation arising in the ordinary course of business. The unfavourable resolution of any such litigation could have a material adverse effect on our financial results. Damage to our reputation could also result, harming our future business prospects. Information about certain legal and regulatory proceedings we currently face is provided in Note 25 on page 195 of the financial statements.

Critical Accounting Estimates and Accounting Standards

We prepare our financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). Changes that the International Accounting Standards Board makes from time to time to these standards, which govern the preparation of our financial statements, can be difficult to anticipate and may materially affect how we record and report our financial results. Significant accounting policies and future changes in accounting policies are discussed in Note 1 on page 144 of the financial statements.

The application of IFRS requires management to make significant judgments and estimates, sometimes relying on financial and statistical models, that can affect the amounts and dates on which certain assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses are recorded in our financial statements, as well as their recorded values. In making these judgments and estimates, we rely on the best information available at the time. However, it is possible that circumstances may change, that new information may become available or that our models are imprecise.

 

82   BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016


Our financial results could be affected for the period during which any such new information or change in circumstances became apparent, and the extent of the impact could be significant. More information is included in the discussion of Critical Accounting Estimates on page 113.

Accuracy and Completeness of Customer and Counterparty Information

When deciding whether to extend credit or enter into other transactions with customers or counterparties, we may rely on information provided by or on behalf of those customers and counterparties, including audited financial statements and other financial information. We may also rely on representations made by customers and counterparties that the information they provide is accurate and complete. We conduct appropriate due diligence on such customer information and, where practical and economical, we engage valuation and other experts or sources of information to assist with assessing collateral and other customer risks. Our financial results could be adversely affected if the financial statements, collateral value or other financial information provided by customers or counterparties are materially misleading.

 

Caution

This Risks That May Affect Future Results section and the remainder of this Enterprise-Wide Risk Management section contain forward-looking statements.

Other factors beyond our control that may affect our future results are noted in the Caution Regarding Forward-Looking Statements on page 30.

We caution that the preceding discussion of risks that may affect future results is not exhaustive.

 

 

Framework and Risks

Enterprise-Wide Risk Management Framework

Our enterprise-wide risk management framework operates at all levels of the bank and consists of our three-lines-of-defence operating model and our risk appetite framework, underpinned by our risk governance structure, and our strong risk culture.

 

LOGO

Risk Types

Our enterprise-wide risk management framework provides for the robust management of individual risk types that could have a material impact on our business. These risk types are shown below grouped according to the degree to which they lend themselves to management via quantitative analysis versus those risks primarily managed more through qualitative techniques. More detail on each of these risk types is provided starting on page 88.

 

LOGO

We leverage our enterprise-wide risk management framework, including our policy framework and corresponding risk limits or risk tolerance guidance, to manage each of these risk types within our risk appetite through our first and second line business and risk management processes. As discussed below, management oversight of risk types is provided by management and Board committees and is supported by a control framework.

Risk Principles

Within the framework, risk-taking and risk management activities across the enterprise are guided by our Risk Principles:

 

management of risk is a responsibility at all levels of the organization;

 

material risks to which the enterprise is exposed are identified, measured, managed, monitored and reported;

 

risk identification and measurement incorporate both qualitative and quantitative elements, including views of risk relative to the external operating environment, as well as stress testing and scenario analysis;

 

BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016     83   


 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

 

decision-making is based on a common understanding of risk, accomplished by robust metrics and analysis and sustained through active monitoring and key controls; and

 

an economic capital methodology is employed to measure and aggregate risk for all quantifiable risk types and across all business activities in order to facilitate the consistent incorporation of risk into business returns.

Three Lines of Defence

Our risk management framework is anchored in the three-lines-of-defence approach to managing risk, which is fundamental to our operating model, as described below:

 

Our businesses are the bank’s first line of defence. They are accountable for the risks arising from their businesses, activities and exposures. They are expected to pursue business opportunities within our established risk appetite and to identify, understand, measure, manage, mitigate and report all risks in or arising from their businesses, activities and exposures. The first line discharges its responsibility by using risk management and reporting methodologies and processes developed by the business and by Enterprise Risk and Portfolio Management (ERPM) group and other Corporate Support Areas (CSAs), and may rely on CSAs or other service providers to help discharge these responsibilities. Businesses are responsible for establishing appropriate internal controls in accordance with our risk management framework and for monitoring the efficacy of such controls. Such processes and controls help ensure businesses act within their delegated risk-taking authority and risk limits, as set out in corporate policies and our risk appetite framework.

 

The second line of defence is comprised of the ERPM group and other CSAs. The second line provides independent oversight, effective challenge and independent assessment of risks and risk management practices, including transaction, product and portfolio risk management decisions, processes and controls in the first line of defence. The second line may establish enterprise-wide risk management policies, infrastructure, processes, methodologies and practices that the first and second lines use to identify, assess, manage and monitor risks across the enterprise. While the first line is responsible for identifying, managing and reporting on the risks in its businesses, the second line independently identifies, assesses, quantifies, monitors, manages and reports on significant risks across the enterprise on an aggregate basis.

 

Corporate Audit Division is the third line of defence. It provides an independent assessment of the effectiveness of internal controls within the enterprise, including controls that support our risk management and governance processes.

Risk Culture

At BMO, we believe that risk management is the responsibility of every employee within the organization. This key tenet shapes and influences our corporate culture and is evident in the actions and behaviours of our employees and leaders as they identify, interpret and discuss risks, and make decisions that balance risks and opportunities and seek to optimize risk-adjusted returns. Our senior management plays a critical role in fostering a strong risk culture among all employees by communicating this responsibility effectively, by the example of their own actions and by establishing and enforcing compensation plans and other incentives that are designed to drive desired behaviours. Our risk culture is deeply rooted within our policies, business processes, risk management frameworks, risk appetite, limits and tolerances, capital management and compensation practices, and is evident in every aspect of the way we operate across the enterprise. We actively solicit feedback on the effectiveness of our risk culture, including through standardized and anonymous employee surveys.

Our risk culture is grounded in a “Being BMO” risk management approach that encourages openness, constructive challenge and personal accountability. “Being BMO” values include integrity and the responsibility to make tomorrow better and “Being BMO” behaviours include balancing risk and opportunity, taking ownership and following through on commitments, and speaking up and being candid. Timely and transparent sharing of information is also essential in engaging stakeholders in key decisions and strategy discussions, thereby bringing rigour and discipline to our decision-making. This not only leads to the timely identification, escalation and resolution of issues, but also encourages open communication, independent challenge and an understanding of the key risks faced by our organization, so that our employees are equipped and empowered to make decisions and take action in a coordinated and consistent manner, supported by a strong monitoring and control framework. Our governance and leadership forums, committee structures, learning curriculums and proactive communication also reinforce and foster our risk culture.

Certain elements of our risk culture that are embedded throughout the enterprise include:

 

Risk appetite – promotes a clear understanding of the most prevalent risks that our businesses face and facilitates alignment of business strategies with our risk appetite, and provides a control and early warning framework through our key risk metrics, thereby leading to sound business decision-making and execution, supported by a strong monitoring framework.

 

Communication and escalation channels – encourage engagement and sharing of information between ERPM and the operating groups, leading to greater transparency and open and effective communication. We also foster a culture that encourages the escalation of concerns associated with potential or emerging risks to senior management so that they can be evaluated and appropriately addressed.

 

Compensation philosophy – pay is aligned with prudent risk-taking so that compensation and other incentives reward the appropriate use of capital and respect for the rules and principles in our enterprise-wide risk management framework, and do not encourage excessive risk-taking. Our risk managers have input into the design of incentive programs which may affect risk-taking and provide input into the performance assessment of employees who take material risks or who are responsible for losses or events creating an unexpected risk of loss.

 

Training and education – our programs are designed to foster a deep understanding of BMO’s capital and risk management frameworks across the enterprise, providing employees and management with the tools and awareness they need to fulfill their responsibilities for independent oversight, regardless of their position in the organization. Our education strategy has been developed in partnership with BMO’s Institute for Learning, our risk management professionals, external risk experts and teaching professionals.

 

Rotation programs – two-way rotation allows employees to transfer between ERPM and the operating groups, thereby effectively embedding our strong risk culture across the enterprise and ensuring many of our risk management professionals have a practical grounding in our business activities.

 

84   BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016


Risk Governance

Our enterprise-wide risk management framework is founded on a governance approach that includes a robust committee structure and a comprehensive set of corporate policies and limits, each of which is approved by the Board of Directors or its committees, as well as specific corporate standards and operating procedures. Our corporate policies outline frameworks and objectives for every significant risk type, so that risks to which the enterprise is exposed are appropriately identified, managed, measured, monitored, mitigated and reported in accordance with our risk appetite. Specific policies govern our key risks, such as credit, market, liquidity and funding, model, and operational risks. This enterprise-wide risk management framework is governed at all levels through a hierarchy of committees and individual responsibilities, as outlined in the diagram below.

Our risk management framework is reviewed on a regular basis by the Risk Review Committee of the Board of Directors to thereby guide our risk-taking activities. In each of our operating groups, management, as the first line of defence, is responsible for governance activities, controls, effective implementation and operation of our risk management processes and procedures to ensure effective risk management. ERPM, as the second line of defence, oversees effective implementation and operation of our risk processes and procedures with a view to aligning effective outcomes consistent with our overall risk management framework. Individual governance committees establish and monitor further risk management limits, consistent with and in furtherance of Board-approved limits.

 

LOGO

In addition to the enterprise-level risk governance framework, appropriate risk governance frameworks, including our three lines of defence, are in place in all our material businesses and entities:

 

 

Board of Directors is responsible for supervising the management of the business and affairs of BMO. The Board, either directly or through its committees, is responsible for oversight in the following areas: strategic planning, defining risk appetite, the identification and management of risk, capital management, fostering a culture of integrity, internal controls, succession planning and evaluation of senior management, communication, public disclosure and corporate governance.

Risk Review Committee of the Board of Directors (RRC) assists the Board in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities in relation to BMO’s identification and management of risk as well as our risk culture, adherence to risk management corporate policies and procedures, compliance with risk-related regulatory requirements and the evaluation of the Chief Risk Officer, including input into succession planning for the CRO. Our risk management framework is reviewed on a regular basis by the RRC in order to provide guidance for the governance of our risk-taking activities.

Audit and Conduct Review Committee of the Board of Directors assists the Board in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities for the integrity of BMO’s financial reporting, the effectiveness of BMO’s internal controls and the performance of its internal and external audit functions.

Chief Executive Officer (CEO) is directly accountable to the Board for all of BMO’s risk-taking activities. The CEO is supported by the CRO and the rest of ERPM.

Chief Risk Officer (CRO) reports directly to the CEO and is head of ERPM and chair of RMC. The CRO is responsible for providing independent review and oversight of enterprise-wide risks and leadership on risk issues, developing and maintaining a risk management framework and fostering a strong risk culture across the enterprise.

Risk Management Committee (RMC) is BMO’s senior risk committee. RMC reviews and discusses significant risk issues and action plans that arise in executing the enterprise-wide strategy. RMC provides risk oversight and governance at the highest levels of management. This committee is chaired by the CRO and its members include the heads of our operating groups, the CEO and the CFO.

RMC Sub-Committees have oversight responsibility for the risk implications and balance sheet impacts of management strategies, governance practices, risk measurement, model risk management and contingency planning. RMC and its sub-committees provide oversight of the processes whereby the risks assumed across the enterprise are identified, measured, managed, monitored and reported in accordance with policy guidelines, and are held within limits and risk tolerances.

Enterprise Risk and Portfolio Management (ERPM), as the risk management second line of defence, provides comprehensive risk management oversight. It promotes consistency in risk management practices and standards across the enterprise. ERPM supports a disciplined approach to risk-taking in fulfilling its responsibilities for independent transactional approval and portfolio management, policy formulation, risk reporting, stress testing, modelling, vetting and risk education. This approach seeks to meet enterprise objectives and to verify that any risks assumed are consistent with BMO’s risk appetite.

Operating Groups are responsible for identifying, measuring, managing, monitoring and reporting risk within their respective lines of business. They exercise business judgment and seek to ensure that effective policies, processes and internal controls are in place and that significant risk issues are reviewed with ERPM. Individual governance committees and ERPM establish and monitor further risk management limits that are consistent with and subordinate to the Board-approved limits.

 

 

BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016     85   


 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

Risk Appetite Framework

Our Risk Appetite Framework consists of our Risk Appetite Statement, key risk metrics and corporate policies, standards and guidelines, including the related limits, concentration levels and controls defined therein. Our risk appetite defines the amount of risk that BMO is willing to assume given our guiding principles and capital capacity, and thus supports sound business initiatives, appropriate returns and targeted growth. Our risk appetite is integrated into our strategic and capital planning processes and performance management system. On an annual basis, senior management recommends our Risk Appetite Statement and key risk metrics to the RMC and the Board of Directors for approval. Our Risk Appetite Statement is articulated and applied consistently across the enterprise, with key enterprise businesses and entities developing their own risk appetite statements within this framework. Among other things, our risk appetite requires:

 

that everything we do is guided by principles of honesty, integrity and respect, as well as high ethical standards;

 

taking only those risks that are transparent, understood, measured, monitored and managed;

 

maintaining strong capital, liquidity and funding positions that meet or exceed regulatory requirements and the expectations of the market;

 

that new products and initiatives are subject to rigorous review and approval, and that new acquisitions provide a good strategic, financial and cultural fit, and have a high likelihood of creating value for our shareholders;

 

setting capital limits based on our risk appetite and strategy and having our lines of business optimize risk-adjusted returns within those limits;

 

maintaining a robust recovery framework that enables an effective and efficient response in a severe crisis;

 

using Economic Capital, regulatory capital and stress testing methodologies to understand our risks and guide our risk-return assessments;

 

targeting an investment grade credit rating at a level that allows competitive access to funding;

 

limiting exposure to low-frequency, high-severity events that could jeopardize BMO’s credit ratings, capital or liquidity position or reputation;

 

incorporating risk measures and risk-adjusted returns into our performance management system, including an assessment of performance against our risk appetite and return objectives in compensation decisions;

 

maintaining effective policies, procedures, guidelines, compliance standards and controls, training and management that will guide the business practices and risk-taking activities of all employees so that they are able to optimize risk-adjusted returns and adhere to all legal and regulatory obligations, thus protecting BMO’s reputation; and

 

protecting the assets of BMO and BMO’s clients by maintaining a system of prudent risk limits and strong operational risk controls.

Risk Limits

Our risk limits are shaped by our risk principles, reflect our risk appetite, and inform our business strategies and decisions. In particular, we consider risk diversification, exposure to loss and risk-adjusted returns when setting limits. These limits are reviewed and approved by the Board of Directors and/or management committees and include:

 

Credit and Counterparty Risk – limits on group and single-name exposures and material country, industry, and portfolio/product segments;

 

Market Risk – limits on economic value and earnings exposures to stress scenarios and significant movements;

 

Liquidity and Funding Risk – limits on minimum levels of liquid assets and maximum levels of asset pledging and wholesale funding, as well as guidelines related to liability diversification, financial condition, earnings at risk and economic value exposure;

 

Insurance Risk – limits on policy exposure and reinsurance arrangements; and

 

Model Risk – limits on model approval and modification exceptions, material deficiency extensions, and scheduled review extensions.

The Board of Directors, after considering recommendations from the RRC and the RMC, annually reviews and approves key risk limits and in turn delegates overall authority for them to the CEO. The CEO then delegates more specific authorities to the senior executives of the operating groups (first line of defence), who are responsible for the management of risk in their respective areas, and to the CRO (second line of defence). These delegated authorities allow the officers to set risk tolerances, approve geographic and industry sector exposure limits within defined parameters, and establish underwriting and inventory limits for trading and investment banking activities. The criteria whereby more specific authorities may be delegated across the organization, as well as the requirements relating to documentation, communication and monitoring of those specific delegated authorities, are set out in corporate policies and standards.

Risk Identification, Review and Approval

Risk identification is an essential step in recognizing the key inherent risks that we face, understanding the potential for loss and then acting to mitigate this potential. A Risk Register is maintained to comprehensively identify and manage key risks, supporting the implementation of the bank’s Risk Appetite Framework and assisting in identifying the primary risk categories for which Economic Capital is reported and stress capital consumption is estimated. Our enterprise-wide and targeted (industry/portfolio specific or ad-hoc) stress testing processes have been developed to assist in identifying and evaluating these risks. Risk review and approval processes are established based on the nature, size and complexity of the risks involved. Generally, this involves a formal review and approval by either an individual or a committee, independent of the originator. Delegated authorities and approvals by category are outlined below.

Portfolio transactions – transactions are approved through risk assessment processes for all types of transactions at all levels of the enterprise, which include operating group recommendations and ERPM approval of credit risk, and transactional and position limits for market risk.

Structured transactions – new structured products and transactions with significant legal, regulatory, accounting, tax or reputation risk are reviewed by the Reputation Risk Management Committee or the Trading Products Risk Committee, as appropriate, and are reviewed by our operational risk management process if they involve structural or operational complexity which may create operational risk.

Investment initiatives – documentation of risk assessments is formalized through our investment spending approval process, which is reviewed and approved by CSAs.

New products and services – policies and procedures for the approval of new or modified products and services offered to our customers are the responsibility of the first line of defence, including appropriate senior business leaders, and are reviewed and approved by subject matter experts and senior managers in CSAs, as well as by other senior management committees, including the Operational Risk Committee and Reputation Risk Management Committee, as appropriate.

 

86   BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016


Risk Monitoring

Enterprise-level risk transparency and monitoring and associated reporting are critical components of our risk management framework and corporate culture that allow senior management, committees and the Board of Directors to exercise their business management, risk management and oversight responsibilities at the enterprise, operating group and key legal entity levels. Internal reporting includes a synthesis of the key risks and associated metrics that the enterprise currently faces. Our reporting highlights our most significant risks, including assessments of our top and emerging risks, to provide the Board of Directors, its committees and any other appropriate executive and senior management committees with timely, actionable and forward-looking risk reporting. This reporting includes supporting metrics and materials to facilitate assessment of these risks relative to our risk appetite and the relevant limits established within our Risk Appetite Framework.

On a regular basis, reporting on risk issues is also provided to stakeholders, including regulators, external rating agencies and our shareholders, as well as to others in the investment community.

Risk-Based Capital Assessment

Two measures of risk-based capital are used by BMO: Economic Capital and Regulatory Capital. Both are aggregate measures of the risk that we take on in pursuit of our financial targets and enable us to evaluate returns on a risk-adjusted basis. Our operating model provides for the direct management of each type of risk, as well as the management of all material risks on an integrated basis. Measuring the economic profitability of transactions or portfolios incorporates a combination of both expected and unexpected losses to assess the extent and correlation of risk before authorizing new exposures. Both expected and unexpected loss measures for a transaction or a portfolio reflect current market conditions and, as appropriate, its credit quality. Risk-based capital methods and material models are reviewed at least annually and, if appropriate, recalibrated or revalidated. Our risk-based capital models provide a forward-looking estimate of the loss in economic or market value incurred over a specified time horizon at the defined confidence level, relative to the expected loss over the same time horizon.

Stress Testing

Stress testing is a key element of our risk and capital management frameworks. It is integrated in our enterprise and group risk appetite statements and embedded in our management processes. To evaluate our risks, we regularly test a range of scenarios varying in frequency, severity and complexity in our businesses and portfolios and across the enterprise. In addition, we also participate in regulatory stress tests in multiple jurisdictions. Governance of the stress testing framework resides with senior management, including the Enterprise Stress Testing Steering Committee. This committee is comprised of business, risk and finance executives and is accountable for the oversight of BMO’s enterprise stress testing and for reviewing and challenging associated scenarios and stress test results. Stress testing and enterprise-wide scenarios associated with the Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process (ICAAP), including recommended actions that the organization could take to manage the impact of the stress event, are established by senior management and presented to the Board of Directors. Stress testing associated with the Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review (CCAR) and the Dodd-Frank Capital Stress Test (DFAST) – which are U.S. regulatory requirements for our key U.S. subsidiaries – is subject to entity-specific governance.

Quantitative models and qualitative approaches are utilized to assess the impact of changes in the macroeconomic environment on our income statement and balance sheet and the resilience of our capital over a forecast horizon. Models used for stress testing are approved and governed through the Model Risk Management framework and are used as tools to better understand our risks as well as test our capital adequacy.

Enterprise Stress Testing

Enterprise stress testing supports our internal capital adequacy assessment and target-setting through analysis of the potential effects of low-frequency, high-severity events on our balance sheet, earnings, liquidity and capital positions. Scenario selection is a multi-step process that considers the enterprise’s material and idiosyncratic risks and the potential impact of new or emerging risks on our risk profile, as well as the macroeconomic environment. Scenarios may be defined by senior management or regulators, and the economic impacts are established by our Economics group. The Economics group does this by translating the scenarios into macroeconomic and market variables that include but are not limited to GDP growth, yield curve estimates, unemployment, real estate prices, stock index growth and changes in corporate profits. These macroeconomic variables are used to drive our stress loss models and the qualitative assessments that determine our estimated stress impacts. The scenarios are used by our operating, risk and finance groups to assess a broad range of financial impacts which could arise under such a stress and the ordinary course and extraordinary actions anticipated in response to stress.

Stress test results, including mitigating actions, are benchmarked and challenged by relevant business units and senior management, including the Enterprise Stress Testing Steering Committee.

Targeted Portfolio and Ad Hoc Stress Testing

Our stress testing framework integrates stress testing at the line of business, portfolio, industry, geography and product level and embeds it in strategy, business planning and decision-making. Targeted portfolio, industry and geographic analysis is conducted by risk management and by the business to test risk appetite, limits, concentration and strategy. Ad hoc stress testing is conducted in response to changing economic or market conditions and to test business strategies.

 

BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016     87   


 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

Credit and Counterparty Risk

 

 

Credit and counterparty risk is the potential for loss due to the failure of a borrower, endorser, guarantor or counterparty to repay a loan or honour another predetermined financial obligation.

 

Credit and counterparty risk underlies every lending activity that BMO enters into, and also arises in the holding of investment securities, transactions related to trading and other capital markets products and activities related to securitization. Credit risk is the most significant measurable risk BMO faces. Proper management of credit risk is essential to our success, since the failure to effectively manage credit risk could have an immediate and significant impact on our earnings, financial condition and reputation.

Credit and Counterparty Risk Governance

The objective of our credit risk management framework is to ensure all material credit risks to which the enterprise is exposed are identified, measured, managed, monitored and reported. The Risk Review Committee (RRC) of the Board of Directors has oversight of the management of all material risks faced by the enterprise, including the credit risk management framework. BMO’s credit risk management framework incorporates governing principles which are defined in a series of corporate policies and standards, and which flow through to more specific operating procedures. These are reviewed on a regular basis and modified when necessary to keep them current and consistent with BMO’s risk appetite. The structure, limits, collateral requirements, monitoring, reporting and ongoing management of our credit exposures are all governed by these credit risk management principles.

Lending officers in the operating groups are responsible for recommending credit decisions based on the completion of appropriate due diligence, and they assume accountability for the risks. Credit officers in ERPM approve these credit decisions and are accountable for providing both an objective assessment of the lending recommendations and independent oversight of the risks assumed by the lending officers. All of these experienced and skilled individuals are subject to a rigorous lending qualification process and operate in a disciplined environment with clear delegation of decision-making authority, including individually delegated lending limits, which are reviewed annually. The Board annually reviews our Credit Risk Management Policy and delegates to the CEO key exposure limits for further specific delegation to senior officers. Credit decision-making is conducted at the management level appropriate to the size and risk of each transaction in accordance with comprehensive corporate policies, standards and procedures governing the conduct of activities in which credit risk arises. Corporate Audit Division reviews and tests management processes and controls and samples credit transactions in order to assess adherence to credit terms and conditions, as well as to governing policies, standards and procedures.

All credit risk exposures are subject to regular monitoring. Performing accounts are reviewed on a regular basis, with most commercial and corporate accounts reviewed at least annually. The frequency of review increases in accordance with the likelihood and size of potential credit losses, with deteriorating higher-risk situations referred to specialized account management groups for closer attention, when appropriate. In addition, regular portfolio and sector reviews are carried out, including stress testing and scenario analysis based on current, emerging or prospective risks. Reporting is provided at least quarterly to RRC and senior management committees in order to keep them informed of credit risk developments in our portfolios, including changes in credit risk concentrations, watchlist accounts, impaired loans, allowances for credit losses, negative credit migration and significant emerging credit risk issues, and to facilitate any measures that they may decide to take, when necessary.

Counterparty credit risk (CCR) is the risk that a counterparty to a transaction could default or deteriorate in creditworthiness before the final settlement of funds. Unlike credit risk for a loan, when only the lending bank faces the risk of a direct loss, CCR creates a bilateral risk of loss because the market value of a transaction can be positive or negative to either counterparty. CCR exposures are subject to the same credit oversight, limit framework and approval process as outlined above. However, given the nature of risk, CCR is also monitored through the market risk framework and many are collateralized. In order to reduce the bank’s CCR, the bank will often use a designated clearing house or central counterparty (CCP) that intermediates between counterparties for contracts in financial markets. CCPs aim to mitigate the risk through the use of margin requirements (both initial and variation) and a default management process, including a default fund and other resources.

Credit and Counterparty Risk Management

Collateral Management

Collateral is used for credit and/or counterparty risk mitigation purposes to minimize losses that would otherwise be incurred in the event of a default. Depending on the type of borrower, the assets available and the structure and term of the credit obligations, collateral can take various forms. For corporate and commercial borrowers, collateral can take the form of pledges of the assets of a business, such as accounts receivable, inventory, machinery and real estate, or personal assets pledged in support of guarantees. Where possible, we may enter into legally enforceable netting agreements for on-balance sheet credit exposures. In our securities financing transaction business (including repurchase agreements and securities lending), we take eligible financial collateral that we control and can readily liquidate.

On a periodic basis, collateral is subject to regular revaluation specific to asset type. For loans, the value of collateral is initially established at the time of origination, and the frequency of revaluation is dependent on the type of collateral. Credit officers in ERPM provide independent oversight of collateral documentation and valuation. For collateral in the form of investor-owned commercial real estate, a full external appraisal of the property is obtained at the time of loan origination, except where the loan is below a specified threshold amount, in which case an internal evaluation and a site inspection are conducted. Internal evaluation methods may consider tax assessments, purchase prices, real estate listings or realtor opinions. The case for an updated appraisal is reviewed annually, with consideration given to the borrower risk rating, existing tenants and lease contracts, as well as current market conditions. In the event a loan is classified as impaired, depending on its size, a current external appraisal, evaluation or restricted use appraisal is obtained and updated every 12 months while the loan is classified as impaired. In Canada, residential real estate that has a loan-to-value (LTV) ratio of less than 80%, an external property appraisal is routinely obtained at the time of loan origination. In certain low LTV ratio cases, BMO may use an external service provided by Canada Mortgage and Housing Corporation to assist in determining whether a full property appraisal is necessary. For high LTV ratio in Canada (greater than 80%) insured mortgages, BMO obtains the value of the property and the default insurer confirms the value.

Collateral for our trading counterparty exposures is primarily comprised of cash and high-quality liquid securities (U.S. and Canadian treasury securities, U.S. agency securities and Canadian provincial government securities) that are monitored and revalued on a daily basis. Collateral is

 

Material presented in a blue-tinted font above is an integral part of the 2016 annual consolidated financial statements (see page 79).

 

88   BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016


obtained under the contractual terms of standardized industry documentation. With limited exceptions, we utilize the International Swaps and Derivatives Association Inc. (ISDA) Master Agreement with a Credit Support Annex to document our collateralized trading relationships with our counterparties for over-the-counter (OTC) derivatives that are not centrally cleared. Credit Support Annexes entitle a party to demand collateral (or other credit support) when its OTC derivatives exposure to the other party exceeds an agreed amount (threshold). Collateral transferred can include an independent amount (initial margin) and/or variation margin. Credit Support Annexes contain, among other things, provisions setting out acceptable collateral types and how they are to be valued (discounts are often applied to the market values), as well as thresholds, whether or not the collateral can be re-pledged by the recipient and how interest is to be calculated.

To document our contractual securities financing relationships with our counterparties, we utilize master repurchase agreements for repurchase transactions and, for securities lending transactions, we utilize master securities lending agreements. Many G20 jurisdictions are implementing new regulations which will require certain counterparties with significant OTC derivatives exposures to post or collect prescribed types and amounts of collateral for uncleared OTC derivatives transactions. See Legal and Regulatory Risk – Derivatives Reform on page 111.

Portfolio Management

BMO’s credit risk governance policies require an acceptable level of diversification. Limits may be specified for several portfolio dimensions, including industry, specialty segments (e.g., hedge funds and leveraged lending), country, product and single-name concentrations. At year end, our credit assets consisted of a well-diversified portfolio comprised of millions of clients, the majority of them consumers and small to medium-sized businesses. The diversification of our credit exposure may be supplemented by the purchase or sale of credit protection through guarantees, insurance or credit default swaps.

Wrong-way Risk

Wrong-way risk occurs when exposure to a counterparty is highly correlated with the credit quality of collateral or some other intended mitigant of the risk related to that counterparty. There is specific wrong-way risk, which arises when the counterparty and the market risk factors affecting that mitigant display a high correlation, and general wrong-way risk, which arises when the credit quality of the counterparty, for non-specific reasons, is highly correlated with macroeconomic or other factors that affect the value of the mitigant. Our procedures require that specific wrong-way risk be identified in transactions and accounted for in the assessment of risk. Stress testing of replacement risk is conducted monthly and can be used to identify existing or emerging concentrations of general wrong-way risk in our portfolios.

Credit and Counterparty Risk Measurement

We quantify credit risk at both the individual borrower or counterparty and the portfolio level. In order to limit earnings volatility, manage expected credit losses and minimize unexpected losses, credit risk is assessed and measured using the following risk-based parameters:

Exposure at Default (EAD) represents an estimate of the outstanding amount of a credit exposure at the time a default may occur. For off-balance sheet amounts and undrawn amounts, EAD includes an estimate of any further amounts that may be drawn at the time of default.

Loss Given Default (LGD) is a measure of our economic loss, such as the amount that may not be recovered in the event of a default, presented as a proportion of the exposure at default.

Probability of Default (PD) represents the likelihood that a borrower or counterparty will go into default over a one-year time horizon, estimated at a high confidence level.

Expected Loss (EL) is a measure representing the loss that is expected to occur in the normal course of business in a given period of time. EL is calculated as a function of EAD, LGD and PD.

For inclusion in regulatory capital calculations, OSFI permits three approaches for the measurement of credit risk: Standardized, Foundation Internal Ratings Based and Advanced Internal Ratings Based (AIRB). Subject to a Basel I Floor, we apply the AIRB Approach for the measurement of credit risk in most of our portfolios, including portfolios of our subsidiary BMO Financial Corp. The Basel III Standardized Approach is currently being used for regulatory capital calculations related to the acquired Marshall & Isley Corporation and GE Transportation Finance portfolios, and to a few other immaterial exposures. We continue to transition these portfolios to the AIRB Approach.

Risk Rating Systems

BMO’s risk rating systems are designed to assess and measure the risk of any exposure. The rating systems differ for retail (consumer and small business) and wholesale (corporate, commercial and sovereign) portfolios.

Credit risk measures are validated and back-tested regularly – quarterly in the case of retail models and annually in the case of wholesale models. Please refer to pages 108 and 109 for a discussion of our model risk mitigation processes.

Retail (Consumer and Small Business)

The retail portfolios are comprised of a diversified group of individual customer accounts and include residential mortgages, personal loans, credit cards and small business loans. These loans are managed in pools of homogeneous risk exposures. For these pools, decision support systems are developed using established statistical techniques and expert systems for underwriting and monitoring purposes. Adjudication models, behavioural scorecards, decision trees and expert knowledge are combined to produce optimal credit decisions in a centralized and automated environment.

The retail risk rating system assesses the borrower’s risk based on a narrow range of likely expected conditions, primarily more recent in nature, including delinquency, loan-to-value ratio and loan utilization rate. Product lines within each of the retail risk areas are separately modelled so that the risk-based parameters capture the distinct nature of each product. A final segmentation then sorts each exposure within a product line into homogeneous pools of retail risk that reflect common risk-based parameters. Each pool is assigned a unique combination of PD, LGD and EAD parameters that captures its segment-specific credit risk.

The retail risk rating system is designed to generate estimates of the value of credit risk parameters as accurately as possible but is subject to uncertainty. During the calibration process, adjustments are made at the parameter level for each segment to account for this uncertainty. The retail

 

Material presented in a blue-tinted font above is an integral part of the 2016 annual consolidated financial statements (see page 79).

 

BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016     89   


 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

parameters are tested quarterly, and are calibrated on an annual basis to incorporate additional data points in the parameter estimation process, ensuring that the most recent experience is incorporated.

Retail Credit Probability of Default Bands by Risk Rating

 

Risk profile      Probability of default band

Exceptionally low

     £ 0.05%

Very low

     > 0.05% to 0.20%

Low

     > 0.20% to 0.75%

Medium

     > 0.75% to 7.00%

High

     > 7.00% to 99.99%

Default

     100%

Wholesale (Corporate, Commercial and Sovereign)

Within wholesale portfolios, we utilize an enterprise-wide risk rating framework that is applied to all of our sovereign, bank, corporate and commercial counterparties. One key element of this framework is the assignment of appropriate borrower or counterparty risk ratings (BRRs). A suite of general and sector-specific risk rating models have been developed within each asset class in order to capture the key quantitative and qualitative risk factors associated with borrowers in different industries and portfolios. Risk ratings are assigned using the appropriate internal model. BRRs are assessed and assigned at the time of loan origination and reviewed at least annually. More frequent reviews are conducted for borrowers with weaker risk ratings, borrowers that trigger a review through a rating change or that experience covenant breaches, and borrowers requiring or requesting changes to credit facilities. The assigned ratings are mapped to a PD over a one-year time horizon. As a borrower migrates between risk ratings, the PD associated with the borrower changes.

BMO employs a master scale with 14 BRRs above default, and PDs are assigned to each grade within an asset class to reflect the long-run average of one-year default rates. PD estimates are updated periodically based on internal default experience over a period of more than five years that covers at least one full economic cycle, supplemented by external benchmarking, as applicable.

BMO also assigns an LGD estimate to each separate facility provided to a borrower at the time of origination. An LGD estimate is a measure of the potential economic loss that would be incurred for a facility if the borrower were to default during a period of economic distress. The LGD estimate provides an inverse measure of the protection against loss afforded by the assigned collateral, as applicable, and considers the supporting structural elements of the facility, including seniority, margin arrangements, and product and sectoral characteristics. LGD models have been developed for each asset class using internal data that covers a period of more than seven years, and results are benchmarked using external data, when necessary.

As demonstrated in the table below, our internal risk rating system corresponds in a logical manner to those of external rating agencies.

Wholesale Borrower Risk Rating Scale

 

BMO rating   

Moody’s Investors Service

implied equivalent

   Standard & Poor’s
implied equivalent
 

Acceptable

        

I-1 to I-3

   Aaa to Aa3      AAA to AA-   

I-4 to I-5

   A1 to Baa1      A+ to BBB+   

I-6 to I-7

   Baa2 to Baa3      BBB to BBB-   

S-1 to S-2

   Ba1 to Ba2      BB+ to BB   

S-3 to S-4

   Ba3 to B1      BB- to B+   

Watchlist

     

P-1 to P-3

   B2 to Ca      B to CC   

Default/Impaired

  

T1, D-1 to D-4

   C      D   

Credit Quality Information

Portfolio Review

Total enterprise-wide credit exposure was $681 billion at October 31, 2016, comprised of $388 billion in Canada, $264 billion in the United States and $29 billion in other jurisdictions. This represents an increase of $59 billion or 9% from the prior year. Additional information can be found in Note 5 on page 156 of the financial statements.

BMO’s loan book continues to be well-diversified by industry and geographic region. Gross loans and acceptances increased by $38 billion or 11% from the prior year to $374 billion at October 31, 2016. The geographic mix of our Canadian and U.S. portfolios was relatively consistent with the prior year, and represented 64.5% and 32.6% of total loans, respectively, compared with 66.6% and 30.1% in 2015. The consumer loan portfolio represented 49.5% of the total portfolio, a decrease from 53.4% in 2015. Business and government loans represented 50.5% of the total portfolio, up from 46.6% in 2015. Our loan portfolio is well-diversified by industry and we continue to proactively monitor industry sectors that we consider warrant closer attention, including Canadian consumer loans and U.S. and Canadian direct and indirect oil and gas exposures.

Further details on our loan book, including detailed breakdowns by industry and geographic region, can be found in Tables 7 to 15 on pages 128 to 134 and in Note 5 on page 156 of the financial statements. Details related to our credit exposures are discussed in Note 4 on page 153 of the financial statements.

 

Material presented in a blue-tinted font above is an integral part of the 2016 annual consolidated financial statements (see page 79).

 

90   BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016


Real Estate Secured Lending

Residential mortgage and home equity line of credit (HELOC) exposures continue to be of interest in the current environment. BMO regularly performs stress testing on its residential mortgage and HELOC portfolios to evaluate the potential effects of high-impact events. These stress tests incorporate scenarios ranging from moderately to severely adverse. The credit losses forecast in these tests vary with the severity of the scenario and are considered to be manageable.

Provision for Credit Losses (PCL)

Total PCL was $815 million in the current year, up 33% from $612 million in 2015. Detailed discussions of our PCL, including historical trends in PCL, are provided on page 42, in Table 15 on page 134 and in Note 4 on page 153 of the financial statements.

Gross Impaired Loans (GIL)

Total GIL increased by $373 million or 19% from 2015 to $2,332 million in 2016, with increases in both Canada and the United States, due to an increase in oil and gas impaired loans and the impact of the stronger U.S. dollar. GIL as a percentage of gross loans and acceptances also increased over the prior year from 0.58% in 2015 to 0.62% in 2016.

Factors contributing to the change in GIL are outlined in the table below. Loans classified as impaired during the year increased from $1,921 million in 2015 to $2,512 million in 2016, in part due to an increase in oil and gas impaired formations. On a geographic basis, the United States accounted for the majority of impaired loan formations, comprising 56.8% of total formations in 2016, compared with 55.6% in 2015. Detailed breakdowns of impaired loans by geographic region and industry can be found in Table 11 on page 130 and in Note 4 on page 153 of the financial statements.

Changes in Gross Impaired Loans and Acceptances (1)

 

(Canadian $ in millions, except as noted)

For the year ended October 31

  2016     2015     2014  

GIL, beginning of year

    1,959        2,048        2,544   

Classified as impaired during the year

    2,512        1,921        2,142   

Transferred to not impaired during the year

    (577     (556     (669

Net repayments

    (869     (700     (1,059

Amounts written off

    (706     (704     (801

Recoveries of loans and advances previously written off

                    

Disposals of loans

    (34     (252     (220

Foreign exchange and other movements

    47        202        111   

GIL, end of year

    2,332        1,959        2,048   

GIL as a % of gross loans and acceptances

    0.62        0.58        0.67   

 

  (1) GIL excludes purchased credit impaired loans.

Allowance for Credit Losses (ACL)

Across all loan portfolios, BMO employs a disciplined approach to provisioning and loan loss evaluation, with the prompt identification of problem loans being a key risk management objective. BMO maintains both specific and collective allowances for credit losses. Specific allowances reduce the aggregate carrying value of credit assets for which there is evidence of deterioration in credit quality. BMO also maintains a collective allowance in order to cover any impairment in the existing loan portfolio that cannot yet be associated with individually identified loans. Our approach to establishing and maintaining the collective allowance is based on the requirements of IFRS, in conjunction with guidelines issued by our regulator, OSFI. Our collective allowance methodology groups loans on the basis of similar credit risk characteristics, and applies quantitative and qualitative factors to determine the appropriate level for the collective allowance. The quantitative component of the methodology measures expected long-run losses based on the PD, LGD and EAD risk parameters used in the models we employ to estimate risk-based capital. For commercial and corporate loans, key determinants of incurred but not identified losses include the underlying risk rating of the borrower, industry sector, credit product and amount and quality of collateral held. For consumer and small business loans, exposures are pooled based on similar risk characteristics and the levels of incurred but not identified losses are determined based on the long-run default and historical loss experience of each pool. The qualitative component of the methodology reflects management’s judgment with respect to current and near-term macroeconomic and business conditions, portfolio-specific considerations, credit quality trends, changes in lending practices and model factors. We review the collective allowance on a quarterly basis.

BMO maintains the allowance for credit losses at a level that we consider adequate to absorb credit-related losses. As at October 31, 2016, our ACL was $2,114 million, comprised of specific allowances of $432 million and a collective allowance of $1,682 million. This includes specific allowances of $27 million and a collective allowance of $162 million related to undrawn commitments and letters of credit that are considered other credit instruments and recorded in other liabilities. Total ACL increased year over year by $62 million, in part due to the impact of the stronger U.S. dollar. Our coverage ratios remain adequate, with specific ACL as a percentage of GIL at 17.4%.

The collective allowance increased by $22 million from 2015 to $1,682 million in 2016. The collective allowance remains adequate and at year end represented 0.76% of credit risk-weighted assets.

Factors contributing to the change in ACL are outlined in the following table. Further details on changes in ACL by country and portfolio can be found in Tables 12 and 13 on page 132 and in Note 4 on page 153 of the financial statements.

 

BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016     91   


 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

Changes in Allowance for Credit Losses (1)

 

(Canadian $ in millions, except as noted)

For the year ended October 31

  2016     2015     2014  

Specific ACL, beginning of year

    392        424        485   

Specific PCL (charge to income statement)

    815        612        561   

Recoveries of amounts written off in previous years

    343        456        624   

Write-offs

    (1,047     (1,065     (1,149

Foreign exchange and other movements

    (71     (35     (97

Specific ACL, end of year

    432        392        424   

Collective ACL, beginning of year

    1,660        1,542        1,485   

Collective PCL (charge to income statement)

                    

Foreign exchange and other movements

    22        118        57   

Collective ACL, end of year

    1,682        1,660        1,542   

Total ACL

    2,114        2,052        1,966   

Comprised of:

     

Loans

    1,925        1,855        1,734   

Specific allowance for other credit instruments

    27        35        50   

Collective allowance for other credit instruments

    162        162        182   

Specific ACL as a % of GIL (2)

    17.4        18.2        18.3   

 

  (1) Includes allowances related to other credit instruments that are included in other liabilities.
  (2) Ratio excludes specific allowances for other credit instruments that are included in other liabilities.

 

92   BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016


European Exposures

BMO’s geographic exposures are subject to a country risk management framework that incorporates economic and political assessments and management of exposure within limits based on product, entity and the country of ultimate risk. We closely monitor our European exposures, and our risk management processes incorporate stress tests as appropriate to assess our potential risk. Our exposure to European countries, as at October 31, 2016, including Greece, Ireland, Italy, Portugal and Spain (GIIPS), is set out in the tables that follow.

The table below outlines total net portfolio exposures for funded lending, securities (inclusive of credit default swap (CDS) activity), repo-style transactions and derivatives. Funded lending is detailed by counterparty type, as well as by total commitments compared to the funded amount, in the table on page 94.

European Exposure by Country and Counterparty (1)

 

(Canadian $ in millions)

As at October 31, 2016

   Funded lending (2)            Securities (3)(4)            Repo-style transactions and derivatives (5)(6)            Total net
exposure
 
Country    Total            Bank      Corporate      Sovereign      Total            Bank      Corporate      Sovereign      Total           

GIIPS

                                   

Greece

                                                                                     

Ireland (7)

     25                                             299         55                 354           379   

Italy

                                                 2         3                 5           5   

Portugal

                                                                                     

Spain

     53           6                         6           1                         1           60   

Total – GIIPS

     78           6                         6           302         58                 360           444   

Eurozone (excluding GIIPS)

                                   

France

     111           76         1         171         248           43                 16         59           418   

Germany

     133                   33         1,173         1,206           49         5         9         63           1,402   

Luxembourg

     291                                                     36                 36           327   

Netherlands

     502           388         14         135         537           9         40                 49           1,088   

Other (8)

     27                           101         101           2         3         7         12           140   

Total – Eurozone (excluding GIIPS)

     1,064           464         48         1,580         2,092           103         84         32         219           3,375   

Rest of Europe

                                   

Denmark

     11           304                 50         354           2                         2           367   

Norway

     135           653                         653                                             788   

Sweden

     59           108                 242         350           3                         3           412   

United Kingdom

     543           68         57         313         438           1,294         143         9         1,446           2,427   

Other (8)

     133                                             58         9                 67           200   

Total – Rest of Europe

     881           1,133         57         605         1,795           1,357         152         9         1,518           4,194   

Total – All of Europe (9)

     2,023           1,603         105         2,185         3,893           1,762         294         41         2,097           8,013   
As at October 31, 2015    Funded lending (2)            Securities (3)            Repo-style transactions and derivatives (5)(6)            Total net
exposure
 
Country    Total            Bank      Corporate      Sovereign      Total            Bank      Corporate      Sovereign      Total           

Total – GIIPS

     73                                             8         24                 32           105   

Total – Eurozone (excluding GIIPS)

     640           535         14         1,801         2,350           93         36         8         137           3,127   

Total – Rest of Europe

     523           1,217         49         946         2,212           736         16         1         753           3,488   

Total – All of Europe (9)

     1,236           1,752         63         2,747         4,562           837         76         9         922           6,720   

 

  (1) BMO has the following indirect exposures to Europe as at October 31, 2016:
  Collateral of 427 million to support trading activity in securities (13 million from GIIPS) and 70 million of cash collateral held.
  Guarantees of $1.2 billion ($28 million to GIIPS).
  (2) Funded lending includes loans.
  (3) Securities include cash products, insurance investments and traded credit.
  (4) BMO’s total net notional CDS exposure (embedded as part of the securities exposure in this table) to Europe was $258 million, with no net single-name* CDS exposure to GIIPS countries as at October 31, 2016 (*includes a net position of $162 million (bought protection) on a CDS Index, of which 19% is comprised of GIIPS domiciled entities).
  (5) Repo-style transactions are primarily with bank counterparties for which BMO holds collateral ($9.6 billion for Europe as at October 31, 2016).
  (6) Derivatives amounts are marked-to-market, incorporating transaction netting where master netting agreements with counterparties have been entered into, and collateral offsets for counterparties where a Credit Support Annex is in effect.
  (7) Does not include Irish subsidiary reserves we are required to maintain with the Irish Central Bank of $108 million as at October 31, 2016.
  (8) Includes countries with less than $300 million net exposure, with $15 million exposure to the Russian Federation as at October 31, 2016.
  (9) Of our total net direct exposure to Europe, approximately 57% was to counterparties in countries with a rating of Aaa/AAA from at least one of Moody’s and S&P.

 

BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016     93   


 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

European Lending Exposure by Country and Counterparty (9)

 

     Lending (2)  

(Canadian $ in millions)

Country

   Funded lending as at October 31, 2016            As at October 31, 2016            As at October 31, 2015  
   Bank      Corporate      Sovereign            Commitments      Funded            Commitments      Funded  

GIIPS

                        

Greece

                                                           

Ireland (7)

             25                   126         25           27         8   

Italy

                                                 2         2   

Portugal

                                                           

Spain

     43         10                   80         53           75         63   

Total – GIIPS

     43         35                   206         78           104         73   

Eurozone (excluding GIIPS)

                        

France

     111                           155         111           64         30   

Germany

     19         113         1           207         133           79         72   

Luxembourg

     81         210                   409         291           328         159   

Netherlands

     56         446                   661         502           346         245   

Other (8)

     10         17                   27         27           231         134   

Total – Eurozone (excluding GIIPS)

     277         786         1           1,459         1,064           1,048         640   

Rest of Europe

                        

Denmark

     11                           11         11           6         6   

Norway

     26         109                   200         135           26         26   

Sweden

     8         51                   202         59           150         13   

United Kingdom

     76         467                   808         543           459         387   

Other (8)

     29         104                   215         133           137         91   

Total – Rest of Europe

     150         731                   1,436         881           778         523   

Total – All of Europe (9)

     470         1,552         1           3,101         2,023           1,930         1,236   

Refer to footnotes in the table on page 93.

Derivative Transactions

The following table represents the notional amounts of our over-the-counter (OTC) derivative contracts, comprised of those which are centrally cleared and settled through a designated clearing house or central counterparty and those which are non-centrally cleared. Designated clearing houses and central counterparties are established under the supervision of central banks or other similar regulatory authorities and, as financial market infrastructure, must satisfy certain financial resilience requirements. Generally speaking, to centrally clear, BMO acquires a membership in the central counterparty and, in addition to providing collateral to protect the central counterparty against BMO risk, BMO is at risk as a member for its contribution to a default fund and may be called on to make additional contributions, or to provide other support in the event another member defaults.

The notional amounts of our derivatives represent the amount to which a rate or price is applied in order to calculate the amount of cash that must be exchanged under the contract. Notional amounts do not represent assets or liabilities and therefore are not recorded in our Consolidated Balance Sheet. The fair values of OTC derivative contracts are recorded in our Consolidated Balance Sheet.

Over-the-Counter Derivatives (1) (Notional amounts)

 

(Canadian $ in millions)   Non-centrally cleared           Centrally cleared           Total  
As at October 31   2016     2015           2016     2015           2016     2015  

Interest Rate Contracts

               

Swaps

    575,523        690,375          2,151,178        2,269,412          2,726,701        2,959,787   

Forward rate agreements

    1,288        2,563          429,219        430,181          430,507        432,744   

Purchased options

    29,508        21,344                          29,508        21,344   

Written options

    43,921        24,154                          43,921        24,154   

Total interest rate contracts

    650,240        738,436          2,580,397        2,699,593          3,230,637        3,438,029   

Foreign Exchange Contracts

               

Cross-currency swaps

    89,354        76,083                          89,354        76,083   

Cross-currency interest rate swaps

    382,666        339,467                          382,666        339,467   

Forward foreign exchange contracts

    409,189        393,098                          409,189        393,098   

Purchased options

    29,876        28,297                          29,876        28,297   

Written options

    30,405        28,960                          30,405        28,960   

Total foreign exchange contracts

    941,490        865,905                          941,490        865,905   

Commodity Contracts

               

Swaps

    13,603        11,929                          13,603        11,929   

Purchased options

    6,828        6,172                          6,828        6,172   

Written options

    4,672        4,103                          4,672        4,103   

Total commodity contracts

    25,103        22,204                          25,103        22,204   

Equity Contracts

    58,313        47,114                          58,313        47,114   

Credit Default Swaps

               

Purchased

    1,730        4,365          1,303        1,054          3,033        5,419   

Written

    793        9,154          188                 981        9,154   

Total credit default swaps

    2,523        13,519          1,491        1,054          4,014        14,573   

Total

    1,677,669        1,687,178          2,581,888        2,700,647          4,259,557        4,387,825   

 

(1) Certain comparative figures have been reclassified to conform with the current year’s presentation.

 

94   BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016


Market Risk

 

Market risk is the potential for adverse changes in the value of BMO’s assets and liabilities resulting from changes in market variables such as interest rates, foreign exchange rates, equity and commodity prices and their implied volatilities, and credit spreads, and includes the risk of credit migration and default in our trading book.

BMO incurs market risk in its trading and underwriting activities and structural banking activities. The magnitude and importance of these activities to the enterprise, along with the relative uncertainty of daily changes in market variables, require a strong and balanced market risk structure that incorporates appropriate and reliable governance, management and measurement. The bank continued to enhance its three-lines-of-defence framework in all areas of Market Risk management in 2016.

Trading and Underwriting Market Risk Governance

As part of our enterprise-wide risk management framework, we apply comprehensive governance and management processes to our market risk-taking activities. The RRC has oversight of the management of market risk and approves the market risk Corporate Policy, along with limits governing market risk exposures. The RMC, which recommends the market risk Corporate Policy for approval, regularly reviews and discusses significant market risk issues and positions, and provides senior management oversight. These committees are informed of specific risk exposures or other factors that could expose BMO to unusual, unexpected, inappropriate or otherwise not fully identified or quantified risks associated with market or traded credit exposures, as well as other relevant market risk issues. In addition, all individuals authorized to conduct trading and underwriting activities on behalf of BMO are appropriately notified of BMO’s risk-taking governance, authority structure, procedures and processes, are given guidance on the relevant corporate policies and standards, and are required to adhere to those policies and standards and to trade and maintain exposures within specified limits and risk tolerances.

Trading and Underwriting Market Risk Management

We have an independent and professional market risk oversight group that identifies, measures, and limits the market risk inherent in the bank. We monitor an extensive range of risk metrics, including Value at Risk (VaR), Stressed Value at Risk (SVaR), stress and scenario tests, risk sensitivities and operational metrics. We apply a comprehensive set of limits to these metrics with appropriate monitoring, reporting, and escalation of limit breaches. Risk profiles of our trading and underwriting activities are maintained within our risk appetite and supporting limits, and are monitored and reported to traders, management, senior executives and Board committees. Further key controls include the independent valuation of financial assets and liabilities, as well as compliance with our model risk management framework to mitigate model risk.

BMO’s Market Risk group also provides oversight of structural market risk, which is managed by BMO’s Corporate Treasury group and described on page 98.

Valuation Product Control

Within the Market Risk group, the Valuation Product Control (VPC) group is responsible for the independent valuation of all trading and available-for-sale (AFS) portfolios within Capital Markets Trading Products and Corporate Treasury, to confirm that they are materially accurate by:

 

developing and maintaining valuation adjustment policies and procedures in accordance with regulatory requirements and IFRS;

 

establishing official rate sources for valuation of all portfolios; and

 

providing an independent review of portfolios where prices supplied by traders are used for valuation.

Trader valuations are reviewed to determine whether they align with an independent assessment of the market value of the related portfolio. If a valuation difference exceeds the prescribed tolerance threshold, a valuation adjustment is recorded in accordance with our accounting policy and regulatory requirements. Prior to the final month-end general ledger close, the Valuation Operating Committee, comprised of key stakeholders from the lines of business, Market Risk, Capital Markets Finance, Corporate Treasury and the Chief Accountant’s Group, reviews all valuation adjustments that are proposed by the VPC group.

The Valuation Steering Committee is BMO’s senior management valuation committee. It meets at least monthly to address the more challenging material valuation issues related to BMO’s portfolios, approves valuation adjustments and methodology changes, and acts as a key forum for discussing positions categorized as Level 3 inputs for financial reporting purposes and their inherent uncertainty.

At a minimum, the following are considered when determining appropriate valuation adjustments: credit valuation adjustments, closeout costs, uncertainty, funding valuation adjustments, liquidity and model risk. A fair value hierarchy is used to categorize the inputs used in the valuation of securities, liabilities, derivative assets and derivative liabilities. Level 1 inputs consist of quoted market prices, Level 2 inputs consist of models that use observable market information and Level 3 inputs consist of results from models for which observable market information is not available. Details of Level 1, Level 2 and Level 3 fair value measurements can be found in Note 17 on page 177 of the financial statements.

Trading and Underwriting Market Risk Measurement

To capture, measure, and control the multi-dimensional aspects of market risk effectively, a number of metrics and techniques are used, including VaR, SVaR, stress testing, sensitivities, position concentrations, notional values, and revenue losses.

 

Value at Risk (VaR) is measured for specific classes of risk in BMO’s trading and underwriting activities related to interest rates, foreign exchange rates, credit spreads, equity and commodity prices and their implied volatilities. This measure calculates the maximum loss likely to be experienced in the trading and underwriting portfolios, measured at a 99% confidence level over a specified holding period.

Stressed Value at Risk (SVaR) is measured for specific classes of risk in BMO’s trading and underwriting activities related to interest rates, foreign exchange rates, credit spreads, equity and commodity prices and their implied volatilities, where model inputs are calibrated to historical data from a period of significant financial stress. This measure calculates the maximum loss likely to be experienced in the trading and underwriting portfolios, measured at a 99% confidence level over a specified holding period.

 

Material presented in a blue-tinted font above is an integral part of the 2016 annual consolidated financial statements (see page 79).

 

BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016     95   


 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

Although it is a valuable indicator of risk, VaR should always be viewed in the context of its limitations. Among these limitations is the assumption that all positions can be liquidated within the assigned one-day holding period (ten-day holding period for regulatory calculations), which may not be the case in illiquid market conditions, and that historical data can be used as a proxy to forecast future market events. Generally, market liquidity horizons are reviewed for suitability and updated where appropriate for relevant risk metrics. Scenario analysis and probabilistic stress testing are performed daily to determine the potential impact of unusual and/or unexpected market changes on our portfolios. As well, historical and event stresses are tested on a weekly basis, including tests of scenarios such as the stock market crash of 1987 and the collapse of Lehman Brothers in 2008. Targeted portfolio and risks or other ad-hoc analyses are conducted to examine our sensitivity to low-frequency, high-severity hypothetical scenarios. Scenarios are amended, added or removed to better reflect changes in underlying market conditions. The results are reported to the lines of business, the RMC and the RRC on a regular basis. Stress testing is limited by the fact that not all downside scenarios can be predicted and effectively modelled. Neither VaR nor stress testing should be viewed as a definitive predictor of the maximum amount of losses that could occur in any one day, because these measures are based on models and estimates (such as confidence levels) and their results could be exceeded in highly volatile market conditions. On a daily basis, exposures are aggregated by lines of business and risk type and monitored against delegated limit levels, and the results are reported to the appropriate stakeholders. BMO has a robust governance process in place designed to ensure adherence to delegated market risk limits. Amounts exceeding those limits are reported to senior management on a timely basis for resolution and appropriate action.

In addition, we measure the market risk for trading and underwriting portfolios that meet regulatory criteria for trading book capital treatment using the Internal Models Approach. For trading and underwriting portfolios covered by the Internal Models Approach, VaR is computed using BMO’s Trading Book VaR model. This is a Monte Carlo scenario simulation model, and its results are used for market risk management and reporting of exposures. The model computes one-day VaR results using a 99% confidence level, and those results reflect the historical correlations between the different classes of market risk factors. We also apply this approach in measuring the market risk for portfolios that are accorded banking book regulatory capital treatment.

We use a variety of methods to verify the integrity of our risk models, including the application of back-testing against hypothetical losses. This process assumes there are no changes in the previous day’s closing positions and then isolates the effects of each day’s price movements against those closing positions. Models are validated by assessing how often the calculated hypothetical losses exceed the VaR measure over a defined period. This testing is aligned with defined regulatory expectations, and its results confirm the reliability of our models. The volatility data and correlations that underpin our models are updated monthly, so that VaR measures reflect current conditions.

Our models are used to determine market risk Economic Capital for each of our lines of business and to determine regulatory capital. For capital calculation purposes, the longer holding periods and/or higher confidence levels that are used are not necessarily the same as those employed in day-to-day risk management. Under the Model Risk Corporate Policy, models are subject to validation by our Model Risk Validation group prior to use. The Model Risk Corporate Policy outlines minimum requirements for the identification, assessment, monitoring and management of models and model risk across the enterprise, and is described on page 107.

The end of the year calculation of Total Trading VaR decreased year over year, while Total Trading Stressed VaR increased. Average fiscal 2016 daily/weekly calculations for both figures ended within 10% of the average of fiscal 2015. Over the year, methodology changes had the largest effects on average Interest Rate VaR for both VaR and SVaR, where there was a large increase, and on average Credit VaR, where there was a significant decrease. Equity and foreign exchange VaR figures were affected by lower exposures.

Total Trading Value at Risk (VaR) Summary (1)

 

As at or for the year ended October 31

(pre-tax Canadian $ equivalent in millions)

  2016     2015  
  Year-end     Average     High     Low     Year-end  

Commodity VaR

    (0.7     (0.5     (1.4     (0.3     (0.4

Equity VaR

    (4.5     (6.1     (9.9     (3.1     (6.9

Foreign exchange VaR

    (1.8     (1.0     (3.3     (0.3     (2.6

Interest rate VaR

    (10.3     (10.2     (16.2     (5.6     (10.5

Credit VaR

    (2.0     (2.5     (5.0     (1.4     (2.7

Diversification

    9.3        8.7        nm        nm        9.8   

Total Trading VaR

    (10.0     (11.6     (18.8     (6.5     (13.3
Total Trading Stressed Value at Risk (SVaR) Summary (1)(2)  

As at or for the year ended October 31

(pre-tax Canadian $ equivalent in millions)

  2016     2015  
  Year-end     Average     High     Low     Year-end  

Commodity SVaR

    (1.4     (1.1     (2.0     (0.6     (0.7

Equity SVaR

    (18.7     (14.3     (20.8     (9.2     (17.6

Foreign exchange SVaR

    (3.2     (1.5     (4.7     (0.3     (2.2

Interest rate SVaR

    (23.1     (14.6     (24.6     (7.1     (10.4

Credit SVaR

    (6.5     (6.0     (10.1     (2.8     (5.2

Diversification

    25.8        17.3        nm        nm        15.0   

Total Trading SVaR

    (27.1     (20.2     (27.1     (14.4     (21.1

 

  (1) One-day measure using a 99% confidence interval. Losses are in brackets and benefits are presented as positive numbers.
  (2) Stressed VaR is produced weekly.

nm – not meaningful

 

Material presented in a blue-tinted font above is an integral part of the 2016 annual consolidated financial statements (see page 79).

 

96   BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016


Trading Net Revenue

The charts below present daily net revenues plotted against total trading and AFS VaR, along with a representation of daily net revenue distribution. During the current year, the largest loss occurred on February 11, and was the result of normal trading activity and valuation adjustments. The largest gain occurred on May 31, and was primarily due to normal trading and underwriting activity.

 

LOGO

 

LOGO

 

BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016     97   


 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

Linkages between Balance Sheet Items and Market Risk Disclosures

The table below presents items reported in our Consolidated Balance Sheet that are subject to market risk, comprised of balances that are subject to either traded risk or non-traded risk measurement techniques.

 

    As at October 31, 2016           As at October 31, 2015      
          Subject to market risk                       Subject to market risk            
(Canadian $ in millions)  

Consolidated

Balance Sheet

   

Traded

risk (1)

    

Non-traded

risk (2)

    Not subject to
market risk
          

Consolidated

Balance Sheet

   

Traded

risk (1)

    

Non-traded

risk (2)

    Not subject to
market risk
   

Main risk factors

for non-traded
risk balances

Assets Subject to Market Risk

                     

Cash and cash equivalents

    31,653                31,653                 40,295                40,295             Interest rate

Interest bearing deposits with banks

    4,449        258         4,191                 7,382        1,212         6,170             Interest rate

Securities

                                    

Trading

   

 

84,458

 

  

 

   

 

76,297

 

  

 

    

 

8,161

 

  

 

   

 

 

  

 

     

 

72,460

 

  

 

   

 

65,066

 

  

 

    

 

7,394

 

  

 

   

 

 

  

 

  Interest rate, credit

spread, equity

Available-for-sale

   

 

55,663

 

  

 

   

 

 

  

 

    

 

55,663

 

  

 

   

 

 

  

 

     

 

48,006

 

  

 

   

 

 

  

 

    

 

48,006

 

  

 

   

 

 

  

 

  Interest rate, credit

spread

Held-to-maturity

    8,965                8,965                 9,432                9,432             Interest rate

Other

    899                899                 1,020                1,020             Equity

Securities borrowed or purchased under resale agreements

    66,646                66,646                 68,066                68,066             Interest rate

Loans (net of allowance for credit losses)

 

   

 

358,730

 

  

 

   

 

 

  

 

    

 

358,730

 

  

 

   

 

 

  

 

     

 

322,717

 

  

 

   

 

 

  

 

    

 

322,717

 

  

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Interest rate,
foreign exchange

Derivative instruments

   

 

39,183

 

  

 

   

 

37,571

 

  

 

    

 

1,612

 

  

 

   

 

 

  

 

     

 

38,238

 

  

 

   

 

35,924

 

  

 

    

 

2,314

 

  

 

   

 

 

  

 

  Interest rate,
foreign exchange

Customers’ liability under acceptances

    13,021                13,021                 11,307                11,307             Interest rate

Other assets

    24,268                9,149        15,119                22,958                8,195        14,763      Interest rate

Total Assets

    687,935        114,126         558,690        15,119                641,881        102,202         524,916        14,763       

Liabilities Subject to Market Risk

                     

Deposits

   

 

473,372

 

  

 

   

 

11,604

 

  

 

    

 

461,768

 

  

 

   

 

 

  

 

     

 

438,169

 

  

 

   

 

9,429

 

  

 

    

 

428,740

 

  

 

   

 

 

  

 

  Interest rate,
foreign exchange

Derivative instruments

   

 

38,227

 

  

 

   

 

36,132

 

  

 

    

 

2,095

 

  

 

   

 

 

  

 

     

 

42,639

 

  

 

   

 

39,907

 

  

 

    

 

2,732

 

  

 

   

 

 

  

 

  Interest rate,
foreign exchange

Acceptances

    13,021                13,021                 11,307                11,307             Interest rate

Securities sold but not yet purchased

    25,106        25,106                         21,226        21,226                    

Securities lent or sold under repurchase agreements

    40,718                40,718                 39,891                39,891             Interest rate

Other liabilities

    50,724                50,401        323          44,320                44,218        102      Interest rate

Subordinated debt

    4,439                4,439                       4,416                4,416             Interest rate

Total Liabilities

    645,607        72,842         572,442        323                601,968        70,562         531,304        102       

 

  (1) Primarily comprised of BMO’s balance sheet items that are subject to the trading and underwriting risk management framework and fair valued through profit or loss.
  (2) Primarily comprised of BMO’s balance sheet items that are subject to the structural balance sheet and insurance risk management framework, or are available-for-sale securities.

Certain comparative figures have been reclassified to conform to the current year’s presentation.

Structural (Non-Trading) Market Risk

Structural market risk is comprised of interest rate risk arising from our banking activities (loans and deposits) and foreign exchange risk arising from our foreign currency operations.

Structural Market Risk Governance

The RRC has oversight of the management of structural market risk, annually approves the structural market risk plan and limits, and regularly reviews structural market risk positions. The RMC and the Balance Sheet and Capital Management Committee (BSCMC) regularly review structural market risk positions and provide senior management oversight.

In addition to Board-approved limits on earnings at risk and economic value sensitivities due to changes in interest rates, more granular management limits are in place to guide day-to-day management of this risk. BMO’s Corporate Treasury group is responsible for the ongoing management of structural market risk across the enterprise, with independent oversight provided by the Market Risk group.

Structural Market Risk Measurement

Interest Rate Risk

Structural interest rate risk arises when changes in interest rates affect the cash flows, earnings and values of assets and liabilities related to our banking activities. The objective of structural interest rate risk management is to maintain high-quality earnings and maximize sustainable product spread, while managing the risk to the economic value of our assets due to changes in interest rates.

Structural interest rate risk is primarily comprised of interest rate mismatch risk, product embedded option risk, and risk related to consumer behaviour.

Interest rate mismatch risk arises when there are differences in the scheduled maturities, repricing dates or reference rates of assets, liabilities and derivatives. The net interest rate mismatch, representing residual assets funded by common shareholders’ equity, is managed to a target profile through interest rate swaps and securities.

 

Material presented in a blue-tinted font above is an integral part of the 2016 annual consolidated financial statements (see page 79).

 

98   BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016


Product embedded option risk arises when product features allow customers to alter cash flows, such as scheduled maturity or repricing dates, usually in response to changes in market conditions. Product embedded options include loan prepayments, deposit redemption privileges and committed rates on unadvanced mortgages. Product embedded option hedging programs may be used to manage this risk to low levels.

Structural interest rate risk is measured using simulations, earnings sensitivity and economic value sensitivity analysis, stress testing and gap analysis, in addition to other traditional risk metrics.

 

Earnings Sensitivity is a measure of the impact of potential changes in interest rates on the projected 12-month pre-tax net income of a
portfolio of assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet positions in response to prescribed parallel interest rate movements.
Economic Value Sensitivity is a measure of the impact of potential changes in interest rates on the market value of a portfolio of assets,
liabilities and off-balance sheet positions in response to prescribed parallel interest rate movements.

The models used to measure structural interest rate risk project changes in interest rates and predict how customers would likely react to these changes. For customer loans and deposits with scheduled maturity and repricing dates (such as mortgages and term deposits), our models measure the extent to which customers are likely to use embedded options to alter those scheduled terms. For customer loans and deposits without scheduled maturity and repricing dates (such as credit card loans and chequing accounts), we measure our exposure using models that adjust for elasticity in product pricing and reflect historical and forecasted trends in balances. The results of these structural market risk models by their nature have inherent uncertainty, as they reflect potential anticipated pricing and customer behaviours, which may differ from actual experience. These models have been developed using statistical analysis and are validated and periodically updated through regular model validation, back-testing processes and ongoing dialogue with the lines of business. Models developed to predict customer behaviour are also used in support of product pricing. All models are subject to our model risk management framework described in more detail on page 107.

Structural interest rate earnings and economic value sensitivity to an immediate parallel increase or decrease of 100 basis points in the yield curve are disclosed in the following table. The interest rate gap position is disclosed in Note 19 on page 183 of the financial statements.

During the 2016 fiscal year, we introduced a new Canadian deposit model which reflects greater value for, and earnings on, client deposits as rates rise and the impact of minimum modelled client deposit rates as rates fall. There were no other significant changes in our structural market risk management framework during the year.

Structural economic value exposure to rising interest rates primarily reflects a lower market value for fixed-rate loans. Structural economic value sensitivity to falling interest rates primarily reflects the impact of minimum modelled client deposit rates. Structural economic value exposure to rising interest rates increased relative to October 31, 2015, primarily owing to an increase in fixed rate asset holdings, partially offset by the introduction of the new deposit model noted above. The structural economic value benefit to falling interest rates decreased relative to October 31, 2015, primarily due to the impact of minimum modelled client deposit rates in the new model, partially offset by an increase in fixed rate assets. Structural earnings sensitivity quantifies the potential impact of interest rate changes on structural balance sheet revenues over the next twelve months. Structural earnings exposure to falling interest rates primarily reflects the risk of fixed and floating rate loans repricing at lower rates and the more limited ability to reduce deposit pricing as rates fall. Structural earnings benefit to rising interest rates primarily reflects the benefit of widening deposit spreads as interest rates rise. The decrease in benefit to rising rates relative to October 31, 2015 is primarily owing to the increase in fixed rate asset holdings noted above. The increase in the exposure to falling rates relative to October 31, 2015 primarily reflects the greater extent to which U.S. short-term interest rates can now fall after the increase in U.S. rates during the 2016 fiscal year.

Structural Balance Sheet Interest Rate Sensitivity (1) (2) (3) (4) (5)

 

    As at October 31, 2016     As at October 31, 2015  
(Canadian $ in millions)  

Economic value
sensitivity

(Pre-tax)

   

Earnings sensitivity

over the next

12 months

(Pre-tax)

   

Economic value
sensitivity

(Pre-tax)

   

Earnings sensitivity

over the next

12 months

(Pre-tax)

 

100 basis point increase

    (680.2     149.0        (647.6     220.7   

100 basis point decrease

    7.3        (168.9     107.3        (95.3

 

  (1) We began reporting our structural earnings sensitivities on a pre-tax basis beginning in Q1-2016. Positions for fiscal 2015 have been restated for comparative purposes.
  (2) Earnings and value sensitivities to falling interest rates assume Canadian and U.S. central banks do not decrease overnight interest rates below nil. The scenarios with decreasing interest rates therefore limit the decrease in both Canadian and U.S. short-term interest rates to 50 basis points for shorter terms (2015 – 50 basis points for CAD and 25 basis points for U.S.). Longer-term interest rates do not decrease below the assumed level of short-term interest rates.
  (3) Certain non-trading AFS holdings are managed under the bank’s trading risk framework.
  (4) Losses are in brackets and benefits are presented as positive numbers.
  (5) For BMO’s Insurance businesses, a 100 basis point increase in interest rates at October 31, 2016, results in an increase in earnings before tax of $90 million and an increase in economic value before tax of $623 million ($94 million and $511 million, respectively, at October 31, 2015). A 100 basis point decrease in interest rates at October 31, 2016, results in a decrease in earnings before tax of $87 million and a decrease in economic value before tax of $744 million ($93 million and $612 million, respectively, at October 31, 2015). These impacts are not reflected in the table above.

Foreign Exchange Risk

Structural foreign exchange risk arises primarily from translation risk related to the net investment in our U.S. operations and from transaction risk associated with our U.S.-dollar-denominated net income.

Translation risk represents the impact that changes in foreign exchange rates can have on BMO’s reported shareholders’ equity and capital ratios. BMO may enter into arrangements to offset the impact of foreign exchange movements on its capital ratios and did so during the 2016 fiscal year. Please see the Enterprise-Wide Capital Management section on page 70 for further information.

Transaction risk represents the impact that fluctuations in the Canadian/U.S. dollar exchange rate may have on the Canadian dollar equivalent of BMO’s U.S.-dollar-denominated financial results. Exchange rate fluctuations will affect future results measured in Canadian dollars and the impact on those results is a function of the periods during which revenues, expenses and provisions for credit losses arise. Hedging positions may be taken to partially offset the pre-tax effects of Canadian/U.S. dollar exchange rate fluctuations on financial results. If future results are consistent with results in 2016, each one cent increase (decrease) in the Canadian/U.S. dollar exchange rate would be expected to increase (decrease) adjusted net income before income taxes for the year by $12 million, in the absence of hedging transactions. Refer to the Foreign Exchange section on page 37 for a more complete discussion of the effects of changes in exchange rates on the bank’s results.

 

Material presented in a blue-tinted font above is an integral part of the 2016 annual consolidated financial statements (see page 79).

 

BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016     99   


 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

Liquidity and Funding Risk

 

Liquidity and funding risk is the potential for loss if BMO is unable to meet financial commitments in a timely manner at reasonable prices as they fall due. Financial commitments include liabilities to depositors and suppliers, and lending, investment and pledging commitments.

 

Managing liquidity and funding risk is essential to maintaining the safety and soundness of the enterprise, depositor confidence and earnings stability. It is BMO’s policy to ensure that sufficient liquid assets and funding capacity are available to meet financial commitments, even in times of stress.

Liquidity and Funding Risk Governance

The Corporate Treasury group and the operating groups are, as the first line of defence, responsible for the ongoing management of liquidity and funding risk across the enterprise. BMO’s Corporate Treasury group is responsible for identifying, understanding, managing, mitigating, monitoring and reporting on BMO’s liquidity and funding risks. The Corporate Treasury group develops and recommends the Liquidity and Funding Risk Management Framework and the related risk appetite, limits and guidelines, monitors compliance with policy requirements and assesses the impact of market events on liquidity requirements on an ongoing basis.

Enterprise Market Risk Management, as the second line of defence, provides oversight, independent risk assessment and effective challenge of liquidity and funding management, frameworks, policies, limits, monitoring and reporting across the organization. The RMC and BSCMC provide senior management oversight and also review and discuss significant liquidity and funding policies, issues and action items that arise in the pursuit of our strategic priorities. The RRC provides oversight of the management of liquidity and funding risk, annually approves applicable policies, limits and the contingency plan, and regularly reviews liquidity and funding positions.

Liquidity and Funding Risk Management

BMO’s Liquidity and Funding Risk Management Framework is defined and authorized under Board-approved corporate policies and management-approved standards. These policies and standards outline key management principles, liquidity and funding metrics and related limits and guidelines, as well as roles and responsibilities for the management of liquidity and funding risk across the enterprise.

BMO has robust limits and guidelines in place in order to manage liquidity and funding risk. Limits establish the enterprise-level risk appetite for our key Net Liquidity Position (NLP) measure, secured and unsecured funding appetite, for both trading and structural activities, and risk appetite for enterprise pledging activity. Guidelines establish the tolerance for concentrations of maturities, requirements for diversifying counterparty liabilities and limits for business pledging activity. Guidelines are also in place to establish the size and type of uncommitted and committed credit and liquidity facilities that may be outstanding in order to confirm that liquidity and funding risk is appropriately managed. An enterprise-wide contingency plan that will facilitate effective management in the event of a disruption is also in place. Early warning indicators identified in the contingency plan are regularly monitored in order to detect any early signs of growing liquidity risk in the market or risks specific to BMO.

BMO legal entities include regulated and foreign subsidiaries and branches, and as a result, movements of funds between entities in the corporate group are subject to, among other things, the liquidity, funding and capital adequacy requirements of the entities. As such, liquidity and funding positions are managed on both a consolidated and key legal entity basis. Liquidity and funding risk management policies and limits are in place for key legal entities which are informed by the legal and regulatory requirements that apply to each entity, and positions are regularly reviewed at the legal entity level to confirm compliance with applicable requirements.

BMO employs funds transfer pricing and liquidity transfer pricing practices to help ensure that the appropriate economic signals for the pricing of products for customers are provided to the lines of business and to assess the performance of each business. These practices capture both the cost of funding assets and the value of deposits under normal operating conditions, as well as the cost of supplemental liquid assets held to meet contingent liquidity requirements.

Liquidity and Funding Risk Measurement

A key component of liquidity risk management is the measurement of liquidity risk under stress. BMO uses our NLP as a key measure of liquidity risk. The NLP represents the amount by which liquid assets exceed potential funding needs under a severe combined enterprise-specific and systemic stress scenario. Potential funding needs may arise from obligations to repay retail, commercial and wholesale deposits that are withdrawn or not renewed or to fund drawdowns on available credit and liquidity lines, or from the requirement to pledge collateral due to ratings downgrades or as a result of market volatility, as well as the continuing need to fund assets and strategic investments. Potential funding needs are quantified by applying factors to various business activities based on management’s view of the relative level of liquidity risk related to each activity. These factors vary by depositor classification (e.g., retail, small business, non-financial corporate or wholesale counterparties) and deposit type (e.g., insured, uninsured, operational or non-operational deposits), as well as by commitment type (e.g., uncommitted or committed credit or liquidity facilities by counterparty type). The stress scenario also considers the time horizon over which liquid assets can be monetized and the related valuation and margin haircuts that may occur as a result of market stress. These funding needs are assessed under severe systemic and enterprise-specific stress scenarios and a combination thereof. BMO focuses on maintaining an NLP sufficient to withstand each scenario.

Stress testing results are compared against BMO’s stated risk tolerance and are considered in management decisions on setting limits, guidelines and internal liquidity transfer pricing, and they also help to shape the design of business plans and contingency plans. The Liquidity and Funding Risk Management Framework is integrated with enterprise-wide stress testing.

In addition to the NLP, we regularly monitor positions in relation to the limits and guidelines noted in the Liquidity and Funding Risk Management section above. These include required regulatory metrics such as the Liquidity Coverage Ratio (LCR) and Net Cumulative Cash Flow (NCCF).

 

Material presented in a blue-tinted font above is an integral part of the 2016 annual consolidated financial statements (see page 79).

 

100   BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016


Unencumbered Liquid Assets

Unencumbered liquid assets include high-quality assets that are marketable, can be pledged as security for borrowings, and can be converted to cash in a time frame that meets our liquidity and funding requirements. Liquid assets are primarily held in our trading businesses, as well as in supplemental liquidity pools that are maintained for contingent liquidity risk management purposes. The liquidity value recognized for different asset classes under our management framework is subject to haircuts reflecting management’s view of the liquidity value of those assets in a severe stress scenario. Liquid assets in the trading businesses include cash on deposit with central banks and short-term deposits with other financial institutions, highly-rated debt and equity securities and short-term reverse repurchase agreements. Supplemental liquidity pool assets are predominantly comprised of cash on deposit with central banks and securities and short-term reverse repurchase agreements of highly-rated Canadian federal and provincial and U.S. federal government and agency debt. Substantially all supplemental liquidity pool assets meet the definition of high-quality liquid assets under Basel III. Approximately 75% of the supplemental liquidity pool is held at the parent bank level in Canadian- and U.S.-dollar-denominated assets, with the majority of the remaining supplemental liquidity pool held at BMO Harris Bank in U.S.-dollar-denominated assets. The size of the supplemental liquidity pool is integrated with our measurement of liquidity risk. To meet local regulatory requirements, certain of our legal entities maintain their own minimum liquidity positions. There may be legal and regulatory restrictions on our ability to use liquid assets held at one legal entity to support the liquidity requirements of another legal entity.

In the ordinary course of business, BMO may encumber a portion of cash and securities holdings as collateral in support of trading activities and our participation in clearing and payment systems in Canada and abroad. In addition, BMO may receive liquid assets as collateral and may re-pledge these assets in exchange for cash or as collateral in support of trading activities. Net unencumbered liquid assets, defined as on-balance sheet assets such as BMO-owned cash and securities and securities borrowed or purchased under resale agreements, plus other off-balance sheet eligible collateral received, less collateral encumbered, totalled $197.7 billion at October 31, 2016, compared with $188.5 billion at October 31, 2015. The increase in unencumbered liquid assets was primarily due to higher security balances and the impact of the stronger U.S. dollar. Net unencumbered liquid assets are primarily held at the parent bank level, at our U.S. legal entity BMO Harris Bank, and in our broker/dealer operations. In addition to liquid assets, BMO has access to the Bank of Canada’s lending assistance programs, the Federal Reserve Bank discount window in the United States and European Central Bank standby liquidity facilities. We do not consider central bank facilities to be a source of available liquidity when assessing the strength of BMO’s liquidity position.

In addition to cash and securities holdings, BMO may also pledge other assets, including mortgages and loans, to raise long-term secured funding. As part of the Liquidity and Funding Risk Management Framework, a Pledging of Assets Corporate Policy is in place that sets out the framework and pledging limits for financial and non-financial assets.

BMO’s total encumbered assets and unencumbered liquid assets are summarized in the table below. See Note 25 on page 195 of the financial statements for further information on pledged assets.

Liquid Assets

    As at October 31, 2016      As at October 31, 2015  
(Canadian $ in millions)  

Carrying
value/on-

balance sheet
assets
(1)

     Other cash and
securities received
    

Total gross

assets (2)

     Encumbered
assets
     Net unencumbered
assets
(3)
    

Net unencumbered

assets (3)

 

Cash and cash equivalents

    31,653                 31,653         1,957         29,696         38,063   

Deposits with other banks

    4,449                 4,449                 4,449         7,382   

Securities and securities borrowed or purchased under resale agreements

                

Sovereigns / Central banks / Multilateral development banks

    117,320         18,621         135,941         77,576         58,365         48,573   

Mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations

    20,937         1,290         22,227         2,481         19,746         18,356   

Corporate debt

    19,188         7,869         27,057         3,202         23,855         22,444   

Corporate equity

    59,186         19,420         78,606         37,431         41,175         35,400   

Total securities and securities borrowed or purchased under

    resale agreements

    216,631         47,200         263,831         120,690         143,141         124,773   

NHA mortgage-backed securities (reported as loans at amortized cost) (4)

    22,952                 22,952         2,516         20,436         18,245   

Total liquid assets

    275,685         47,200         322,885         125,163         197,722         188,463   

Other eligible assets at central banks (not included above) (5)

    109,656                 109,656         398         109,258         109,939   

Undrawn credit lines granted by central banks

                                              

Total liquid assets and other sources

    385,341         47,200         432,541         125,561         306,980         298,402   

 

  (1) The carrying values outlined in this table are consistent with the carrying values reported in BMO’s balance sheet as at October 31, 2016.
  (2) Gross assets include on-balance sheet and off-balance sheet assets.
  (3) Net unencumbered liquid assets are defined as on-balance sheet assets, such as BMO-owned cash and securities and securities borrowed or purchased under resale agreements, plus other off-balance sheet eligible collateral received, less encumbered assets.
  (4) Under IFRS, NHA mortgage-backed securities that include mortgages owned by BMO as the underlying collateral are classified as loans. Unencumbered NHA mortgage-backed securities have liquidity value and are included as liquid assets under BMO’s Liquidity and Funding Management Framework. This amount is shown as a separate line item, NHA mortgage-backed securities.
  (5) Represents loans currently lodged at central banks that could potentially be used to access central bank funding. Loans available for pledging as collateral do not include other sources of additional liquidity that may be realized from the loan portfolio, including incremental securitization, covered bond issuances and Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) advances.

 

Material presented in a blue-tinted font above is an integral part of the 2016 annual consolidated financial statements (see page 79).

 

BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016     101   


 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

Asset Encumbrance

 

    Total gross
assets 
(1)
    Encumbered (2)      Net unencumbered  

(Canadian $ in millions)

As at October 31, 2016

   

Pledged as

collateral

   

Other

encumbered

    

Other

unencumbered (3)

    

Available as

collateral (4)

 

Cash and deposits with other banks

    36,102               1,957         11         34,134   

Securities (5)

    286,783        95,584        27,622         9,075         154,502   

Loans and acceptances

    335,778        57,308        398         168,814         109,258   

Other assets

           

Derivative instruments

    39,183                       39,183           

Customers’ liability under acceptances

    13,021                       13,021           

Premises and equipment

    2,147                       2,147           

Goodwill

    6,381                       6,381           

Intangible assets

    2,178                       2,178           

Current tax assets

    906                       906           

Deferred tax assets

    3,101                       3,101           

Other assets

    9,555                       9,555           

Total other assets

    76,472                       76,472           

Total assets

    735,135        152,892        29,977         254,372         297,894   
    Total gross
assets (1)
    Encumbered (2)      Net unencumbered  

(Canadian $ in millions)

As at October 31, 2015

   

Pledged as

collateral

   

Other

encumbered

    

Other

unencumbered (3)

    

Available as

collateral (4)

 

Cash and deposits with other banks

    47,677               2,232         397         45,048   

Securities (5)

    261,968        94,367        24,583         8,302         134,716   

Loans and acceptances

    300,883        43,928        1,594         145,422         109,939   

Other assets

           

Derivative instruments

    38,238                       38,238           

Customers’ liability under acceptances

    11,307                       11,307           

Premises and equipment

    2,285                       2,285           

Goodwill

    6,069                       6,069           

Intangible assets

    2,208                       2,208           

Current tax assets

    561                       561           

Deferred tax assets

    3,162                       3,162           

Other assets

    8,673                       8,673           

Total other assets

    72,503                       72,503           

Total assets

    683,031        138,295        28,409         226,624         289,703   

 

  (1) Gross assets include on-balance sheet and off-balance sheet assets.
  (2) Pledged as collateral refers to the portion of on-balance sheet assets and other cash and securities that is pledged through repurchase agreements, securities lent, derivative contracts, minimum required deposits at central banks and requirements associated with participation in clearing houses and payment systems. Other encumbered assets include assets that are restricted for legal or other reasons, such as restricted cash and short sales.
  (3) Other unencumbered assets include select liquid asset holdings that management believes are not readily available to support BMO’s liquidity requirements. These include cash and securities of $9.1 billion as at October 31, 2016, which include securities held at BMO’s insurance subsidiary, significant equity investments, and certain investments held at our merchant banking business. Other unencumbered assets also include mortgages and loans that may be securitized to access secured funding.
  (4) Loans included as available as collateral represent loans currently lodged at central banks that could potentially be used to access central bank funding. Loans available for pledging as collateral do not include other sources of additional liquidity that may be realized from the loan portfolio, including incremental securitization, covered bond issuances and FHLB advances.
  (5) Includes securities, securities borrowed or purchased under resale agreements and NHA mortgage-backed securities (reported as loans at amortized cost).

Certain comparative figures have been reclassified to conform with the current year’s presentation.

BMO’s Liquidity Coverage Ratio (LCR) is summarized in the table on the following page. The average month-end LCR for the quarter ended October 31, 2016 of 131% is calculated as the ratio of the stock of High-Quality Liquid Assets (HQLA) to total net stressed cash outflows over the next 30 calendar days. The average LCR ratio is up from 130% last year mainly due to the decrease in net cash outflows. While banks are required to maintain an LCR greater than 100% in normal conditions, banks are also expected to be able to utilize HQLA in a period of stress, which may result in an LCR of less than 100% during that period. BMO’s HQLA are primarily comprised of cash, highly-rated debt issued or backed by governments, highly-rated covered bonds and non-financial corporate debt and non-financial equities that are part of a major stock index. Net cash flows include outflows from deposits, secured and unsecured wholesale funding, commitments and potential collateral requirements, offset by permitted inflows from loans, securities lending activities and other non-HQLA debt maturing over a 30-day horizon. OSFI-prescribed weights are applied to cash flows and HQLA to arrive at the weighted values and the LCR. The LCR is only one measure of a bank’s liquidity position and does not fully capture all of the bank’s liquid assets or the funding alternatives that may be available in a period of stress. BMO’s total liquid assets are shown in the Liquid Assets table on page 101.

 

102   BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016


Liquidity Coverage Ratio

 

     For the quarter ended October 31, 2016  

(Canadian $ in billions, except as noted)

  

Total unweighted value

(average) (1) (2)

    

Total weighted value

(average) (2) (3)

 

High-Quality Liquid Assets

     

Total high-quality liquid assets (HQLA)

     *         132.3   

Cash Outflows

     

Retail deposits and deposits from small business customers, of which:

     152.5         9.1   

Stable deposits

     88.5         2.7   

Less stable deposits

     64.0         6.4   

Unsecured wholesale funding, of which:

     142.5         80.2   

Operational deposits (all counterparties) and deposits in networks of cooperative banks

     55.8         13.9   

Non-operational deposits (all counterparties)

     56.2         35.8   

Unsecured debt

     30.5         30.5   

Secured wholesale funding

     *         15.9   

Additional requirements, of which:

     126.8         24.6   

Outflows related to derivatives exposures and other collateral requirements

     12.4         4.8   

Outflows related to loss of funding on debt products

     2.6         2.6   

Credit and liquidity facilities

     111.8         17.2   

Other contractual funding obligations

     1.2           

Other contingent funding obligations

     331.3         6.0   

Total cash outflows

     *         135.8   

Cash Inflows

     

Secured lending (e.g. reverse repos)

     104.3         18.2   

Inflows from fully performing exposures

     10.0         6.8   

Other cash inflows

     10.1         10.1   

Total cash inflows

     124.4         35.1   
              Total adjusted value (4)  

Total HQLA

        132.3   

Total net cash outflows

              100.7   

Liquidity Coverage Ratio (%)

              131   
For the quarter ended October 31, 2015            Total adjusted value (4)  

Total HQLA

        134.6   

Total net cash outflows

              103.6   

Liquidity Coverage Ratio (%)

              130   

* Disclosure is not required under the LCR disclosure standard.

  (1) Unweighted values are calculated at market value (for HQLA) or as outstanding balances maturing or callable within 30 days (for inflows and outflows).
  (2) Averages are calculated based on month-end values during the quarter.
  (3) Weighted values are calculated after the application of the weights prescribed under the OSFI Liquidity Adequacy Requirements (LAR) Guideline for HQLA and cash inflows and outflows.
  (4) Adjusted values are calculated based on total weighted values after applicable caps as defined by the LAR Guideline.

Funding Strategy

Our funding philosophy requires that secured and unsecured wholesale funding used to support loans and less liquid assets must be of a term (typically maturing in two to ten years) which will support the effective term to maturity of these assets. Wholesale secured and unsecured funding for liquid trading assets is generally shorter term (maturing in one year or less), is aligned with the liquidity of the assets being funded, and is subject to limits on aggregate maturities that are permitted across different time periods. Supplemental liquidity pools are funded with a mix of wholesale term funding.

BMO maintains a large and stable base of customer deposits that, in combination with our strong capital base, is a source of strength. It supports the maintenance of a sound liquidity position and reduces our reliance on wholesale funding. Customer deposits totalled $284.5 billion at the end of the year, up from $261.9 billion in 2015, primarily due to deposit growth and the impact of the stronger U.S. dollar. BMO also receives deposits in support of certain trading activities, receives non-marketable deposits from corporate and institutional customers, and issues retail structured notes. These deposits and notes totalled $49.4 billion as at October 31, 2016.

Total wholesale funding outstanding, largely consisting of negotiable marketable securities, was $170.3 billion at October 31, 2016, with $52.7 billion sourced as secured funding and $117.6 billion sourced as unsecured funding. Wholesale funding outstanding increased from $159.5 billion at October 31, 2015, primarily due to wholesale funding issuances and the impact of the stronger U.S. dollar. The mix and maturities of BMO’s wholesale term funding are outlined in the table below. Additional information on deposit maturities can be found in Note 29 on page 202 of the financial statements. BMO maintains a sizeable portfolio of unencumbered liquid assets, totalling $197.7 billion as at October 31, 2016, that can be monetized to meet potential funding requirements, as described in the Unencumbered Liquid Assets section above.

Diversification of our wholesale funding sources is an important part of our overall liquidity management strategy. BMO’s wholesale funding activities are well-diversified by jurisdiction, currency, investor segment, instrument and maturity profile. BMO maintains ready access to long-term wholesale funding through various borrowing programs, including a European Note Issuance Program, Canadian, Australian and U.S. Medium-Term Note programs, Canadian and U.S. mortgage securitizations, Canadian credit card and home equity line of credit securitizations, covered bonds, and Canadian and U.S. senior unsecured deposits.

 

Material presented in a blue-tinted font above is an integral part of the 2016 annual consolidated financial statements (see page 79).

 

BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016     103   


 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

BMO’s wholesale funding plan seeks to ensure sufficient funding capacity is available to execute business strategies. The funding plan considers expected maturities, as well as asset and liability growth projected for our businesses in our forecasting and planning process, and assesses funding needs in relation to available potential funding sources. The funding plan is reviewed annually by the RRC and is regularly updated to incorporate actual results and updated forecast information.

 

LOGO    LOGO

Wholesale Funding Maturities (1)

 

(Canadian $ in millions)

As at October 31, 2016

  

Less than

1 month

    

1 to 3

months

    

3 to 6

months

    

6 to 12

months

     Subtotal
less than
1 year
    

1 to 2

years

    

Over

2 years

    Total  

Deposits from banks

     5,457         358         202         69         6,086         28         181        6,295   

Certificates of deposit and commercial paper

     14,282         20,511         9,978         9,679         54,450         810                55,260   

Bearer deposit notes

     917         678         2,297         952         4,844         500                5,344   

Asset-backed commercial paper (ABCP)

     1,516         1,882         570                 3,968                        3,968   

Senior unsecured medium-term notes

     1,180         2,245         600         6,553         10,578         12,029         20,269        42,876   

Senior unsecured structured notes (2)

     1                         5         6         38         2,149        2,193   

Covered bonds and securitizations

                      

Mortgage and HELOC securitizations

             684         430         1,520         2,634         2,563         12,908        18,105   

Covered bonds

             2,682                         2,682         533         16,563        19,778   

Credit card securitizations

             1,058         77                 1,135         693         2,475        4,303   

Subordinated debt (3)

             466         100                 566                 5,100        5,666   

Other (4)

                     671         4,694         5,365         1,173                6,538   

Total

     23,353         30,564         14,925         23,472         92,314         18,367         59,645        170,326   

Of which:

                      

Secured

     1,516         6,306         1,748         6,214         15,784         4,962         31,946        52,692   

Unsecured

     21,837         24,258         13,177         17,258         76,530         13,405         27,699        117,634   

Total (5)

     23,353         30,564         14,925         23,472         92,314         18,367         59,645        170,326   

 

  (1) Wholesale unsecured funding primarily includes funding raised through the issuance of marketable, negotiable instruments. Wholesale funding excludes repo transactions and bankers’ acceptances, which are disclosed in the contractual maturity table in Note 29 on page 202 of the financial statements, and excludes ABCP issued by certain ABCP conduits that is not consolidated for financial reporting purposes.
  (2) Primarily issued to institutional investors.
  (3) Includes certain subordinated debt instruments reported as deposits or other liabilities for accounting purposes. Subordinated debt is reported in this table in accordance with recommended Enhanced Disclosure Task Force disclosures.
  (4) Refers to Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) advances.
  (5) Total wholesale funding consists of Canadian-dollar-denominated funding of $54.1 billion and U.S.-dollar and other foreign-denominated funding of $116.2 billion as at October 31, 2016.

 

104   BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016


Regulatory Developments

The Net Stable Funding Ratio (NSFR) was finalized by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in 2015 and is expected to come into force on January 1, 2018. The NSFR is a regulatory measure that assesses the assumed stability of a bank’s funding profile in relation to the assumed liquidity value of a bank’s assets. OSFI is expected to issue a consultative paper outlining the domestic implementation of the NSFR during 2016. We are assessing the impact of this change, which could increase funding costs in certain of our businesses depending on the final rules, and we are preparing to comply with and report on this pending regulatory requirement.

Credit Ratings

The credit ratings assigned to BMO’s short-term and senior long-term debt securities by external rating agencies are important in the raising of both capital and funding to support our business operations. Maintaining strong credit ratings allows us to access capital markets at competitive pricing levels. Should our credit ratings experience a downgrade, our cost of funding would likely increase significantly and our access to funding and capital through capital markets could be reduced. A material downgrade of our ratings could also have other consequences, including those set out in Note 8 on page 161 of the financial statements.

The credit ratings assigned to BMO’s senior debt by rating agencies are indicative of high-grade, high-quality issues. Standard & Poor’s (S&P) and Fitch have a stable outlook. Moody’s and DBRS have a negative outlook pending further details on the government’s approach to implementing a bail-in regime for Canada’s domestic systemically important banks.

 

As at October 31, 2016               
Rating agency   Short-term debt   Senior long-
term debt
  Subordinated
debt – NVCC
  Outlook

Moody’s

  P-1   Aa3   Baa1   Negative

S&P

  A-1   A+   BBB   Stable

Fitch

  F1+   AA-   na   Stable

DBRS

  R-1 (high)   AA   A (low)   Negative

na – not applicable

 

BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016     105   


 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

Operational Risk

 

Operational risk is the potential for loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes or systems, human interactions or external events, but excludes business risk, credit risk and market risk.

BMO is exposed to potential losses arising from a variety of operational risks, including process and control failure, theft and fraud, regulatory non-compliance, business disruption, information security breaches, cyber threats and exposure related to outsourcing, as well as damage to physical assets. Operational risk is inherent in all our business and banking activities, including the processes and controls used to manage our risks. While operational risk can never be fully eliminated, it can be managed to reduce exposure to financial loss, reputational harm and regulatory sanctions.

Consistent with the management of risk across the organization, we employ the three-lines-of-defence approach to operational risk. Operational risk management is executed by business units as the first line of defence, overseen by ERPM Operational Risk Management (ORM) and other CSAs as the second line of defence, governed by a robust committee structure and supported by a comprehensive set of policies, standards and operating guidelines. The Corporate Audit Division (CAD), as the third line of defence, verifies our adherence to controls and highlights opportunities to strengthen our process.

Operational Risk Governance

The Operational Risk Committee (ORC), a sub-committee of the Risk Management Committee (RMC), is the main oversight and governance committee for all operational risk management matters. As part of its governance responsibilities, the ORC provides effective challenge to the policies, standards, operating guidelines, methodologies and tools that give effect to the governing principles of the Operational Risk Management Framework (ORMF). These governance documents are reviewed on a regular basis to ensure they incorporate sound practices and are consistent with our risk appetite. Regular analysis and reporting of our enterprise operational risk profile to the various committees (ORC, RMC and RRC) are important elements of our risk governance framework. Enterprise reporting provides an integrated view of top and emerging risks, trends in loss data, capital consumption, key risk indicators and operating group portfolio profiles. We continue to invest in our reporting platforms to support timely and comprehensive reporting capabilities that enhance risk transparency and facilitate the proactive management of operational risk exposures.

Operational Risk Management

The operating groups, as the first line of defence, are accountable for the day-to-day management of operational risk, with the CROs of businesses providing governance and oversight for their respective units and CSAs providing additional governance and oversight. Independent risk management oversight is provided by the ERPM Operational Risk Management function (ERPM ORM), which is responsible for operational risk strategy, policies, management and governance. ERPM ORM establishes and maintains the Operational Risk Management Framework (ORMF), which defines the processes used by the first line of defence to identify, measure, manage, mitigate, monitor and report key operational risk exposures, losses and near miss operational risk events with significant potential impact. The ORMF also defines the processes by which the ERPM ORM team, as the second line of defence, develops, communicates, supports, monitors and assesses the first line in its management of operational risk. Operational Risk Officers (OROs) within ERPM ORM are utilized to independently assess group operational risk profiles, identify material exposures and potential weaknesses in processes and controls, and recommend appropriate mitigation strategies and actions.

The key programs, methodologies and processes in the ORMF are highlighted below:

 

Risk Control Assessment (RCA) is an established process used by our operating groups to identify the key risks associated with their businesses and the controls required for risk mitigation. The RCA process provides a forward-looking view of the impact of the business environment and internal controls on operating group risk profiles, enabling the proactive prevention, mitigation and management of risk. On an aggregate basis, RCA results also provide an enterprise-level view of operational risks relative to risk appetite, so that key risks can be appropriately identified, documented, managed and mitigated.

 

Process Risk Assessment (PRA) provides a deeper view by identifying key risks and controls in our important business processes, which may span multiple business units. The PRA process enables a greater understanding of our key processes, which facilitates more effective oversight and appropriate risk mitigation.

 

BMO’s initiative assessment and approval process is used to assess, document and approve qualifying initiatives when new business, services and products are developed or existing services and products are enhanced. The process seeks to ensure that due diligence, approval, monitoring and reporting requirements are appropriately addressed at all levels of the organization.

 

Key Risk Indicators (KRIs) provide an early indication of any adverse changes in risk exposure. Operating Groups and CSAs identify metrics related to their material operational risks. These KRIs are used in monitoring operational risk profiles and their overall relation to our risk appetite, are subject to review and challenge by the ERPM ORM team, and are linked to thresholds that trigger management action.

 

Internal loss data serves as an important means of assessing our operational risk exposure and identifying opportunities for future risk prevention measures. In this assessment, internal loss data is analyzed and benchmarked against external data. Material trends are regularly reported to the ORC, RMC and RRC to enable preventative and corrective action to be taken where appropriate. BMO is a member of the Operational Risk Data Exchange Association, the American Bankers Association and other international and national associations of banks that share loss data information anonymously to assist in risk identification, assessment and modelling.

 

BMO’s operational risk management training programs seek to ensure that our employees are qualified and equipped to execute the ORMF strategy consistently, effectively and efficiently.

 

Effective business continuity management provides us with the capability to maintain, manage and recover critical operations and processes in the event of a business disruption, thereby minimizing any adverse effects on our customers and other stakeholders.

 

BMO’s Corporate Risk & Insurance team provides a second level of mitigation for certain operational risk exposures. We purchase insurance where required by law, regulation or contractual agreement, and where it is economically attractive and practicable to mitigate our risks, to provide adequate protection against unexpected material loss.

 

106   BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016


Executing our ORMF strategy also involves continuing to strengthen our risk culture by promoting greater awareness and understanding of operational risk within our lines of defence through training and communication as well as the day-to-day execution and oversight of the ORMF, including the identification, management, monitoring, mitigation and reporting of operational risks. We continue to invest in resources to further strengthen our second line of defence support and oversight of the first line. A primary objective of the ORMF is to ensure that our operational risk profile is consistent with our risk appetite and supported by adequate capital.

Operational Risk Capital and Stress Testing

BMO currently uses the Advanced Measurement Approach (AMA), a risk-sensitive capital model, to determine both economic and regulatory capital requirements for managing operational risk. The AMA Capital Model uses a loss distribution approach along with the four elements required to support the measurement of our operational risk exposure. Internal and external loss data are used as inputs to the AMA Capital Model and, based on shared attributes, are grouped into cells which include operating group, business activity or event type. Minimum enterprise operational risk capital is determined at a specific upper confidence limit of the enterprise total loss distribution (99.9% quantile for regulatory capital and 99.95% quantile for Economic Capital). Business environment and internal control factors are used for post-modelling adjustments, and these are subject to regular review in order to identify and understand risk drivers and to confirm consistency in application across the organization. Scenarios are used to verify the distributions and correlations used to model capital, to provide management with a better understanding of low-frequency, high-severity events and to assess enterprise preparedness for events that could create risks that exceed our risk appetite. We also use scenario analysis as part of our stress testing program, which measures the potential impact of plausible operational, economic, market and credit events on our operations and capital, and allows us to manage tail risk exposure and to confirm the adequacy of our operational risk capital.

Regulatory Developments

The Basel Committee on Banking Supervision has proposed a new approach to the calculation of regulatory operational risk capital requirements, known as the Standardized Measurement Approach (SMA). The SMA is expected to be finalized in early 2017. It is less risk-sensitive but is intended to promote comparability of risk-based capital measures, as well as reduce model complexity. We are assessing the potential impact of the SMA on our capital requirements and we continue to monitor industry and regulatory developments. While the impact is uncertain at this time, SMA has the potential to increase BMO’s operational risk capital requirements. For additional discussion on regulatory developments related to capital management, please refer to the Enterprise-Wide Capital Management section starting on page 70.

 

 

Model Risk

 

Model risk is the potential for adverse consequences following from decisions based on incorrect or misused model results. These adverse consequences can include financial loss, poor business decision-making or damage to reputation.

Models are quantitative tools that apply statistical, economic and other quantitative techniques and assumptions to process input data into quantitative estimates. BMO uses models ranging from very simple models that produce straightforward estimates to highly sophisticated models that value complex transactions or provide a broad range of forward-looking estimates.

The results from these models are used to inform business, risk and capital management decision-making and to assist in making daily lending, trading, underwriting, funding, investment and operational decisions. For example, BMO uses models as a core risk management tool to measure exposure to specific risks through stress testing, to value and price transactions, to evaluate credit, market and operational risk regulatory capital requirements and to measure risks on an integrated basis using Economic Capital.

Quantitative tools provide important insights and are effective when used within a framework that controls and mitigates model risk. In addition to applying judgment to evaluate the reliability of model results, BMO mitigates model risk by maintaining strong controls over the development, validation, implementation and use of models across all model categories. BMO also takes steps to ensure that qualitative model overlays and non-statistical approaches to evaluating risks are intuitive, experience-based, well-documented and subject to effective challenge by those with sufficient expertise and knowledge to provide reasonable results.

 

BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016     107   


 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

Model Risk Management

Risk is inherent in models because model results are estimates that rely on statistical techniques and data to simulate reality. Model risk also arises from potential misuse. Model risk is governed at BMO by the enterprise-wide Model Risk Management Framework, which covers the model life cycle.

 

LOGO

This framework sets out an end-to-end approach to model risk governance across the model life cycle and helps to confirm that model risk remains aligned with BMO’s enterprise-wide risk appetite. The framework includes BMO’s Model Risk Corporate Policy, Model Risk Corporate Standard and Model Risk Guidelines, which outline explicit principles for managing model risk, detail model risk processes and define the roles and responsibilities of all stakeholders across the model life cycle. Model owners, developers and users are the first line of defence, Model Validation and the Model Governance group are the second line of defence, and the Corporate Audit Division is the third line of defence.

The Model Governance group is responsible for the administration of the Model Risk Management Framework, the effectiveness of our model processes and the overall management of model risk. The Model Risk Management Committee, a cross-functional group representing all key stakeholders across the enterprise (model owners, users, developers and validators and the Model Governance group) and a sub-committee of the RMC, meets regularly to help direct the bank’s use of models, to oversee the development, implementation and maintenance of the Model Risk Management Framework, provide effective challenge and discuss requirements for governing the enterprise’s models.

Model Development and Validation

Models are developed, implemented and used to meet specific business objectives, including applicable regulatory requirements. Model owners, in consultation with model developers and other stakeholders, determine the design, objectives, intended use and desired functionality of models, and have overall responsibility for ensuring that every model complies with BMO’s policies and approved terms of use. Model developers assist the model owners by proposing model solutions, identifying data availability and limitations, and developing and implementing models that address their intended purposes. They do so by engaging model owners and other key stakeholders in the development and implementation processes, and by evaluating and documenting alternatives and model characteristics, outputs, strengths and weaknesses. Our independent Model Validation group reviews the development documentation, results and analysis generated by the model development teams to evaluate whether a proposed model is conceptually and statistically sound, achieves its objectives and is fit for its intended use without creating material model risk. Observations are made for the guidance of model owners, users and developers, remediation of material deficiencies may be required and, unless an exception is obtained in accordance with BMO’s policy, approval from the Model Validation group is required before a model can be used. Where a methodology or quantitative tool is not considered to be materially reliant on advanced statistical techniques or does not otherwise meet the definition of a model, the developers and users of such methodology or tool are nevertheless expected to provide appropriate documentation and ensure effective independent review and challenge by knowledgeable BMO employees and managers.

Model Use and Monitoring

Model owners and other model users are accountable for the appropriate use of models for business decision-making and for the proper care and maintenance of models throughout the model life cycle. The development and validation processes provide guidance to ensure that models can be used effectively within an appropriate range of use, that model limitations are known and that model risk mitigants are implemented. When in use, models are subject to ongoing monitoring, including outcomes analysis and periodic reviews. Ongoing monitoring and outcomes analysis are part of the evaluation process that confirms the continuing validity and adequate performance of each model over time. These techniques and other controls are applied to mitigate potential issues and to help ensure continuing acceptable model performance. All models in use are subject to periodic scheduled reviews, with the frequency based on a model’s risk rating, and to earlier reviews if business judgment, triggers or other ongoing monitoring tools indicate that a model’s performance may be inadequate. Scheduled reviews require the model owners and developers to assess a model’s continuing suitability for use, and such assessment is subject to independent review by the Model Validation group.

Model Validation, Outcomes Analysis and Back-Testing

Once models are validated, approved and in use, they are subject to regular validation which includes ongoing monitoring and outcomes analysis. As a key component of the outcomes analysis, back-testing compares model results against actual observed outcomes. This analysis serves to confirm the validity and performance of each model over time, and helps to ensure that appropriate controls are in place to address identified issues and enhance a model’s overall performance.

 

108   BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016


All models used within BMO are subject to validation and ongoing monitoring and are used in accordance with our Model Risk Management framework. These include a wide diversity of models ranging from stress loss, market, credit and operational risks to valuation to anti-money laundering models. We highlight a few key applications of this framework below:

Credit Risk – The Credit Risk Model Validation Guidelines are an important support for BMO’s Model Risk Corporate Policy. These guidelines include clear and detailed requirements for the back-testing of all credit risk rating models.

The process for back-testing the Probability of Default (PD) model computations includes comparing PD estimates generated by credit risk models against the actual or realized default rates across all obligor ratings. This process also includes examining statistical evidence to confirm that default rates accurately capture sampling variability over time.

The comprehensive validation of a risk rating system involves various prescribed tests and analyses that measure discriminatory power, calibration and dynamic properties, with support from migration analysis. Additional tests or analyses are used to validate borrower risk rating grades and probability of default results.

As with any analysis, judgment is applied in determining which of the various factors, such as data limitations, might affect the overall relevance of a given validation approach or interpretation of statistical analysis. Similar back-testing is applied to the Loss Given Default (LGD) and Exposure at Default (EAD) model computations.

Annual validations of all material models in use are conducted to confirm they perform as intended and that they continue to be fit for use. An annual validation includes a qualitative and quantitative assessment conducted by model developers, which is reviewed and effectively challenged by the Model Validation group, with all conclusions reported to senior management.

Trading and Underwriting Market Risk – All internal models used in determining regulatory capital and Economic Capital for trading and underwriting market risk have their Value at Risk (VaR) results back-tested regularly. The bank’s internal VaR model is back-tested daily, and the one-day 99% confidence level VaR at the local and consolidated BMO levels is compared against the realized theoretical Profit & Loss (P&L) calculation, which is the daily change in portfolio value that would occur if the portfolio composition remained unchanged. If the theoretical P&L result is negative and its absolute value is greater than the previous day’s VaR, a back-testing exception occurs. Each exception is investigated, explained and documented, and the back-testing results are reviewed by the Board and our regulators. This process monitors the quality and accuracy of the internal VaR model results and assists in refining overall risk measurement procedures.

Structural Market Risk – Back-testing of our structural market risk models is performed monthly and reported quarterly. For products with a scheduled term, such as mortgages and term deposits, the model forecasts of prepayments or redemptions are compared against the actual outcomes observed. For products without a scheduled term, such as credit card loans and chequing accounts, the modelled balance run-off profiles are compared against actual balance trends.

The variances between model forecasts and the actual outcomes experienced are measured against pre-defined risk materiality thresholds. To ensure variances are within the tolerance range, actions such as model review and parameter recalibration are taken. Performance is assessed by analyzing model overrides and tests conducted during model development, such as back-testing and sensitivity testing.

 

 

Insurance Risk

 

Insurance risk is the potential for loss as a result of actual experience being different from that assumed when an insurance product was designed and priced. It generally entails the inherent unpredictability that can arise from assuming long-term policy liabilities or from the uncertainty of future events. Insurance risk is inherent in all our insurance products, including annuities and life, accident and sickness, and creditor insurance, as well as in our reinsurance business.

Insurance risk consists of:

 

Claims risk – the risk that the actual magnitude or frequency of claims will differ from those assumed in the pricing or underwriting process, including mortality risk, morbidity risk, longevity risk and catastrophe risk;

 

Policyholder behaviour risk – the risk that the behaviour of policyholders related to premium payments, withdrawals or loans, policy lapses and surrenders, and other voluntary terminations will differ from the behaviour assumed in the pricing calculations; and

 

Expense risk – the risk that actual expenses associated with acquiring and administering policies and processing claims will exceed the expenses assumed in the pricing calculations.

BMO’s risk governance practices provide effective independent oversight and control of risk within the insurance business. BMO’s Insurance Risk Management Framework comprises the identification, assessment, management and reporting of risks. The framework includes: the risk appetite statement and key risk metrics; insurance risk policies and processes, including limits; capital requirements; stress testing; risk reports; and the Own Risk and Solvency Assessment. All of these are overseen by internal risk committees and the BMO Life Assurance and BMO Life Insurance Boards of Directors. The Insurance Risk Management Committee for BMO Insurance oversees and reports on risk management activities on a quarterly basis to the insurance companies’ Boards of Directors. Senior management within the various lines of business is responsible for managing insurance risk, with oversight provided by the CRO, BMO Insurance, who reports to the CRO, Wealth Management.

A robust product approval process is the cornerstone of the insurance risk management framework for identifying, assessing and mitigating risks associated with new insurance products or changes to existing products. This process, along with guidelines and practices for underwriting and claims management, promotes the effective identification, measurement and management of insurance risk. Reinsurance, which involves transactions that transfer insurance risk to independent reinsurance companies, is also used to manage our exposure to insurance risk by diversifying risk and limiting claims.

 

BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016     109   


 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

Legal and Regulatory Risk

 

Legal and regulatory risk is the potential for loss or harm that arises from legislation, contracts, non-contractual rights and obligations, and disputes. This includes the risks of failing to: comply with the law (in letter or in spirit) or maintain standards of care; implement legislative or regulatory requirements; enforce or comply with contractual terms; assert non-contractual rights; effectively manage disputes; or act in a manner so as to maintain our reputation.

BMO’s success relies in part on our ability to manage our exposure to legal and regulatory risk prudently. The financial services industry is highly regulated, and we anticipate intense ongoing scrutiny from our supervisors in the oversight process and strict enforcement of regulatory requirements as governments and regulators around the world continue with reforms intended to strengthen the stability of the financial system. Banks globally continue to be subject to fines and penalties for a number of regulatory and conduct issues. As rulemaking and supervisory expectations evolve, we monitor developments to enable BMO to respond to and implement any required changes.

Under the direction of the General Counsel, the Legal and Compliance Group (LCG) maintains enterprise-wide frameworks that identify, measure, manage, monitor and report on legal and regulatory risk. LCG also works with operating groups and other CSAs to identify legal and regulatory requirements, trends and potential risks, recommend mitigation strategies and actions, and oversee litigation involving BMO. Another area of focus for legal and compliance risk management and operating groups is the oversight of fiduciary risk related to BMO’s businesses that provide products or services giving rise to fiduciary duties to clients. Of particular importance are policies and practices that address the responsibilities of a business to a client, including service requirements and expectations, client suitability determinations, and disclosure obligations and communications.

Physical protection, as well as the safeguarding of our employees, customers, information and assets from criminal risk, is a top priority. Criminal risk includes acts by employees against BMO, acts by external parties against BMO and acts by external parties using BMO to engage in unlawful conduct such as fraud, theft, violence, cyber-crime, bribery, and corruption. BMO has transformed its management of criminal risk through the implementation of a robust Criminal Risk Management Framework, which is designed to prevent, detect, respond to and report on criminal risk using a three-lines-of-defence approach and through enhanced centralized management and oversight.

As governments globally seek to curb corruption to counter its negative effects on political stability, sustainable economic development, international trade and investment and in other areas, BMO’s Anti-Corruption Office, through its global program and framework, has articulated the key principles and activities required to oversee compliance with anti-corruption legislation in jurisdictions where BMO operates, including providing guidance so that corrupt practices can be identified and avoided and that allegations of corrupt activity can be rigorously investigated.

International regulators continue to focus on anti-money laundering and other related measures, heightening their expectations concerning the quality and efficacy of anti-money laundering and related programs and penalizing institutions that fail to meet these expectations. Under the direction of the Chief Anti-Money Laundering Officer, the Anti-Money Laundering Office is responsible for the governance, oversight and assessment of the principles and procedures designed to help ensure compliance with regulatory requirements and risk parameters related to anti-money laundering, anti-terrorist financing and sanctions measures.

All of these frameworks reflect the three-lines-of-defence operating model described previously. The operating groups and CSAs manage day-to-day risks by complying with corporate policies and standards, while LCG teams specifically aligned with each of the operating groups provide advice and independent legal and regulatory risk management oversight.

Heightened regulatory and supervisory scrutiny has a significant impact on how we conduct business. Working with the operating groups and other CSAs, LCG continues to diligently assess and analyze the implications of regulatory changes. We devote substantial resources to implementing the systems and processes required to comply with new regulations while helping meet BMO customers’ needs and demands.

We continue to respond to other global regulatory developments, including capital and liquidity requirements under the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (BCBS) global standards (Basel III), which we expect will put upward pressure on the amount of capital we are required to hold over time. Other global regulatory developments include over-the-counter (OTC) derivatives reform, consumer protection measures and specific financial reforms, such as the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (Dodd-Frank). For additional discussion on regulatory developments relating to capital management and liquidity and funding risk, please refer to the Enterprise-Wide Capital Management section starting on page 70 and the Liquidity and Funding Risk section starting on page 100. For additional discussion regarding the impact of certain potential fiscal policy changes on our results, please see Critical Accounting Estimates – Income Taxes and Deferred Tax Assets on page 114.

Bank Resolution and Bail-in – In June 2016, legislation required to implement a bail-in regime was passed by the Canadian government to enhance Canada’s bank resolution capabilities in line with international efforts. For additional discussion on the bail-in regime, please refer to the Enterprise-Wide Capital Management section starting on page 70.

Housing Market Reforms – In October 2016, the federal government announced preventative measures for the housing market in Canada, including standardizing eligibility criteria for high- and low-ratio insured mortgages, launching a consultation process with market participants on lender risk sharing of loan losses on insured mortgages that default, and addressing tax fairness through changes to the capital gains tax exemption on the sale of a principal residence. We are assessing the impact of these measures on our operations.

Federal Budget – The Federal budget was tabled in March 2016. On October 25, 2016, the federal government introduced Bill C-29, Budget Implementation Act, 2016, No. 2. If enacted, the Bill will affect the banking industry in Canada through amendments to the Bank Act. The proposed amendments will consolidate the consumer provisions under the Bank Act to create a comprehensive federal financial consumer protection framework for banks and respond to a trilogy of Supreme Court of Canada cases (referred to as Marcotte) by enhancing federal paramountcy over consumer protection with respect to banking products and services.

Financial Reforms – Dodd-Frank reforms include heightened consumer protection, revised regulation of the OTC derivatives markets, heightened prudential standards, broader application of leverage and risk-based capital requirements, and restrictions (the Volcker Rule) on proprietary trading and the ownership and sponsorship of private investment funds by banks and their affiliates. We have completed a significant review of our operations and now have policies and systems in place to assess, monitor and report on Volcker Rule compliance across the enterprise. U.S. regulators have extended until July 21, 2017 the date by which banking entities must cause their investments in and relationships with “legacy” private investment funds established before December 31, 2013 to conform with the Volcker Rule. We are implementing a plan to comply with such requirements.

 

110   BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016


FBO Rule – In February 2014, the Federal Reserve Board finalized the Foreign Banking Organizations (FBO) Rule, which implements the Dodd-Frank enhanced prudential standards for the U.S. operations of non-U.S. banks, such as BMO. The FBO Rule establishes new requirements relating to an intermediate holding company structure, risk-based capital and leverage requirements, capital stress testing requirements, U.S. risk management and risk governance, liquidity risk management and liquidity stress testing frameworks. In December 2014, BMO submitted to the Federal Reserve Board our implementation plan for meeting these requirements by the effective date of July 1, 2016. In accordance with the FBO Rule, BMO certified our compliance with the FBO Rule requirements to the Federal Reserve Board in July 2016.

Risk Governance Framework – In September 2014, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency issued guidelines that establish heightened standards for large national banks with average total consolidated assets of US$50 billion or more, which includes BMO Harris Bank N.A. The guidelines set out minimum standards for the design and implementation of a bank’s risk governance framework and minimum standards for oversight of that framework by a bank’s board of directors. The framework must ensure a bank’s risk profile is easily distinguished and separate from that of its parent for risk management purposes. A bank’s board of directors is responsible for informed oversight of, and providing credible challenge to, management’s risk management recommendations and decisions. We have implemented a plan to comply with these guidelines.

Derivatives Reform – Under Dodd-Frank, most OTC derivatives transactions are now subject to a comprehensive regulatory regime. Certain derivatives transactions are now required to be centrally cleared and executed on an electronic platform and are subject to reporting and business conduct requirements. In a number of jurisdictions, OTC derivatives transactions must now be reported to designated trade repositories. Capital and margin requirements for derivatives are currently being considered by international regulators, and margin requirements for non-centrally cleared derivatives have been adopted in a number of jurisdictions, including Canada, Europe and the United States. Margin rules will require the exchange of variation margin and initial margin, both of which are designed to secure performance on non-centrally cleared derivatives transactions between covered entities. BMO will be subject to variation margin rules beginning March 1, 2017 and initial margin rules beginning no earlier than September 1, 2018 and no later than September 1, 2019. The U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) has adopted rules for security-based swap dealers and other participants in the security-based swap market, including registration requirements. The date or dates for registration, which depend on additional SEC rulemaking, have not been set. BMO is preparing for the impact of these rules and requirements.

Synthetic Equity Arrangement Rules – In June 2016, the synthetic equity arrangement rules (SEA Rules) were passed into law in Canada. The SEA Rules would, in certain circumstances, deny any deduction for dividends that are paid or become payable after April 2017. We expect that the effect of the SEA Rules will be to increase our effective tax rate and negatively impact our earnings in fiscal 2017.

DOL Fiduciary Rule – In April 2016, the U.S. Department of Labor issued a fiduciary conflict of interest rule that will apply to certain sales and investment activities previously not treated as fiduciary. The rule will require changes to service delivery and compensation models for brokers, banks, investment advisers, insurance companies and consultants that work with individual retirement accounts and employee benefit plans. BMO is implementing plans to comply with this rule.

The General Counsel and the Chief Compliance Officer (CCO) regularly report to the ACRC of the Board and senior management on the effectiveness of our Enterprise Compliance Program (ECP) which, using a risk-based approach, identifies, assesses and manages compliance with applicable legal and regulatory requirements. The ECP directs operating groups and CSAs to maintain compliance policies, procedures and controls to meet these requirements. Under the direction of the CCO, LCG identifies and reports on gaps and deficiencies, and tracks remedial action plans. The Chief Anti-Money Laundering Officer also regularly reports to the ACRC.

All BMO employees must complete annual legal and regulatory training on topics such as anti-corruption, anti-money laundering and privacy. This is done in conjunction with our Code of Conduct training, which tests employees’ knowledge and understanding of how they are required to behave as employees of BMO.

 

 

Business Risk

 

Business risk arises from the specific business activities of an enterprise and the effects these could have on its earnings.

Business risk encompasses the potential causes of earnings volatility that are distinct from credit, market or operational risk factors. The management of business risk identifies and addresses factors related to the risk that volumes will decrease or margins will shrink without the company having the ability to compensate for this decline by cutting costs.

BMO faces many risks that are similar to those faced by non-financial firms, principally that our profitability, and hence value, may be eroded by changes in the business environment or by failures of strategy or execution. Sources of these risks include, but are not limited to, changing client expectations, adverse business developments and relatively ineffective responses to industry changes.

Within BMO, each operating group is responsible for controlling its respective business risk by assessing, managing and mitigating the risks arising from changes in business volumes and cost structures, among other factors.

 

 

Strategic Risk

 

Strategic risk is the potential for loss due to fluctuations in the external business environment and/or the failure to properly respond to these fluctuations as a result of inaction, ineffective strategies or poor implementation of strategies.

Strategic risk arises from external risks inherent in the business environment within which BMO operates, as well as the potential for loss if BMO is unable to address those external risks effectively. While external strategic risks – including economic, geopolitical, regulatory, technological, social and competitive risks – cannot be controlled, the likelihood and magnitude of their impact can be mitigated through an effective strategic risk management framework, and certain of these risks, including economic, geopolitical and regulatory risks, can be assessed through stress testing.

BMO’s Office of Strategic Management (OSM) oversees our strategic planning processes and works with the lines of business, along with ERPM, Finance and other CSAs, to identify, monitor and mitigate strategic risk across the enterprise. Our rigorous strategic management framework encourages a consistent approach to the development of strategies and incorporates information linked to financial commitments.

 

BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016     111   


 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

The OSM works with the lines of business and key corporate stakeholders during the strategy development process to promote consistency and adherence to strategic management standards, including a consideration of the results of stress testing as an input into strategic decision-making, as appropriate. The potential impacts of changes in the business environment, such as broad industry trends and the actions of competitors, are considered as part of this process and inform strategic decisions within each of our lines of business. Enterprise and group strategies are reviewed with the Executive Committee and the Board of Directors annually in interactive sessions that challenge assumptions and strategies in the context of current and potential future business environments.

Performance objectives established through the strategic management process are monitored regularly and reported upon quarterly, using both leading and lagging indicators of performance, so that strategies can be reviewed and adjusted where necessary. Regular strategic and financial updates are also monitored closely, in order to identify any significant emerging risk issues.

 

 

Environmental and Social Risk

 

Environmental and social risk is the potential for loss or damage to BMO’s reputation resulting from environmental or social concerns related to BMO or its customers. Environmental and social risk is often associated with credit, operational and reputation risk.

In order to manage our business responsibly, we consider the impact of our decisions on our various stakeholders. This commitment is embedded in our Board-approved Code of Conduct. We also expect our suppliers to behave in a responsible manner. Our expectations from suppliers – our standards for integrity, fair dealing and sustainability – are outlined in BMO’s Supplier Code of Conduct. Environmental and social risk management activities are overseen by the Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) group and the Environmental Sustainability (ES) group, with support from our lines of business and other CSAs. BMO’s Sustainability Council, which is comprised of senior leaders from business and CSAs across our organization, provides insight and guidance for our environmental and social initiatives.

Environmental and social risk covers a broad spectrum of issues, such as climate change, biodiversity, ecosystem health, pollution, waste and the unsustainable use of water and other resources, as well as risks to the livelihoods, health, human rights and cultural heritage of communities. We work with external stakeholders to understand the impact of our operations and financing decisions in the context of these issues, and we apply this understanding in order to determine the consequences for our businesses. As part of our enterprise risk management framework, we evaluate the environmental and social impact of our clients’ operations, as well as the impact of their industry sectors. Environmental and social risks associated with credit transactions are managed within BMO’s credit and counterparty risk management framework. BMO has also developed and implemented specific financing guidelines on environmental and social risk for specific lines of business. Enhanced due diligence is applied to transactions with clients operating in environmentally sensitive industry sectors, such as forestry or mining, and we avoid doing business with borrowers who have poor environmental and social risk management track records.

BMO applies the Equator Principles and the World Bank/International Finance Corporation environmental and social screening process to assess and manage environmental and social risk in project finance transactions. These principles have been integrated into our credit risk management framework. We are a long-time signatory and participant of the Carbon Disclosure Project – a global initiative which assembles and publishes corporate disclosure on greenhouse gas emissions and climate change.

BMO is a signatory to the UN Principles for Responsible Investment, a framework designed to encourage sustainable investing through the integration of ESG issues into investment, decision-making and ownership practices. BMO’s Canadian operations joined the Responsible Investment Association in 2016.

The ESG group is responsible for coordinating the development and maintenance of an enterprise-wide strategy that meets BMO’s overarching environmental and social responsibilities. The ES group is responsible for establishing and maintaining an environmental management system that is aligned with ISO 14001, and for setting objectives and targets related to the bank’s own operations. This includes our Environmental Policy which was updated in 2016. BMO’s operating groups (Procurement and Strategic Sourcing, and Corporate Real Estate) are responsible for putting the appropriate operating procedures in place.

To keep informed of emerging issues, we participate in global forums with our peers, maintain an open dialogue with our internal and external stakeholders, and continuously monitor and evaluate policy and legislative changes in the jurisdictions where we operate. We publicly report our environmental and social performance and targets in our annual Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) Report and Public Accountability Statement (PAS), and on our Corporate Responsibility website. Selected environmental and social indicators in the ESG Report and PAS are assured by a third party.

 

 

Reputation Risk

 

Reputation risk is the potential for a negative impact on BMO that results from the deterioration of BMO’s reputation. Potential negative impacts include revenue loss, a decline in customer loyalty, litigation, regulatory sanctions or additional regulatory oversight, and a decline in BMO’s share price.

BMO’s reputation is built on our commitment to high standards of business conduct and ethics, and is one of our most valuable assets. By protecting and maintaining our reputation, we safeguard our brand, increase shareholder value, reduce our cost of capital, improve employee engagement and maintain customer loyalty.

We believe that active, ongoing and effective management of reputation risk is best achieved by considering reputation risk issues in the course of strategy development, strategic and operational implementation, and transactional or initiative decision-making, as well as in day-to-day decision-making.

BMO’s Code of Conduct provides our employees and directors with guidance on the behaviour that is expected of them, so that they can make the right choice in decisions that affect their work. The Code of Conduct is the foundation of our ethical culture, and we continually reinforce the principles it sets out for our employees in order to minimize risks to our reputation that may result from poor decisions or behaviour.

Reputation risk is also managed through our corporate governance practices and enterprise risk management framework. BMO’s Reputation Risk Management Committee reviews instances of significant or heightened reputation risk to BMO.

 

112   BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016


Accounting Matters and Disclosure and Internal Control

Critical Accounting Estimates

The most significant assets and liabilities for which we must make estimates include: allowance for credit losses; financial instruments measured at fair value; pension and other employee future benefits; impairment of securities; provisions for income taxes and deferred tax assets; goodwill and intangible assets; purchased loans; insurance-related liabilities; and provisions including legal reserves. We make judgments in assessing whether substantially all risks and rewards have been transferred in respect of transfers of financial assets and whether we control SEs. These judgments are discussed in Notes 6 and 7, respectively, on page 159 of the financial statements. Note 17 on page 177 of the financial statements discusses the judgments made in determining the fair value of financial instruments. If actual results were to differ from the estimates we make, the impact would be recorded in future periods. We have established detailed policies and control procedures that are intended to ensure the judgments we make in determining the estimates are well controlled, independently reviewed and consistently applied from period to period. We believe that our estimates of the fair value of BMO’s assets and liabilities are appropriate.

For a more detailed discussion of the use of estimates, please see Note 1 on page 144 of the financial statements.

Allowance for Credit Losses

The allowance for credit losses represents our best estimate of probable credit losses in the portfolio of loans and acceptances. This requires significant judgment regarding key assumptions, including the probability of default, severity of loss, the timing of future cash flows and the valuation of collateral. One of our key performance measures is the provision for credit losses as a percentage of average net loans and acceptances. Over the 10 years prior to 2016, our average annual ratio has ranged from a high of 0.88% in 2009 to a low of 0.19% in 2015. This ratio varies with changes in the economy and credit conditions. If we were to apply these high and low ratios to average net loans and acceptances in 2016, our provision for credit losses would range from $680 million to $3,148 million and our allowance for credit losses would range from $1,979 million to $4,447 million. Our provision for credit losses in 2016 was $815 million and our allowance for credit losses at October 31, 2016 was $2,114 million. Additional information on the process and methodology for determining the allowance for credit losses can be found in the discussion of Credit and Counterparty Risk on page 88 as well as in Note 4 on page 153 of the financial statements.

Financial Instruments Measured at Fair Value

BMO records a number of items at fair value, including its trading and available-for-sale securities, derivatives, securities lent and certain assets and liabilities designated under the fair value option. Fair value represents our estimate of the amount we would receive, or would be required to pay in the case of a liability, in a current transaction between willing parties. We employ a fair value hierarchy to categorize the inputs we use in valuation techniques to measure fair value. The extent of our use of quoted market prices (Level 1), internal models using observable market information (Level 2) and internal models without observable market information (Level 3) in the valuation of securities, derivative assets and derivative liabilities as at October 31, 2016, as well as a sensitivity analysis of our Level 3 financial instruments, is disclosed in Note 17 on page 177 of the financial statements.

Our valuation models use general assumptions and market data, and therefore do not reflect the specific risks and other factors that could affect a particular instrument’s fair value. Valuation Product Control (VPC), a group independent of the trading lines of business, verifies the fair values at which financial instruments are recorded. For instruments that are valued using models, VPC identifies situations where valuation adjustments must be made to the model estimates to arrive at fair value. As a result, we incorporate certain adjustments when using internal models to establish fair values. These fair value adjustments take into account the estimated impact of credit risk, liquidity risk and other items, including closeout costs. For example, the credit risk adjustment for derivative financial instruments incorporates credit risk into our determination of fair values by taking into account factors such as the counterparty’s credit rating, the duration of the instrument and changes in credit spreads. We also incorporate an estimate of the implicit funding costs borne by BMO for over-the-counter derivative positions (the funding valuation adjustment).

The methodologies used for calculating these adjustments are reviewed on an ongoing basis to ensure that they remain appropriate. Significant changes in methodologies are made only when we believe that a change will result in better estimates of fair value.

Valuation Adjustments

 

(Canadian $ in millions)

As at October 31

  2016     2015  

Credit risk

    92        100   

Funding risk

    60        60   

Liquidity risk

    43        57   

Total

    195        217   

The impact of tighter credit spreads was largely offset by lower interest rates, resulting in a modest decline in credit risk. Liquidity risk declined due to lower uncertainty in independent market data sources.

Pension and Other Employee Future Benefits

Our pension and other employee future benefits expense is calculated by our independent actuaries using assumptions determined by management. If actual experience were to differ from the assumptions used, the difference would be recognized in other comprehensive income.

Pension and other employee future benefits expense and the related obligations are sensitive to changes in discount rates. We determine discount rates at each year end for all our plans using high-quality corporate bonds with terms matching the plans’ specific cash flows.

Additional information regarding our accounting for pension and other employee future benefits, including a sensitivity analysis for key assumptions, is included in Note 22 on page 188 of the financial statements.

 

BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016     113   


 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

Impairment of Securities

We have investments in securities issued or guaranteed by Canadian, U.S. and other governments, corporate debt and equity securities, mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations, which are classified as either available-for-sale securities, held-to-maturity securities or other securities. We review held-to-maturity, available-for-sale and other securities at each quarter-end reporting period to identify and evaluate investments that show indications of possible impairment. An investment is considered impaired if there is objective evidence that the estimated future cash flows will be reduced. We consider evidence such as delinquency or default, bankruptcy, restructuring or other evidence of deterioration in the creditworthiness of the issuer, or the absence of an active market. The decision to record a write-down, its amount and the period in which it is recorded could change if management’s assessment of those factors were to differ. We do not record impairment write-downs on debt securities when impairment is due to changes in market rates, if future contractual cash flows associated with the debt security are still expected to be recovered.

At the end of 2016, total unrealized losses related to available-for-sale securities for which cost exceeded fair value and an impairment write-down had not been recorded were $135 million ($152 million in 2015). Of this amount, $36 million related to available-for-sale securities for which cost had exceeded fair value for 12 months or more ($5 million in 2015). These unrealized losses resulted from changes in market interest rates and not from deterioration in the creditworthiness of the issuer.

Additional information regarding our accounting for available-for-sale securities, held-to-maturity securities and other securities and the determination of fair value is included in Note 3 on page 149 and Note 17 on page 177 of the financial statements.

Income Taxes and Deferred Tax Assets

The provision for income taxes is calculated based on the expected tax treatment of transactions recorded in our Consolidated Statements of Income or Changes in Equity. In determining the provision for income taxes, we interpret tax legislation in a variety of jurisdictions, and record our best estimate of the amount required to settle tax obligations. We also make assumptions about the expected timing of the reversal of deferred tax assets and liabilities. If our interpretations and assumptions differ from those of tax authorities or if the timing of reversals is not as expected, our provision for income taxes could increase or decrease in future periods. The amount of any such increase or decrease cannot be reasonably estimated.

Deferred tax assets are recognized only when it is probable that sufficient taxable profit will be available in future periods against which deductible temporary differences may be utilized. We are required to assess whether it is probable that our deferred income tax asset will be realized prior to its expiration and, based on all available evidence, determine if any portion of our deferred income tax asset should not be recognized. The factors used to assess the probability of realization are our past experience of income and capital gains, our forecast of future net income before taxes, available tax planning strategies that could be implemented to realize the deferred income tax asset, and the remaining expiration period of tax loss carryforwards. Changes in our assessment of these factors could increase or decrease our provision for income taxes in future periods.

If income tax rates increase or decrease in future periods in a jurisdiction, our provision for income taxes for future periods will increase or decrease accordingly. Furthermore, our deferred tax assets and liabilities will increase or decrease as income tax rates increase or decrease, respectively, and will result in an income tax impact. For example, a 5% decrease in the U.S. Federal tax rate (from 35% to 30%) would reduce our net deferred tax asset by approximately $230 million, which would result in a one-time corresponding income tax charge. In addition, however, each 5% decrease in the U.S. Federal tax rate would also increase our annual net income by approximately $75 million.

In fiscal 2016, we were reassessed by the Canada Revenue Agency (CRA) for additional income taxes in an amount of approximately $76 million in respect of certain 2011 Canadian corporate dividends. In its reassessment, the CRA denied dividend deductions on the basis that the dividends were received as part of a “dividend rental arrangement.” The dividends to which the reassessment relates were received in transactions similar to those addressed in the 2015 Canadian Federal Budget, which introduced prospective rules that apply as of May 1, 2017 for existing arrangements. We remain of the view that our tax filing position was appropriate and intend to challenge the reassessment. If our challenge is unsuccessful, the additional tax expense would negatively impact our net income. For a discussion of the synthetic equity arrangement rules which were passed into law in Canada, see the Legal and Regulatory Risk section on page 110.

Additional information regarding our accounting for income taxes is included in Note 23 on page 192 of the financial statements.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill is assessed for impairment at least annually. This assessment includes a comparison of the carrying value and the recoverable amount of each business unit to verify that the recoverable amount of the business unit is greater than its carrying value. If the carrying value were to exceed the recoverable amount of the business unit, an impairment calculation would be performed. The recoverable amount of an asset is the higher of its fair value less costs to sell and its value in use.

Fair value less costs to sell was used to perform the impairment test in all periods. In determining fair value less costs to sell, we employ a discounted cash flow model, consistent with that used when we acquire businesses. This model is dependent on assumptions related to revenue growth, discount rates, synergies achieved on acquisition and the availability of comparable acquisition data. Changes in any of these assumptions would affect the determination of fair value for each of our business units in a different manner. Management must exercise judgment and make assumptions in determining fair value, and differences in judgments and assumptions could affect the determination of fair value and any resulting impairment write-down. At October 31, 2016, the estimated fair value of each of our business units was greater than its carrying value.

Definite-lived intangible assets are amortized to income on either a straight-line or an accelerated basis over a period not exceeding 15 years, depending on the nature of the asset. We test definite-lived intangible assets for impairment when circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable. During the year ended October 31, 2016, we recorded $nil in impairment of definite-lived intangibles ($1 million in 2015).

Indefinite life intangible assets are tested annually for impairment. If any intangible assets are determined to be impaired, we write them down to their recoverable amount, the higher of value in use and fair value less costs to sell, when this is less than the carrying value. No such impairment was identified for the years ended October 31, 2016 and 2015. Additional information regarding the composition of goodwill and intangible assets is included in Note 11 on page 169 of the financial statements.

 

114   BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016


Purchased Loans

Acquired loans are identified as either purchased performing loans or purchased credit impaired loans (PCI loans), both of which are recorded at fair value at the time of acquisition. The determination of fair value involves estimating the expected cash flows to be received and determining the discount rate to be applied to those cash flows from the loan portfolio. In determining the discount rate, we consider various factors, including our cost to raise funds in the current market, the risk premium associated with the loans and the cost to service the portfolios.

PCI loans are those where the timely collection of principal and interest is no longer reasonably assured as at the date of acquisition. We regularly evaluate what we expect to collect on PCI loans. Changes in expected cash flows could result in the recognition of impairment or a recovery through the provision for credit losses. Estimating the timing and amount of cash flows requires significant management judgment regarding key assumptions, including the probability of default, severity of loss, timing of payment receipts and valuation of collateral. All of these factors are inherently subjective and can result in significant changes in cash flow estimates over the term of a loan.

The purchased performing loans are subject to the same credit review processes we apply to loans we originate. We also assess the portfolio to ensure the remaining credit mark is adequate to cover probable credit losses in the portfolio. This requires judgment regarding assumptions, including the probability of default, severity of loss, timing of future cash flows, and valuation of collateral and estimated life of the loans.

Additional information regarding purchased loans is provided in Note 4 on page 153 of the financial statements.

Insurance-Related Liabilities

Insurance claims and policy benefit liabilities represent current claims and estimates of future insurance policy obligation liabilities. Liabilities for life insurance contracts are determined using the Canadian Asset Liability Method, which incorporates best-estimate assumptions for mortality, morbidity, policy lapses, surrenders, future investment yields, policy dividends, administration costs and margins for adverse deviation. These assumptions are reviewed at least annually and updated to reflect actual experience and market conditions. The most significant impact on the valuation of these liabilities would be the result of a change in the assumption for future investment yields. If the assumed yield were to increase by one percentage point, net income would increase by approximately $66 million. A reduction of one percentage point would lower net income by approximately $64 million. See the Insurance Risk section on page 109 for further discussion of the impact of changing rates on insurance earnings.

Provisions

BMO and its subsidiaries are involved in various legal actions in the ordinary course of business.

Provisions are recorded at the best estimate of the amount required to settle any obligation related to these legal actions as at the balance sheet date, taking into account the risks and uncertainties surrounding the obligation. Factors included in making the assessment include a case-by-case assessment of specific facts and circumstances, our past experience and the opinions of legal experts. Management and internal and external experts are involved in estimating any amounts that may be required. The actual costs of resolving these claims may be substantially higher or lower than the amount of the provisions.

Additional information regarding provisions is provided in Note 25 on page 195 of the financial statements.

Transfers of Financial Assets and Consolidation of Structured Entities

We sell Canadian mortgage loans to third-party Canadian securitization programs, including the Canadian Mortgage Bond program, and directly to third-party investors under the National Housing Act Mortgage-Backed Securities program. We assess whether substantially all of the risks and rewards of the loans have been transferred to determine if they qualify for derecognition. Since we continue to be exposed to substantially all of the prepayment, interest rate and/or credit risk associated with the securitized loans, they do not qualify for derecognition. We continue to recognize the loans and recognize the related cash proceeds as secured financing in our Consolidated Balance Sheet. Additional information concerning the transfer of financial assets is included on page 77, as well as in Note 6 on page 159 of the financial statements.

In the normal course of business, BMO enters into arrangements with SEs. We are required to consolidate SEs if we determine that we control the SEs. We control an SE when we have power over the entity, exposure or rights to variable returns from our investment and the ability to exercise power to affect the amount of our returns. Additional information concerning BMO’s interests in SEs is included on page 77, as well as in Note 7 on page 159 of the financial statements.

Caution

This Critical Accounting Estimates section contains forward-looking statements. Please see the Caution Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.

 

 

Changes in Accounting Policies in 2016

There were no changes in our accounting policies in 2016.

 

 

Future Changes in Accounting Policies

BMO monitors the potential changes to IFRS proposed by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) and analyzes the effect that any such changes to the standards may have on BMO’s financial reporting and accounting policies. New standards and amendments to existing standards that will be effective for BMO in the future are described in Note 1 on page 144 of the financial statements.

Adoption of IFRS 9 Financial Instruments

In July 2014, the IASB issued IFRS 9 Financial Instruments (IFRS 9), which addresses impairment, classification, measurement, and hedge accounting. At the direction of our regulator, OSFI, IFRS 9 is effective for the bank for the fiscal year beginning November 1, 2017. Additional guidance relating to the adoption of IFRS 9 has been provided by OSFI in its Guideline – IFRS 9 Financial Instruments and Disclosures (OSFI Guideline). The OSFI Guideline is consistent with the guidance provided by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (BCBS). Additional information and accounting policies concerning IFRS 9 are discussed below, as well as in Note 1 on page 144 of the financial statements.

 

BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016     115   


 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

Impairment

The impairment provisions of IFRS 9 are expected to have the largest impact on the bank and will result in the earlier recognition of provisions for

credit losses, with the initial increase to the collective allowance on adoption of the standard recorded in retained earnings. The new standard is expected to increase the variability of the provision for credit losses.

IFRS 9 introduces a new single expected credit loss (ECL) impairment model for all financial assets and certain off-balance sheet loan commitments and guarantees. The new ECL model will result in an allowance for credit losses being recorded on financial assets regardless of whether there has been an actual loss event. The most significant impact will be on the loan portfolio. The expected credit loss model requires the recognition of credit losses based on the expected lifetime losses on loans that are either credit impaired or have experienced a significant increase in credit risk since origination, and 12 months of expected losses for all other loans. The expected loss calculations are required to incorporate forward-looking macroeconomic information in determining the final provision. We do not expect significant changes to the accounting related to the specific loan loss allowance or the specific provision for credit losses.

Key Impairment Modelling Concepts

We will leverage our existing enterprise-wide risk management framework wherever allowable under IFRS 9. Certain key modelling concepts, their application under IFRS 9 and key differences from existing regulatory frameworks are discussed below.

The expected credit loss concept already exists in regulatory and stress testing frameworks. As the objectives of these various frameworks differ, the manner in which the expected credit losses are calculated also differs. The ECL is calculated as a function of the probability of default (PD), the exposure at default (EAD) and the loss given default (LGD), with the timing of the loss also considered.

The PD represents the likelihood that a loan will not be repaid and will go into default in either a 12-month or lifetime horizon. The PD for each individual instrument will incorporate a consideration of past events, current market conditions and reasonable and supportable information about future economic conditions. The bank is developing IFRS 9 specific PD models.

The EAD represents an estimate of the outstanding amount of credit exposure at the time a default may occur. For off-balance sheet and undrawn amounts, EAD includes an estimate of any further amounts to be drawn at the time of default. For IFRS 9, EAD models will be adjusted for a 12-month or lifetime horizon and for macroeconomic factors where appropriate.

The LGD is the amount that may not be recovered in the event of default. LGD takes into consideration the amount and quality of any collateral held. The bank will be using its existing LGD models adjusted to meet the IFRS 9 requirements.

The IFRS 9 terms used above differ from those used in calculating our expected losses for regulatory purposes as follows:

 

      Regulatory Capital    IFRS 9
PD   

   Through the cycle 12-month loss view

   The definition of default is generally 90 days past due except for credit cards, which uses 180 days past due

  

   Point-in-time 12-month or lifetime horizon based on past experience, current conditions and reasonable supportable forward-looking information

   Default definition consistent with regulatory capital

EAD   

   Includes expected draws prior to default and cannot be lower than current outstanding

  

   Represents the expected exposure across a 12-month or lifetime horizon adjusted for economic conditions and can be lower than the current outstanding

LGD   

   Downturn LGD based on a severe economic downturn

   Certain regulatory floors apply

   Includes direct and indirect costs associated with collection

  

   Expected LGD based on 12-month or lifetime horizon adjusted for reasonable supportable forward-looking information where appropriate

   No regulatory floors

   Only direct costs included

Other        

   Lifetime losses are discounted back from point of default to the balance sheet date

Impacts on Governance and Controls

We will be realigning certain internal control practices to address the new requirements of IFRS 9. The two largest areas of impact will be on the development of future economic scenarios and the determination of a significant increase in credit risk. We will establish a governance framework to ensure that the economic scenarios that are developed are reasonable and supportable and take into consideration all reasonably available information about possible future events. Additionally, we will develop a process to monitor our credit practices and portfolio composition to ensure that the definition of a significant increase in credit risk remains appropriate.

We will ensure that all impacted internal controls will be updated in accordance with our internal policies and procedures relating to internal control over financial reporting. All controls will be tested and evaluated for effectiveness in accordance with the criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework, issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in May 2013.

Impacts on Capital Planning

IFRS 9 is expected to have an impact on our reported capital as a result of any adjustment recorded in retained earnings on adoption of the standard and the anticipated increased responsiveness of the allowance to changes in the credit profile going forward. OSFI and the BCBS have not yet finalized their approach to incorporating into the calculation of our capital ratios any adjustments recorded on transition to IFRS 9. The BCBS has issued its Consultative Document on the Regulatory treatment of accounting provisions – interim approaches and transitional arrangements with comments due in January of 2017 to address this issue. To ensure timely and appropriate consideration of capital management issues, the bank has established an IFRS 9 Steering Committee which includes representatives from the bank’s capital management team. We are in the process of determining the impact of IFRS 9 adoption on both the financial statements and capital planning.

 

116   BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016


Classification and Measurement

The new standard requires that we classify debt instruments based on our business model for managing the assets and the contractual cash flow characteristics of the asset. The business model test determines classification based on the business purpose for holding the asset. Generally, debt instruments will be measured at fair value through profit and loss unless certain conditions are met that permit fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI) or amortized cost. Debt instruments that have contractual cash flows representing only payments of principal and interest will be eligible for classification as FVOCI or amortized cost. Gains and losses recorded in other comprehensive income for debt instruments will be recognized in profit or loss on disposal.

Equity instruments would generally be measured at fair value through profit and loss unless we elect to measure at fair value through other comprehensive income. This will result in unrealized gains and losses on equity instruments currently classified as available-for-sale equity securities being recorded in income going forward. Currently, these unrealized gains and losses are recognized in other comprehensive income. Should we elect to record equity instruments at fair value through other comprehensive income, gains and losses would never be recognized in income.

Hedging

IFRS 9 introduces a new hedge accounting model that expands the scope of hedged items and risks eligible for hedge accounting and aligns hedge accounting more closely with risk management. The new model no longer specifies quantitative measures for effectiveness testing and does not permit hedge de-designation. IFRS 9 includes a policy choice that would allow the bank to continue to apply the existing hedge accounting rules. We are currently assessing whether we will adopt the IFRS 9 hedge requirements, or retain the existing requirements.

Leases

In January 2016, the IASB issued IFRS 16 Leases (IFRS 16), which provides guidance for leases that will require lessees to recognize a liability for the present value of future lease liabilities and record a corresponding asset on the balance sheet. There are minimal changes to lessor accounting. IFRS 16 is effective for our fiscal year beginning November 1, 2019. Early adoption is permitted, provided IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers has been adopted. We are currently assessing the impact of the standard on our future financial results.

Revenue

In April 2016, the IASB issued amendments to IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers (IFRS 15), which provides additional clarity on revenue recognition related to identifying performance obligations, application guidance on principal versus agent and licenses of intellectual property. We will be adopting IFRS 15 effective for our fiscal year beginning November 1, 2018. We are currently assessing the impact of the standard on our future financial results.

 

 

Transactions with Related Parties

In the ordinary course of business, we provide banking services to our key management personnel on the same terms that we offer to our preferred customers for those services. Key management personnel are defined as those persons having authority and responsibility for planning, directing and/or controlling the activities of an entity, being the directors and the most senior executives of the bank. We provide banking services to our joint ventures and equity-accounted investees on the same terms offered to our customers for these services.

Details of our investments in joint arrangements and associates and the compensation of key management personnel are disclosed in Note 28 on page 201 of the financial statements. We also offer employees a subsidy on annual credit card fees.

 

BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016     117   


 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

Shareholders’ Auditors’ Services and Fees

Review of Shareholders’ Auditors

The Audit and Conduct Review Committee (ACRC) is responsible for the appointment, compensation and oversight of the shareholders’ auditors and conducts an annual assessment of the performance and effectiveness of the shareholders’ auditors, considering factors such as: (i) the quality of services provided by the shareholders’ auditors’ engagement team during the audit period; (ii) the relevant qualifications, experience and geographical reach to serve BMO Financial Group; (iii) the quality of communications received from the shareholders’ auditors; and (iv) the independence, objectivity and professional skepticism of the shareholders’ auditors.

The ACRC believes that it has robust review processes in place to monitor audit quality and oversee the work of the shareholders’ auditors, including the lead audit partner, which include:

 

annually reviewing the audit plan in two separate meetings, including a consideration of the impact of business risks on the audit plan and an assessment of the reasonableness of the audit fee;

 

reviewing qualifications of their senior engagement team members;

 

monitoring the execution of the audit plan of the shareholders’ auditors, with emphasis on the more complex and risky areas of the audit;

 

reviewing and evaluating the audit findings, including in camera sessions;

 

evaluating audit quality and performance, including recent Canadian Public Accountability Board (CPAB) and Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (PCAOB) inspection reports on the shareholders’ auditors and their peer firms;

 

at a minimum, holding quarterly meetings with the ACRC Chair and the lead audit partner to discuss audit issues independently of management; and

 

performing a comprehensive review of the shareholders’ auditors every five years, and performing an annual review between comprehensive reviews, conducted following the guidelines set out by the Chartered Professional Accountants of Canada (CPA of Canada) and the CPAB.

In 2016, the annual review of the shareholders’ auditors was completed. Input was sought from ACRC members, management and corporate audit on areas such as communication effectiveness, industry insights and audit performance. In 2015, the ACRC completed a periodic comprehensive review of the shareholders’ auditors. The comprehensive review was based on the recommendations of the CPA of Canada and the CPAB. These reviews focused on: (i) the independence, objectivity and professional skepticism of the shareholders’ auditors; (ii) the quality of the engagement team; and (iii) the quality of communications and interactions with the shareholders’ auditors. As a result of these reviews, the ACRC was satisfied with the performance of the shareholders’ auditors.

Independence of the shareholders’ auditors is overseen by the ACRC in accordance with our Auditor Independence Policy. The ACRC also ensures that the lead audit partner rotates out of that role after five consecutive years and does not return to that role for a further five years.

Pre-Approval Policies and Procedures

As part of BMO Financial Group’s corporate governance practices, the ACRC oversees the application of our policy limiting the services provided by the shareholders’ auditors that are not related to their role as auditors. The ACRC pre-approves the types of services (permitted services) that can be provided by the shareholders’ auditors, as well as the annual audit plan, which includes fees for specific types of services. For permitted services that are not included in the pre-approved annual audit plan, approval to proceed with the engagement is obtained and the services to be provided are presented to the ACRC for ratification at its next meeting. All services must comply with our Auditor Independence policy, as well as professional standards and securities regulations governing auditor independence.

Shareholders’ Auditors’ Fees

Aggregate fees paid to the shareholders’ auditors during the fiscal years ended October 31, 2016 and 2015 were as follows:

 

(Canadian $ in millions)

Fees (1)

  2016     2015  

Audit fees

    17.6        17.1   

Audit-related fees (2)

    2.5        2.2   

Tax fees

           0.1   

All other fees (3)

    2.7        2.3   

Total

    22.8        21.7   

 

  (1)   The classification of fees is based on applicable Canadian securities laws and U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission definitions.
  (2)   Audit-related fees for 2016 and 2015 relate to fees paid for accounting advice, specified procedures on our Proxy Circular and other specified procedures.
  (3)   All other fees for 2016 and 2015 relate primarily to fees paid for reviews of compliance with regulatory requirements for financial information and reports on internal controls over services provided by various BMO Financial Group businesses. They also include the costs of translation services.

 

118   BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016


Management’s Annual Report on Disclosure Controls and Procedures

and Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Disclosure controls and procedures are designed to provide reasonable assurance that all relevant information is gathered and reported to senior management, including the Chief Executive Officer (CEO) and the Chief Financial Officer (CFO), on a timely basis so that appropriate decisions can be made regarding public disclosure.

As at October 31, 2016, under the supervision of the CEO and the CFO, Bank of Montreal’s management evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures, as defined in Canada by National Instrument 52-109, Certification of Disclosure in Issuers’ Annual and Interim Filings, and in the United States by Rule 13a-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the Exchange Act). Based on this evaluation, the CEO and the CFO have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective, as at October 31, 2016.

Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed under the supervision of the bank’s CEO and CFO, in order to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements in accordance with IFRS and the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) in the United States, as applicable. Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting for Bank of Montreal.

Bank of Montreal’s internal control over financial reporting includes policies and procedures that:

  (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of Bank of Montreal;
  (ii) are designed to provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of the financial statements in accordance with IFRS and the requirements of the SEC in the United States, as applicable, and that receipts and expenditures of Bank of Montreal are being made only in accordance with authorizations by management and directors of Bank of Montreal; and
  (iii) are designed to provide reasonable assurance that any unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of Bank of Montreal’s assets which could have a material effect on the financial statements is prevented or detected in a timely manner.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting can provide only reasonable assurance and may not prevent or detect misstatements. Furthermore, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the related policies and procedures may deteriorate.

Bank of Montreal’s management, under the supervision of the CEO and the CFO, has evaluated the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting using the framework and criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework, issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in May 2013 (2013 COSO Framework). Based on this evaluation, management has concluded that internal control over financial reporting was effective as at October 31, 2016.

At the request of Bank of Montreal’s Audit and Conduct Review Committee, KPMG LLP (shareholders’ auditors), an independent registered public accounting firm, has conducted an audit of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. The audit report states in its conclusion that, in KPMG’s opinion, Bank of Montreal maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as at October 31, 2016, in accordance with the criteria established in the 2013 COSO Framework. This audit report appears on page 138.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting in fiscal 2016 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the adequacy and effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting.

 

BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016     119   


 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

Enhanced Disclosure Task Force

On October 29, 2012, the Enhanced Disclosure Task Force (EDTF) of the Financial Stability Board published its first report, Enhancing the Risk Disclosures of Banks. We support the recommendations issued by the EDTF for the provision of high-quality, transparent risk disclosures.

Disclosures related to the EDTF recommendations are detailed below.

 

General

1   Present all risk-related information in the Annual Report, Supplementary Financial Information and Supplementary Regulatory Capital Disclosure, and provide an index for easy navigation.
 

 

Annual Report: Risk-related information is presented in the Enterprise-Wide Risk Management section on pages 79 to 112.

 

An index for the MD&A is provided on page 26. An index for the notes to the financial statements is provided on page 144.

 

 

Supplementary Financial Information: An index is provided in our Supplementary Financial Information.

 

2   Define the bank’s risk terminology and risk measures and present key parameters used.
 

 

Annual Report: Specific risk definitions and key parameters underpinning BMO’s risk reporting are provided on pages 88 to 112.

 

A glossary of financial terms (including risk terminology) can be found on pages 206 to 207.

 

3   Discuss top and emerging risks for the bank.
 

 

Annual Report: BMO’s top and emerging risks are discussed on pages 80 to 83.

 

4   Outline plans to meet new key regulatory ratios once the applicable rules are finalized.
 

 

Annual Report: We outline BMO’s plans to meet new regulatory ratios on pages 70 to 73 and 105.

 

Risk Governance

5   Summarize the bank’s risk management organization, processes, and key functions.
 

 

Annual Report: BMO’s risk management organization, processes and key functions are summarized on pages 83 to 87.

 

6   Describe the bank’s risk culture.
 

 

Annual Report: BMO’s risk culture is described on page 84.

 

7   Describe key risks that arise from the bank’s business model and activities.
 

 

Annual Report: A diagram of BMO’s risk exposure by operating segment is provided on page 75.

 

8   Describe the use of stress testing within the bank’s risk governance and capital frameworks.
 

 

Annual Report: BMO’s stress testing process is described on page 87.

 

Capital Adequacy and Risk-Weighted Assets (RWA)

9   Provide minimum Pillar 1 capital requirements.
 

 

Annual Report: Pillar 1 capital requirements are described on pages 70 to 73.

 

 

Supplementary Financial Information: Regulatory capital is disclosed on page 35.

 

10   Summarize information contained in the composition of capital templates adopted by the Basel Committee.
 

 

Annual Report: An abridged version of the regulatory capital template is provided on page 73.

 

 

Supplementary Financial Information: Pillar 3 disclosure is provided on pages 35 to 37 and 39. A Main Features template can be found on BMO’s website at www.bmo.com under Investor Relations and Regulatory Filings.

 

11   Present a flow statement of movements in regulatory capital, including changes in Common Equity Tier 1, Additional Tier 1, and Tier 2 capital.
 

 

Supplementary Financial Information: Regulatory capital flow statement is provided on page 40.

 

12   Discuss capital planning within a more general discussion of management’s strategic planning.
 

 

Annual Report: BMO’s capital planning process is discussed under Capital Management Framework on page 70.

 

13   Provide granular information to explain how RWA relate to business activities.
 

 

Annual Report: A diagram of BMO’s risk exposure, including RWA by operating group, is provided on page 75.

 

14   Present a table showing the capital requirements for each method used for calculating RWA.
 

 

Annual Report: Regulatory capital requirement, as a percentage of RWA, is outlined on page 71.

 

Information about significant models used to determine RWA is provided on pages 89 to 90.

 

 

Supplementary Financial Information: A table showing RWA by model approach and by risk type is provided on page 39.

 

15   Tabulate credit risk in the banking book for Basel asset classes.
 

 

Supplementary Financial Information: Wholesale and retail credit exposures by internal rating grades are provided on page 47.

 

16   Present a flow statement that reconciles movements in RWA by credit risk and market risk.
 

 

Supplementary Financial Information: RWA flow statements are provided on page 41, with a reconciliation on page 38.

 

17   Describe the bank’s Basel validation and back-testing process.
 

 

Annual Report: BMO’s Basel validation and back-testing process for credit and market risk is described on pages 108 to 109.

 

 

Supplementary Financial Information: A table showing Exposure at Default and RWA by model approach and asset class is provided on page 39. A table showing estimated and actual loss parameters is provided on page 49.

 

120   BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016


Liquidity

18   Describe how the bank manages its potential liquidity needs and the liquidity reserve held to meet those needs.
 

 

Annual Report: BMO’s potential liquidity needs and the liquidity reserve held to meet those needs are described on pages 100 to 101.

 

Funding

19   Summarize encumbered and unencumbered assets in a table by balance sheet category.
 

 

Annual Report: An Asset Encumbrance table is provided on page 102.

 

Additional collateral requirements in the event of downgrades by rating agencies are disclosed in Note 8 on page 164 of the financial statements.

 

Supplementary Financial Information: The Asset Encumbrance table by currency is provided on page 34.

 

20   Tabulate consolidated total assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet commitments by remaining contractual maturity.
 

 

Annual Report: A Contractual Maturity table is presented in Note 29 on pages 202 to 205 of the financial statements.

 

21   Discuss the bank’s sources of funding and describe the bank’s funding strategy.
 

 

Annual Report: BMO’s sources of funding and funding strategy are described on pages 103 to 104.

 

A table showing the composition and maturity of wholesale funding is provided on page 104.

 

Market Risk

22   Provide a breakdown of balance sheet positions into trading and non-trading market risk measures.
 

 

Annual Report: A table linking balance sheet items to market risk measures is provided on page 98.

 

23  

Provide qualitative and quantitative breakdowns of significant trading and non-trading market risk measures.

 

 

Annual Report: Trading market risk exposures are described and quantified on pages 95 to 97.

 

Structural (non-trading) market risk exposures are described and quantified on pages 98 to 99.

 

24   Describe significant market risk measurement model validation procedures and back-testing and how these are used to enhance the parameters of the model.
 

 

Annual Report: Market risk measurement model validation procedures and back-testing for trading market risk and structural (non-trading) market risk are described on pages 108 to 109.

 

25   Describe the primary risk management techniques employed by the bank to measure and assess the risk of loss beyond reported risk measures.
 

 

Annual Report: The use of stress testing, scenario analysis and stressed VaR for market risk management is described on pages 95 to 97.

 

Credit Risk

26   Provide information about the bank’s credit risk profile.
 

 

Annual Report: Information about BMO’s credit risk profile is provided on pages 90 to 92 and in Notes 4 and 5 on pages 153 to 158 of the financial statements.

 

Supplementary Financial Information: Tables detailing credit risk information are provided on pages 20 to 30 and 43 to 50.

 

27   Describe the bank’s policies related to impaired loans and renegotiated loans.
 

 

Annual Report: Impaired and renegotiated loan policies are described in Note 4 on pages 153 and 155, respectively, of the financial statements.

 

28   Provide reconciliations of impaired loans and the allowance for credit losses.
 

 

Annual Report: Continuity schedules for gross impaired loans and allowance for credit losses are provided on pages 91 to 92 and in Note 4 on pages 154 to 155 of the financial statements.

 

29   Provide a quantitative and qualitative analysis of the bank’s counterparty credit risk that arises from its derivative transactions.
 

 

Annual Report: Quantitative disclosures on collateralization agreements for over-the-counter (OTC) derivatives are provided on page 94 and qualitative disclosures are provided on pages 88 to 89.

 

Supplementary Financial Information: Quantitative disclosures for OTC derivatives are provided on page 33.

 

30   Provide a discussion of credit risk mitigation.
 

 

Annual Report: A discussion of BMO’s credit and counterparty risk management is provided on pages 88 to 89. Collateral management discussions are provided on pages 88 to 89 and in Note 8 on pages 164 and 166 and in Note 25 on page 196 of the financial statements.

 

Supplementary Financial Information: The exposures covered by credit risk mitigation table is provided on page 43.

 

Other Risks

31   Describe other risks and discuss how each is identified, governed, measured and managed.
 

 

Annual Report: A diagram illustrating the risk governance process that supports BMO’s risk culture is provided on page 83.

 

Other risks are discussed on pages 106 to 112.

 

32   Discuss publicly known risk events related to other risks, where material or potentially material loss events have occurred.
 

 

Annual Report: Other risks are discussed on pages 106 to 112.

 

BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016     121   


 

SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION

Supplemental Information

Certain comparative figures have been reclassified to conform to the current period’s presentation and for changes in accounting policies. Refer to Note 1 of the consolidated financial statements. In addition, since November 1, 2011, BMO’s financial statements have been reported in accordance with IFRS. Results for years prior to 2011 have not been restated and are presented in accordance with Canadian GAAP as defined at that time (CGAAP).

As a result of these changes, certain growth rates and compound annual growth rates (CAGR) may not be meaningful.

Adjusted results in this section are non-GAAP measures. Refer to the Non-GAAP Measures section on page 33.

Table 1: Shareholder Value and Other Statistical Information

 

As at or for the year ended October 31   2016     2015     2014     2013     2012     2011     2010     2009     2008     2007  

Market Price per Common Share ($)

                   

High

    87.92        84.39        85.71        73.90        61.29        63.94        65.71        54.75        63.44        72.75   

Low

    68.65        64.01        67.04        56.74        53.15        55.02        49.78        24.05        35.65        60.21   

Close

    85.36        76.04        81.73        72.62        59.02        58.89        60.23        50.06        43.02        63.00   

Common Share Dividends

                   

Dividends declared per share ($)

    3.40        3.24        3.08        2.94        2.82        2.80        2.80        2.80        2.80        2.71   

Dividend payout ratio (%)

    49.0        49.2        47.8        47.5        46.0        57.1        58.6        90.6        73.9        64.8   

Dividend yield (%)

    4.0        4.3        3.8        4.0        4.8        4.8        4.6        5.6        6.5        4.3   

Dividends declared ($ millions)

    2,191        2,087        1,991        1,904        1,820        1,690        1,571        1,530        1,409        1,354   

Total Shareholder Return (%)

                   

Five-year average annual return

    12.5        9.5        15.5        17.0        4.2        1.9        5.9        1.8        0.9        14.2   

Three-year average annual return

    9.9        13.5        16.7        11.5        10.8        17.4        4.5        (5.3     (5.6     6.6   

One-year return

    17.0        (3.0     17.1        28.8        5.2        2.4        26.4        25.1        (27.9     (5.8

Common Share Information

                   

Number outstanding (in thousands)

                   

End of year

    645,761        642,583        649,050        644,130        650,730        639,000        566,468        551,716        504,575        498,563   

Average basic

    644,049        644,916        645,860        648,476        644,407        591,403        559,822        540,294        502,062        499,950   

Average diluted

    646,148        647,162        648,475        649,806        648,615        607,068        563,125        542,313        506,697        508,614   

Number of shareholder accounts

    52,087        53,481        55,610        56,241        59,238        58,769        36,612        37,061        37,250        37,165   

Book value per share ($)

    59.56        56.31        48.18        43.22        39.41        36.76        34.09        31.95        32.02        28.29   

Total market value of shares ($ billions)

    55.1        48.9        53.0        46.8        38.4        37.6        34.1        27.6        21.7        31.4   

Price-to-earnings multiple

    12.3        11.6        12.8        11.8        9.7        12.2        12.7        16.3        11.4        15.3   

Price-to-adjusted earnings multiple

    11.4        10.9        12.4        11.7        9.9        11.5        12.5        12.5        9.2        11.6   

Market-to-book value multiple

    1.43        1.35        1.70        1.66        1.47        1.49        1.77        1.57        1.34        2.23   

Balances ($ millions)

                   

As at assets

    687,935        641,881        588,659        537,044        524,684        500,575        411,640        388,458        416,050        366,524   

Average daily assets

    707,122        664,391        593,928        555,431        543,931        469,934        398,474        438,548        397,609        360,575   

Average daily net loans and acceptances

    357,708        320,081        292,098        266,107        246,129        215,414        171,554        182,097        175,079        165,783   

Return on Equity and Assets

                   

Return on equity (%)

    12.1        12.5        14.0        14.9        15.9        15.1        14.9        9.9        13.0        14.4   

Adjusted return on equity (%) (1)

    13.1        13.3        14.4        15.0        15.5        16.0        15.0        12.9        16.2        19.0   

Return on average assets (%)

    0.65        0.66        0.72        0.74        0.75        0.65        0.71        0.41        0.50        0.59   

Adjusted return on average assets (%) (1)

    0.71        0.70        0.74        0.75        0.73        0.68        0.71        0.52        0.61        0.78   

Return on average risk-weighted assets (%)

    1.71        1.84        1.85        1.93        1.96        1.70        1.74        0.97        1.07        1.20   

Adjusted return on average risk-weighted assets (%) (1)

    1.85        1.96        1.91        1.94        1.92        1.79        1.76        1.25        1.32        1.58   

Average equity to average total assets (%)

    0.05        0.05        0.05        0.05        0.05        0.04        0.05        0.04        0.04        0.04   

Other Statistical Information

                   

Employees (2)

                   

Canada

    29,643        30,669        30,587        30,303        30,797        31,351        29,821        29,118        29,529        28,944   

United States

    14,147        14,316        14,845        14,694        14,963        15,184        7,445        6,732        7,256        6,595   

Other

    1,444        1,368        1,346        634        512        440        363        323        288        288   

Total

    45,234        46,353        46,778        45,631        46,272        46,975        37,629        36,173        37,073        35,827   

Bank branches

                   

Canada

    942        939        934        933        930        920        910        900        983        977   

United States

    576        592        615        626        638        688        321        290        292        243   

Other

    4        4        4        4        3        3        3        5        5        4   

Total

    1,522        1,535        1,553        1,563        1,571        1,611        1,234        1,195        1,280        1,224   

Automated banking machines

                   

Canada

    3,285        3,442        3,016        2,900        2,596        2,235        2,076        2,030        2,026        1,978   

United States

    1,314        1,319        1,322        1,325        1,375        1,366        905        636        640        583   

Total

    4,599        4,761        4,338        4,225        3,971        3,601        2,981        2,666        2,666        2,561   

2010 and prior based on CGAAP.

2011 has not been restated to reflect the new IFRS standards adopted in 2014. The adoption of new IFRS standards in 2015 only impacted our results prospectively.

 

  (1) The impact of adjusting items (net of tax) was an increase to net income as follows: 2011 – $161 million; 2010 – $32 million; 2009 – $509 million; 2008 – $461 million; 2007 – $675 million. Details on the adjusting items can be found in the 2011 to 2007 Management’s Discussion and Analysis.
  (2) Reflects full-time equivalent number of employees, comprising full-time and part-time employees and adjustments for overtime hours.

 

122   BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016


Table 2: Summary Income Statement and Growth Statistics

 

 

($ millions, except as noted)

For the year ended October 31

  2016      2015      2014      2013      2012      5-year
CAGR
     10-year
CAGR
 

Income Statement – Reported Results

                   

Net interest income

    9,872         8,763         8,292         8,487         8,749         5.7         7.6   

Non-interest revenue

    11,215         10,626         9,931         8,343         8,354         8.1         7.8   

Revenue

    21,087         19,389         18,223         16,830         17,103         7.0         7.7   

Insurance claims, commissions and changes in policy benefit liabilities (CCPB) (1)

    1,543         1,254         1,505         767         1,174         6.7         37.6   

Revenue, net of CCPB

    19,544         18,135         16,718         16,063         15,929         7.0         6.9   

Provision for credit losses

    815         612         561         587         764         nm         nm   

Non-interest expense

    12,997         12,182         10,921         10,226         10,135         8.3         7.4   

Income before provision for income taxes

    5,732         5,341         5,236         5,250         5,030         7.5         5.2   

Provision for income taxes

    1,101         936         903         1,055         874         nm         4.4   

Net income

    4,631         4,405         4,333         4,195         4,156         8.3         5.4   

Attributable to bank shareholders

    4,622         4,370         4,277         4,130         4,082         8.7         5.7   

Attributable to non-controlling interest in subsidiaries

    9         35         56         65         74         nm         nm   

Net income

    4,631         4,405         4,333         4,195         4,156         8.3         5.7   

Income Statement – Adjusted Results

                   

Net interest income

    9,872         8,764         8,292         7,830         7,970         6.4         7.6   

Non-interest revenue

    11,299         10,627         9,931         8,309         8,070         8.2         7.8   

Revenue

    21,171         19,391         18,223         16,139         16,040         7.3         7.7   

Insurance claims, commissions and changes in policy benefit liabilities (CCPB) (1)

    1,543         1,254         1,505         767         1,174         6.7         37.6   

Revenue, net of CCPB

    19,628         18,137         16,718         15,372         14,866         7.4         7.0   

Provision for credit losses

    815         612         561         357         470         nm         nm   

Non-interest expense

    12,544         11,819         10,761         9,755         9,410         8.2         7.1   

Income before provision for income taxes

    6,269         5,706         5,396         5,260         4,986         8.4         6.0   

Provision for income taxes

    1,249         1,025         943         1,037         927         12.5         5.3   

Adjusted net income

    5,020         4,681         4,453         4,223         4,059         8.9         6.2   

Attributable to bank shareholders

    5,011         4,646         4,397         4,158         3,985         8.9         6.2   

Attributable to non-controlling interest in subsidiaries

    9         35         56         65         74         nm         nm   

Adjusted net income

    5,020         4,681         4,453         4,223         4,059         8.9         6.2   

Earnings per Share (EPS) ($)

                   

Basic

    6.94         6.59         6.44         6.19         6.13         7.2         2.8   

Diluted

    6.92         6.57         6.41         6.17         6.10         7.4         3.0   

Adjusted diluted

    7.52         7.00         6.59         6.21         5.95         8.1         3.8   

Year-over-Year Growth-Based Statistical Information (%)

                   

Net income growth

    5.1         1.7         3.3         0.9         33.5         na         na   

Adjusted net income growth

    7.2         5.1         5.4         4.1         23.9         na         na   

Diluted EPS growth

    5.3         2.5         3.9         1.1         26.0         na         na   

Adjusted diluted EPS growth

    7.4         6.2         6.1         4.4         16.7         na         na   

Five-year and ten-year CAGR based on CGAAP in 2006 and IFRS in 2011 and 2016.

The adoption of new IFRS standards in 2015 only impacted our results prospectively.

 

  (1) Beginning in 2015, insurance claims, commissions and changes in policy benefit liabilities (CCPB) are reported separately. They were previously reported as a reduction in insurance revenue in non-interest revenue. Prior period amounts and ratios have been reclassified.

nm – not meaningful

na – not applicable

 

BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016     123   


 

SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION

Table 3: Revenue and Revenue Growth

 

($ millions, except as noted)

For the year ended October 31

   2016      2015      2014      2013      2012      5-year
CAGR
     10-year
CAGR
 

Net Interest Income

     9,872         8,763         8,292         8,487         8,749         5.7         7.6   

Year-over-year growth (%)

     12.7         5.7         (2.3      (3.0      17.1         na         na   

Adjusted Net Interest Income

     9,872         8,764         8,292         7,830         7,970         6.4         7.6   

Year-over-year growth (%)

     12.6         5.7         5.9         (1.8      10.0         na         na   

Net Interest Margin (1)

                    

Average earning assets

     622,732         579,471         528,786         485,191         461,018         9.0         9.1   

Net interest margin (%)

     1.59         1.51         1.57         1.75         1.90         na         na   

Adjusted net interest margin (%)

     1.59         1.51         1.57         1.61         1.73         na         na   

Canadian dollar net interest margin (%)

     1.60         1.62         1.68         1.76         1.82         na         na   

U.S. dollar and other currencies net interest margin (%)

     1.56         1.38         1.41         1.74         2.01         na         na   

Non-Interest Revenue

                    

Securities commissions and fees

     924         901         894         821         825         (5.3      (1.3

Deposit and payment service charges

     1,141         1,077         1,002         916         929         6.5         4.6   

Trading revenues

     1,192         987         949         849         1,025         16.8         5.2   

Lending fees

     859         737         680         603         544         7.7         9.8   

Card fees

     461         460         462         461         441         (7.7      1.5   

Investment management and custodial fees

     1,556         1,552         1,286         1,003         967         25.7         18.0   

Mutual fund revenues

     1,364         1,377         1,065         828         665         16.6         10.6   

Underwriting and advisory fees

     820         706         744         652         600         9.9         7.2   

Securities gains, other than trading

     84         171         162         285         152         nm         nm   

Foreign exchange, other than trading

     162         172         179         172         153         4.5         4.7   

Insurance revenue (2)

     2,023         1,762         2,008         1,212         1,509         7.6         21.7   

Investments in associates and joint ventures

     140         207         169         190         188         nm         nm   

Other revenues

     489         517         331         351         356         7.0         7.0   

Total Non-Interest Revenue

     11,215         10,626         9,931         8,343         8,354         8.1         7.8   

Year-over-year growth (%)

     5.5         7.0         19.0         (0.1      10.1         na         na   

Non-interest revenue as a % of total revenue

     53.2         54.8         54.5         49.6         48.8         na         na   

Adjusted Non-Interest Revenue

     11,299         10,627         9,931         8,309         8,070         8.2         7.8   

Year-over-year adjusted non-interest revenue growth (%)

     6.3         7.0         19.5         3.0         6.0         na         na   

Adjusted non-interest revenue as a % of total adjusted revenue

     53.4         54.8         54.5         51.5         50.3         na         na   

Total Revenue

     21,087         19,389         18,223         16,830         17,103         7.0         7.7   

Year-over-year total revenue growth (%)

     8.8         6.4         8.3         (1.6      13.6         na         na   

Total Revenue, net of CCPB (2)

     19,544         18,135         16,718         16,063         15,929         7.0         6.9   

Year-over-year total revenue growth, net of CCPB (%)

     7.8         8.5         4.1         0.8         14.2         na         na   

Total Adjusted Revenue

     21,171         19,391         18,223         16,139         16,040         7.3         7.7   

Year-over-year total adjusted revenue growth (%)

     9.2         6.4         12.9         0.6         7.9         na         na   

Total Adjusted Revenue, net of CCPB (2)

     19,628         18,137         16,718         15,372         14,866         7.4         7.0   

Year-over-year total adjusted revenue growth, net of CCPB (%)

     8.2         8.5         8.7         3.4         8.2         na         na   

Five-year and ten-year CAGR based on CGAAP in 2006 and IFRS in 2011 and 2016.

The adoption of new IFRS standards in 2015 only impacted our results prospectively.

 

  (1) Net interest margin is calculated based on average earning assets.
  (2) Beginning in 2015, insurance claims, commissions and changes in policy benefit liabilities (CCPB) are reported separately. They were previously reported as a reduction in insurance revenue in non-interest revenue. Prior period amounts and ratios have been reclassified.

na – not applicable

nm – not meaningful

 

124   BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016


Table 4: Non-Interest Expense and Expense-to-Revenue Ratio

 

($ millions, except as noted)

For the year ended October 31

   2016      2015      2014      2013      2012      5-year
CAGR
     10-year
CAGR
 

Non-Interest Expense

                    

Employee compensation

                    

Salaries

     4,082         3,910         3,388         3,259         3,148         9.1         7.9   

Performance-based compensation

     2,278         2,102         1,946         1,686         1,657         7.9         5.6   

Employee benefits

     1,022         1,069         908         897         808         10.5         5.5   

Total employee compensation

     7,382         7,081         6,242         5,842         5,613         8.9         6.8   

Premises and equipment

                    

Rental of real estate

     486         462         415         416         400         6.1         7.1   

Premises, furniture and fixtures

     337         287         261         377         368         1.6         3.9   

Property taxes

     42         39         39         37         36         6.9         5.0   

Computers and equipment (1)

     1,528         1,349         1,193         1,003         1,071         11.7         8.0   

Total premises and equipment (1)

     2,393         2,137         1,908         1,833         1,875         8.7         nm   

Other expenses

                    

Amortization of intangible assets (1)

     444         411         382         346         331         14.0         nm   

Communications

     294         314         289         291         301         2.5         8.4   

Business and capital taxes

     42         45         39         39         46         (3.7      (7.6

Professional fees

     523         595         622         527         593         (3.5      6.2   

Travel and business development

     646         605         542         514         491         11.1         9.8   

Other

     1,273         994         897         834         885         10.0         9.6   

Total other expenses

     3,222         2,964         2,771         2,551         2,647         6.6         9.4   

Total Non-Interest Expense

     12,997         12,182         10,921         10,226         10,135         8.3         7.4   

Year-over-year total non-interest expense growth (%)

     6.7         11.5         6.8         0.9         15.9         na         na   

Total Adjusted Non-Interest Expense

     12,544         11,819         10,761         9,755         9,410         8.2         7.1   

Year-over-year total adjusted non-interest expense growth (%)

     6.1         9.8         10.3         3.7         3.7         na         na   

Non-interest expense-to-revenue ratio (Efficiency ratio) (%)

     61.6         62.8         59.9         60.8         59.3         na         na   

Adjusted non-interest expense-to-revenue ratio (Adjusted Efficiency ratio) (%)

     59.2         60.9         59.1         60.4         58.7         na         na   

Efficiency ratio, net of CCPB (2)

     66.5         67.2         65.3         63.7         63.6         na         na   

Adjusted efficiency ratio, net of CCPB (2)

     63.9         65.2         64.4         63.5         63.3         na         na   

Government Levies and Taxes (3)

                    

Government levies other than income taxes

                    

Payroll levies

     324         312         252         249         250         9.8         7.2   

Property taxes

     42         39         39         37         36         6.9         5.0   

Provincial capital taxes

     30         33         27         30         37         (7.2      (9.9

Business taxes

     9         10         9         7         9         5.1         1.5   

Harmonized sales tax, GST and other sales taxes

     355         319         273         262         249         8.6         11.2   

Sundry taxes

     3         2         2         1         2         nm         nm   

Total government levies other than income taxes

     763         715         602         586         583         8.0         6.5   

Provision for income taxes

     1,101         936         903         1,055         874         nm         4.4   

Total Government Levies and Taxes

     1,864         1,651         1,505         1,641         1,457         5.9         5.2   

Total government levies and taxes as a % of income available to pay government levies and taxes

     24.4         23.1         25.0         28.7         26.6         na         na   

Effective income tax rate (%)

     19.2         17.5         17.2         20.1         17.4         na         na   

Adjusted effective income tax rate (%)

     19.9         18.0         17.5         19.7         18.6         na         na   

Five-year and ten-year CAGR based on CGAAP in 2006 and IFRS in 2011 and 2016.

The adoption of new IFRS standards in 2015 only impacted our results prospectively.

 

  (1) In 2009, we adopted new accounting requirements for intangible assets and reclassified certain computer equipment from premises and equipment to intangible assets. Computer and equipment expense and the amortization of intangible assets were restated, but not for years prior to 2007. As such, ten-year growth rates for these expense categories are not meaningful. Together, computer and equipment expense and the amortization of intangible assets increased at a compound annual growth rate of 10.1% over ten years. Together, total premises and equipment expense and the amortization of intangible assets increased at a compound annual growth rate of 8.5% over ten years.
  (2) This ratio is calculated excluding insurance claims, commissions and changes in policy benefit liabilities (CCPB).
  (3) Government levies are included in various non-interest expense categories.

na – not applicable

nm – not meaningful

 

BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016     125   


 

SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION

Table 5: Average Assets, Liabilities and Interest Rates

 

                     2016                      2015                      2014  

($ millions, except as noted)

For the year ended October 31

  Average
balances
     Average
interest
rate (%)
     Interest
income/
expense
     Average
balances
     Average
interest
rate (%)
     Interest
income/
expense
     Average
balances
     Average
interest
rate (%)
     Interest
income/
expense
 

Assets

                         

Canadian Dollar

                         

Deposits with other banks

    2,016         1.12         23         1,984         1.04         21         1,632         1.52         25   

Securities

    84,099         1.12         944         90,322         1.16         1,050         94,234         1.14         1,073   

Securities borrowed or purchased under resale agreements

    34,906         0.70         245         29,617         0.82         242         23,027         1.03         238   

Loans

                         

Residential mortgages

    99,280         2.63         2,615         94,119         2.83         2,663         90,134         3.08         2,779   

Non-residential mortgages

    6,281         3.37         212         6,176         3.71         229         6,276         4.08         256   

Personal and credit cards

    56,211         4.73         2,661         55,219         4.89         2,699         55,719         5.13         2,860   

Businesses and governments

    49,136         3.59         1,766         43,427         3.94         1,710         40,250         4.29         1,726   

Total loans

    210,908         3.44         7,254         198,941         3.67         7,301         192,379         3.96         7,261   

Total Canadian dollar

    331,929         2.55         8,466         320,864         2.68         8,614         311,272         2.88         8,957   

U.S. Dollar and Other Currencies

                         

Deposits with other banks

    41,821         0.48         200         48,031         0.35         169         38,815         0.41         157   

Securities

    57,820         1.31         760         54,733         1.20         655         53,921         1.15         620   

Securities borrowed or purchased under resale agreements

    54,210         0.59         319         44,010         0.38         168         32,629         0.32         109   

Loans

                         

Residential mortgages

    8,630         3.52         304         8,631         3.39         293         7,753         3.37         261   

Non-residential mortgages

    4,672         2.28         106         4,619         2.51         116         4,860         2.48         121   

Personal and credit cards

    15,771         3.32         524         17,071         3.19         545         15,812         3.32         524   

Businesses and governments

    105,953         3.61         3,823         79,678         3.26         2,598         61,402         3.46         2,123   

Total loans

    135,026         3.52         4,757         109,999         3.23         3,552         89,827         3.37         3,029   

Total U.S. dollar and other currencies

    288,877         2.09         6,036         256,773         1.77         4,544         215,192         1.82         3,915   

Other non-interest bearing assets

    86,316                           86,754                           67,464                     

Total All Currencies

                         

Total assets and interest income

    707,122         2.05         14,502         664,391         1.98         13,158         593,928         2.17         12,872   

Liabilities

                                

Canadian Dollar

                         

Deposits

                         

Banks

    9,492         0.25         24         10,158         0.52         53         6,307         0.51         32   

Businesses and governments

    98,004         1.12         1,097         94,438         1.17         1,102         97,199         1.38         1,342   

Individuals

    101,402         0.75         757         94,031         0.88         832         89,007         0.97         863   

Total deposits

    208,898         0.90         1,878         198,627         1.00         1,987         192,513         1.16         2,237   

Securities sold but not yet purchased and securities lent or sold (1)

    37,017         1.45         537         40,637         1.63         661         40,713         1.74         710   

Subordinated debt and other interest bearing liabilities

    25,598         2.38         609         25,713         2.96         760         24,712         3.11         769   

Total Canadian dollar

    271,513         1.11         3,024         264,977         1.29         3,408         257,938         1.44         3,716   

U.S. Dollar and Other Currencies

                         

Deposits

                         

Banks

    26,896         0.55         148         21,626         0.27         59         20,665         0.23         47   

Businesses and governments

    178,848         0.47         845         167,544         0.32         540         143,738         0.34         491   

Individuals

    54,081         0.24         131         47,671         0.20         95         41,675         0.22         90   

Total deposits

    259,825         0.43         1,124         236,841         0.29         694         206,078         0.30         628   

Securities sold but not yet purchased and securities lent or sold (1)

    50,791         0.31         159         41,792         0.20         85         33,650         0.21         72   

Subordinated debt and other interest bearing liabilities

    7,192         4.50         322         5,749         3.61         208         4,901         3.34         164   

Total U.S. dollar and other currencies

    317,808         0.51         1,606         284,382         0.35         987         244,629         0.35         864   

Other non-interest bearing liabilities

    77,546                           78,130                           59,139                     

Total All Currencies

                         

Total liabilities and interest expense

    666,867         0.69         4,630         627,489         0.70         4,395         561,706         0.82         4,580   

Shareholders’ equity

    40,255                           36,902                           32,222                     

Total Liabilities, Interest Expense and Shareholders’ Equity

    707,122         0.65         4,630         664,391         0.66         4,395         593,928         0.77         4,580   

Net interest margin

                         

– based on earning assets

       1.59               1.51               1.57      

– based on total assets

       1.40               1.32               1.40      

Net interest income based on total assets

                      9,872                           8,763                           8,292   

Adjusted net interest margin

                         

– based on earning assets

       1.59               1.51               1.57      

– based on total assets

       1.40               1.32               1.40      

Adjusted net interest income based on total assets

                      9,872                           8,764                           8,292   

 

  (1) For the years ended October 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, the maximum amount of securities lent or sold under repurchase agreements at any month end amounted to $67,169 million, $57,385 million and $50,138 million, respectively.

 

126   BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016


Table 6: Volume/Rate Analysis of Changes in Net Interest Income

 

                              2016/2015                     2015/2014  
            Increase (decrease) due to change in            Increase (decrease) due to change in  

($ millions)

For the year ended October 31

           Average
balance
     Average
rate
     Total             Average
balance
     Average
rate
     Total  

Assets

                      

Canadian Dollar

                      

Deposits with other banks

                2         2           5         (9      (4

Securities

        (72      (34      (106        (45      21         (24

Securities borrowed or purchased under resale agreements

        43         (40      3           68         (64      4   

Loans

                      

Residential mortgages

        146         (194      (48        123         (238      (115

Non-residential mortgages

        4         (21      (17        (4      (23      (27

Personal and credit cards

        48         (86      (38        (26      (135      (161

Businesses and governments

              225         (169      56                 136         (153      (17

Total loans

              423         (470      (47              229         (549      (320

Change in Canadian dollar interest income

              394         (542      (148              257         (601      (344

U.S. Dollar and Other Currencies

                      

Deposits with other banks

        (22      53         31           37         (25      12   

Securities

        37         68         105           10         24         34   

Securities borrowed or purchased under resale agreements

        39         112         151           37         23         60   

Loans

                      

Residential mortgages

                11         11           30         2         32   

Non-residential mortgages

        1         (11      (10        (6      1         (5

Personal and credit cards

        (41      20         (21        42         (21      21   

Businesses and governments

              857         368         1,225                 632         (156      476   

Total loans

              817         388         1,205                 698         (174      524   

Change in U.S. dollar and other currencies interest income

              871         621         1,492                 782         (152      630   

Total All Currencies

                      

Change in total interest income (a)

              1,265         79         1,344                 1,039         (753      286   

Liabilities

                      

Canadian Dollar

                      

Deposits

                      

Banks

        (4      (25      (29        19         1         20   

Businesses and governments

        42         (47      (5        (38      (202      (240

Individuals

              65         (140      (75              49         (80      (31

Total deposits

        103         (212      (109        30         (281      (251

Securities sold but not yet purchased and securities lent or sold

        (59      (65      (124        (1      (47      (48

Subordinated debt and other interest bearing liabilities

              (3      (148      (151              31         (40      (9

Change in Canadian dollar interest expense

              41         (425      (384              60         (368      (308

U.S. Dollar and Other Currencies

                      

Deposits

                      

Banks

        14         75         89           2         10         12   

Businesses and governments

        37         268         305           81         (31      50   

Individuals

              13         23         36                 13         (8      5   

Total deposits

        64         366         430           96         (29      67   

Securities sold but not yet purchased and securities lent or sold

        18         56         74           17         (4      13   

Subordinated debt and other interest bearing liabilities

              52         63         115                 28         15         43   

Change in U.S. dollar and other currencies interest expense

              134         485         619                 141         (18      123   

Total All Currencies

                      

Change in total interest expense (b)

              175         60         235                 201         (386      (185

Change in total net interest income (a - b)

              1,090         19         1,109                 838         (367      471   

 

BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016     127   


 

SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION

Table 7: Net Loans and Acceptances – Segmented Information (1) (2) (4) (5) (6) (7)

 

($ millions)   Canada     United States     Other countries         
As at October 31   2016     2015     2014     2013     2012     2016     2015     2014     2013     2012     2016     2015     2014     2013     2012         

Consumer

                               

Residential mortgages

    103,558        96,975        92,972        88,677        76,729        8,686        8,905        7,980        7,646        7,416                                        

Credit cards

    7,541        7,427        7,476        7,413        7,381        560        553        496        457        433                                        

Consumer instalment and other personal loans

    50,368        49,181        48,955        49,195        47,955        13,974        16,098        15,088        14,364        13,419        215        206        1                         

Total consumer

    161,467        153,583        149,403        145,285        132,065        23,220        25,556        23,564        22,467        21,268        215        206        1                   

Total businesses and governments

    79,443        69,772        63,896        57,967        53,069        98,371        75,430        56,389        45,842        42,955        10,555        10,975        11,145        8,954        5,748           

Total loans and acceptances, net of specific allowances

    240,910        223,355        213,299        203,252        185,134        121,591        100,986        79,953        68,309        64,223        10,770        11,181        11,146        8,954        5,748     

Collective allowance

    (893     (857     (795     (791     (705     (789     (803     (747     (694     (755                                           

Total net loans and acceptances

    240,017        222,498        212,504        202,461        184,429        120,802        100,183        79,206        67,615        63,468        10,770        11,181        11,146        8,954        5,748           

Table 8: Net Impaired Loans and Acceptances –
Segmented Information
(3) (7)

 

 

   

($ millions)   Canada     United States     Other countries         
As at October 31   2016     2015     2014     2013     2012     2016     2015     2014     2013     2012     2016     2015     2014     2013     2012         

Consumer

                               

Residential mortgages

    144        159        168        157        182        175        173        303        369        335                                        

Consumer instalment and other personal loans

    121        117        136        100        64        345        316        309        274        275                                              

Total consumer

    265        276        304        257        246        520        489        612        643        610                                        

Businesses and governments

    298        220        247        253        377        843        613        507        944        1,271        1        4        4        3        25           

Total impaired loans and acceptances, net of specific allowances

    563        496        551        510        623        1,363        1,102        1,119        1,587        1,881        1        4        4        3        25           

Condition Ratios (1)

                               

NIL as a % of net loans and acceptances (3) (4) (8)

    0.23        0.22        0.26        0.25        0.34        1.13        1.10        1.43        2.38        3.03        0.01        0.04        0.04        0.03        0.43           

NIL as a % of net loans and acceptances (3) (4) (5)

                               

Consumer

    0.16        0.18        0.20        0.18        0.19        2.26        1.94        2.63        2.90        2.90                                        

Businesses and governments

    0.38        0.32        0.39        0.44        0.71        0.86        0.82        0.92        2.12        3.08        0.01        0.04        0.04        0.03        0.43           

 

  (1) Certain balances for fiscal 2012 were restated in 2013 to conform to the current period’s presentation.  
  (2) Aggregate Net Loans and Acceptances balances are net of collective allowances, and all specific allowances excluding those related to off-balance sheet instruments and undrawn commitments. The Consumer and Business and governments Net Loans and Acceptances balances are stated net of specific allowances only (excluding those related to off-balance sheet instruments and undrawn commitments).  
  (3) Net Impaired Loans balances are net of specific allowances, excluding off-balance sheet instruments and undrawn commitments.  
  (4) Ratios are presented including purchased portfolios and prior periods have been restated.  
  (5) Certain ratios for 2013 and 2012 were restated in 2014 to conform to the current period’s presentation.  
  (6) Fiscal 2013 and 2012 balances were reclassified in 2014 to conform to the current period’s presentation.  
  (7) Certain balances for fiscal 2014 and 2013 were restated in 2015 to conform to the current period’s presentation.  
  (8) Certain ratios for 2015, 2014, 2013 and 2012 were restated in 2016 to conform to the current period’s presentation.  

 

128   BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016


 

     Total  
     2016     2015     2014     2013     2012  
         
    112,244        105,880        100,952        96,323        84,145   
    8,101        7,980        7,972        7,870        7,814   
      64,557        65,485        64,044        63,559        61,374   
    184,902        179,345        172,968        167,752        153,333   
      188,369        156,177        131,430        112,763        101,772   
    373,271        335,522        304,398        280,515        255,105   
      (1,682     (1,660     (1,542     (1,485     (1,460
      371,589        333,862        302,856        279,030        253,645   
     Total  
     2016     2015     2014     2013     2012  
         
    319        332        471        526        517   
      466        433        445        374        339   
    785        765        916        900        856   
      1,142        837        758        1,200        1,673   
      1,927        1,602        1,674        2,100        2,529   
         
      0.52        0.48        0.55        0.75        1.00   
         
    0.42        0.43        0.53        0.54        0.56   
      0.61        0.54        0.58        1.07        1.67   

Table 9: Net Loans and Acceptances – Segmented Information (1) (2) (3) (4)

 

($ millions)

As at October 31

   2016      2015      2014      2013      2012  

Net Loans and Acceptances by Province

              

Atlantic provinces

     13,740         13,361         13,065         11,244         11,801   

Quebec

     38,272         36,486         35,647         33,746         35,650   

Ontario

     98,448         89,460         84,498         80,726         69,014   

Prairie provinces

     46,430         43,612         42,043         38,825         34,431   

British Columbia and territories

     43,127         39,579         37,251         37,920         33,533   

Total net loans and acceptances in Canada

     240,017         222,498         212,504         202,461         184,429   

Net Businesses and Governments Loans by Industry

              

Commercial real estate

     24,114         20,597         17,636         17,606         18,720   

Construction (non-real estate)

     3,563         3,544         3,101         2,934         2,539   

Retail trade

     16,859         14,096         12,580         10,229         9,084   

Wholesale trade

     12,157         10,243         8,281         7,345         6,821   

Agriculture

     10,951         9,891         9,155         8,380         7,312   

Communications

     895         815         831         729         513   

Manufacturing

     18,689         16,187         13,612         11,250         9,870   

Mining

     1,862         1,309         1,085         959         662   

Oil and gas

     7,930         6,667         5,943         3,908         3,466   

Transportation

     10,694         3,735         2,532         2,152         2,109   

Utilities

     2,692         1,984         1,670         1,309         1,170   

Forest products

     889         859         587         631         592   

Service industries

     35,481         28,384         22,114         18,321         14,992   

Financial institutions

     35,977         31,220         24,096         19,019         15,113   

Government

     1,394         1,874         2,076         1,719         1,295   

Other

     4,222         4,772         6,131         6,272         7,514   
       188,369         156,177         131,430         112,763         101,772   

Table 10: Net Impaired Loans and Acceptances – Segmented Information (2) (5)

 

($ millions)

As at October 31

   2016      2015      2014      2013      2012  

Net Impaired Businesses and Governments Loans

              

Commercial real estate

     60         87         159         379         803   

Construction (non-real estate)

     45         83         84         32         51   

Retail trade

     13         55         38         74         68   

Wholesale trade

     51         47         35         64         58   

Agriculture

     221         129         103         118         131   

Communications

     1         13         59                 5   

Manufacturing

     106         102         100         74         126   

Mining

     2         3         2         5         5   

Oil and gas

     408         100         1         30         1   

Transportation

     88         30         7         23         41   

Utilities

     12         14                         6   

Forest products

     7         9         13         19         24   

Service industries

     82         107         145         246         263   

Financial institutions

     39         48         9                   

Government

     6                 2         61         68   

Other

     1         10         1         75         23   
       1,142         837         758         1,200         1,673   

 

  (1) Certain balances for fiscal 2012 were restated in 2013 to conform to the current period’s presentation.
  (2) Fiscal 2013 and 2012 balances were reclassified in 2014 to conform to the current period’s presentation.
  (3) Fiscal 2014 Canadian regional balances were reclassified in 2015 to conform to the current period’s presentation.
  (4) Aggregated Net Loans and Acceptances are net of collective allowances, and all specific allowances excluding those related to off-balance sheet instruments and undrawn commitments. The Consumer and Business and governments Net Loans and Acceptances balances are stated net of specific allowances (excluding those related to off-balance sheet instruments and undrawn commitments) only.
  (5) Net Impaired Loans balances are net of specific allowances, excluding off-balance sheet instruments and undrawn commitments.
 

 

BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016     129   


 

SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION

Table 11: Changes in Gross Impaired Loans –
Segmented Information
(5)

 

($ millions)   Canada     United States     Other countries         
As at October 31   2016     2015     2014     2013     2012     2016     2015     2014     2013     2012     2016     2015     2014     2013     2012         

Gross impaired loans and acceptances (GIL), beginning of year

                               

Consumer

    359        398        348        338        371        557        678        702        646        388                                        

Businesses and governments

    282        344        406        548        586        757        623        1,081        1,401        1,326        4        5        7        43        14           

Total GIL, beginning of year

    641        742        754        886        957        1,314        1,301        1,783        2,047        1,714        4        5        7        43        14           

Additions to impaired loans and acceptances

                               

Consumer

    631        617        643        584        533        473        526        529        637        764                                        

Businesses and governments

    453        231        285        294        352        953        542        685        931        1,416        2        5               3        36           

Total additions

    1,084        848        928        878        885        1,426        1,068        1,214        1,568        2,180        2        5               3        36           

Reductions to impaired loans and acceptances (1)

                               

Consumer

    (452     (479     (431     (416     (386     (282     (432     (321     (243     (45                                     

Businesses and governments

    (245     (151     (224     (274     (314     (450     (239     (859     (973     (880     (4     (5     (2     (36     (6        

Total reductions due to net repayments and other

    (697     (630     (655     (690     (700     (732     (671     (1,180     (1,216     (925     (4     (5     (2     (36     (6        

Write-offs

                               

Consumer

    (182     (177     (162     (158     (180     (163     (215     (232     (338     (461                                     

Businesses and governments

    (110     (142     (123     (162     (76     (251     (169     (284     (278     (461            (1            (3     (1        

Total write-offs

    (292     (319     (285     (320     (256     (414     (384     (516     (616     (922            (1            (3     (1        

Gross impaired loans and acceptances, end of year

                               

Consumer

    356        359        398        348        338        585        557        678        702        646                                        

Businesses and governments

    380        282        344        406        548        1,009        757        623        1,081        1,401        2        4        5        7        43           

Total GIL, end of year

    736        641        742        754        886        1,594        1,314        1,301        1,783        2,047        2        4        5        7        43           

Condition Ratios

                               

GIL as a % of Gross Loans (2)

                               

Consumer

    0.22        0.23        0.27        0.24        0.26        2.52        2.18        2.87        3.12        3.03                                        

Businesses and governments

    0.48        0.40        0.54        0.68        1.00        1.03        1.01        1.10        2.34        3.28        0.02        0.04        0.04        0.10        0.91           

Total Loans and Acceptances

    0.31        0.29        0.35        0.37        0.47        1.31        1.30        1.62        2.60        3.20        0.02        0.04        0.04        0.10        0.91           

GIL as a % of equity and allowance for credit losses (3) (4) (5)

    un        un        un        un        un        un        un        un        un        un        un        un        un        un        un           

 

  (1) Includes amounts returning to performing status, sales, repayments, the impact of foreign exchange, and offsets for consumer write-offs that are not recognized as formations.
  (2) Certain balances and ratios for fiscal 2012 were restated in 2013 to conform to the current period’s presentation.
  (3) Ratios are presented including purchased portfolios and prior periods have been restated.
  (4) Certain ratios for 2013 and 2012 were restated in 2014 to conform to the current period’s presentation.
  (5) GIL excludes Purchased Credit Impaired Loans.

un – unavailable

 

130   BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016


 

     Total  
     2016     2015     2014     2013     2012  
         
    916        1,076        1,050        984        759   
      1,043        972        1,494        1,992        1,926   
      1,959        2,048        2,544        2,976        2,685   
         
    1,104        1,143        1,172        1,221        1,297   
      1,408        778        970        1,228        1,804   
      2,512        1,921        2,142        2,449        3,101   
         
    (734     (911     (752     (659     (431
      (699     (395     (1,085     (1,283     (1,200
      (1,433     (1,306     (1,837     (1,942     (1,631
         
    (345     (392     (394     (496     (641
      (361     (312     (407     (443     (538
      (706     (704     (801     (939     (1,179
         
    941        916        1,076        1,050        984   
      1,391        1,043        972        1,494        1,992   
      2,332        1,959        2,048        2,544        2,976   
         
         
    0.51        0.51        0.62        0.63        0.64   
      0.74        0.67        0.74        1.32        1.95   
      0.62        0.58        0.67        0.91        1.17   
      5.25        4.67        5.49        7.68     

 

9.46

  

 

BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016     131   


 

SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION

Table 12: Changes in Allowance for Credit Losses –
Segmented Information
(3)

 

($ millions)    Canada     United States     Other countries         
As at October 31    2016     2015     2014     2013     2012     2016     2015     2014     2013     2012     2016      2015     2014     2013     2012         

Allowance for credit losses (ACL), beginning of year

                                 

Consumer

     614        615        602        518        464        393        333        278        291        270                                         

Businesses and governments

     388        371        433        450        468        657        646        653        659        797                1        4        18        12           

Total ACL, beginning of year

     1,002        986        1,035        968        932        1,050        979        931        950        1,067                1        4        18        12           

Provision for credit losses

                                 

Consumer

     403        412        436        521        543        (31     122        202        262        401                                         

Businesses and governments

     180        149        97        133        90        263        (70     (172     (327     (267             (1     (2     (2     (3        

Total provision for credit losses

     583        561        533        654        633        232        52        30        (65     134                (1     (2     (2     (3        

Recoveries

                                 

Consumer

     102        111        99        81        91        87        151        102        95        125                                         

Businesses and governments

     14        13        15        (1     4        140        181        408        597        626                                               

Total recoveries

     116        124        114        80        95        227        332        510        692        751                                               

Write-offs

                                 

Consumer

     (511     (521     (500     (507     (563     (175     (232     (242     (347     (492                                      

Businesses and governments

     (110     (143     (122     (160     (76     (251     (168     (285     (280     (461             (1            (3     (1        

Total write-offs

     (621     (664     (622     (667     (639     (426     (400     (527     (627     (953             (1            (3     (1        

Other, including foreign exchange rate changes

                                 

Consumer

     (13     (3     (22     (11     (17     (20     19        (7     (23     (13                                      

Businesses and governments

     (1     (2     (52     11        (36     (16     68        42        4        (36     1         1        (1     (9     10           

Total Other, including foreign exchange rate changes

     (14     (5     (74            (53     (36     87        35        (19     (49     1         1        (1     (9     10           

ACL, end of year

                                 

Consumer

     595        614        615        602        518        254        393        333        278        291                                         

Businesses and governments

     471        388        371        433        450        793        657        646        653        659        1                1        4        18           

Total ACL, end of year

     1,066        1,002        986        1,035        968        1,047        1,050        979        931        950        1                1        4        18           

Allocation of Write-offs by Market

                                 

Consumer

     (511     (521     (500     (507     (563     (175     (232     (242     (347     (492                                      

Businesses and governments

     (110     (143     (122     (160     (76     (251     (168     (285     (280     (461             (1            (3     (1  

Allocation of Recoveries by Market

                                 

Consumer

     102        111        99        81        91        87        151        102        95        125                                         

Businesses and governments

     14        13        15        (1     4        140        181        408        597        626                                               

Net write-offs as a % of average loans and acceptances (1) (2)

     un        un        un        un        un        un        un        un        un        un        un         un        un        un        un           

Table 13: Allocation of Allowance for Credit Losses –
Segmented Information
(4)

 

($ millions)    Canada      United States      Other countries          
As at October 31    2016      2015      2014      2013      2012      2016      2015      2014      2013      2012      2016      2015      2014      2013      2012          

Consumer

                                               

Residential mortgages

     15         17         20         27         36         18         21         41         42         30                                              

Consumer instalment and other personal loans

     76         66         74         64         55         47         47         25         17         7                                                    

Total consumer

     91         83         94         91         91         65         68         66         59         37                                              

Businesses and governments

     82         62         97         153         172         166         144         116         137         129         1                 1         4         18      

Off-balance sheet

                                             27         35         50         41         29                                                    

Total specific allowances

     173         145         191         244         263         258         247         232         237         195         1                 1         4         18      

Collective allowance

     893         857         795         791         705         789         803         747         694         755                                                    

Allowance for credit losses

     1,066         1,002         986         1,035         968         1,047         1,050         979         931         950         1                 1         4         18            

Coverage Ratios

                                               

Specific allowance for credit losses as a % of gross impaired loans and acceptances (GIL) (1) (5)

                                               

Total

     23.5         22.6         25.7         32.4         29.7         14.5         16.1         14.0         11.0         8.1         50.0                 20.0         57.1         41.9      

Consumer

     25.6         23.1         23.6         26.1         26.9         11.1         12.2         9.7         8.4         5.7                                              

Businesses and governments

     21.6         22.0         28.2         37.7         31.4         16.5         19.0         18.6         12.7         9.2         50.0                 20.0         57.1         41.9            

 

  (1) Ratios are presented including purchased portfolios and prior periods have been restated.
  (2) Certain balances and ratios for fiscal 2012 were restated in 2013 to conform to the current period’s presentation.
  (3) Fiscal 2013 and 2012 balances were reclassified in 2014 to conform to the current period’s presentation.
  (4) Certain balances for fiscal 2014 and 2013 were restated in 2015 to conform to the current period’s presentation.
  (5) Ratios excludes specific allowances for Other Credit Instruments, which are included in Other Liabilities.

un – unavailable

 

132   BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016


 

     Total  
     2016     2015     2014     2013     2012  
         
    1,007        948        880        809        734   
      1,045        1,018        1,090        1,127        1,277   
      2,052        1,966        1,970        1,936        2,011   
         
    372        534        638        783        944   
      443        78        (77     (196     (180
      815        612        561        587        764   
         
    189        262        201        176        216   
      154        194        423        596        630   
      343        456        624        772        846   
         
    (686     (753     (742     (854     (1,055
      (361     (312     (407     (443     (538
      (1,047     (1,065     (1,149     (1,297     (1,593
         
    (33     16        (29     (34     (30
      (16     67        (11     6        (62
      (49     83        (40     (28     (92
         
    849        1,007        948        880        809   
      1,265        1,045        1,018        1,090        1,127   
      2,114        2,052        1,966        1,970        1,936   
         
    (686     (753     (742     (854     (1,055
    (361     (312     (407     (443     (538
         
    189        262        201        176        216   
      154        194        423        596        630   
      0.19        0.19        0.18        0.20        0.30   

 

     Total  
     2016     2015     2014     2013     2012  
         
    33        38        61        69        66   
      123        113        99        81        62   
    156        151        160        150        128   
    249        206        214        294        319   
      27        35        50        41        29   
    432        392        424        485        476   
      1,682        1,660        1,542        1,485        1,460   
      2,114        2,052        1,966        1,970        1,936   
         
         
    17.4        18.2        18.3        17.5        15.0   
    16.6        16.5        14.9        14.3        13.0   
      17.9        19.8        22.0        19.7        16.0   

 

BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016     133   


 

SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION

Table 14: Specific Allowances for Credit Losses –

Segmented Information (2)

 

($ millions)

As at October 31

     2016        2015        2014        2013        2012  

Businesses and Governments

Specific Allowances by Industry

                        

Commercial real estate

       13           17           13           46           79   

Construction (non-real estate)

       4           8           16           26           22   

Retail trade

       12           23           8           13           17   

Wholesale trade

       31           19           10           25           6   

Agriculture

       19           6           8           9           11   

Communications

       1           9                               1   

Manufacturing

       36           38           33           36           67   

Mining

       1           1           10           3             

Oil and gas

       45           2                     1           2   

Transportation

       9           5           2           4           2   

Utilities

       3                                         1   

Forest products

       1           2           9           11           15   

Service industries

       50           33           100           59           75   

Financial institutions

       10           3           2           29           8   

Government

                                     1           1   

Other

       14           40           3           31           12   

Total specific allowances for credit losses on businesses and governments loans (1)

       249           206           214           294           319   

Table 15: Provision for Credit Losses –

Segmented Information (2)

 

($ millions)

For the year ended October 31

     2016      2015      2014      2013      2012  

Consumer

                

Residential mortgages

       24         11         77         129         132   

Cards

       264         272         268         305         355   

Consumer instalment and other personal loans

       246         225         251         313         387   

Total consumer

       534         508         596         747         874   

Businesses and Governments

                

Commercial real estate

       (16      (37      (141      (185      (108

Construction (non-real estate)

       15                 7         36         (14

Retail trade

       13         8         1         (4        

Wholesale trade

       11         19         29         10         (16

Agriculture

       56         3         15         8         4   

Communications

       2         13                 (6      (5

Manufacturing

       29         67         44         2         25   

Mining

       20         2         7         2         (1

Oil and gas

       105         25                           

Transportation

       56         (4      10         (9      5   

Utilities

       3                                   

Forest products

       (1              (1      3         7   

Service industries

       21         (29      80         (37      23   

Financial institutions

       (7      8         (34      (15      (29

Government

               (2      (3      (6        

Other

       (26      31         (49      51         (4

Total businesses and governments

       281         104         (35      (150      (113

Total specific provisions

       815         612         561         597         761   

Collective provision for credit losses

                               (10      3   

Total provision for credit losses

       815         612         561         587         764   

Performance Ratios (%)

                

PCL-to-average net loans and acceptances (3) (4)

       0.23         0.19         0.19         0.22         0.31   

PCL-to-segmented average net loans and acceptances (4)

                

Consumer

       0.21         0.30         0.37         0.49         0.62   

Businesses and governments

       0.25         0.05         (0.06      (0.18      (0.15

Specific PCL-to-average net loans and acceptances

       0.23         0.19         0.19         0.23         0.31   

 

  (1) Amounts for 2016 exclude specific allowances of $1 million related to Other Credit Instruments (2015 – $4 million, 2014 – $23 million, 2013 – $21 million, 2012 – $19 million) included in Other Liabilities.
  (2) Fiscal 2013 and 2012 balances were reclassified in 2014 to conform to the current period’s presentation.
  (3) Ratios are presented including purchased portfolios and prior periods have been restated.
  (4) Certain balances and ratios for fiscal 2012 were restated in 2013 to conform to the current period’s presentation.

 

134   BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016


Table 16: Risk-Weighted Assets

 

    Basel III  
    Exposure at Default     Risk-weighted assets     Exposure at Default     Risk-weighted assets  

($ millions)

As at October 31

  Standardized
Approach
    Advanced
Approach
   

2016

Total

   

Standardized

Approach

   

Advanced

Approach (2)

   

2016

Total

    Standardized
Approach
    Advanced
Approach
   

2015

Total

   

Standardized

Approach

    Advanced
Approach (2)
   

2015

Total

 

Credit Risk

                       

Wholesale

                       

Corporate, including specialized lending

    22,074        242,454        264,528        22,154        82,334        104,488        19,583        218,409        237,992        19,260        72,229        91,489   

Corporate small and medium-sized enterprises

           64,409        64,409               33,755        33,755               64,525        64,525               31,954        31,954   

Sovereign

    122        87,124        87,246        64        1,912        1,976        172        75,324        75,496        94        1,671        1,765   

Bank

    264        40,734        40,998        264        4,222        4,486        344        34,964        35,308        341        3,561        3,902   

Retail

                       

Residential mortgages, excluding home equity line of credit

    2,594        99,076        101,670        1,349        6,766        8,115        3,425        104,031        107,456        1,740        6,687        8,427   

Home equity line of credit

    431        39,177        39,608        306        5,829        6,135        592        42,665        43,257        416        7,473        7,889   

Qualifying revolving retail

           34,016        34,016               5,110        5,110               32,109        32,109               4,569        4,569   

Other retail, excluding small and medium-sized enterprises

    2,395        35,154        37,549        1,567        10,367        11,934        2,557        20,638        23,195        1,624        9,429        11,053   

Retail small and medium-sized enterprises

    7,135        4,064        11,199        5,427        2,269        7,696        277        2,890        3,167        210        1,758        1,968   

Equity

           2,122        2,122               1,403        1,403               1,965        1,965               1,369        1,369   

Trading book

    261        145,411        145,672        261        9,414        9,675        165        150,876        151,041        165        8,250        8,415   

Securitization

           23,269        23,269               1,878        1,878               29,178        29,178               2,456        2,456   

Other credit risk assets – non-counterparty managed assets

           24,328        24,328               16,197        16,197               20,329        20,329               16,255        16,255   

Scaling factor for credit risk assets under AIRB Approach (1)

                                9,651        9,651                                    8,874        8,874   

Total Credit Risk

    35,276        841,338        876,614        31,392        191,107        222,499        27,115        797,903        825,018        23,850        176,535        200,385   

Market Risk

                         1,211        7,751        8,962                             1,142        9,120        10,262   

Operational Risk

                         4,982        25,520        30,502                             4,033        24,505        28,538   

Common Equity Tier 1 (CET 1) Capital Risk-Weighted Assets before Capital Floor

    35,276        841,338        876,614        37,585        224,378        261,963        27,115        797,903        825,018        29,025        210,160        239,185   

Basel I Capital Floor

                                   15,599        15,599                                       504        504   

Common Equity Tier 1 (CET 1) Capital Risk-Weighted Assets

                            37,585        239,977        277,562                                29,025        210,664        239,689   

Tier 1 Capital Risk-Weighted Assets before Credit Valuation Adjustment (CVA) and Capital Floor

            224,378        261,963                210,160        239,185   

Additional CVA adjustment, prescribed by OSFI, for Tier 1 Capital

                                380        380                                    286        286   

Basel I Capital Floor

                                15,219        15,219                                    218        218   

Tier 1 Capital Risk-Weighted Assets

                            37,585        239,977        277,562                                29,025        210,664        239,689   

Total Capital Risk-Weighted Assets before CVA and Capital Floor

            224,378        261,963                     210,160        239,185   

Additional CVA adjustment, prescribed by OSFI, for Total Capital

                                705        705                                    531        531   

Basel I Capital Floor

                                14,894        14,894                                             

Total Capital Risk-Weighted Assets

                            37,585        239,977        277,562                                29,025        210,691        239,716   

 

  (1) The scaling factor is applied to the risk-weighted assets amounts for credit risk under the AIRB Approach.
  (2) Comparative figures have been amended.

Table 17: Average Deposits

 

      2016      2015      2014  
($ millions, except as noted)    Average
balance
     Average
rate paid (%)
     Average
balance
     Average
rate paid (%)
     Average
balance
     Average
rate paid (%)
 

Deposits Booked in Canada

                 

Demand deposits – interest bearing

     19,493         0.33         18,910         0.36         16,469         0.45   

Demand deposits – non-interest bearing

     37,296                 31,762                 26,702           

Payable after notice

     77,231         0.44         76,458         0.57         76,903         0.70   

Payable on a fixed date

     136,821         1.35         120,764         1.35         118,094         1.44   

Total deposits booked in Canada

     270,841         0.83         247,894         0.86         238,168         0.97   

Deposits Booked in the United States and Other Countries

                 

Banks located in the United States and other countries (1)

     26,209         0.55         23,952         0.36         19,374         0.34   

Governments and institutions in the United States and other countries

     6,867         0.36         6,804         0.24         4,216         0.19   

Other demand deposits

     17,346         0.02         16,109         0.01         12,744         0.02   

Other deposits payable after notice or on a fixed date

     147,460         0.40         140,709         0.31         124,089         0.38   

Total deposits booked in the United States and other countries

     197,882         0.38         187,574         0.29         160,423         0.35   

Total average deposits

     468,723         0.64         435,468         0.62         398,591         0.72   

As at October 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014: deposits by foreign depositors in our Canadian bank offices amounted to $52,834 million, $37,477 million and $30,622 million, respectively; total deposits payable after notice included $30,122 million, $29,104 million and $33,109 million, respectively, of chequing accounts that would have been classified as demand deposits under U.S. reporting requirements; and total deposits payable on a fixed date included $35,460 million, $25,926 million and $17,738 million, respectively, of federal funds purchased, commercial paper issued and other deposit liabilities. These amounts would have been classified as short-term borrowings for U.S. reporting purposes.

 

  (1) Includes regulated and central banks.

Certain comparative figures have been reclassified to conform with the current year’s presentation.

 

BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016     135   


 

GLOSSARY OF FINANCIAL TERMS

Glossary of Financial Terms

 

Adjusted Earnings and Measures present results adjusted to exclude the impact of certain items, as set out in the Non-GAAP Measures section. Management considers both reported and adjusted results to be useful in assessing underlying ongoing business performance.

Allowance for Credit Losses represents an amount deemed adequate by management to absorb credit-related losses on loans and acceptances and other credit instruments. Allowances for credit losses can be specific or collective and are recorded on the balance sheet as a deduction from loans and acceptances or, as they relate to credit instruments, as other liabilities.

Pages 91, 113, 153

Assets under Administration and under Management refers to assets administered or managed by a financial institution that are beneficially owned by clients and therefore not reported on the balance sheet of the administering or managing financial institution.

Asset-Backed Commercial Paper (ABCP) is a short-term investment. The commercial paper is backed by physical assets such as trade receivables, and is generally used for short-term financing needs.

Pages 77, 104

Average Earning Assets represents the daily or monthly average balance of deposits with other banks and loans and securities, over a one-year period.

Bankers’ Acceptances (BAs) are bills of exchange or negotiable instruments drawn by a borrower for payment at maturity and accepted by a bank. BAs constitute a guarantee of payment by the bank and can be traded in the money market. The bank earns a “stamping fee” for providing this guarantee.

Basis Point is one one-hundredth of a percentage point.

Business Risk arises from the specific business activities of an enterprise and the effects these could have on its earnings.

Page 111

Collective Allowance is maintained to cover impairment in the existing portfolio for loans that have not yet been individually identified as impaired. Our approach to establishing and maintaining the collective allowance is based on the requirements of IFRS, considering guidelines issued by our regulator, OSFI. The collective allowance is assessed on a quarterly basis and a number of factors are considered when determining its level, including the long-run expected loss amount and management’s credit judgment with respect to current macroeconomic and portfolio conditions.

Pages 42, 91, 154

Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) capital is comprised of common shareholders’ equity less deductions for goodwill, intangible assets, defined benefit pension assets, certain deferred tax assets and certain other items.

Pages 71, 184

Common Equity Tier 1 Ratio reflects CET1 capital divided by risk-weighted assets for CET1.

Pages 35, 71, 73, 185

Common Shareholders’ Equity is the most permanent form of capital. For regulatory capital purposes, common shareholders’ equity is comprised of common shareholders’ equity, net of capital deductions.

Corporate Support Areas (CSAs) provide enterprise-wide expertise and governance in a variety of areas including Technology and Operations (T&O), strategic planning, risk management, finance, legal and regulatory compliance, marketing, communications and human resources.

Pages 62, 84

Credit and Counterparty Risk is the potential for loss due to the failure of a borrower, endorser, guarantor or counterparty to repay a loan or honour another predetermined financial obligation.

Pages 88, 156

Derivatives are contracts with a value that is “derived” from movements in interest or foreign exchange rates, equity or commodity prices or other indices. Derivatives allow for the transfer, modification or reduction of current or expected risks from changes in rates and prices.

Dividend Payout Ratio represents common share dividends as a percentage of net income available to common shareholders. It is computed by dividing dividends per share by basic earnings per share.

Earnings Per Share (EPS) is calculated by dividing net income attributable to bank shareholders, after the deduction of preferred dividends, by the average number of common shares outstanding. Diluted EPS, which is our basis for measuring performance, adjusts for possible conversions of financial instruments into common shares if those conversions would reduce EPS. Adjusted EPS is calculated in the same manner using adjusted net income.

Pages 34, 194

Earnings Sensitivity is a measure of the impact of potential changes in interest rates on the projected 12-month pre-tax net income of a portfolio of assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet positions in response to prescribed parallel interest rate movements.

Page 99

Economic Capital is an expression of the enterprise’s capital demand requirement relative to the bank’s

view of the economic risks in its underlying business activities. It represents management’s estimation of the likely magnitude of economic losses that could occur across several different risk types and allows returns to be measured on a consistent basis across such risks. Economic Capital is calculated for various types of risk, including credit, market (trading and non-trading), operational and business, based on a one-year time horizon using a defined confidence level.

Pages 74, 87

Economic Value Sensitivity is a measure of the impact of potential changes in interest rates on the market value of a portfolio of assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet positions in response to prescribed parallel interest rate movements.

Page 99

Efficiency Ratio (or Expense-to- Revenue Ratio) is a key measure of productivity. It is calculated as non-interest expense divided by total revenue, expressed as a percentage. The adjusted efficiency ratio is calculated in the same manner, utilizing adjusted total revenue and non-interest expense.

Page 43

Environmental and Social Risk is the potential for loss or damage to BMO’s reputation resulting from environmental or social concerns related to BMO or its customers. Environmental and social risk is often associated with credit, operational and reputation risk.

Page 112

Fair Value is the amount of consideration that would be agreed upon in an arm’s-length transaction between knowledgeable, willing parties who are under no compulsion to act.

Forwards and Futures are contractual agreements to either buy or sell a specified amount of a currency, commodity, interest-rate-sensitive financial instrument or security at a specified price and date in the future. Forwards are customized contracts transacted in the over-the-counter market. Futures are transacted in standardized amounts on regulated exchanges and are subject to daily cash margining.

Page 161

Hedging is a risk management technique used to neutralize, manage or offset interest rate, foreign currency, equity, commodity or credit exposures arising from normal banking activities.

Impaired Loans are loans for which there is no longer reasonable assurance of the timely collection of principal or interest.

Innovative Tier 1 Capital is a form of Tier 1 capital issued by structured entities that can be included in calculating a bank’s Tier 1 Capital Ratio,

Total Capital Ratio and Leverage Ratio. Under Basel III, Innovative Tier 1 Capital is non-qualifying and is part of the grandfathered capital being phased out between 2013 and 2022.

Insurance Risk is the potential for loss as a result of actual experience being different from that assumed when an insurance product was designed and priced. It generally entails the inherent unpredictability that can arise from assuming long-term policy liabilities or from the uncertainty of future events. Insurance risk is inherent in all our insurance products, including annuities and life, accident and sickness, and creditor insurance, as well as in our reinsurance business.

Page 109

Legal and Regulatory Risk is the potential for loss or harm that arises from legislation, contracts, non-contractual rights and obligations, and disputes. This includes the risks of failing to: comply with the law (in letter or in spirit) or maintain standards of care; implement legislative or regulatory requirements; enforce or comply with contractual terms; assert non-contractual rights; effectively manage disputes; or act in a manner so as to maintain our reputation.

Page 110

Leverage Ratio is defined as Tier 1 capital divided by the sum of on-balance sheet items and specified off-balance sheet items, net of specified adjustments.

Page 71

Liquidity and Funding Risk is the potential for loss if BMO is unable to meet financial commitments in a timely manner at reasonable prices as they fall due. Financial commitments include liabilities to depositors and suppliers, and lending, investment and pledging commitments.

Pages 100, 158

Market Risk is the potential for adverse changes in the value of BMO’s assets and liabilities resulting from changes in market variables such as interest rates, foreign exchange rates, equity and commodity prices and their implied volatilities, and credit spreads, and includes the risk of credit migration and default in our trading book.

Pages 95, 158

Mark-to-Market represents the valuation of financial instruments at market rates as of the balance sheet date, where required by accounting rules.

Model Risk is the potential for adverse consequences following from decisions based on incorrect or misused model outputs. These adverse consequences can include financial loss, poor business decision-making or damage to reputation.

Page 107

 

 

206   BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016


Net Interest Income is comprised of earnings on assets, such as loans and securities, including interest and dividend income and BMO’s share of income from investments accounted for using the equity method of accounting, less interest expense paid on liabilities, such as deposits.

Page 39

Net Interest Margin is the ratio of net interest income to average earning assets, expressed as a percentage or in basis points. Net interest margin is sometimes computed using total assets.

Page 39

Net Non-Interest Revenue is non-interest revenue, net of insurance claims, commissions and changes in policy benefit liabilities.

Notional Amount refers to the principal amount used to calculate interest and other payments under derivative contracts. The principal amount does not change hands under the terms of a derivative contract, except in the case of cross-currency swaps.

Off-Balance Sheet Financial Instruments consist of a variety of financial arrangements offered to clients, which include credit derivatives, written put options, backstop liquidity facilities, standby letters of credit, performance guarantees, credit enhancements, commitments to extend credit, securities lending, documentary and commercial letters of credit, and other indemnifications.

Office of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions Canada (OSFI) is the government agency responsible for regulating banks, insurance companies, trust companies, loan companies and pension plans in Canada.

Operating Leverage is the difference between revenue and expense growth rates. Adjusted operating leverage is the difference between adjusted revenue and adjusted expense growth rates.

Page 43

Operational Risk is the potential for loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes or systems, human interactions or external events, but excludes business risk, credit risk and market risk.

Page 106

Options are contractual agreements that convey to the purchaser the right but not the obligation to either buy or sell a specified amount of a currency, commodity, interest-rate-sensitive financial instrument or security at a fixed future date or at any time within a fixed future period.

Page 161

Provision for Credit Losses is a charge to income that represents an amount deemed adequate by management to fully provide for impairment in a portfolio of loans and acceptances and other credit instruments, given the composition of the portfolio, the probability of

default, the economic environment and the allowance for credit losses already established.

Pages 42, 91, 154

Reputation Risk is the potential for a negative impact on BMO that results from the deterioration of BMO’s reputation. Potential negative impacts include revenue loss, a decline in customer loyalty, litigation, regulatory sanctions or additional regulatory oversight, and a decline in BMO’s share price.

Page 112

Return on Equity or Return on Common Shareholders’ Equity (ROE) is calculated as net income, less non-controlling interest in subsidiaries and preferred dividends, as a percentage of average common shareholders’ equity. Common shareholders’ equity is comprised of common share capital, contributed surplus, accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) and retained earnings. Adjusted ROE is calculated using adjusted net income rather than net income.

Page 35

Return on Tangible Common Equity (ROTCE) is calculated as net income available to common shareholders adjusted for amortization of intangibles as a percentage of average tangible common equity. Adjusted ROTCE is calculated using adjusted net income rather than net income.

Page 35

Risk-Weighted Assets (RWA) measure a bank’s exposures, weighted for their relative risk and calculated in accordance with OSFI’s regulatory capital rules. RWA is calculated for credit, market (trading) and operational risk categories based on OSFI’s prescribed rules.

Page 71

Securities Borrowed or Purchased under Resale Agreements are low-cost, low-risk instruments, often supported by the pledge of cash collateral, which arise from transactions that involve the borrowing or purchasing of securities.

Securities Lent or Sold under Repurchase Agreements are low-cost, low-risk liabilities, often supported by cash collateral, which arise from transactions that involve the lending or selling of securities.

Securitization is the practice of selling pools of contractual debts, such as residential mortgages, commercial mortgages, auto loans and credit card debt obligations, to third parties.

Page 159

Specific Allowances reduce the carrying value of individually identified impaired loans to the amount we expect to recover if there is evidence of deterioration in credit quality.

Pages 91, 153

Strategic Risk is the potential for loss due to fluctuations in the external business environment and/

or the failure to properly respond to these fluctuations as a result of inaction, ineffective strategies or poor implementation of strategies.

Page 111

Stressed Value at Risk (SVaR) is measured for specific classes of risk in BMO’s trading and underwriting activities related to interest rates, foreign exchange rates, credit spreads, equity and commodity prices and their implied volatilities, where model inputs are calibrated to historical data from a period of significant financial stress. This measure calculates the maximum loss likely to be experienced in the trading and underwriting portfolios, measured at a 99% confidence level over a specified holding period.

Pages 95, 96

Structured Entities (SEs) include entities for which voting or similar rights are not the dominant factor in determining control of the entity. We are required to consolidate an SE if we control the entity by having power over the entity, exposure to variable returns as a result of our involvement and the ability to exercise power to affect the amount of our returns.

Pages 78, 159

Swaps are contractual agreements between two parties to exchange a series of cash flows. The various swap agreements that we enter into are as follows:

•  Commodity swaps – counterparties generally exchange fixed and floating rate payments based on a notional value of a single commodity.

•  Credit default swaps – one counterparty pays the other a fee in exchange for that other counterparty agreeing to make a payment if a credit event occurs, such as bankruptcy or failure to pay.

•  Cross-currency interest rate swaps – fixed and/or floating rate interest payments and principal amounts are exchanged in different currencies.

•  Cross-currency swaps – fixed rate interest payments and principal amounts are exchanged in different currencies.

•  Equity swaps – counterparties exchange the return on an equity security or a group of equity securities for the return based on a fixed or floating interest rate or the return on another equity security or group of equity securities.

•  Interest rate swaps – counterparties generally exchange fixed and floating rate interest payments based on a notional value in a single currency.

Page 161

Tangible Common Equity is calculated as common shareholders’ equity less goodwill and acquisition- related intangible assets, net of related deferred tax liabilities.

Page 35

 

Taxable Equivalent Basis (teb): Revenues of operating groups are presented in our MD&A on a taxable equivalent basis (teb). Revenue and the provision for income taxes are increased on tax-exempt securities to an equivalent before-tax basis to facilitate comparisons of income between taxable and tax-exempt sources.

Pages 38, 198

Tier 1 Capital is comprised of CET1 capital, preferred shares and innovative hybrid instruments, less certain regulatory deductions.

Pages 71, 184

Tier 1 Capital Ratio reflects Tier 1 capital divided by Tier 1 capital risk-weighted assets.

Pages 71, 185

Total Capital includes Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital. Tier 2 capital is primarily comprised of subordinated debentures and may include a portion of the collective and individual allowances for credit losses, less certain regulatory deductions.

Pages 71, 185

Total Capital Ratio reflects Total capital divided by Total capital risk-weighted assets.

Pages 71, 185

Total Shareholder Return: The three-year and five-year average annual total shareholder return (TSR) represents the average annual total return earned on an investment in BMO common shares made at the beginning of a three-year and five-year period, respectively. The return includes the change in share price and assumes that dividends received were reinvested in additional common shares. The one-year TSR also assumes that dividends were reinvested in shares.

Page 32

Trading-Related Revenues include net interest income and non-interest revenue earned from on- and off-balance sheet positions undertaken for trading purposes. The management of these positions typically includes marking them to market on a daily basis. Trading-related revenues also include income (expense) and gains (losses) from both on-balance sheet instruments and interest rate, foreign exchange (including spot positions), equity, commodity and credit contracts.

Page 41

Value at Risk (VaR) is measured for specific classes of risk in BMO’s trading and underwriting activities related to interest rates, foreign exchange rates, credit spreads, equity and commodity prices and their implied volatilities. This measure calculates the maximum loss likely to be experienced in the trading and underwriting portfolios, measured at a 99% confidence level over a specified holding period.

Pages 95, 96

 

 

BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016     207   

EX-99.3
Table of Contents

 

Statement of Management’s Responsibility

for Financial Information

Management of Bank of Montreal (the “bank”) is responsible for the preparation and presentation of the annual consolidated financial statements, Management’s Discussion and Analysis (“MD&A”) and all other information in the Annual Report.

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board and meet the applicable requirements of the Canadian Securities Administrators (“CSA”) and the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) in the United States. The financial statements also comply with the provisions of the Bank Act (Canada) and related regulations, including interpretations of IFRS by our regulator, the Office of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions Canada.

The MD&A has been prepared in accordance with the requirements of securities regulators, including National Instrument 51-102 Continuous Disclosure Obligations of the CSA as well as Item 303, Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations, of Regulation S-K under the United States Securities Act of 1933 and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and their related published requirements.

The consolidated financial statements and information in the MD&A necessarily include amounts based on informed judgments and estimates of the expected effects of current events and transactions with appropriate consideration to materiality. In addition, in preparing the financial information we must interpret the requirements described above, make determinations as to the relevancy of information to be included, and make estimates and assumptions that affect reported information. The MD&A also includes information regarding the impact of current transactions and events, sources of liquidity and capital resources, operating trends, risks and uncertainties. Actual results in the future may differ materially from our present assessment of this information because events and circumstances in the future may not occur as expected.

The financial information presented in the bank’s Annual Report is consistent with that in the consolidated financial statements.

In meeting our responsibility for the reliability and timeliness of financial information, we maintain and rely on a comprehensive system of internal controls, including organizational and procedural controls, disclosure controls and procedures, and internal control over financial reporting. Our system of internal controls includes written communication of our policies and procedures governing corporate conduct and risk management; comprehensive business planning; effective segregation of duties; delegation of authority and personal accountability; escalation of relevant information for decisions regarding public disclosure; careful selection and training of personnel; and accounting policies that we regularly update. Our internal controls are designed to provide reasonable assurance that transactions are authorized, assets are safeguarded and proper records are maintained and that we are in compliance with all regulatory requirements. The system of internal controls is further supported by a compliance function, which is designed to ensure that we and our employees comply with securities legislation and conflict of interest rules, and by an internal audit staff, which conducts periodic audits of all aspects of our operations.

As of October 31, 2016, we, as the bank’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, have determined that the bank’s internal control over financial reporting is effective. We have certified Bank of Montreal’s annual filings with the CSA and with the SEC pursuant to National Instrument 52-109, Certification of Disclosure in Issuers’ Annual and Interim Filings and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

In order to provide their audit opinions on our consolidated financial statements and on the bank’s internal control over financial reporting, the Shareholders’ Auditors audit our system of internal controls over financial reporting and conduct work to the extent that they consider appropriate. Their audit opinion on the bank’s internal control over financial reporting as of October 31, 2016 is set forth on page 138.

The Board of Directors, based on recommendations from its Audit and Conduct Review Committee, reviews and approves the financial information contained in the Annual Report, including the MD&A. The Board of Directors and its relevant committees oversee management’s responsibilities for the preparation and presentation of financial information, maintenance of appropriate internal controls, compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, management and control of major risk areas, and assessment of significant and related party transactions.

The Audit and Conduct Review Committee, which is comprised entirely of independent directors, is also responsible for selecting the Shareholders’ Auditors and reviewing the qualifications, independence and performance of both the Shareholders’ Auditors and internal audit. The Shareholders’ Auditors and the bank’s Chief Auditor have full and free access to the Board of Directors, its Audit and Conduct Review Committee and other relevant committees to discuss audit, financial reporting and related matters.

The Office of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions Canada conducts examinations and inquiries into the affairs of the bank as are deemed necessary to ensure that the provisions of the Bank Act, with respect to the safety of the depositors, are being duly observed and that the bank is in sound financial condition.

 

LOGO   LOGO  
William A. Downe   Thomas E. Flynn   Toronto, Canada
Chief Executive Officer   Chief Financial Officer   December 6, 2016

 

136   BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016


Table of Contents

Independent Auditors’ Report of Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Shareholders of Bank of Montreal

We have audited the accompanying consolidated financial statements of Bank of Montreal (the “Bank”), which comprise the consolidated balance sheets as at October 31, 2016 and October 31, 2015, the consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in equity and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended October 31, 2016, and notes, comprising a summary of significant accounting policies and other explanatory information.

Management’s Responsibility for the Consolidated Financial Statements

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of these consolidated financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, and for such internal control as management determines is necessary to enable the preparation of consolidated financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

Auditors’ Responsibility

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with Canadian generally accepted auditing standards and the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we comply with ethical requirements and plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free from material misstatement.

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. The procedures selected depend on our judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, we consider internal control relevant to the entity’s preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained in our audits is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.

Opinion

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of the Bank as at October 31, 2016 and October 31, 2015, and its consolidated financial performance and its consolidated cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended October 31, 2016 in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

Other Matter

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Bank’s internal control over financial reporting as of October 31, 2016, based on the criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), and our report dated December 6, 2016 expressed an unmodified (unqualified) opinion on the effectiveness of the Bank’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

LOGO

Chartered Professional Accountants, Licensed Public Accountants

December 6, 2016

Toronto, Canada

 

BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016     137   


Table of Contents

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Shareholders of Bank of Montreal

We have audited Bank of Montreal’s (the “Bank”) internal control over financial reporting as of October 31, 2016, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Bank’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included under the heading “Management’s Annual Report on Disclosure Controls and Procedures and Internal Control over Financial Reporting” in the accompanying Management’s Discussion and Analysis. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Bank’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, the Bank maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of October 31, 2016, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

We also have audited, in accordance with Canadian generally accepted auditing standards and the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of the Bank as at October 31, 2016 and 2015, the consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in equity and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended October 31, 2016, and notes, comprising a summary of significant accounting policies and other explanatory information, and our report dated December 6, 2016 expressed an unmodified (unqualified) opinion on those consolidated financial statements.

 

LOGO

Chartered Professional Accountants, Licensed Public Accountants

December 6, 2016

Toronto, Canada

 

138   BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016


Table of Contents

Consolidated Statement of Income

 

For the Year Ended October 31 (Canadian $ in millions, except as noted)    2016      2015      2014  

Interest, Dividend and Fee Income

        

Loans

   $         12,575       $         11,263       $         10,997   

Securities (Note 3)

     1,704         1,705         1,693   

Deposits with banks

     223         190         182   
       14,502         13,158         12,872   

Interest Expense

        

Deposits

     3,002         2,681         2,865   

Subordinated debt

     179         171         150   

Other liabilities

     1,449         1,543         1,565   
       4,630         4,395         4,580   

Net Interest Income

     9,872         8,763         8,292   

Non-Interest Revenue

        

Securities commissions and fees

     924         901         894   

Deposit and payment service charges

     1,141         1,077         1,002   

Trading revenues

     1,192         987         949   

Lending fees

     859         737         680   

Card fees

     461         460         462   

Investment management and custodial fees

     1,556         1,552         1,286   

Mutual fund revenues

     1,364         1,377         1,065   

Underwriting and advisory fees

     820         706         744   

Securities gains, other than trading (Note 3)

     84         171         162   

Foreign exchange, other than trading

     162         172         179   

Insurance revenue

     2,023         1,762         2,008   

Investments in associates and joint ventures

     140         207         169   

Other

     489         517         331   
       11,215         10,626         9,931   

Total Revenue

     21,087         19,389         18,223   

Provision for Credit Losses (Note 4)

     815         612         561   

Insurance Claims, Commissions and Changes in Policy Benefit Liabilities (Note 14)

     1,543         1,254         1,505   

Non-Interest Expense

        

Employee compensation (Notes 21 and 22)

     7,382         7,081         6,242   

Premises and equipment (Note 9)

     2,393         2,137         1,908   

Amortization of intangible assets (Note 11)

     444         411         382   

Travel and business development

     646         605         542   

Communications

     294         314         289   

Business and capital taxes

     42         45         39   

Professional fees

     523         595         622   

Other

     1,273         994         897   
       12,997         12,182         10,921   

Income Before Provision for Income Taxes

     5,732         5,341         5,236   

Provision for income taxes (Note 23)

     1,101         936         903   

Net Income

   $ 4,631       $ 4,405       $ 4,333   

Attributable to:

        

Bank shareholders

     4,622         4,370         4,277   

Non-controlling interest in subsidiaries

     9         35         56   

Net Income

   $ 4,631       $ 4,405       $ 4,333   

Earnings Per Share (Canadian $) (Note 24)

        

Basic

   $ 6.94       $ 6.59       $ 6.44   

Diluted

     6.92         6.57         6.41   

Dividends per common share

     3.40         3.24         3.08   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

Certain comparative figures have been reclassified to conform with the current year’s presentation.

 

LOGO   LOGO
William A. Downe   Philip S. Orsino
Chief Executive Officer   Chairman, Audit and Conduct Review Committee

 

BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016     139   


Table of Contents

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income

 

For the Year Ended October 31 (Canadian $ in millions)   2016     2015     2014  

Net Income

  $         4,631      $         4,405      $         4,333   

Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

     

Items that may subsequently be reclassified to net income

     

Net change in unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities

     

Unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities arising during the year (1)

    151        (166     28   

Reclassification to earnings of (gains) in the year (2)

    (28     (65     (77
      123        (231     (49

Net change in unrealized gains (losses) on cash flow hedges

     

Gains (losses) on cash flow hedges arising during the year (3)

    (26     528        247   

Reclassification to earnings of (gains) losses on cash flow hedges (4)

    10        (57     (98
      (16     471        149   

Net gains on translation of net foreign operations

     

Unrealized gains on translation of net foreign operations

    213        3,187        1,378   

Unrealized gains (losses) on hedges of net foreign operations (5)

    41        (482     (415
      254        2,705        963   

Items that will not be reclassified to net income

     

Gains (losses) on remeasurement of pension and other employee future benefit plans (6)

    (422     200        (125

Gains (losses) on remeasurement of own credit risk on financial liabilities designated at fair value (Note 1) (7)

    (153     120          
      (575     320        (125

Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

    (214     3,265        938   

Total Comprehensive Income

  $ 4,417      $ 7,670      $ 5,271   

Attributable to:

     

Bank shareholders

    4,408        7,635        5,215   

Non-controlling interest in subsidiaries

    9        35        56   

Total Comprehensive Income

  $ 4,417      $ 7,670      $ 5,271   

 

  (1) Net of income tax (provision) recovery of $(64) million, $63 million and $(22) million for the year ended, respectively.
  (2) Net of income tax provision of $11 million, $24 million and $37 million for the year ended, respectively.
  (3) Net of income tax (provision) of $(4) million, $(188) million and $(79) million for the year ended, respectively.
  (4) Net of income tax provision (recovery) of $(6) million, $14 million and $28 million for the year ended, respectively.
  (5) Net of income tax (provision) recovery of $(10) million, $167 million and $144 million for the year ended, respectively.
  (6) Net of income tax (provision) recovery of $156 million, $(51) million and $63 million for the year ended, respectively.
  (7) Net of income tax (provision) recovery of $55 million and $(43) million for the years ended October 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

140   BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016


Table of Contents

Consolidated Balance Sheet

 

As at October 31 (Canadian $ in millions)    2016      2015  

Assets

     

Cash and Cash Equivalents (Note 2)

   $ 31,653       $ 40,295   

Interest Bearing Deposits with Banks (Note 2)

     4,449         7,382   

Securities (Note 3)

     

Trading

     84,458         72,460   

Available-for-sale

     55,663         48,006   

Held-to-maturity

     8,965         9,432   

Other

     899         1,020   
       149,985         130,918   

Securities Borrowed or Purchased Under Resale Agreements (Note 4)

     66,646         68,066   

Loans (Notes 4 and 6)

     

Residential mortgages

     112,277         105,918   

Consumer instalment and other personal

     64,680         65,598   

Credit cards

     8,101         7,980   

Businesses and governments

     175,597         145,076   
     360,655         324,572   

Allowance for credit losses (Note 4)

     (1,925      (1,855
       358,730         322,717   

Other Assets

     

Derivative instruments (Note 8)

     39,183         38,238   

Customers’ liability under acceptances (Note 12)

     13,021         11,307   

Premises and equipment (Note 9)

     2,147         2,285   

Goodwill (Note 11)

     6,381         6,069   

Intangible assets (Note 11)

     2,178         2,208   

Current tax assets

     906         561   

Deferred tax assets (Note 23)

     3,101         3,162   

Other (Note 12)

     9,555         8,673   
       76,472         72,503   

Total Assets

   $ 687,935       $ 641,881   

Liabilities and Equity

     

Deposits (Note 13)

   $ 473,372       $ 438,169   

Other Liabilities

     

Derivative instruments (Note 8)

     38,227         42,639   

Acceptances (Note 14)

     13,021         11,307   

Securities sold but not yet purchased (Note 14)

     25,106         21,226   

Securities lent or sold under repurchase agreements (Note 14)

     40,718         39,891   

Current tax liabilities

     81         102   

Deferred tax liabilities (Note 23)

     242         265   

Other (Note 14)

     50,401         43,953   
       167,796         159,383   

Subordinated Debt (Note 15)

     4,439         4,416   

Equity

     

Preferred shares (Note 16)

     3,840         3,240   

Common shares (Note 16)

     12,539         12,313   

Contributed surplus

     294         299   

Retained earnings

     21,205         18,930   

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     4,426         4,640   

Total shareholders’ equity

     42,304         39,422   

Non-controlling interest in subsidiaries (Note 16)

     24         491   

Total Equity

     42,328         39,913   

Total Liabilities and Equity

   $         687,935       $         641,881   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

Certain comparative figures have been reclassified to conform with the current year’s presentation.

 

BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016     141   


Table of Contents

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity

 

For the Year Ended October 31 (Canadian $ in millions)    2016     2015     2014  

Preferred Shares (Note 16)

      

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 3,240      $ 3,040      $ 2,265   

Issued during the year

     600        950        1,200   

Redeemed during the year

            (750     (425

Balance at End of Year

     3,840        3,240        3,040   

Common Shares (Note 16)

      

Balance at beginning of year

     12,313        12,357        12,003   

Issued under the Shareholder Dividend Reinvestment and Share Purchase Plan (Note 16)

     90        58        223   

Issued under the Stock Option Plan (Note 16)

     136        51        131   

Repurchased for cancellation (Note 16)

            (153       

Balance at End of Year

     12,539        12,313        12,357   

Contributed Surplus

      

Balance at beginning of year

     299        304        315   

Stock option expense/exercised (Note 21)

     (14            (7

Other

     9        (5     (4

Balance at End of Year

     294        299        304   

Retained Earnings

      

Balance at beginning of year

             18,930        17,237        15,087   

Net income attributable to bank shareholders

     4,622        4,370        4,277   

Dividends – Preferred shares (Note 16)

     (150     (117     (120

                 – Common shares (Note 16)

     (2,191     (2,087     (1,991

Preferred shares redeemed during the year (Note 16)

            (3       

Common shares repurchased for cancellation (Note 16)

            (465       

Share issue expense

     (6     (5     (16

Balance at End of Year

     21,205        18,930        17,237   

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income on Available-for-Sale Securities

      

Balance at beginning of year

     (75     156        205   

Unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities arising during the year (1)

     151        (166     28   

Reclassification to earnings of (gains) in the year (2)

     (28     (65     (77

Balance at End of Year

     48        (75     156   

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income on Cash Flow Hedges

      

Balance at beginning of year

     612        141        (8

Gains (losses) on cash flow hedges arising during the year (3)

     (26     528        247   

Reclassification to earnings of (gains) losses in the year (4)

     10        (57     (98

Balance at End of Year

     596        612        141   

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income on Translation of Net Foreign Operations

      

Balance at beginning of year

     4,073        1,368        405   

Unrealized gains on translation of net foreign operations

     213        3,187        1,378   

Unrealized gains (losses) on hedges of net foreign operations (5)

     41        (482     (415

Balance at End of Year

     4,327        4,073        1,368   

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income on Pension and Other Employee Future Benefit Plans

      

Balance at beginning of year

     (90     (290     (165

Gains (losses) on remeasurement of pension and other employee future benefit plans (6)

     (422     200        (125

Balance at End of Year

     (512     (90     (290

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income on Own Credit Risk on Financial Liabilities Designated at Fair Value

      

Balance at beginning of year

     120                 

Gains (losses) on remeasurement of own credit risk on financial liabilities designated at fair value (Note 1) (7)

     (153     120          

Balance at End of Year

     (33     120          

Total Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income

     4,426        4,640        1,375   

Total Shareholders’ Equity

   $ 42,304      $ 39,422      $ 34,313   

Non-controlling Interest in Subsidiaries

      

Balance at beginning of year

     491        1,091        1,072   

Net income attributable to non-controlling interest

     9        35        56   

Dividends to non-controlling interest

     (10     (37     (52

Redemption of capital trust securities (Note 16)

     (450     (600       

Acquisitions

                   22   

Other

     (16     2        (7

Balance at End of Year

     24        491        1,091   

Total Equity

   $ 42,328      $         39,913      $         35,404   

 

  (1) Net of income tax (provision) recovery of $(64) million, $63 million and $(22) million for the year ended, respectively.
  (2) Net of income tax provision of $11 million, $24 million and $37 million for the year ended, respectively.
  (3) Net of income tax (provision) of $(4) million, $(188) million and $(79) million for the year ended, respectively.
  (4) Net of income tax provision (recovery) of $(6) million, $14 million and $28 million for the year ended, respectively.
  (5) Net of income tax (provision) recovery of $(10) million, $167 million and $144 million for the year ended, respectively.
  (6) Net of income tax (provision) recovery of $156 million, $(51) million and $63 million for the year ended, respectively.
  (7) Net of income tax (provision) recovery of $55 million and $(43) million for the years ended October 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

142   BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016


Table of Contents

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

 

For the Year Ended October 31 (Canadian $ in millions)    2016      2015      2014  

Cash Flows from Operating Activities

        

Net Income

   $ 4,631       $ 4,405       $ 4,333   

Adjustments to determine net cash flows provided by (used in) operating activities

        

Impairment write-down of securities, other than trading (Note 3)

     17         12         8   

Net (gain) on securities, other than trading (Note 3)

     (101      (183      (170

Net (increase) decrease in trading securities

     (11,403      15,613         (8,470

Provision for credit losses (Note 4)

     815         612         561   

Change in derivative instruments – (Increase) in derivative asset

     (306      (6,178      (2,822

                                               – Increase (decrease) in derivative liability

     (5,598      9,320         1,402   

Amortization of premises and equipment (Note 9)

     384         377         365   

Amortization of other assets

     219                   

Amortization of intangible assets (Note 11)

     444         411         382   

Net decrease in deferred income tax asset

     108         226         241   

Net increase (decrease) in deferred income tax liability

     (7      76         (42

Net (increase) decrease in current income tax asset

     (345      298         546   

Net (decrease) in current income tax liability

     (18      (141      (226

Change in accrued interest – (Increase) decrease in interest receivable

     (81      53         (36

                                      – Increase (decrease) in interest payable

     64         (113      160   

Changes in other items and accruals, net

     2,408         4,792         4,094   

Net increase in deposits

     22,906         7,967         9,814   

Net (increase) in loans

     (23,235      (15,600      (15,207

Net increase (decrease) in securities sold but not yet purchased

     3,739         (7,049      4,429   

Net increase (decrease) in securities lent or sold under repurchase agreements

     (82      (4,625      9,073   

Net (increase) decrease in securities borrowed or purchased under resale agreements

     2,793         (7,940      (11,362

Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Operating Activities

     (2,648      2,333         (2,927

Cash Flows from Financing Activities

        

Net increase (decrease) in liabilities of subsidiaries

     3,100         (390      (48

Proceeds from issuance (maturities) of Covered Bonds (Note 13)

     6,773         4,103         (406

Proceeds from issuance (repayment) of subordinated debt (Note 15)

     50         (500      1,000   

Proceeds from issuance of preferred shares (Note 16)

     600         950         1,200   

Redemption of preferred shares (Note 16)

             (753      (425

Redemption of capital trust securities (Note 16)

     (450      (600        

Share issue expense

     (6      (5      (16

Proceeds from issuance of common shares (Note 16)

     137         51         133   

Common shares repurchased for cancellation (Note 16)

             (618        

Cash dividends paid

     (2,219      (2,135      (1,851

Cash dividends paid to non-controlling interest

     (10      (37      (52

Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Financing Activities

     7,975         66         (465

Cash Flows from Investing Activities

        

Net (increase) decrease in interest bearing deposits with banks

     3,007         (461      519   

Purchases of securities, other than trading

     (34,859      (16,996      (24,674

Maturities of securities, other than trading

     6,985         5,267         11,698   

Proceeds from sales of securities, other than trading

     22,293         16,740         17,184   

Premises and equipment – net (purchases)

     (224      (179      (355

Purchased and developed software – net (purchases)

     (396      (345      (382

Acquisitions (Note 10)

     (12,147              (956

Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Investing Activities

     (15,341      4,026         3,034   

Effect of Exchange Rate Changes on Cash and Cash Equivalents

     1,372         5,484         2,396   

Net increase (decrease) in Cash and Cash Equivalents

     (8,642      11,909         2,038   

Cash and Cash Equivalents at Beginning of Year

     40,295         28,386         26,348   

Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Year

   $ 31,653       $ 40,295       $ 28,386   

Represented by:

        

Cash and deposits with banks (Note 2)

   $ 29,460       $ 38,818       $ 27,056   

Cheques and other items in transit, net (Note 2)

     2,193         1,477         1,330   
     $ 31,653       $ 40,295       $ 28,386   

Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information

        

Net cash provided by operating activities includes:

        

Amount of interest paid in the year

   $ 4,561       $ 4,476       $ 4,407   

Amount of income taxes paid in the year

   $ 1,201       $ 641       $ 264   

Amount of interest and dividend income received in the year

   $        14,541       $        13,138       $        12,735   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

Certain comparative figures have been reclassified to conform with the current year’s presentation.

 

BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016     143   


Table of Contents

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1: Basis of Presentation

Bank of Montreal (“the bank”) is a chartered bank under the Bank Act (Canada) and is a public company incorporated in Canada. We are a highly diversified financial services company and provide a broad range of personal and commercial banking, wealth management and investment banking products and services. The bank’s head office is at 129 rue Saint Jacques, Montreal, Quebec. Its executive offices are at 100 King Street West, 1 First Canadian Place, Toronto, Ontario. Our common shares are listed on the Toronto Stock Exchange and the New York Stock Exchange.

We have prepared these consolidated financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”). We also comply with interpretations of IFRS by our regulator, the Office of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions Canada (“OSFI”).

Our consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a historic cost basis, except for the revaluation of the following items: assets and liabilities held for trading; available-for-sale financial assets; financial instruments designated at fair value through profit or loss; financial assets and financial liabilities designated as hedged items in qualifying fair value hedge relationships; cash-settled share-based payment liabilities; defined benefit pension and other employee future benefit liabilities; and insurance-related liabilities.

These consolidated financial statements were authorized for issue by the Board of Directors on December 6, 2016.

Basis of Consolidation

These consolidated financial statements are inclusive of the financial statements of our subsidiaries as at October 31, 2016. We conduct business through a variety of corporate structures, including subsidiaries, joint ventures, structured entities (“SEs”) and associates. Subsidiaries are those entities where we exercise control through our ownership of the majority of the voting shares. Joint ventures are those entities where we exercise joint control through an agreement with other shareholders. We also hold interests in SEs, which we consolidate when we control the SE. These are more fully described in Note 7. All of the assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses of our subsidiaries and consolidated SEs are included in our consolidated financial statements. All intercompany transactions and balances are eliminated on consolidation.

We hold investments in associates, where we exert significant influence over operating, investing and financing decisions (generally companies in which we own between 20% and 50% of the voting shares). These are accounted for using the equity method. The equity method is also applied to our investments in joint ventures. Under the equity method of accounting, investments are initially recorded at cost, and the carrying amount is increased or decreased to recognize our share of investee net income or loss, including other comprehensive income or loss. Our equity accounted investments are recorded as securities, other, in our Consolidated Balance Sheet and our share of the net income or loss is recorded in investments in associates and joint ventures, in our Consolidated Statement of Income. Any other comprehensive income amounts are reflected in the relevant section of our Statement of Comprehensive Income.

Non-controlling interest in subsidiaries is presented in our Consolidated Balance Sheet as a separate component of equity that is distinct from our shareholders’ equity. The net income attributable to non-controlling interest in subsidiaries is presented separately in our Consolidated Statement of Income.

Specific Accounting Policies

To facilitate a better understanding of our consolidated financial statements, we have disclosed our significant accounting policies throughout the following notes with the related financial disclosures by major caption:

 

                                         
    Note   Topic   Page           Note   Topic   Page        
  1   Basis of Presentation     144          17   Fair Value of Financial Instruments     177     
  2  

Cash and Interest Bearing Deposits with Banks

    149          18   Offsetting of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities     183     
  3   Securities     149          19   Interest Rate Risk     183     
  4   Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses     153          20  

Capital Management

    184     
  5   Risk Management     156          21   Employee Compensation – Share-Based Compensation     185     
  6   Transfer of Assets     159          22   Employee Compensation – Pension and Other Employee    
  7   Structured Entities     159           

Future Benefits

    188     
  8   Derivative Instruments     161          23   Income Taxes     192     
  9   Premises and Equipment     167          24   Earnings Per Share     194     
  10   Acquisitions     168          25  

Commitments, Guarantees, Pledged Assets, Provisions

   
  11   Goodwill and Intangible Assets     169           

and Contingent Liabilities

    195     
  12   Other Assets     170          26  

Operating and Geographic Segmentation

    197     
  13   Deposits     171          27   Significant Subsidiaries     200     
  14   Other Liabilities     172          28   Related Party Transactions     201     
  15   Subordinated Debt     173          29   Contractual Maturities of Assets and Liabilities and    
  16   Equity     174           

Off-Balance Sheet Commitments

    202     
               

Translation of Foreign Currencies

We conduct business in a variety of foreign currencies and present our consolidated financial statements in Canadian dollars, which is our functional currency. Monetary assets and liabilities, as well as non-monetary assets and liabilities measured at fair value that are denominated in foreign currencies, are translated into Canadian dollars at the exchange rate in effect at the balance sheet date. Non-monetary assets and liabilities not measured at fair value are translated into Canadian dollars at historical rates. Revenues and expenses denominated in foreign currencies are translated using the average exchange rate for the year.

Unrealized gains and losses arising from translating our net investment in foreign operations into Canadian dollars, net of related hedging activities and applicable income taxes, are included in our Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income within net gain (loss) on translation of net foreign operations. When we dispose of a foreign operation such that control, significant influence or joint control is lost, the cumulative amount of the translation gain (loss) and any applicable hedging activities and related income taxes is reclassified to our Consolidated Statement of Income as part of the gain or loss on disposition.

 

144   BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016


Table of Contents

Foreign currency translation gains and losses on available-for-sale debt securities that are denominated in foreign currencies are included in foreign exchange, other than trading, in our Consolidated Statement of Income. Foreign currency translation gains and losses on available-for-sale equity securities that are denominated in foreign currencies are included in accumulated other comprehensive income on available-for-sale securities in our Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity. All other foreign currency translation gains and losses are included in foreign exchange, other than trading, in our Consolidated Statement of Income as they arise.

From time to time, we enter into foreign exchange hedge contracts to reduce our exposure to changes in the value of foreign currencies. Realized and unrealized gains and losses that arise on the mark-to-market of foreign exchange contracts related to economic hedges are included in non-interest revenue in our Consolidated Statement of Income. Changes in the fair value of forward contracts that qualify as accounting hedges are recorded in our Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income within net change in unrealized gains (losses) on cash flow hedges, with the spot/forward differential (the difference between the foreign currency exchange rate at the inception of the contract and the rate at the end of the contract) recorded in interest income (expense) over the term of the hedge.

Dividend and Fee Income

Dividend Income

Dividend income is recognized when the right to receive payment is established. This is the ex-dividend date for listed equity securities.

Fee Income

Fee income (including commissions) is recognized based on the services or products for which the fee is paid. See Note 4 for the accounting treatment for lending fees.

Investment management and custodial fees are based primarily on the balance of assets under management and assets under administration, as at the period end, respectively, for services provided.

Securities commissions and fees and underwriting and advisory fees are recorded as revenue when the related services are completed.

Deposit and payment service charges and insurance fees are recognized over the period in which the related services are provided.

Card fees primarily include interchange income, late fees, cash advance fees and annual fees. Card fees are recorded as billed, except for annual fees, which are recorded evenly throughout the year.

Leases

We are lessors in both financing leases and operating leases. Leases are classified as financing leases if they substantially transfer all the risks and rewards incidental to ownership of the leased asset to the lessee. Otherwise they are classified as operating leases, as we retain substantially all the risks and rewards of asset ownership.

As lessor in a financing lease, a loan is recognized equal to the investment in the lease, which is calculated as the present value of the minimum payments to be received from the lessee, discounted at the interest rate implicit in the lease, plus any unguaranteed residual value we expect to recover at the end of the lease. Finance lease income is recognized in interest, dividend and fee income, loans, in our Consolidated Statement of Income.

Assets under operating leases are recorded in other assets in our Consolidated Balance Sheet. Rental income is recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease in non-interest revenue, other, in our Consolidated Statement of Income. Depreciation on these assets is recognized on a straight-line basis over the life of the lease in non-interest expense, other, in our Consolidated Statement of Income.

Assets Held-for-Sale

Non-current non-financial assets classified as held-for-sale are measured at the lower of their carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell and are presented within other assets in our Consolidated Balance Sheet. Subsequent to its initial classification, a non-current asset is no longer depreciated or amortized, and any subsequent write-down in fair value less costs to sell is recognized in non-interest revenue, other, in our Consolidated Statement of Income.

Use of Estimates and Judgments

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements requires management to use estimates and assumptions that affect the carrying amounts of certain assets and liabilities, certain amounts reported in net income and other related disclosures.

The most significant assets and liabilities for which we must make estimates include allowance for credit losses; financial instruments measured at fair value; pension and other employee future benefits; impairment of securities; income taxes and deferred taxes; purchased loans; goodwill and intangible assets; insurance-related liabilities; provisions; transfers of financial assets; and consolidation of structured entities. We make judgments in assessing whether substantially all risks and rewards have been transferred in respect of transfers of financial assets and whether we control SEs. These judgments are discussed in Notes 6 and 7, respectively. If actual results were to differ from the estimates, the impact would be recorded in future periods.

We have established detailed policies and control procedures that are intended to ensure these judgments are well controlled, independently reviewed and consistently applied from period to period. We believe that our estimates of the value of our assets and liabilities are appropriate.

Allowance for Credit Losses

The allowance for credit losses adjusts the value of loans to reflect their estimated realizable value. In assessing their estimated realizable value, we must rely on estimates and exercise judgment regarding matters for which the ultimate outcome is unknown. These include economic factors, developments affecting companies in particular industries, and specific issues with respect to single borrowers. Changes in circumstances may cause future assessments of credit risk to be materially different from current assessments, which could require an increase or decrease in the allowance for credit losses.

Additional information regarding the allowance for credit losses is included in Note 4.

 

BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016     145   


Table of Contents

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Financial Instruments Measured at Fair Value

Fair value measurement techniques are used to value various financial assets and financial liabilities and are used in performing impairment testing on certain non-financial assets. A detailed discussion of our fair value measurement techniques is included in Note 3 and Note 17.

Pension and Other Employee Future Benefits

Our pension and other employee future benefit expense is calculated by our independent actuaries using assumptions determined by management. If actual experience were to differ from the assumptions used, we would recognize this difference in other comprehensive income.

Pension and other employee future benefit expense, plan assets and defined benefit obligations are also sensitive to changes in discount rates. We determine discount rates at each year end for all of our plans using high-quality AA rated corporate bond yields with terms matching the plans’ specific cash flows.

Additional information regarding our accounting for pension and other employee future benefits is included in Note 22.

Impairment of Securities

We have investments in securities issued or guaranteed by Canadian, U.S. and other government agencies, corporate debt and equity securities, mortgage-backed securities and collateralized obligations, which are classified as either available-for-sale securities, held-to-maturity securities or other securities. We review held-to-maturity, available-for-sale and other securities at each quarter-end reporting period to identify and evaluate investments that show indications of possible impairment.

For held-to-maturity, available-for-sale and other securities, impairment losses are recognized if there is objective evidence of impairment as a result of an event that reduces the estimated future cash flows from the security and the impact can be reliably estimated. Objective evidence of impairment includes default or delinquency by a debtor, restructuring of an amount due to us on terms that we would not otherwise consider, indications that a debtor or issuer will enter bankruptcy, or the disappearance of an active market for a security. In addition, for equity securities, a significant or prolonged decline in the fair value of a security below its cost is objective evidence of impairment.

We do not record impairment write-downs on debt securities when impairment is due to changes in market interest rates if future contractual cash flows associated with the debt security are still expected to be recovered.

Additional information regarding our accounting for held-to-maturity, available-for-sale and other securities, and the determination of fair value is included in Note 3 and Note 17.

Income Taxes and Deferred Tax Assets

The provision for income taxes is calculated based on the expected tax treatment of transactions recorded in our Consolidated Statements of Income or Changes in Equity. In determining the provision for income taxes, we interpret tax legislation in a variety of jurisdictions and make assumptions about the expected timing of the reversal of deferred tax assets and liabilities. If our interpretations differ from those of tax authorities or if the timing of reversals is not as expected, our provision for income taxes could increase or decrease in future periods. The amount of any such increase or decrease cannot be reasonably estimated.

Deferred tax assets are recognized only when it is probable that sufficient taxable profit will be available in future periods against which deductible temporary differences may be utilized. We are required to assess whether it is probable that our deferred income tax assets will be realized prior to expiration and, based on all the available evidence, determine if any portion of our deferred income tax assets should not be recognized. The factors used to assess the probability of realization are our past experience of income and capital gains, forecast of future net income before taxes, available tax planning strategies that could be implemented to realize the deferred income tax asset, and the remaining expiration period of tax loss carryforwards. Changes in our assessment of these factors could increase or decrease our provision for income taxes in future periods.

Additional information regarding our accounting for income taxes is included in Note 23.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill is allocated to our groups of cash-generating units (“CGUs”), which represent the lowest level within the bank at which goodwill is monitored for internal management purposes. Impairment testing is performed at least annually, by comparing the carrying values and the recoverable amounts of the CGUs to which goodwill has been allocated to determine whether the recoverable amount of each group is greater than its carrying value. If the carrying value of the group were to exceed its recoverable amount, an impairment calculation would be performed. The recoverable amount of a CGU is the higher of its fair value less costs to sell and the value in use.

Fair value less costs to sell is used to perform the impairment test. In determining fair value less costs to sell, we employ a discounted cash flow model consistent with those used when we acquire businesses. This model is dependent on assumptions related to revenue growth, discount rates, synergies achieved on acquisition and the availability of comparable acquisition data. Changes in any of these assumptions would affect the determination of fair value for each of the business units in a different manner. Management must exercise its judgment and make assumptions in determining fair value less costs to sell, and differences in judgment and assumptions could affect the determination of fair value and any resulting impairment write-down.

Definite-life intangible assets are amortized to income on either a straight-line or an accelerated basis over a period not exceeding 15 years, depending on the nature of the asset. We test definite-life intangible assets for impairment when circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable. Indefinite life intangible assets are tested annually for impairment. If any intangible assets are determined to be impaired, we write them down to their recoverable amount, the higher of value in use and fair value less costs to sell, when this is less than the carrying value.

Additional information regarding goodwill and intangible assets is included in Note 11.

Purchased Loans

Purchased loans are initially measured at fair value and are identified as either purchased performing loans or purchased credit impaired loans (“PCI loans”) at the time of acquisition. The determination of fair value involved estimating the expected cash flows to be received and determining the discount rate to be applied to the cash flows from the loan portfolio. In determining the discount rate, we considered various factors, including

 

146   BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016


Table of Contents

our cost to raise funds in the current market, the risk premium associated with the loans and the cost to service the portfolios. PCI loans are those where the timely collection of principal and interest was no longer reasonably assured as at the date of acquisition. We regularly evaluate what we expect to collect on PCI loans. Changes in expected cash flows could result in the recognition of impairment or a recovery through the provision for credit losses. Estimating the timing and amount of cash flows requires significant management judgment regarding key assumptions, including the probability of default, severity of loss, timing of payment receipts and valuation of collateral. All of these factors are inherently subjective and can result in significant changes in cash flow estimates over the term of the loan.

Insurance-Related Liabilities

Insurance claims and policy benefit liabilities represent current claims and estimates of future insurance policy benefit liabilities. Liabilities for life insurance contracts are determined using the Canadian Asset Liability Method, which incorporates best-estimate assumptions for mortality, morbidity, policy lapses, surrenders, future investment yields, policy dividends, administration costs and margins for adverse deviation. These assumptions are reviewed at least annually and updated to reflect actual experience and market conditions. The most significant impact on the valuation of a liability would result from a change in the assumption for future investment yields.

Additional information regarding insurance-related liabilities is included in Note 14.

Provisions

The bank and its subsidiaries are involved in various legal actions in the ordinary course of business.

Provisions are recorded at the best estimate of the amounts required to settle any obligations related to these legal actions as at the balance sheet date, taking into account the risks and uncertainties associated with the obligation. Factors considered in making the assessment include: a case-by-case assessment of specific facts and circumstances, our past experience and opinions of legal experts. Management and external experts are involved in estimating any provisions. The actual costs of resolving these claims may be substantially higher or lower than the amounts of the provisions. Additional information regarding provisions is provided in Note 25.

Transfer of Financial Assets and Consolidation of Structured Entities

We sell Canadian mortgage loans to third-party Canadian securitization programs, including the Canada Mortgage Bond program, and directly to third-party investors under the National Housing Act Mortgage-Backed Securities program. We assess whether substantially all of the risks and rewards of the loans have been transferred to determine if they qualify for derecognition. Since we continue to be exposed to substantially all of the repayment, interest rate and/or credit risk associated with the securitized loans, they do not qualify for derecognition. We continue to recognize the loans and the related cash proceeds as secured financings in our Consolidated Balance Sheet. We also use securitization vehicles to securitize our Canadian credit card loans in order to obtain alternate sources of funding. The structure of these vehicles limits the activities they can undertake and the types of assets they can hold, and the vehicles have limited decision-making authority. The vehicles issue term asset-backed securities to fund their activities. We control and consolidate these vehicles, as we have the key decision-making powers necessary to obtain the majority of the benefits of their activities.

For most of our subsidiaries, control is determined based on holding the majority of the voting rights. For certain investments in limited partnerships, we exercise judgment in determining if we control an entity. Based on an assessment of our interests and rights, we have determined that we do not control certain entities, even though we may have an ownership interest greater than 50%. This may be the case when we are not the general partner in an arrangement and the general partner’s rights most significantly affect the returns of the entity. Additionally, we have determined that we control certain entities despite having an ownership interest less than 50%. This may be the case when we are the general partner in an arrangement and the general partner’s rights most significantly affect the returns of the entity.

Structured entities are discussed in greater detail in Note 7 and transferred assets are discussed in greater detail in Note 6.

Future Changes in IFRS

Financial Instruments

In July 2014, the IASB issued IFRS 9 Financial Instruments (“IFRS 9”), which addresses impairment, classification and measurement, and hedge accounting. At the direction of our regulator, OSFI, IFRS 9 is effective for the bank for the fiscal year beginning November 1, 2017. Additional guidance relating to the adoption of IFRS 9 has been provided by OSFI in its Guideline – IFRS 9 Financial Instruments and Disclosures (“OSFI Guideline”). The OSFI Guideline is consistent with the guidance provided by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (“BCBS”).

Implementation Approach

We have established an IFRS 9 Steering Committee which includes senior executive representation from finance, risk, technology, capital management and corporate audit. The Steering Committee is responsible for the overall implementation of IFRS 9, ensuring integration throughout the bank and providing executive review and approval of key decisions made during the transition process.

Our transition approach is based on three work streams which align with the three major topics in the standard: (1) classification and measurement, (2) impairment, and (3) hedge accounting. Each work stream includes key stakeholders from finance, risk and information technology.

Classification and Measurement

The new standard requires that we classify debt instruments based on our business model for managing the assets and the contractual cash flow characteristics of the asset. The business model test determines classification based on the business purpose for holding the asset. Generally, debt instruments will be measured at fair value through profit and loss unless certain conditions are met that permit fair value through other comprehensive income (“FVOCI”) or amortized cost. Debt instruments that have contractual cash flows representing only payments of principal and interest will be eligible for classification as FVOCI or amortized cost. Gains and losses recorded in other comprehensive income for debt instruments will be recognized in profit or loss on disposal.

Equity instruments would generally be measured at fair value through profit and loss unless we elect to measure at FVOCI. This will result in unrealized gains and losses on equity instruments currently classified as available-for-sale equity securities being recorded in income going forward. Currently, these unrealized gains and losses are recognized in other comprehensive income. Should we elect to record equity instruments at FVOCI, gains and losses would never be recognized in income.

The bank is currently finalizing our business model assessments and assessing the contractual cash flow characteristics. Certain assets may be reclassified upon adoption on November 1, 2017.

 

BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016     147   


Table of Contents

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As permitted by IFRS 9, in fiscal 2015, the bank early adopted the provisions relating to the recognition of changes in own credit risk for financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss. Additional information regarding changes in own credit risk is included in Notes 13 and 14.

Impairment

IFRS 9 introduces a new single expected credit loss (“ECL”) impairment model for all financial assets and certain off-balance sheet loan commitments and guarantees. The new ECL model will result in an allowance for credit losses being recorded on financial assets regardless of whether there has been an actual loss event. The most significant impact will be on the loan portfolio.

The expected credit loss model requires the recognition of credit losses based on 12 months of expected losses for performing loans and recognition of lifetime losses on performing loans that have experienced a significant increase in credit risk since origination.

The determination of a significant increase in credit risk takes into account many different factors and will vary by product and risk segment. The main factors considered in making this determination are relative changes in probability-weighted probability of default since origination, our credit mitigation processes and certain criteria such as 30-day past due and watchlist status.

IFRS 9 requires consideration of past events, current market conditions and reasonable supportable information about future economic conditions, in determining whether there has been a significant increase in credit risk, and in calculating the amount of expected losses. As a result of the forward looking nature of the standard, it is expected that the provision for credit losses will become more responsive to changes in the economic environment.

We are in the process of developing and testing the key models required under IFRS 9 and we have not yet quantified the impact on our collective allowance; however, it is anticipated that there will be an increase in the allowance for credit losses on adoption, which will be recorded in retained earnings.

Hedge accounting

IFRS 9 introduces a new hedge accounting model that expands the scope of hedged items and risks eligible for hedge accounting and aligns hedge accounting more closely with risk management. The new model no longer specifies quantitative measures for effectiveness testing and does not permit hedge de-designation. IFRS 9 includes a policy choice that would allow us to continue to apply the existing hedge accounting rules. We are currently assessing whether the bank will adopt the IFRS 9 hedge requirements, or retain the existing requirements.

Leases

In January 2016, the IASB issued IFRS 16 Leases (“IFRS 16”), which provides guidance for leases whereby lessees will recognize a liability for the present value of future lease liabilities and record a corresponding asset on the balance sheet for most leases. There are minimal changes to lessor accounting. IFRS 16 is effective for our fiscal year beginning November 1, 2019. Early adoption is permitted, provided IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers has been adopted. We are currently assessing the impact of the standard on our future financial results.

Revenue

In May 2014, the IASB issued IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers (“IFRS 15”), which replaces the existing standards for revenue recognition. The new standard establishes a framework for the recognition and measurement of revenues generated from contracts with customers, except for items such as financial instruments, insurance contracts and leases. The standard also requires additional disclosures about the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenues and cash flows arising from transactions with our customers.

In April 2016, the IASB issued clarifications to IFRS 15, which provide additional clarity on revenue recognition related to identifying performance obligations, application guidance on principal versus agent and licences of intellectual property. We will be adopting IFRS 15 effective for our fiscal year beginning November 1, 2018. We are currently assessing the impact of the standard on our future financial results.

Share-based Payment

In June 2016, the IASB issued amendments to IFRS 2 Share-based Payment (“IFRS 2”) in relation to the classification and measurement of share-based payment transactions. We do not expect the amendments to have a significant impact on our consolidated financial statements. The amendments are effective for the bank on November 1, 2018.

Insurance Contracts

In September 2016, the IASB issued amendments to IFRS 4 Insurance Contracts (“IFRS 4”), to allow qualifying entities issuing insurance contracts to not apply IFRS 9 before the IASB’s new insurance contracts standard becomes effective. The amendments aim to resolve issues arising from the different effective dates of the two standards. The amendments introduce two alternative options for entities issuing contracts within the scope of IFRS 4, notably a temporary exemption and an overlay approach. The amendments are effective for the bank on November 1, 2018 and November 1, 2017, respectively. We are currently assessing the impact of the standard on our future financial results.

 

148   BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016


Table of Contents

Note 2: Cash and Interest Bearing Deposits with Banks

 

(Canadian $ in millions)    2016      2015  

Cash and deposits with banks (1)

     29,460         38,818   

Cheques and other items in transit, net

     2,193         1,477   

Total cash and cash equivalents

     31,653         40,295   

 

  (1) Includes deposits with the Bank of Canada, the U.S. Federal Reserve and other central banks.

Cheques and Other Items in Transit, Net

Cheques and other items in transit are recorded at cost and represent the net position of the uncleared cheques and other items in transit between us and other banks.

Cash Restrictions

Some of our foreign operations are required to maintain reserves or minimum balances with central banks in their respective countries of operation, amounting to $1,958 million as at October 31, 2016 ($2,232 million in 2015).

Interest Bearing Deposits with Banks

Deposits with banks are recorded at amortized cost and include acceptances we have purchased that were issued by other banks. Interest income earned on these deposits is recorded on an accrual basis.

 

 

Note 3: Securities

Securities are divided into four types, each with a different purpose and accounting treatment. The types of securities we hold are as follows:

Trading securities are securities that we purchase for resale over a short period of time. We classify trading securities and securities designated under the fair value option at fair value through profit or loss (“FVTPL”). We record the transaction costs, gains and losses realized on disposal and unrealized gains and losses due to changes in fair value in our Consolidated Statement of Income in trading revenues.

Securities Designated at FVTPL

Securities designated at FVTPL are financial instruments that are accounted for at fair value, with changes in fair value recorded in income provided they meet certain criteria. Securities designated at FVTPL must have reliably measurable fair values and satisfy one of the following criteria: (1) the designation eliminates or significantly reduces the inconsistent treatment that would otherwise arise from measuring the gains and losses on a different basis; (2) the securities are part of a group of financial instruments that is managed and evaluated on a fair value basis; or (3) the securities are hybrid financial instruments with embedded derivatives that would significantly modify their cash flow. Securities must be designated on initial recognition, and the designation is irrevocable. If these securities were not designated at fair value, they would be accounted for as available-for-sale securities with unrealized gains and losses recorded in other comprehensive income.

We designate certain securities held by our insurance subsidiaries that support our insurance liabilities at FVTPL, since the actuarial calculation of insurance liabilities is based on the fair value of the investments supporting them. This designation aligns the accounting result with the way the portfolio is managed on a fair value basis. The change in fair value of the securities is recorded in non-interest revenue, insurance revenue, and the change in fair value of the liabilities is recorded in insurance claims, commissions and changes in policy benefit liabilities. The fair value of these investments as at October 31, 2016 of $7,887 million ($6,961 million as at October 31, 2015) is recorded in securities, trading, in our Consolidated Balance Sheet. The impact of recording these investments at fair value through profit or loss was an increase in non-interest revenue, insurance revenue, of $430 million for the year ended October 31, 2016 (increase of $8 million in 2015).

We designate certain investments held in our merchant banking business at FVTPL, which aligns the accounting result with the way the portfolio is managed. The fair value of these investments as at October 31, 2016 of $320 million ($365 million in 2015) is recorded in securities, other, in our Consolidated Balance Sheet. The impact of recording these investments at fair value through profit or loss was a decrease in non-interest revenue, securities gains, other than trading, of $40 million in our Consolidated Statement of Income for the year ended October 31, 2016 (decrease of $34 million in 2015).

Available-for-sale securities consist of debt and equity securities that may be sold in response to or in anticipation of changes in interest rates and resulting prepayment risk, changes in credit risk, changes in foreign currency risk, changes in funding sources or terms, or to meet liquidity needs.

Available-for-sale securities are initially recorded at fair value plus transaction costs. They are subsequently measured at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses recorded in unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities in our Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income until the security is sold. Gains and losses on disposal and impairment losses (recoveries) are recorded in our Consolidated Statement of Income in non-interest revenue, securities gains, other than trading. Interest income earned and dividends received on available-for-sale securities are recorded in our Consolidated Statement of Income in interest, dividend and fee income, securities.

Investments held by our insurance subsidiaries are classified as available-for-sale securities, except for those investments that support the policy benefit liabilities on our insurance contracts, which are designated at fair value through profit or loss, as discussed above. Interest and other fee income on the insurance available-for-sale securities is recognized when earned in our Consolidated Statement of Income in non-interest revenue, insurance revenue.

Held-to-maturity securities are debt securities that we have the intention and ability to hold to maturity and that do not meet the definition of a loan. These securities are initially recorded at fair value plus transaction costs and subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method. Impairment losses are recorded in our Consolidated Statement of Income in securities gains (losses), other than trading. Interest income earned and amortization of premiums or discounts on the debt securities are recorded in our Consolidated Statement of Income in interest, dividend and fee income, securities.

 

BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016     149   


Table of Contents

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Other securities are investments in companies where we exert significant influence over operating, investing and financing decisions (generally companies in which we own between 20% and 50% of the voting shares). We account for these other securities using the equity method of accounting. Other securities also include certain securities held by our merchant banking business.

We account for all of our securities transactions using settlement date accounting in our Consolidated Balance Sheet. Changes in fair value between the trade date and settlement date are recorded in net income, except for those related to available-for-sale securities, which are recorded in other comprehensive income.

Impairment Review

For available-for-sale, held-to-maturity and other securities, impairment losses are recognized if there is objective evidence of impairment as a result of an event that reduces the estimated future cash flows from the security.

For equity securities, a significant or prolonged decline in the fair value of a security below its cost is considered to be objective evidence of impairment.

The impairment loss on available-for-sale securities is the difference between the security’s amortized cost and its current fair value, less any previously recognized impairment losses. If there is objective evidence of impairment, a write-down is recorded from our Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income, unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities, to our Consolidated Statement of Income in securities gains, other than trading.

The impairment loss on held-to-maturity securities is the difference between a security’s carrying amount and the present value of its estimated future cash flows discounted at the original effective interest rate.

If there is objective evidence of impairment, a write-down is recorded in our Consolidated Statement of Income in securities gains, other than trading.

For available-for-sale debt securities, a previous impairment loss is reversed through net income if an event occurs after the impairment was recognized that can be objectively attributed to an increase in fair value, to a maximum of the original impairment charge. For available-for-sale equity securities, previous impairment losses are not reversed through net income, and any subsequent increases in fair value are recorded in other comprehensive income. Reversals of impairment losses on held-to-maturity securities are recorded to a maximum of the amortized cost of the investment before the original impairment charge.

As at October 31, 2016, we had 1,699 available-for-sale securities (682 in 2015) with unrealized losses totalling $135 million (unrealized losses of $152 million in 2015). Of these available-for-sale securities, 117 have been in an unrealized loss position continuously for more than one year (69 in 2015), amounting to an unrealized loss position of $36 million (unrealized loss position of $5 million in 2015). Unrealized losses on these instruments, excluding corporate equities, resulted from changes in interest rates and not from deterioration in the creditworthiness of the issuers. We expect full recovery of these available-for-sale securities and have determined that there is no significant impairment. The table on page 152 details unrealized gains and losses as at October 31, 2016 and 2015.

We did not own any securities issued by a single non-government entity where the book value, as at October 31, 2016 or 2015, was greater than 10% of our shareholders’ equity.

Fair Value Measurement

For traded securities, quoted market value is considered to be fair value. Quoted market value is based on bid prices. For securities where market quotes are not available, we use estimation techniques to determine fair value. A discussion of fair value measurement is included in Note 17.

 

 

150   BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016


Table of Contents
(Canadian $ in millions, except as noted)    Term to maturity      2016      2015  
     

Within

1 year

    

1 to 3

years

    

3 to 5

years

    

5 to 10

years

    

Over 10

years

     Total      Total  

Trading Securities

                    

Issued or guaranteed by:

                    

Canadian federal government

     4,467         5,089         1,000         1,205         1,191         12,952         13,854   

Canadian provincial and municipal governments

     996         1,506         940         1,622         2,358         7,422         6,751   

U.S. federal government

     1,478         511         1,221         1,579         1,359         6,148         3,252   

U.S. states, municipalities and agencies

     91         249         190         241         353         1,124         687   

Other governments

     184         320         87         11                 602         411   

Mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations

     194         515         303         45         5         1,062         491   

Corporate debt

     948         1,187         511         784         6,222         9,652         9,287   

Corporate equity

                                     45,496         45,496         37,727   

Total trading securities

     8,358         9,377         4,252         5,487         56,984         84,458         72,460   

Available-for-Sale Securities

                    

Issued or guaranteed by:

                    

Canadian federal government

                    

Amortized cost

     311         2,473         4,191         1,134                 8,109         7,906   

Fair value

     311         2,482         4,229         1,146                 8,168         7,970   

Yield (%)

     0.40         1.19         1.36         1.48                 1.29         1.43   

Canadian provincial and municipal governments

                    

Amortized cost

     49         656         2,275         3,120         26         6,126         4,890   

Fair value

     49         662         2,305         3,188         28         6,232         4,925   

Yield (%)

     1.25         1.16         1.56         2.84         3.24         2.17         1.93   

U.S. federal government

                    

Amortized cost

     33         1,268         472         7,755         36         9,564         1,750   

Fair value

     33         1,276         474         7,739         35         9,557         1,754   

Yield (%)

     0.13         1.19         1.37         1.58         1.87         1.51         1.41   

U.S. states, municipalities and agencies

                    

Amortized cost

     370         1,053         522         1,364         1,070         4,379         6,026   

Fair value

     370         1,058         534         1,414         1,074         4,450         6,085   

Yield (%)

     1.48         1.37         2.21         2.35         1.42         1.80         1.27   

Other governments

                    

Amortized cost

     1,199         2,566         1,412         37                 5,214         5,404   

Fair value

     1,200         2,573         1,417         37                 5,227         5,412   

Yield (%)

     0.89         1.20         1.24         2.28                 1.15         1.03   

Mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations – Canada

                    

Amortized cost

     15         1,113         2,345                         3,473         2,994   

Fair value

     32         1,127         2,348                         3,507         3,004   

Yield (%)

     1.54         1.91         1.46                         1.60         1.68   

Mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations – U.S.

                    

Amortized cost

             8         18         908         8,657         9,591         9,165   

Fair value

             9         18         923         8,665         9,615         9,188   

Yield (%)

             4.24         2.69         2.08         1.61         1.66         1.10   

Corporate debt

                    

Amortized cost

     1,781         2,642         2,266         490         40         7,219         7,909   

Fair value

     1,779         2,656         2,298         517         42         7,292         7,955   

Yield (%)

     1.16         1.57         2.12         3.18         3.14         1.76         1.85   

Corporate equity

                    

Amortized cost

                                     1,529         1,529         1,648   

Fair value

                                     1,615         1,615         1,713   

Yield (%)

                                     2.07        
2.07
  
     2.37   

Total cost or amortized cost

     3,758         11,779         13,501         14,808         11,358         55,204         47,692   

Total fair value

     3,774         11,843         13,623         14,964         11,459         55,663         48,006   

Yield (%)

     1.04         1.36         1.56         1.99         1.66         1.62         1.47   

Held-to-Maturity Securities

                    

Issued or guaranteed by:

                    

Canadian federal government

                    

Amortized cost

     150         1,855                                 2,005         2,330   

Fair value

     149         1,865                                 2,014         2,340   

Canadian provincial and municipal governments

                    

Amortized cost

     480         966         280         321                 2,047         2,532   

Fair value

     481         967         279         358                 2,085         2,559   

Mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations (1)

                    

Amortized cost

     14         567         443                 3,889         4,913         4,570   

Fair value

     14         571         445                 3,944         4,974         4,635   

Total cost or amortized cost

     644         3,388         723         321         3,889         8,965         9,432   

Total fair value

     644         3,403         724         358         3,944         9,073         9,534   

Other Securities

                    

Carrying value

             17         45         13         824         899         1,020   

Fair value

             17         45         13         3,023         3,098         2,729   

Total carrying value or amortized cost of securities

     12,760         24,561         18,521         20,629         73,055         149,526         130,604   

Total value of securities

     12,776         24,625         18,643         20,785         73,156         149,985         130,918   

Total by Currency (in Canadian $ equivalent)

                    

Canadian dollar

     7,824         15,928         12,409         8,478         41,713         86,352         82,575   

U.S. dollar

     4,461         8,177         6,222         12,281         29,672         60,813         45,588   

Other currencies

     491         520         12         26         1,771         2,820         2,755   

Total securities

     12,776         24,625         18,643         20,785         73,156         149,985         130,918   

 

  (1) These amounts are supported by insured mortgages or issued by U.S. agencies and government-sponsored enterprises.

Yields in the table above are calculated using the cost of the security and the contractual interest or stated dividend rates associated with each security, adjusted for any amortization of premiums and discounts. Tax effects are not taken into consideration. The term to maturity included in the table above is based on the contractual maturity date of the security. Actual maturities could differ, as issuers may have the right to call or prepay obligations. Securities with no maturity date are included in the over 10 years category.

 

BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016     151   


Table of Contents

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Unrealized Gains and Losses on Available-for-Sale Securities

 

(Canadian $ in millions)            2016              2015  
     

Amortized

cost

    

Gross

unrealized

gains

    

Gross

unrealized

losses

    

Fair

value

    

Amortized

cost

    

Gross

unrealized

gains

    

Gross

unrealized

losses

    

Fair

value

 

Issued or guaranteed by:

                       

Canadian federal government

     8,109         62         3         8,168         7,906         78         14         7,970   

Canadian provincial and municipal governments

     6,126         110         4         6,232         4,890         68         33         4,925   

U.S. federal government

     9,564         47         54         9,557         1,750         9         5         1,754   

U.S. states, municipalities and agencies

     4,379         77         6         4,450         6,026         65         6         6,085   

Other governments

     5,214         17         4         5,227         5,404         11         3         5,412   

Mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations – Canada (1)

     3,473         37         3         3,507         2,994         22         12         3,004   

Mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations – U.S.

     9,591         50         26         9,615         9,165         35         12         9,188   

Corporate debt

     7,219         78         5         7,292         7,909         61         15         7,955   

Corporate equity

     1,529         116         30         1,615         1,648         117         52         1,713   

Total

     55,204         594         135         55,663         47,692         466         152         48,006   

 

  (1) These amounts are supported by insured mortgages.

Unrealized Losses on Available-for-Sale Securities

 

(Canadian $ in millions)   

Available-for-sale

securities in an unrealized

loss position for

                    2016            

Available-for-sale

securities in an unrealized

loss position for

                    2015  
     Less than 12 months     

12 months

or longer

            Total            

Less than

12 months

    

12 months

or longer

            Total  
      Gross
unrealized
losses
    

Fair

value

     Gross
unrealized
losses
    

Fair

value

            Gross
unrealized
losses
    

Fair

value

            Gross
unrealized
losses
     Fair
value
     Gross
unrealized
losses
     Fair
value
            Gross
unrealized
losses
     Fair
value
 

Issued or guaranteed by:

                                         

Canadian federal government

     2         844         1         498           3         1,342           14         2,579                           14         2,579   

Canadian provincial and municipal governments

     4         642                 135           4         777           33         2,773                           33         2,773   

U.S. federal government

     54         5,294                           54         5,294           5         759                           5         759   

U.S. states, municipalities and agencies

     4         1,138         2         157           6         1,295           3         1,271         3         859           6         2,130   

Other governments

     4         2,313                 217           4         2,530           3         1,677                 543           3         2,220   

Mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations – Canada (1)

     2         1,107         1         457           3         1,564           12         1,415                           12         1,415   

Mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations – U.S.

     21         3,806         5         879           26         4,685           10         2,728         2         622           12         3,350   

Corporate debt

     5         933                 35           5         968           15         2,726                 22           15         2,748   

Corporate equity

     3         10         27         43                 30         53                 52         305                                 52         305   

Total

     99         16,087         36         2,421                 135         18,508                 147         16,233         5         2,046                 152         18,279   

 

  (1) These amounts are supported by insured mortgages.

Income from securities has been included in our consolidated financial statements as follows:

 

(Canadian $ in millions)    2016      2015      2014  

Reported in Consolidated Statement of Income:

        

Interest, Dividend and Fee Income (1)

        

Trading securities (2)

     923         1,016         954   

Available-for-sale securities

     623         504         570   

Held-to-maturity securities

     143         167         152   

Other securities

     15         18         17   
       1,704         1,705         1,693   

Non-Interest Revenue

        

Available-for-sale securities

        

Gross realized gains

     59         116         304   

Gross realized (losses)

     (16      (18      (167

Unrealized gain on investments reclassified from available-for-sale to equity

     7                   

Other securities, net realized and unrealized gains

     51         85         33   

Impairment write-downs

     (17      (12      (8

Securities gains, other than trading (1)

     84         171         162   

Trading securities, net realized and unrealized gains (1) (2)

     113         92         340   

Total income from securities

     1,901         1,968         2,195   

 

  (1) The following amounts of income related to our insurance operations were included in non-interest revenue, insurance revenue in our Consolidated Statement of Income: Interest, dividend and fee income of $309 million for the year ended October 31, 2016 ($282 million in 2015 and $263 million in 2014); and securities gains, other than trading of $nil for the year ended October 31, 2016 ($1 million in 2015 and $5 million in 2014).
  (2) Excluded from the table above are trading securities, net realized and unrealized gains of $430 million related to our insurance operations for the year ended October 31, 2016 ($8 million in 2015 and $379 million in 2014).

Certain comparative figures have been reclassified to conform with the current year’s presentation.

 

152   BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016


Table of Contents

Note 4: Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses

Loans are initially measured at fair value plus directly attributable costs, and are subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method. The effective interest method allocates interest income over the expected term of the loan by applying the effective interest rate to the carrying amount of the loan. The effective interest rate is defined as the rate that exactly discounts estimated future cash receipts through the expected term of the loan to the net carrying amount of the loan. Under the effective interest method, the amount recognized in interest, dividend and fee income, loans, varies over the term of the loan based on the principal outstanding. The treatment of interest income for impaired loans is described below.

Securities Borrowed or Purchased Under Resale Agreements

Securities borrowed or purchased under resale agreements represent the amounts we will receive as a result of our commitment to resell securities that we have purchased, back to the original seller, on a specified date at a specified price. We account for these instruments as if they were loans.

Lending Fees

The accounting treatment for lending fees varies depending on the transaction. Some loan origination, restructuring and renegotiation fees are recorded as interest income over the term of the loan, while other lending fees are taken into income at the time of loan origination. Commitment fees are recorded as interest income over the term of the loan, unless we believe the loan commitment will not be used. In the latter case, commitment fees are recorded as lending fees over the commitment period. Loan syndication fees are included in lending fees at the time the syndication is completed, unless the yield on any loans we retain is less than that of other comparable lenders involved in the financing. In the latter case, an appropriate portion of the syndication fee is recorded as interest income over the term of the loan.

Impaired Loans

Generally, consumer loans in both Canada and the U.S. are classified as impaired when payment is contractually 90 days past due, or one year past due for residential mortgages if guaranteed by the Government of Canada. Credit card loans are immediately written off when principal or interest payments are 180 days past due, and are not reported as impaired. In Canada, consumer instalment loans, other personal loans and some small business loans are normally written off when they are one year past due. In the U.S., all consumer loans are generally written off when they are 180 days past due, except for non-real estate term loans, which are generally written off at 120 days. For the purpose of measuring the amount to be written off, the determination of the recoverable amount includes an estimate of future recoveries.

Corporate and commercial loans are classified as impaired when we determine there is no longer reasonable assurance that principal or interest will be collected in its entirety on a timely basis. Generally, we consider corporate and commercial loans to be impaired when payments are 90 days past due, or for fully secured loans, when payments are 180 days past due. Corporate and commercial loans are written off following a review on an individual loan basis that confirms all recovery attempts have been exhausted.

A loan will be reclassified to performing status when we determine that there is reasonable assurance of full and timely repayment of interest and principal in accordance with the terms and conditions of the loan, and that none of the criteria for classification of the loan as impaired continue to apply.

Our average gross impaired loans were $2,198 million for the year ended October 31, 2016 ($2,115 million in 2015). Our average impaired loans, net of the specific allowance, were $1,771 million for the year ended October 31, 2016 ($1,730 million in 2015).

Once a loan is identified as impaired, we continue to recognize interest income based on the original effective interest rate of the loan. In the periods following the recognition of impairment, we record an increase to the allowance for these loans reflecting the time value of money. Interest income on impaired loans of $74 million was recognized for the year ended October 31, 2016 ($91 million in 2015).

During the year ended October 31, 2016, we recorded a net gain of $5 million before tax ($72 million in 2015) on the sale of impaired and written-off loans.

Allowance for Credit Losses (“ACL”)

The allowance for credit losses recorded in our Consolidated Balance Sheet is maintained at a level that we consider adequate to absorb credit-related losses on our loans and other credit instruments. The portion related to other credit instruments is recorded in other liabilities in our Consolidated Balance Sheet and amounted to $189 million as at October 31, 2016 ($197 million in 2015).

The allowance is comprised of a specific allowance and a collective allowance.

Specific Allowance

These allowances are recorded for individually identified impaired loans to reduce their carrying value to the expected recoverable amount. We review our loans on an ongoing basis to assess whether any loans should be classified as impaired and whether an allowance or write-off should be recorded (excluding credit card loans, which are classified as impaired and written off when principal or interest payments are 180 days past due, as discussed under Impaired Loans). The review of individually significant problem loans is conducted at least quarterly by the account managers, each of whom assesses the ultimate collectability and estimated recoveries for a specific loan based on all events and conditions that are relevant to the loan. This assessment is then approved by an independent credit officer.

Individually Significant Impaired Loans

To determine the amount we expect to recover from an individually significant impaired loan, we use the value of the estimated future cash flows discounted at the loan’s original effective interest rate. The determination of estimated future cash flows of a collateralized impaired loan reflects the expected realization of the underlying security, net of expected costs and any amounts legally required to be paid to the borrower. Security can vary by type of loan and may include cash, securities, real properties, accounts receivable, guarantees, inventory or other capital assets.

Individually Insignificant Impaired Loans

Residential mortgages, consumer instalment and other personal loans are individually insignificant and may be individually assessed or collectively assessed for losses at the time of impairment, taking into account historical loss experience.

 

BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016     153   


Table of Contents

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Collective Allowance

We maintain a collective allowance in order to cover impairment in the existing portfolio for loans that have not yet been individually identified as impaired. Our approach to establishing and maintaining the collective allowance is based on the requirements of IFRS, considering guidelines issued by OSFI.

The collective allowance methodology incorporates both quantitative and qualitative factors to determine an appropriate level for the collective allowance. For the purpose of calculating the collective allowance, we group loans on the basis of similarities in credit risk characteristics. The loss factors for groups of loans are determined based on a minimum of five years of historical data and a one-year loss emergence period, except for credit cards, where a seven-month loss emergence period is used. The loss factors are back-tested and calibrated on a regular basis to ensure that they continue to reflect our best estimate of losses that have been incurred but not yet identified, on an individual basis, within the pools of loans. Historical loss experience data is also reviewed in the determination of loss factors. Qualitative factors are based on current observable data, such as current macroeconomic and business conditions, portfolio-specific considerations and model risk factors.

Provision for Credit Losses (“PCL”)

Changes in the value of our loan portfolio due to credit-related losses or recoveries of amounts previously provided for or written off are included in the provision for credit losses in our Consolidated Statement of Income.

Loans and allowance for credit losses by category are as follows:

 

(Canadian $ in millions)   Residential mortgages (1)    

Credit card, consumer

instalment and other

personal loans

   

Business and

government loans

    Total  
     2016     2015     2014     2016     2015     2014     2016     2015     2014     2016     2015     2014  

Gross loan balances at end of year (3)

    112,277        105,918        101,013        72,781        73,578        72,115        175,597        145,076        120,766         360,655        324,572        293,894   

Impairment allowances (specific ACL), beginning of year

    69        88        89        113        99        81        210        237        315        392        424        485   

Amounts written off

    (38     (83     (87     (648     (670     (655     (361     (312     (407     (1,047     (1,065     (1,149

Recoveries of amounts written off in previous years

    16        72        40        173        190        161        154        194        423        343        456        624   

Charge to income statement (specific PCL)

    24        11        77        510        497        519        281        104        (35     815        612        561   

Foreign exchange and other movements

    (12     (19     (31     (25     (3     (7     (34     (13     (59     (71     (35     (97

Specific ACL, end of year

    59        69        88        123        113        99        250        210        237        432        392        424   

Collective ACL, beginning of year

    111        83        88        714        678        622        835        781        775        1,660        1,542        1,485   

Charge to income statement (collective PCL)

    (42     19        (8     (120     7        50        162        (26     (42                     

Foreign exchange and other movements

    2        9        3        2        29        6        18        80        48        22        118        57   

Collective ACL, end of year

    71        111        83        596        714        678        1,015        835        781        1,682        1,660        1,542   

Total ACL

    130        180        171        719        827        777        1,265        1,045        1,018        2,114        2,052        1,966   

Comprised of: Loans

    104        149        144            719        827        777        1,102        879        813        1,925        1,855        1,734   

                   Other credit instruments (2)

    26        31        27                             163        166        205        189        197        232   

Net loan balances at end of year

    112,173        105,769        100,869        72,062        72,751        71,338        174,495        144,197        119,953        358,730        322,717        292,160   

 

  (1) Included in the residential mortgages balance are Canadian government and corporate-insured mortgages of $57,922 million as at October 31, 2016 ($56,579 million in 2015).
  (2) The total specific and collective allowances related to other credit instruments are included in other liabilities.
  (3) Included in loans as at October 31, 2016 are $139,696 million ($117,098 million in 2015 and $95,269 million in 2014) of loans denominated in U.S. dollars and $2,204 million ($1,966 million in 2015 and $1,039 million in 2014) of loans denominated in other foreign currencies.

Certain comparative figures have been reclassified to conform with the current year’s presentation.

Loans and allowance for credit losses by geographic region are as follows:

 

(Canadian $ in millions)   Gross amount     Specific allowance (2)     Collective allowance (3)     Net amount  
     2016     2015     2016     2015     2016     2015     2016     2015  

By geographic region (1):

               

Canada

    228,062        212,193        173        145        833        816        227,056        211,232   

United States

    121,822        101,198        231        212        687        682        120,904        100,304   

Other countries

    10,771        11,181        1                             10,770        11,181   

Total

    360,655        324,572        405        357        1,520        1,498        358,730        322,717   

 

  (1) Geographic region is based upon the country of ultimate risk.
  (2) Excludes specific allowance of $27 million for other credit instruments ($35 million in 2015), which is included in other liabilities.
  (3) Excludes collective allowance of $162 million for other credit instruments ($162 million in 2015), which is included in other liabilities.

 

154   BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016


Table of Contents

Impaired loans, including the related allowances, are as follows:

 

(Canadian $ in millions)   Gross impaired amount            Specific allowance (3)            Net of specific allowance  
     2016     2015            2016     2015            2016     2015  

Residential mortgages

    352        370          33        38          319        332   

Consumer instalment and other personal loans

    589        546          123        113          466        433   

Business and government loans

    1,391        1,043                249        206                1,142        837   

Total (1)

    2,332        1,959                405        357                1,927        1,602   

By geographic region (2):

               

Canada

    736        641          173        145          563        496   

United States

    1,594        1,314          231        212          1,363        1,102   

Other countries

    2        4                1                       1        4   

Total

    2,332        1,959                405        357                1,927        1,602   

 

  (1) Excludes purchased credit impaired loans.
  (2) Geographic region is based upon the country of ultimate risk.
  (3) Excludes specific allowance of $27 million for other credit instruments ($35 million in 2015), which is included in other liabilities.

 

  Fully secured loans with amounts past due between 90 and 180 days that we have not classified as impaired totalled $88 million and $83 million as at October 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

Specific provisions for credit losses by geographic region are as follows:

 

(Canadian $ in millions)   Residential mortgages     Credit card, consumer
instalment and other
personal loans
    Business and
government loans
     Total  
     2016     2015     2016     2015     2016     2015      2016      2015  

By geographic region (1):

                 

Canada

    13        9        417        393        117        97         547         499   

United States

    11        2        93        104        164        8         268         114   

Other countries

                                       (1              (1

Total

    24        11        510        497        281        104         815         612   

 

  (1) Geographic region is based upon the country of ultimate risk.

Foreclosed Assets

Property or other assets that we receive from borrowers to satisfy their loan commitments are classified as either held for use or held for sale according to management’s intention and are recorded at the lower of carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell. Fair value is determined based on market prices where available. Otherwise, fair value is determined using methods such as analysis of discounted cash flows or market prices for similar assets.

During the year ended October 31, 2016, we foreclosed on impaired loans and received $118 million of real estate properties that we classified as held for sale ($102 million in 2015).

As at October 31, 2016, real estate properties held for sale totalled $76 million ($109 million in 2015). These properties are disposed of when considered appropriate. During the year ended October 31, 2016, we recorded an impairment loss of $18 million on real estate properties classified as held for sale ($22 million in 2015).

Renegotiated Loans

From time to time we modify the contractual terms of loans due to the poor financial condition of the borrower. We assess renegotiated loans for impairment consistent with our existing policies for impairment. When renegotiation leads to significant concessions being granted, and the concessions are for economic or legal reasons related to the borrower’s financial difficulty that we would not otherwise consider, the loan is classified as impaired. We consider one or a combination of the following to be significant concessions: (1) a reduction of the stated interest rate, (2) an extension of the maturity date or dates at a stated interest rate lower than the current market rate for a new loan with similar terms, or (3) forgiveness of principal or accrued interest.

Renegotiated loans are permitted to remain in performing status if the modifications are not considered to be significant, or are returned to performing status when none of the criteria for classification as impaired continue to apply.

The carrying value of our renegotiated loans was $988 million as at October 31, 2016 ($730 million in 2015). Renegotiated loans of $540 million were classified as performing during the year ended October 31, 2016 ($361 million in 2015). Renegotiated loans of $58 million were written off in the year ended October 31, 2016 ($42 million in 2015).

Purchased Loans

We record all loans that we purchase at fair value on the day that we acquire the loans. The fair value of the acquired loan portfolio includes an estimate of the interest rate premium or discount on the loans, calculated as the difference between the contractual rate of interest on the loans and prevailing interest rates (the “interest rate mark”). Also included in fair value is an estimate of expected credit losses (the “credit mark”) as of the acquisition date. The credit mark consists of two components: an estimate of the amount of losses that exist in the acquired loan portfolio on the acquisition date but that haven’t been specifically identified on that date (the “incurred credit mark”) and an amount that represents future expected losses (the “future credit mark”). Because we record the loans at fair value, no allowance for credit losses is recorded in our Consolidated Balance Sheet on the day we acquire the loans. Fair value is determined by estimating the principal and interest cash flows expected to be collected on the loans and discounting those cash flows at a market rate of interest. We estimate cash flows expected to be collected based on specific loan reviews for commercial loans. For retail loans, we use models that incorporate management’s best estimate of current key assumptions, such as default rates, loss severity and the timing of prepayments, as well as collateral.

 

BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016     155   


Table of Contents

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Acquired loans are classified into the following categories: those for which on the acquisition date we expect to continue to receive timely principal and interest payments (the “purchased performing loans”) and those for which on the acquisition date the timely collection of interest and principal was no longer reasonably assured (the “purchased credit impaired loans” or “PCI loans”). Because PCI loans are recorded at fair value at acquisition based on the amount expected to be collected, none of the PCI loans are considered to be impaired at acquisition.

Subsequent to the acquisition date, we account for each type of loan as follows:

Purchased Performing Loans

On December 1, 2015, we acquired GE Capital Transportation Finance (“BMO TF”) which added $10,688 million of performing loans net of an $81 million credit mark and a $41 million interest rate premium to our Consolidated Balance Sheet. The acquired loans are accounted for consistently with our existing purchased performing loans.

The amounts below reflect the acquired loan accounting impact on both the existing portfolio and BMO TF.

For performing loans with fixed terms, the future credit mark is fully amortized into net interest income over the expected life of the loan using the effective interest method. The impact on net interest income for the year ended October 31, 2016 was $15 million ($26 million in 2015 and $34 million in 2014). The incurred credit losses are remeasured at each reporting period, with any increases recorded as an increase in the collective allowance and the provision for credit losses. Decreases in incurred credit losses are recorded as a decrease in the collective allowance and the provision for credit losses until the accumulated collective allowance related to these loans is exhausted. Any additional decrease is recorded in net interest income.

The impact of the remeasurement of incurred credit losses for performing loans with fixed terms for the year ended October 31, 2016 was $50 million in the provision for credit losses and $31 million in net interest income ($1 million recovery and $nil, respectively, in 2015 and $2 million provision and $6 million, respectively, in 2014).

For performing loans with revolving terms, the incurred and future credit marks are amortized into net interest income on a straight-line basis over the contractual terms of the loans. The impact on net interest income of such amortization for the year ended October 31, 2016 was $5 million ($15 million in 2015 and $35 million in 2014).

As performing loans are repaid, the related unamortized credit mark remaining is recorded as net interest income during the period in which the payments are received. The impact on net interest income of such repayments for the year ended October 31, 2016 was $41 million ($62 million in 2015 and $151 million in 2014).

Actual specific provisions for credit losses related to these performing loans will be recorded as they arise in a manner that is consistent with our policy for loans we originate. The total specific provision for credit losses for purchased performing loans for the year ended October 31, 2016 was $32 million ($5 million in 2015 and $56 million in 2014).

As at October 31, 2016, the amount of purchased performing loans remaining on the balance sheet was $9,415 million ($4,993 million in 2015). As at October 31, 2016, the credit mark remaining on performing term loans and revolving loans was $226 million and $57 million, respectively ($258 million and $75 million in 2015). Of the total credit mark for performing loans of $283 million, $153 million represents the credit mark that will be amortized over the remaining life of the portfolio. The remaining balance of $130 million represents the incurred credit mark and will be remeasured each reporting period.

Purchased Credit Impaired Loans

On December 1, 2015, we recorded $105 million of purchased credit impaired loans, net of a $19 million credit mark, related to our acquisition of BMO TF. The acquired assets are accounted for consistently with our existing PCI loans. The amounts below reflect the acquired loan accounting impact on both the existing portfolio and BMO TF.

Subsequent to the acquisition date, we regularly re-evaluate the cash flows we expect to collect on the PCI loans. Increases in expected cash flows will result in a recovery in the specific provision for credit losses and either a reduction in any previously recorded allowance for credit losses or, if no allowance exists, an increase in the current carrying value of the PCI loans. Decreases in expected cash flows will result in a charge to the specific provision for credit losses and an increase in the allowance for credit losses. The impact of these evaluations for the year ended October 31, 2016 was a $58 million recovery in the specific provision for credit losses ($86 million recovery in 2015 and $252 million recovery in 2014).

As at October 31, 2016, the amount of PCI loans remaining on the balance sheet was $275 million ($383 million in 2015). As at October 31, 2016, the remaining credit mark related to PCI loans was $3 million ($nil in 2015).

FDIC Covered Loans

Certain acquired loans are subject to a loss share agreement with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”). Under this agreement, the FDIC reimburses us for 80% of the net losses we incur on the covered loans.

We recorded net recoveries of $25 million for the year ended October 31, 2016 (net provisions of $36 million in 2015). These amounts are net of the amounts expected to be reimbursed by the FDIC.

 

 

Note 5: Risk Management

We have an enterprise-wide approach to the identification, measurement, monitoring and control of risks faced across our organization. The key risks related to our financial instruments are classified as credit and counterparty, market, and liquidity and funding risk.

Credit and Counterparty Risk

Credit and counterparty risk is the potential for loss due to the failure of a borrower, endorser, guarantor or counterparty to repay a loan or honour another predetermined financial obligation. Credit risk arises predominantly with respect to loans, over-the-counter derivatives and other credit instruments. This is the most significant measurable risk that we face. Our risk management practices and key measures are disclosed in the text and tables presented in a blue-tinted font in Management’s Discussion and Analysis on pages 88 to 90 of this report. Additional information on loans and derivative-related credit risk is disclosed in Notes 4 and 8, respectively.

 

156   BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016


Table of Contents

Concentrations of Credit and Counterparty Risk

Concentrations of credit risk exist if a number of clients are engaged in similar activities, are located in the same geographic region or have similar economic characteristics such that their ability to meet contractual obligations could be similarly affected by changes in economic, political or other conditions. Concentrations of credit risk indicate a related sensitivity of our performance to developments affecting a particular counterparty, industry or geographic location. At year end, our credit assets consisted of a well-diversified portfolio representing millions of clients, the majority of them consumers and small to medium-sized businesses.

From an industry viewpoint, our most significant exposure as at year end was to individual consumers, captured within the individual sector in the following table, comprising $224,041 million ($209,146 million in 2015). Additional information on the composition of our loans and derivatives exposure is disclosed in Notes 4 and 8, respectively.

Basel III Framework

We use the Basel III Framework and our economic capital framework (see page 74) for risk management purposes. For regulatory capital, we use the Advanced Internal Ratings Based (“AIRB”) approach to determine credit risk-weighted assets in our portfolio, except for acquired loans in our Marshall & Ilsley (“M&I”), BMO TF and other select portfolios, for which we use the Standardized Approach. The framework uses exposure at default to assess credit and counterparty risk. Exposures are classified as follows:

 

Drawn loans include loans, acceptances, deposits with regulated financial institutions, and certain securities. Exposure at default (“EAD”) represents an estimate of the outstanding amount of a credit exposure at the time a default may occur. For off-balance sheet amounts and undrawn amounts, EAD includes an estimate of any further amounts that may be drawn at the time of default.

 

Undrawn commitments cover all unutilized authorizations associated with the drawn loans noted above, including those which are unconditionally cancellable. EAD for undrawn commitments is model generated based on internal empirical data.

 

Over-the-counter (“OTC”) derivatives are those in our proprietary accounts that attract credit risk in addition to market risk. EAD for OTC derivatives is equal to the positive replacement cost, after considering netting, plus any potential credit exposure amount.

 

Other off-balance sheet exposures include items such as guarantees, standby letters of credit and documentary credits. EAD for other off-balance sheet items is based on management’s best estimate.

 

Repo-style transactions include repos, reverse repos and securities lending transactions, which represent both asset and liability exposures. EAD for repo-style transactions is the total amount drawn.

 

Adjusted EAD represents exposures that have been redistributed to a more favourable probability of default band or a different Basel asset class as a result of applying credit risk mitigation.

Total non-trading exposure at default by industry sector, as at October 31, 2016 and 2015, based on the Basel III classifications is as follows:

 

(Canadian $ in millions)   Drawn    

Commitments

(undrawn)

    OTC derivatives     Other off-balance
sheet items
    Repo-style
transactions
    Total (2)  
     2016     2015     2016     2015     2016     2015     2016     2015     2016     2015     2016     2015  

Financial institutions

    95,392        85,854        20,590        19,268        23        7        3,773        3,321        76,994        50,393        196,772        158,843   

Governments

    35,569        42,709        2,563        2,069                      863        794        3,583        6,478        42,578        52,050   

Manufacturing

    18,430        16,133        12,279        13,039        14        21        1,216        1,311                      31,939        30,504   

Real estate

    24,310        21,100        6,101        5,871                      783        809                      31,194        27,780   

Retail trade

    17,314        14,352        3,952        4,614                      497        539                      21,763        19,505   

Service industries

    33,650        28,311        11,503        11,881        1        2        2,909        2,936                      48,063        43,130   

Wholesale trade

    10,726        8,453        4,282        5,288                      413        372                      15,421        14,113   

Oil and gas

    7,877        6,575        7,340        7,847                      1,318        818                      16,535        15,240   

Individual

    182,358        170,323        41,533        38,674                      150        149                      224,041        209,146   

Agriculture

    10,490        9,860        1,575        1,860                      18        27                      12,083        11,747   

Others (1)

    21,410        20,899        13,379        14,218               1        6,045        5,329                      40,834        40,447   

Total exposure at default

    457,526        424,569        125,097        124,629        38        31        17,985        16,405        80,577        56,871        681,223        622,505   

 

  (1) Includes industries having a total exposure of less than 2%.
  (2) Credit exposure excluding Equity, Securitization, Trading Book and other assets such as non-significant investments, goodwill, deferred tax assets and intangibles.

Certain comparative figures have been reclassified to conform with the current year’s presentation.

Additional information about our credit risk exposure by geographic region and product category for loans is provided in Note 4.

Credit Quality

We assign risk ratings based on the probability of counterparties defaulting on their financial obligations to us. Our process for assigning risk ratings is disclosed in the text presented in a blue-tinted font in the Enterprise-Wide Risk Management section of Management’s Discussion and Analysis on pages 88 to 90 of this report.

The following tables present our business and government and consumer gross loans and acceptances outstanding by risk rating as at October 31, 2016 and 2015.

Business and Government Gross Loans and Acceptances by Risk Rating

 

(Canadian $ in millions)      Business and government loans and acceptances  
        2016                  2015  

Acceptable

              

Investment grade

       96,059                84,059   

Sub-investment grade

       85,695                67,586   

Watchlist

       5,340                3,530   

Default / Impaired

       1,524                      1,208   

Total

       188,618                      156,383   

 

BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016     157   


Table of Contents

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Consumer Gross Loans by Risk Rating

 

(Canadian $ in millions)    Residential mortgages      Credit card, consumer
instalment and other
personal loans
     Total  
      2016      2015      2016      2015      2016      2015  

Exceptionally low (£ 0.05%)

     1         2         18,264         16,834         18,265         16,836   

Very low (> 0.05% to 0.20%)

     68,557         69,100         18,056         18,795         86,613         87,895   

Low (> 0.20% to 0.75%)

     23,379         17,233         14,996         14,933         38,375         32,166   

Medium (> 0.75% to 7.00%)

     17,629         16,513         15,247         16,969         32,876         33,482   

High (> 7.00% to 99.99%)

     421         408         2,287         1,600         2,708         2,008   

Standardized performing / Not rated

     1,858         2,246         3,311         3,878         5,169         6,124   

Default / Impaired

     432         416         620         569         1,052         985   

Total

     112,277         105,918         72,781         73,578         185,058         179,496   

Loans Past Due Not Impaired

Loans that are past due but not classified as impaired are loans where our customers have failed to make payments when contractually due, but for which we expect the full amount of principal and interest payments to be collected. The following table presents the loans that are past due but not classified as impaired as at October 31, 2016 and 2015:

 

(Canadian $ in millions)   1 to 29 days     30 to 89 days     90 days or more     Total  
     2016     2015     2016     2015     2016     2015     2016     2015  

Residential mortgages (1)

    668        641        451        459        33        33        1,152        1,133   

Credit card, consumer instalment and other personal loans (2)

    1,736        2,474        422        494        88        90        2,246        3,058   

Business and government loans

    673        416        364        162        139        92        1,176        670   

Total

    3,077        3,531        1,237        1,115        260        215        4,574        4,861   

(1) The percentage of loans 90 days or more past due but not impaired that were guaranteed by the Government of Canada is 7% for 2016 and 5% for 2015.

(2) Credit card loans that are past due are not classified as impaired loans and are written off when 180 days past due.

Loan Maturities and Interest Rate Sensitivity

The following table presents gross loans and acceptances by contractual maturity and by country of ultimate risk:

 

(Canadian $ in millions)   1 year or less     Over 1 year to 5 years     Over 5 years     Total  
     2016     2015     2016     2015     2016     2015     2016     2015  

Canada

               

Consumer

    47,466        50,911        108,887        97,482        5,205        5,272        161,558        153,665   

Commercial and corporate (excluding real estate)

    48,997        43,329        14,467        13,677        1,370        461        64,834        57,467   

Commercial real estate

    5,803        4,739        7,471        6,254        1,417        1,375        14,691        12,368   

United States

    33,776        30,886        67,262        50,647        20,784        19,665        121,822        101,198   

Other countries

    9,036        10,136        1,173        741        562        304        10,771        11,181   

Total

    145,078        140,001        199,260        168,801        29,338        27,077        373,676        335,879   

The following table presents net loans and acceptances by interest rate sensitivity:

 

(Canadian $ in millions)   2016      2015  

Fixed rate

    186,864         160,469   

Floating rate

    171,866         162,248   

Non-interest sensitive (1)

    13,021         11,307   

Total

    371,751         334,024   

 

  (1) Non-interest sensitive is comprised of customers’ liability under acceptances.

Market Risk

Market risk is the potential for adverse changes in the value of our assets and liabilities resulting from changes in market variables such as interest rates, foreign exchange rates, equity and commodity prices and their implied volatilities, and credit spreads, as well as the risk of credit migration and default. We incur market risk in our trading and underwriting activities and in the management of structural market risk in our banking and insurance activities.

Our market risk management practices and key measures are disclosed in the text and tables presented in a blue-tinted font in the Enterprise-Wide Risk Management section of Management’s Discussion and Analysis on pages 95 to 99 of this report.

Liquidity and Funding Risk

Liquidity and funding risk is the potential for loss if we are unable to meet financial commitments in a timely manner at reasonable prices as they fall due. It is our policy to ensure that sufficient liquid assets and funding capacity are available to meet financial commitments, including liabilities to depositors and suppliers, and lending, investment and pledging commitments, even in times of stress. Managing liquidity and funding risk is essential to maintaining both depositor confidence and stability in earnings.

Our liquidity and funding risk management practices and key measures are disclosed in the text presented in a blue-tinted font in the Enterprise-Wide Risk Management section of Management’s Discussion and Analysis on pages 100 to 103 of this report.

 

158   BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016


Table of Contents

Note 6: Transfer of Assets

Loan Securitization

We sell Canadian mortgage loans to third-party Canadian securitization programs, including the Canada Mortgage Bond program, and directly to third-party investors under the National Housing Act Mortgage-Backed Securities program. We assess whether substantially all of the risks and rewards of the loans have been transferred to determine if they qualify for derecognition.

Under these programs, we are entitled to the payment over time of the excess of the sum of interest and fees collected from customers, in connection with the loans that were sold, over the yield paid to investors in the third-party securitization programs, less credit losses and other costs. Since we continue to be exposed to substantially all of the prepayment, interest rate and/or credit risk associated with the securitized loans, they do not qualify for derecognition. We continue to recognize the loans and the related cash proceeds as secured financing in our Consolidated Balance Sheet. The interest and fees collected, net of the yield paid to investors, is recorded in net interest income using the effective interest method over the term of the securitization. Credit losses associated with the loans are recorded in the provision for credit losses. During the year ended October 31, 2016, we sold $6,803 million of loans to third-party securitization programs ($7,259 million in 2015).

The following table presents the carrying amount and fair value of transferred assets that did not qualify for derecognition and the associated liabilities:

 

(Canadian $ in millions)            2016 (1)              2015  
      Carrying amount
of assets
     Associated
liabilities
     Carrying amount
of assets
     Associated
liabilities
 

Residential mortgages

     5,534            7,458      

Other related assets (2)

     11,689                  10,181            

Total

     17,223         16,880         17,639         17,199   

 

  (1) The fair value of the securitized assets is $17,318 million and the fair value of the associated liabilities is $17,394 million, for a net position of $(76) million. Securitized assets are those which we have transferred to third parties, including other related assets.
  (2) Other related assets represent payments received on account of loans pledged under securitization programs that have not yet been applied against the associated liabilities. The payments received are held on behalf of the investors in the securitization vehicles until principal payments are required to be made on the associated liabilities. In order to compare all assets supporting the associated liabilities, this amount is added to the carrying value of the securitized assets in the table above.

Securities Lent or Sold Under Repurchase Agreements

Securities lent or sold under repurchase agreements represent short-term funding transactions in which we sell securities that we own and simultaneously commit to repurchase the same securities at a specified price on a specified date in the future. We retain substantially all of the risks and rewards associated with the securities and we continue to recognize them in our Consolidated Balance Sheet with the obligation to repurchase these securities recorded as secured borrowing transactions at the amount owing. The interest expense related to these liabilities is recorded on an accrual basis. Additional information on securities lent or sold under repurchase agreements is provided in Note 14 and Note 17.

 

 

Note 7: Structured Entities

We enter into certain transactions in the ordinary course of business which involve the establishment of structured entities (“SEs”) to facilitate or secure customer transactions and to obtain alternate sources of funding. We are required to consolidate a SE if we control the entity. We control a SE when we have power over the SE, exposure to variable returns as a result of our involvement, and the ability to exercise power to affect the amount of our returns.

In assessing whether we control a SE, we consider the entire arrangement to determine the purpose and design of the SE, the nature of any rights held through contractual arrangements and whether we are acting as a principal or agent.

We perform a re-assessment of consolidation if facts and circumstances indicate that there have been changes to one or more of the elements of control over the SE. See Note 1 for more information on our consolidation basis.

Consolidated Structured Entities

Bank Securitization Vehicles

We use securitization vehicles to securitize our Canadian credit card loans and Canadian real estate lines of credit in order to obtain alternate sources of funding. The structure of these vehicles limits the activities they can undertake and the types of assets they can hold, and the vehicles have limited decision-making authority. The vehicles issue term asset-backed securities to fund their activities. We control and consolidate these vehicles, as we have the key decision-making powers necessary to obtain the majority of the benefits of their activities. As at October 31, 2016, $5,095 million of notes issued by our bank securitization vehicles were included in other liabilities in our Consolidated Balance Sheet ($4,203 million at October 31, 2015).

U.S. Customer Securitization Vehicle

We sponsor a customer securitization vehicle (also referred to as a bank-sponsored multi-seller conduit) that provides our customers with alternate sources of funding through the securitization of their assets. This vehicle provides clients with access to financing in the asset-backed commercial paper (“ABCP”) markets by allowing them to sell or transfer a security interest in their assets to the vehicle, which then issues ABCP to investors to fund the purchases. We do not sell assets to the customer securitization vehicle. We earn fees for providing services related to the securitizations, including liquidity, distribution and financial arrangement fees for supporting the ongoing operations of the vehicle. We have determined that we control and therefore consolidate this vehicle, as we are exposed to its variable returns and we have the key decision-making powers necessary to affect the amount of those returns in our capacity as liquidity provider and servicing agent.

We provide liquidity facilities to this vehicle which may require that we provide additional financing to the vehicle in the event that certain events occur. The total committed undrawn amount under these facilities at October 31, 2016 was $6,314 million ($7,213 million at October 31, 2015).

 

BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016     159   


Table of Contents

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Credit Protection Vehicle

We sponsored a credit protection vehicle which provided credit protection to investors on investments in corporate debt portfolios through credit default swaps. We entered into credit default swaps with swap counterparties and offsetting swaps with the vehicle. We control and consolidate the vehicle. In September 2016, the vehicle redeemed all outstanding medium-term notes and the credit default swaps matured. There is no remaining activity in this vehicle.

Capital and Funding Vehicles

Capital and funding vehicles are created to issue notes or capital trust securities or to guarantee payments due to bondholders on bonds issued by us. These vehicles may purchase notes issued by us, or we may sell assets to the vehicles in exchange for promissory notes.

For those trusts that purchase assets from us, we have determined that based on the rights of the arrangements we have significant exposure to the variable returns of the trust, and that we control and therefore consolidate these vehicles. During 2016, the capital trust securities issued by one of these vehicles were redeemed. Additional information related to capital trust securities is provided in Note 16.

Unconsolidated Structured Entities

The table below presents amounts related to our interests in unconsolidated SEs:

 

(Canadian $ in millions)              2016                      2015  
     

Capital and

funding

vehicles

     Canadian
customer
securitization
vehicles
(1)
     Structured
finance
vehicles
    

Capital and

funding

vehicles

     Canadian
customer
securitization
vehicles (1)
     Structured
finance
vehicles
 

Interests recorded on the balance sheet

                 

Cash and cash equivalents

     11         53                 11         69           

Trading securities

             14         1,056                 21         2,266   

Available-for-sale securities

     2         643                 2         573           

Other

     12         6                 12         10         11   
       25         716         1,056         25         673         2,277   

Deposits

     1,265         53         879         1,265         69         1,296   

Derivatives

                     135                         250   

Other

     21                         20                 732   
       1,286         53         1,014         1,285         69         2,278   

Exposure to loss (2)

     57         6,796         1,056         57         6,175         2,277   
                                                       

Total assets of the entities

     1,285         5,131         1,056         1,285         4,289         2,277   

 

  (1) Securities held that are issued by our Canadian customer securitization vehicles are comprised of asset-backed commercial paper and are classified as trading securities and available-for-sale securities. All assets held by these vehicles relate to assets in Canada.
  (2) Exposure to loss represents securities held, drawn and undrawn facilities, and derivative assets.

 

  Certain comparative figures have been reclassified to conform with the current year’s presentation.

Capital and Funding Vehicles

Certain of our capital and funding vehicles purchase notes issued by us as their underlying assets. In these situations, we are not exposed to significant default or credit risk. Our remaining exposure to variable returns is less than that of the note holders, who are exposed to our default and credit risk. We are not required to consolidate these vehicles.

Canadian Customer Securitization Vehicles

We sponsor customer securitization vehicles (also referred to as bank-sponsored multi-seller conduits) that provide our customers with alternate sources of funding through the securitization of their assets. These vehicles provide clients with access to financing in the ABCP markets by allowing them to sell or transfer a security interest in their assets to the vehicles, which then issue ABCP to investors to fund the purchases. We do not sell assets to the customer securitization vehicles. We earn fees for providing services related to the securitizations, including liquidity, distribution and financial arrangement fees for supporting the ongoing operations of the vehicles. We have determined that we do not have control of these entities, as their key relevant activity, the servicing of program assets, does not reside with us. We provide liquidity facilities to these vehicles which may require that we provide additional financing to the vehicles in the event that certain events occur. The total committed undrawn amount under these facilities at October 31, 2016 was $6,134 million ($5,573 million at October 31, 2015).

Structured Finance Vehicles

We facilitate development of investment products by third parties, including mutual funds, unit investment trusts and other investment funds that are sold to retail investors. We enter into derivative contracts with these third parties to provide investors with their desired exposure, and we hedge our exposure related to these derivative contracts by investing in other funds through SEs. We are not required to consolidate these vehicles.

Compensation Trusts

We sponsor various share ownership arrangements, certain of which are administered through trusts. Generally these arrangements permit employees to purchase bank common shares.

Employees can direct a portion of their gross salary towards the purchase of our common shares and we match 50% of employees’ contributions up to 6% of their individual gross salary. Our matching contributions are paid into trusts, which purchase our common shares on the open market for distribution to employees once those employees are entitled to the shares under the terms of the plan. We are not required to consolidate our compensation trusts. These trusts are not included in the table above, as we have no interest in the trusts.

Total assets held under our share ownership arrangements amounted to $1,616 million as at October 31, 2016 ($1,446 million in 2015).

 

160   BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016


Table of Contents

BMO Managed Funds

We have established a number of funds that we also manage. We assess whether or not we control these funds based on the economic interest we have in the funds, including investments in the funds and management fees earned from the funds, and any investors’ rights to remove us as investment manager. Based on our assessment, we have determined that we do not control these funds. Our total exposure to unconsolidated BMO managed funds was $798 million at October 31, 2016 ($589 million in 2015), which is included in securities in our Consolidated Balance Sheet.

Non-BMO Managed Funds

We purchase and hold units of non-BMO managed funds for investment and other purposes. We are considered to have an interest in these funds through our holding of units, and because we may act as counterparty in certain derivative contracts or other interests. These activities do not constitute control, and as a result our interests in these funds are not consolidated. Our total exposure to non-BMO managed funds was $2,525 million at October 31, 2016 ($3,735 million in 2015), which is included in securities in our Consolidated Balance Sheet.

Other Structured Entities

We may be deemed to be the sponsor of an SE if we are involved in the design, legal set-up or marketing of the SE. We may also be deemed to be the sponsor of an SE if market participants would reasonably associate the entity with us. We do not have an interest in certain SEs that we have sponsored.

 

 

Note 8: Derivative Instruments

Derivative instruments are financial contracts that derive their value from underlying changes in interest rates, foreign exchange rates or other financial or commodity prices or indices.

Derivative instruments are either regulated exchange-traded contracts or negotiated over-the-counter contracts. We use these instruments for trading purposes, as well as to manage our exposures, mainly to foreign currency and interest rate fluctuations, as part of our asset/liability management program.

Types of Derivatives

Swaps

Swaps are contractual agreements between two parties to exchange a series of cash flows. The various swap agreements that we enter into are as follows:

Interest rate swaps – counterparties generally exchange fixed and floating rate interest payments based on a notional value in a single currency.

Cross-currency swaps – fixed rate interest payments and principal amounts are exchanged in different currencies.

Cross-currency interest rate swaps – fixed and/or floating rate interest payments and principal amounts are exchanged in different currencies.

Commodity swaps – counterparties generally exchange fixed and floating rate payments based on a notional value of a single commodity.

Equity swaps – counterparties exchange the return on an equity security or a group of equity securities for the return based on a fixed or floating interest rate or the return on another equity security or group of equity securities.

Credit default swaps – one counterparty pays the other a fee in exchange for that other counterparty agreeing to make a payment if a credit event occurs, such as bankruptcy or failure to pay.

Total return swaps – one counterparty agrees to pay or receive from the other cash amounts based on changes in the value of a reference asset or group of assets, including any returns such as interest earned on these assets, in exchange for amounts that are based on prevailing market funding rates.

Forwards and Futures

Forwards and futures are contractual agreements to either buy or sell a specified amount of a currency, commodity, interest-rate-sensitive financial instrument or security at a specified price and date in the future.

Forwards are customized contracts transacted in the over-the-counter market. Futures are transacted in standardized amounts on regulated exchanges and are subject to daily cash margining.

Options

Options are contractual agreements that convey to the purchaser the right but not the obligation to either buy or sell a specified amount of a currency, commodity, interest-rate-sensitive financial instrument or security at a fixed future date or at any time within a fixed future period.

For options written by us, we receive a premium from the purchaser for accepting market risk.

For options purchased by us, we pay a premium for the right to exercise the option. Since we have no obligation to exercise the option, our primary exposure to risk is the potential credit risk if the writer of an over-the-counter contract fails to meet the terms of the contract.

Caps, collars and floors are specialized types of written and purchased options. They are contractual agreements in which the writer agrees to pay the purchaser, based on a specified notional amount, the difference between the market rate and the prescribed rate of the cap, collar or floor. The writer receives a premium for selling this instrument.

A swaption is an option granting its owner the right but not the obligation to enter into an underlying swap.

A future option is an option contract in which the underlying instrument is a single futures contract.

The main risks associated with these derivative instruments are related to exposure to movements in interest rates, foreign exchange rates, credit quality, value of the underlying financial instrument or commodity, as applicable, and the possible inability of counterparties to meet the terms of the contracts.

Risks Hedged

Interest Rate Risk

We manage interest rate risk through bonds, interest rate futures, interest rate swaps and options, which are linked to and adjust the interest rate sensitivity of a specific asset, liability, forecasted transaction or firm commitment, or a specific pool of transactions with similar risk characteristics.

 

 

BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016     161   


Table of Contents

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Foreign Currency Risk

We manage foreign currency risk through currency futures, foreign currency options, cross-currency swaps, spot foreign exchange and forward contracts.

Trading Derivatives

Trading derivatives include derivatives entered into with customers to accommodate their risk management needs, market-making to facilitate customer-driven demand for derivatives, derivatives transacted on a limited basis to generate trading income from our principal trading positions and certain derivatives that are executed as part of our risk management strategy that do not qualify as hedges for accounting purposes (“economic hedges”).

We structure and market derivative products to enable customers to transfer, modify or reduce current or expected risks.

Principal trading activities include market-making and positioning activities. Market-making involves quoting bid and offer prices to other market participants with the intention of generating revenues based on spread and volume. Positioning activities involve managing market risk positions with the expectation of profiting from favourable movements in prices, rates or indices.

Trading derivatives are recorded at fair value. Realized and unrealized gains and losses are recorded in trading revenues in our Consolidated Statement of Income. Unrealized gains on trading derivatives are recorded as derivative instrument assets and unrealized losses are recorded as derivative instrument liabilities in our Consolidated Balance Sheet.

We may also economically hedge a portion of our U.S. dollar earnings through forward foreign exchange contracts and/or options to minimize fluctuations in our consolidated net income due to the translation of our U.S. dollar earnings. These contracts are recorded at fair value, with changes in fair value recorded in non-interest revenue, trading revenues, in our Consolidated Statement of Income.

Hedging Derivatives

In accordance with our risk management strategy, we enter into various derivative contracts to hedge our interest rate and foreign currency exposures. To the extent these derivative instruments are qualified for hedge accounting requirements, we designate them in accounting hedge relationships.

In order for a derivative instrument to qualify as an accounting hedge, the hedging relationship must be designated and formally documented at its inception, detailing the particular risk management objective and strategy for the hedge and the specific asset, liability or cash flow being hedged, as well as how its effectiveness is being assessed. Changes in the fair value of the derivative must be highly effective in offsetting changes in the fair value or changes in the amount of future cash flows of the hedged item.

Hedge effectiveness is evaluated at the inception of the hedging relationship and on an ongoing basis, retrospectively and prospectively, primarily using quantitative statistical measures of correlation. Any ineffectiveness in the hedging relationship is recognized in non-interest revenue, other, in our Consolidated Statement of Income as it arises.

Cash Flow Hedges

Cash flow hedges modify exposure to variability in cash flows for variable interest rate bearing instruments, foreign currency denominated assets and liabilities and certain cash-settled share-based payment grants subject to equity price risk. Variable interest rate bearing instruments include floating rate loans and deposits. Our cash flow hedges have a maximum remaining term to maturity of 20 years.

We record interest that we pay or receive on these cash flow hedge derivatives as an adjustment to net interest income in our Consolidated Statement of Income over the life of the hedge.

To the extent that changes in the fair value of the derivative offset changes in the fair value of the hedged item, they are recorded in other comprehensive income. The excess of the change in fair value of the derivative that does not offset changes in the fair value of the hedged item is recorded directly in non-interest revenue, other, in our Consolidated Statement of Income.

For cash flow hedges that are discontinued before the end of the original hedge term, the cumulative unrealized gain or loss recorded in other comprehensive income is amortized to our Consolidated Statement of Income in net interest income for interest rate swaps and in employee compensation for total return swaps as the hedged item is recorded in earnings. If the hedged item is sold or settled, the entire unrealized gain or loss is recognized immediately in net interest income in our Consolidated Statement of Income.

The amount of unrealized gain that we expect to reclassify to our Consolidated Statement of Income over the next 12 months is $100 million ($74 million after tax). This will adjust the interest income and interest expense recorded on assets and liabilities and employee compensation expense that were hedged.

 

162   BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016


Table of Contents

The following table presents the impact of cash flow hedges on our financial results.

 

(Canadian $ in millions)                  
              Pre-tax gains/(losses) recorded in income  
Contract type     

Fair value change recorded in

other comprehensive income

    

Fair value change recorded in

non-interest revenue – other

    

Reclassification of gains

on designated hedges

from other comprehensive

income to net income

 

2016

          

Interest rate

       39         (4      127   

Foreign exchange (1)

       (124      (2      na   

Share-based payment awards

       63                 18   

Total

       (22      (6      145   

2015

          

Interest rate

       697         2         119   

Foreign exchange (1)

       33         1         na   

Share-based payment awards

       (14              (8

Total

       716         3         111   

2014

          

Interest rate

       224         3         130   

Foreign exchange (1)

       102                 na   

Total

       326         3         130   

 

  (1) Amortization of spot forward differential on foreign exchange contracts of $161 million loss for the year ended October 31, 2016 ($40 million loss in 2015 and $4 million loss in 2014) was transferred from other comprehensive income to interest expense in our Consolidated Statement of Income.
  na – not applicable

Fair Value Hedges

Fair value hedges modify exposure to changes in a fixed rate instrument’s fair value caused by changes in interest rates. These hedges economically convert fixed rate assets and liabilities to floating rate. Our fair value hedges include hedges of fixed rate securities, deposits and subordinated debt.

We record interest receivable or payable on these derivatives as an adjustment to net interest income in our Consolidated Statement of Income over the life of the hedge.

For fair value hedges, the hedging derivative is recorded at fair value and any fixed rate assets and liabilities that are part of a hedging relationship are adjusted for the changes in value of the risk being hedged. To the extent that the change in the fair value of the derivative does not offset changes in the fair value of the hedged item, the net amount is recorded directly in non-interest revenue, other, in our Consolidated Statement of Income.

For fair value hedges that are discontinued, we cease adjusting the hedged item to fair value. The cumulative fair value adjustment of the hedged item is then amortized to net interest income over its remaining term to maturity. If the hedged item is sold or settled, the cumulative fair value adjustment is included in the determination of the gain or loss on sale or settlement.

The following table presents the impact of fair value hedges on our financial results.

 

(Canadian $ in millions)                Pre-tax gains/(losses) recorded in income  
Contract type         Amount of gain/(loss) on
hedging derivatives (1)
   

Fair value

hedge adjustment (2)

      

Hedge ineffectiveness recorded

in non-interest revenue – other

 

Interest rate contracts –

  2016      (77     72           (5
  2015      225        (219        6   
    2014      46        (39        7   

 

  (1) Unrealized gains (losses) on hedging derivatives are recorded in Other assets – derivative instruments or Other liabilities – derivative instruments, in the Consolidated Balance Sheet.
  (2) Unrealized gains (losses) on hedged items are recorded in Securities – available-for-sale, subordinated debt, deposits and other liabilities.

Net Investment Hedges

Net investment hedges mitigate our exposure to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations related to our net investment in foreign operations. Deposit liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are designated as hedges for a portion of this exposure. The foreign currency translation of our net investment in foreign operations and the corresponding hedging instrument is recorded in unrealized gains (losses) on translation of net foreign operations in other comprehensive income. To the extent that the hedging instrument is not effective, amounts are included in the Consolidated Statement of Income in foreign exchange, other than trading. There was no hedge ineffectiveness associated with net investment hedges for the years ended October 31, 2016 and 2015. We use foreign currency deposits with a term to maturity of zero to three months as hedging instruments in net investment hedges, and the fair value of such deposits was $4,795 million as at October 31, 2016 ($1,347 million in 2015).

Embedded Derivatives

From time to time, we purchase or issue financial instruments containing embedded derivatives. The embedded derivative is separated from the host contract and carried at fair value if the economic characteristics of the derivative are not closely related to those of the host contract, the terms of the embedded derivative are the same as those of a stand-alone derivative, and the combined contract is not held for trading or designated at fair value. To the extent that we cannot reliably identify and measure the embedded derivative, the entire contract is carried at fair value, with changes in fair value reflected in income. Embedded derivatives in certain of our equity linked notes are accounted for separately from the host instrument.

 

BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016     163   


Table of Contents

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Contingent Features

Certain over-the-counter derivative instruments contain provisions that link the amount of collateral we are required to post or pay to our credit ratings (as determined by the major credit rating agencies). If our credit ratings were to be downgraded, certain counterparties to these derivative instruments could demand immediate and ongoing collateralization overnight on derivative liability positions or request immediate payment. The aggregate fair value of all derivative instruments with collateral posting requirements that were in a liability position on October 31, 2016 was $7,495 million, for which we have posted collateral of $7,529 million. If our credit rating had been downgraded to A or A- on October 31, 2016 (per Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services), we would have been required to post collateral or meet payment demands of an additional $841 million or $984 million, respectively ($532 million or $800 million, respectively, in 2015).

Fair Value

Fair value represents point-in-time estimates that may change in subsequent reporting periods due to market conditions or other factors. A discussion of the fair value measurement of derivatives is included in Note 17.

Fair values of our derivative instruments are as follows:

 

(Canadian $ in millions)                  2016                   2015  
     

Gross

assets

   

Gross

liabilities

    Net    

Gross

assets

   

Gross

liabilities

    Net  

Trading

            

Interest Rate Contracts

            

Swaps

     16,678        (15,047     1,631        17,382        (16,449     933   

Forward rate agreements

     61        (2     59        25        (6     19   

Futures

     1               1        1               1   

Purchased options

     555               555        637               637   

Written options

            (552     (552            (581     (581

Foreign Exchange Contracts

            

Cross-currency swaps

     4,351        (3,443     908        5,128        (4,239     889   

Cross-currency interest rate swaps

     9,052        (10,996     (1,944     6,847        (12,128     (5,281

Forward foreign exchange contracts

     4,319        (2,051     2,268        3,099        (1,306     1,793   

Purchased options

     411               411        133               133   

Written options

            (450     (450            (178     (178

Commodity Contracts

            

Swaps

     723        (647     76        993        (1,818     (825

Purchased options

     496               496        674               674   

Written options

            (524     (524            (953     (953

Equity Contracts

     901        (2,388     (1,487     969        (2,201     (1,232

Credit Default Swaps

            

Purchased

     23               23        36               36   

Written

            (32     (32            (48     (48

Total fair value – trading derivatives

     37,571        (36,132     1,439        35,924        (39,907     (3,983

Hedging

            

Interest Rate Contracts

            

Cash flow hedges – swaps

     442        (100     342        664        (90     574   

Fair value hedges – swaps

     327        (453     (126     544        (387     157   

Total swaps

     769        (553     216        1,208        (477     731   

Foreign Exchange Contracts

            

Cash flow hedges – forward foreign exchange contracts

     843        (1,539     (696     1,092        (2,255     (1,163

Total foreign exchange contracts

     843        (1,539     (696     1,092        (2,255     (1,163

Equity Contracts

            

Cash flow hedges – equity contracts

            (3     (3     14               14   

Total equity contracts

            (3     (3     14               14   

Total fair value – hedging derivatives (1)

     1,612        (2,095     (483     2,314        (2,732     (418

Total fair value – trading and hedging derivatives

     39,183        (38,227     956        38,238        (42,639     (4,401

Less: impact of master netting agreements

     (27,538     27,538               (27,415     27,415          

Total

     11,645        (10,689     956        10,823        (15,224     (4,401

 

  (1) The fair values of hedging derivatives wholly or partially offset the changes in fair values of the related on-balance sheet financial instruments or future cash flows.

Assets are shown net of liabilities to customers where we have a legally enforceable right to offset amounts and we intend to settle contracts on a net basis.

 

164   BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016


Table of Contents

Notional Amounts

The notional amounts of our derivatives represent the amount to which a rate or price is applied in order to calculate the amount of cash that must be exchanged under the contract. Notional amounts do not represent assets or liabilities and therefore are not recorded in our Consolidated Balance Sheet.

 

(Canadian $ in millions)                                   2016                                     2015         
                  Hedging                          Hedging               
      Trading            

Cash

flow

    

Fair

value

     Total      Trading             Cash
flow
     Fair
value
     Total         

Interest Rate Contracts

                             

Over-the-counter

                             

Swaps

     2,596,259           60,793         69,649         2,726,701         2,853,087           59,021         47,679         2,959,787     

Forward rate agreements

     430,507                           430,507         432,744                           432,744     

Purchased options

     29,508                           29,508         21,344                           21,344     

Written options

     43,921                                 43,921         24,154                                 24,154           
       3,100,195                 60,793         69,649         3,230,637         3,331,329                 59,021         47,679         3,438,029           

Exchange-traded

                             

Futures

     133,864                           133,864         137,583                           137,583     

Purchased options

     30,849                           30,849         26,598                           26,598     

Written options

     30,821                                 30,821         25,038                                 25,038           
       195,534                                 195,534         189,219                                 189,219           

Total interest rate contracts

     3,295,729                 60,793         69,649         3,426,171         3,520,548                 59,021         47,679         3,627,248           

Foreign Exchange Contracts

                             

Over-the-counter

                             

Cross-currency swaps

     89,248           106                 89,354         75,890           193                 76,083     

Cross-currency interest rate swaps

     382,525           141                 382,666         339,431           36                 339,467     

Forward foreign exchange contracts

     365,447           43,742                 409,189         362,544           30,554                 393,098     

Purchased options

     29,876                           29,876         28,297                           28,297     

Written options

     30,405                                 30,405         28,960                                 28,960           
       897,501                 43,989                 941,490         835,122                 30,783                 865,905           

Exchange-traded

                             

Futures

     356                           356         677                           677     

Purchased options

     2,846                           2,846         2,562                           2,562     

Written options

     1,441                                 1,441         2,012                                 2,012           
       4,643                                 4,643         5,251                                 5,251           

Total foreign exchange contracts

     902,144                 43,989                 946,133         840,373                 30,783                 871,156           

Commodity Contracts

                             

Over-the-counter

                             

Swaps

     13,603                           13,603         11,929                           11,929     

Purchased options

     6,828                           6,828         6,172                           6,172     

Written options

     4,672                                 4,672         4,103                                 4,103           
       25,103                                 25,103         22,204                                 22,204           

Exchange-traded

                             

Futures

     24,232                           24,232         20,826                           20,826     

Purchased options

     6,048                           6,048         7,614                           7,614     

Written options

     8,159                                 8,159         9,720                                 9,720           
       38,439                                 38,439         38,160                                 38,160           

Total commodity contracts

     63,542                                 63,542         60,364                                 60,364           

Equity Contracts

                             

Over-the-counter

     57,994           319                 58,313         46,942           172                 47,114     

Exchange-traded

     7,835                                 7,835         4,911                                 4,911           

Total equity contracts

     65,829                 319                 66,148         51,853                 172                 52,025           

Credit Default Swaps

                             

Over-the-counter purchased

     3,033                           3,033         5,419                           5,419     

Over-the-counter written

     981                                 981         9,154                                 9,154           

Total credit default swaps

     4,014                                 4,014         14,573                                 14,573           

Total

     4,331,258                 105,101         69,649         4,506,008         4,487,711                 89,976         47,679         4,625,366           

Certain comparative figures have been reclassified to conform with the current year’s presentation.

Derivative-Related Market Risk

Derivative instruments are subject to market risk. Market risk arises from the potential for a negative impact on the balance sheet and/or statement of income due to adverse changes in the value of derivative instruments as a result of changes in certain market variables. These variables include interest rates, foreign exchange rates, equity and commodity prices and their implied volatilities, as well as credit spreads, credit migration and default. We strive to limit market risk by employing comprehensive governance and management processes for all market risk-taking activities.

 

BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016     165   


Table of Contents

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Derivative-Related Credit Risk

Over-the-counter derivative instruments are subject to credit risk arising from the possibility that counterparties may default on their obligations. The credit risk associated with derivatives is normally a small fraction of the notional amount of the derivative instrument. Derivative contracts generally expose us to potential credit loss if changes in market rates affect a counterparty’s position unfavourably and the counterparty defaults on payment. The credit risk is represented by the positive fair value of the derivative instrument. We strive to limit credit risk by dealing with counterparties that we believe are creditworthy, and we manage our credit risk for derivatives using the same credit risk process that is applied to loans and other credit assets.

We also pursue opportunities to reduce our exposure to credit losses on derivative instruments, including through collateral and by entering into master netting agreements with counterparties. The credit risk associated with favourable contracts is mitigated by legally enforceable master netting agreements to the extent that unfavourable contracts with the same counterparty must be settled concurrently with favourable contracts.

Exchange-traded derivatives have limited potential for credit exposure, as they are settled net daily with each exchange.

Terms used in the credit risk table below are as follows:

Replacement cost represents the cost of replacing all contracts that have a positive fair value, determined using current market rates. It represents in effect the unrealized gains on our derivative instruments. Replacement costs disclosed below represent the net of the asset and liability to a specific counterparty where we have a legally enforceable right to offset the amount owed to us with the amount owed by us and we intend either to settle on a net basis or to realize the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.

Credit risk equivalent represents the total replacement cost plus an amount representing the potential future credit exposure, as outlined in OSFI’s Capital Adequacy Guideline.

Risk-weighted assets represent the credit risk equivalent, weighted on the basis of the creditworthiness of the counterparty, as prescribed by OSFI.

 

(Canadian $ in millions)                  2016                    2015  
     

Replacement

cost

   

Credit risk

equivalent

   

Risk-

weighted

assets

    

Replacement

cost

   

Credit risk

equivalent

   

Risk-

weighted
assets

 

Interest Rate Contracts

             

Swaps

     17,447        20,506                18,590        22,037          

Forward rate agreements

     61        61                25        24          

Purchased options

     551        589                633        651          

Total interest rate contracts

     18,059        21,156        1,345         19,248        22,712        1,461   

Foreign Exchange Contracts

             

Cross-currency swaps

     4,351        8,959                5,128        8,602          

Cross-currency interest rate swaps

     9,054        17,386                6,847        13,696          

Forward foreign exchange contracts

     5,160        8,806                4,191        7,838          

Purchased options

     380        586                115        768          

Total foreign exchange contracts

     18,945        35,737        2,444         16,281        30,904        2,034   

Commodity Contracts

             

Swaps

     723        2,389                993        2,472          

Purchased options

     91        1,135                69        1,043          

Total commodity contracts

     814        3,524        670         1,062        3,515        496   

Equity Contracts

     713        4,180        347         892        3,366        214   

Credit Default Swaps

     23        92        13         36        146        34   

Total derivatives

     38,554        64,689        4,819         37,519        60,643        4,239   

Less: impact of master netting agreements

     (27,538     (42,248             (27,415     (40,140       

Total

     11,016        22,441        4,819         10,104        20,503        4,239   

The total derivatives and the impact of master netting agreements for replacement cost do not include exchange-traded derivatives with a fair value of $629 million as at October 31, 2016 ($719 million in 2015).

Transactions are conducted with counterparties in various geographic locations and industry sectors. Set out below is the replacement cost of contracts with customers located in the following countries, based on country of ultimate risk.

 

(Canadian $ in millions, except as noted)    Before master netting agreements      After master netting agreements  
      2016              2015              2016              2015          

Canada

     20,472         53         19,492         52         6,196         56         5,832         58   

United States

     8,335         22         7,702         21         2,666         24         2,609         26   

United Kingdom

     3,274         8         3,220         9         600         6         398         4   

Other countries (1)

     6,473         17         7,105         18         1,554         14         1,265         12   

Total

     38,554         100      37,519         100      11,016         100      10,104         100

 

  (1) No other country represented 15% or more of our replacement cost in 2016 or 2015.

 

166   BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016


Table of Contents

Transactions are conducted with various counterparties. Set out below is the replacement cost of contracts (before the impact of master netting agreements) with customers in the following industries:

 

As at October 31, 2016 (Canadian $ in millions)   Interest rate contracts      Foreign exchange contracts      Commodity contracts      Equity contracts      Credit default swaps      Total  

Financial institutions

    12,453         13,319         235         631         23         26,661   

Governments

    3,306         3,038         51                         6,395   

Natural resources

    2         25         70                         97   

Energy

    261         690         128                         1,079   

Other

    2,037         1,873         330         82                 4,322   

Total

    18,059         18,945         814         713         23         38,554   
As at October 31, 2015 (Canadian $ in millions)   Interest rate contracts      Foreign exchange contracts      Commodity contracts      Equity contracts      Credit default swaps      Total  

Financial institutions

    13,882         10,565         253         708         35         25,443   

Governments

    2,940         3,343         85                         6,368   

Natural resources

            27         114                         141   

Energy

    250         693         189                         1,132   

Other

    2,176         1,653         421         184         1         4,435   

Total

    19,248         16,281         1,062         892         36         37,519   

Term to Maturity

Our derivative contracts have varying maturity dates. The remaining contractual terms to maturity for the notional amounts of our derivative contracts are set out below:

 

(Canadian $ in millions)    Term to maturity      2016      2015  
     

Within

1 year

    

1 to 3

years

    

3 to 5

years

    

5 to 10

years

    

Over 10

years

    

Total

notional

amounts

    

Total

notional

amounts

 

Interest Rate Contracts

                    

Swaps

     941,611         491,447         838,179         410,760         44,704         2,726,701         2,959,787   

Forward rate agreements, futures and options

     605,007         82,327         7,135         4,847         154         699,470         667,461   

Total interest rate contracts

     1,546,618         573,774         845,314         415,607         44,858         3,426,171         3,627,248   

Foreign Exchange Contracts

                    

Cross-currency swaps

     12,425         18,275         33,169         22,959         2,526         89,354         76,083   

Cross-currency interest rate swaps

     87,804         121,596         87,992         71,732         13,542         382,666         339,467   

Forward foreign exchange contracts, futures and options

     464,432         8,205         1,079         381         16         474,113         455,606   

Total foreign exchange contracts

     564,661         148,076         122,240         95,072         16,084         946,133         871,156   

Commodity Contracts

                    

Swaps

     3,195         7,504         2,151         753                 13,603         11,929   

Futures and options

     21,313         24,973         3,111         542                 49,939         48,435   

Total commodity contracts

     24,508         32,477         5,262         1,295                 63,542         60,364   

Equity Contracts

     53,780         9,147         1,584         101         1,536         66,148         52,025   

Credit Contracts

     1,628         582         213         1,095         496         4,014         14,573   

Total notional amount

     2,191,195         764,056         974,613         513,170         62,974         4,506,008         4,625,366   

Certain comparative figures have been reclassified to conform with the current year’s presentation.

 

 

Note 9: Premises and Equipment

We record all premises and equipment at cost less accumulated amortization, and less any accumulated impairment, except land, which is recorded at cost. Buildings, computer equipment and operating system software, other equipment and leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives. When the major components of a building have different useful lives, they are accounted for separately and amortized over each component’s useful life. The maximum estimated useful lives we use to amortize our assets are as follows:

 

Buildings

     10 to 40 years   

Computer equipment and operating system software

     15 years   

Other equipment

     10 years   

Leasehold improvements

     Lease term to a maximum of 10 years   

Amortization methods, useful lives and the residual values of premises and equipment are reviewed annually for any change in circumstances and are adjusted if appropriate. At least annually, we review whether there are any indications that premises and equipment need to be tested for impairment. If there is an indication that an asset may be impaired, we test for impairment by comparing the asset’s carrying value to its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is calculated as the higher of the value in use and the fair value less costs to sell. Value in use is the present value of the future cash flows expected to be derived from the asset. An impairment charge is recorded when the recoverable amount is less than the carrying value. There were no significant write-downs of premises and equipment due to impairment during the years ended October 31, 2016 and 2015. Gains and losses on disposal are included in non-interest expense, premises and equipment, in our Consolidated Statement of Income.

 

BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016     167   


Table of Contents

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Net rent expense for premises and equipment reported in our Consolidated Statement of Income for the years ended October 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 was $502 million, $476 million and $431 million, respectively.

 

(Canadian $ in millions)                                      2016                                        2015  
     Land     Buildings     Computer
equipment
    Other
equipment
    Leasehold
improvements
    Total     Land     Buildings     Computer
equipment
    Other
equipment
    Leasehold
improvements
    Total  

Cost

                       

Balance at beginning of year

    280        1,908        1,631        901        1,285        6,005        300        1,802        1,571        805        1,182        5,660   

Additions

    1        87        228        77        66        459        5        48        228        73        75        429   

Disposals (1)

    (80     (236     (26     (81     (22     (445     (64     (102     (243     (24     (12     (445

Foreign exchange and other

    6        25        11        5        18        65        39        160        75        47        40        361   

Balance at end of year

    207        1,784        1,844        902        1,347        6,084        280        1,908        1,631        901        1,285        6,005   

Accumulated Depreciation and Impairment

                       

Balance at beginning of year

           1,076        1,146        651        847        3,720               979        1,108        554        743        3,384   

Disposals (1)

           (121     (19     (67     (18     (225            (57     (137     (14     (6     (214

Amortization

           66        172        54        92        384               36        153        56        132        377   

Foreign exchange and other

           34        7        11        6        58               118        22        55        (22     173   

Balance at end of year

           1,055        1,306        649        927        3,937               1,076        1,146        651        847        3,720   

Net carrying value

    207        729        538        253        420        2,147        280        832        485        250        438        2,285   

 

  (1) Includes fully depreciated assets written off.

 

 

Note 10: Acquisitions

The cost of an acquisition is measured at the fair value of the consideration transferred, including contingent consideration. Acquisition-related costs are recognized as an expense in the period in which they are incurred. The identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed and contingent consideration are measured at their fair values at the date of acquisition. Goodwill is measured as the excess of the aggregate of the consideration transferred over the net of the fair value of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed. The results of operations of acquired businesses are included in our consolidated financial statements beginning on the date of acquisition.

Greene Holcomb Fisher (“GHF”)

On August 1, 2016, we completed the acquisition of the business of Greene Holcomb Fisher for cash consideration of US$53 million (CAD$69 million). The acquisition complements our existing capital markets activity in the U.S. by increasing the number of experienced mergers and acquisitions professionals and our presence in the marketplace. The acquisition was accounted for as a business combination, and the acquired business and corresponding goodwill are included in our BMO Capital Markets reporting segment.

As part of this acquisition, we acquired intangible assets of $4 million and goodwill of $65 million. The intangible asset is being amortized over a maximum of three years on a straight-line basis. Goodwill of $65 million related to this acquisition is deductible for tax purposes.

GHF contributed less than 1% to revenue and expenses of BMO Capital Markets since acquisition.

GE Capital Transportation Finance Business (“BMO TF”)

On December 1, 2015 we completed the acquisition of the net assets of the GE Capital Transportation Finance business for cash consideration of US$9.0 billion (CAD$12.1 billion).

The acquisition is consistent with our commercial banking activities in both Canada and the U.S. and has expanded our commercial customer base. The acquisition was accounted for as a business combination, and the acquired business and corresponding goodwill are included in our U.S. P&C and Canadian P&C reporting segments.

As part of this acquisition, we primarily acquired loans, assets subject to operating leases, and goodwill. We recorded a credit mark of $100 million and an interest rate premium of $41 million on the acquired loan portfolio. Additionally, we recorded a fair value adjustment of $72 million to reduce the value of assets subject to operating leases. A dealer and customer relationship intangible asset is being amortized over a 15 year period on an accelerated basis, and a technology intangible asset is being amortized over five years on a straight-line basis. Goodwill of $410 million related to this acquisition is deductible for tax purposes.

BMO TF contributed approximately 14% to revenue and expenses of U.S. P&C since acquisition.

 

168   BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016


Table of Contents

The fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the date of acquisition are as follows:

 

(Canadian $ in millions)                
      BMO TF      GHF  

Loans

     10,793           

Goodwill

     410         65   

Intangible assets

     63         4   

Other assets

     1,087           

Total assets

     12,353         69   

Other liabilities

     275           

Purchase price

     12,078         69   

The allocation of the purchase price for GHF is subject to refinement as we complete the valuation of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed. The purchase price allocation for BMO TF has been completed.

 

 

Note 11: Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill

When we complete an acquisition, we allocate the purchase price paid to the assets acquired, including identifiable intangible assets, and the liabilities assumed. Any portion of the consideration transferred that is in excess of the fair value of those net assets is considered to be goodwill. Goodwill is not amortized and is instead tested for impairment annually.

In performing the impairment test, we utilize the fair value less costs to sell for each group of cash-generating units (“CGUs”) based on discounted cash flow projections. Cash flows were projected for the first 10 years based on actual operating results, expected future business performance and past experience. Beyond the first 10 years, cash flows were assumed to grow at perpetual annual rates of up to 3% (3% in 2015). The discount rates we applied in determining the recoverable amounts in 2016 ranged from 6.0% to 12.7% (5.9% to 11.6% in 2015), and were based on our estimate of the cost of capital for each CGU. The cost of capital for each CGU was estimated using the Capital Asset Pricing Model, based on the historical betas of publicly traded peer companies that are comparable to the CGU.

There were no write-downs of goodwill due to impairment during the years ended October 31, 2016 and 2015.

The key assumptions described above may change as market and economic conditions change. However, we estimate that reasonably possible changes in these assumptions are not expected to cause recoverable amounts of our CGUs to decline below their carrying amounts.

A continuity of our goodwill by group of CGUs for the years ended October 31, 2016 and 2015 is as follows:

 

(Canadian $ in millions)                 Personal and
Commercial
Banking
                         Wealth
Management
           BMO
Capital
Markets
            Total  
     Canadian
P&C
    U.S.
P&C
    Total           Traditional Wealth
Management
    Insurance     Total                             

Balance – October 31, 2014

    68        2,922        2,990          2,150        2        2,152          211           5,353   

Disposals during the year

                           (21            (21                 (21

Other (1)

           471        471          245               245          21           737   

Balance – October 31, 2015

    68        3,393        3,461          2,374        2        2,376          232           6,069   

Acquisitions (disposals) during the year

    29        379        408          (11            (11       65           462   

Other (1)

           89        89                (246            (246             7                 (150

Balance – October 31, 2016

    97  (2)      3,861  (3)      3,958                2,117  (4)      2  (5)      2,119                304  (6)               6,381   
  (1) Other changes in goodwill included the effects of translating goodwill denominated in foreign currencies into Canadian dollar and purchase accounting adjustments related to prior-year purchases.
  (2) Relates primarily to bcpbank Canada, Diners Club, Aver Media LP, and GE Transportation Finance.
  (3) Relates primarily to New Lenox State Bank, First National Bank of Joliet, Household Bank branches, Mercantile Bancorp, Inc., Villa Park Trust Savings Bank, First National Bank & Trust, Ozaukee Bank, Merchants and Manufacturers Bancorporation, Inc., Diners Club, AMCORE, M&I and GE Transportation Finance.
  (4) Relates to BMO Nesbitt Burns Inc., Guardian Group of Funds Ltd., Pyrford International plc, Lloyd George Management, M&I, Harris, myCFO, Inc., Stoker Ostler Wealth Advisors, Inc., CTC Consulting LLC, AWMB and F&C Asset Management plc.
  (5) Relates to AIG.
  (6) Relates to Gerard Klauer Mattison, BMO Nesbitt Burns Inc., Paloma Securities L.L.C., M&I and Greene Holcomb Fisher.

 

BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016     169   


Table of Contents

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Intangible Assets

Intangible assets related to our acquisitions are initially recorded at their fair value at the acquisition date and subsequently at cost less accumulated amortization. Software is recorded at cost less accumulated amortization. Amortization expense is recorded in amortization of intangible assets in our Consolidated Statement of Income. The following table presents the changes in the balance of these intangible assets:

 

(Canadian $ in millions)    Customer
relationships
    Core
deposits
     Branch
distribution
networks
    Purchased
software –
amortizing
     Developed
software –
amortizing
    Software
under
development
     Other             Total  

Cost as at October 31, 2014

     626        815         167        540         1,933        316         331           4,728   

Additions/disposals

     (23             (4     7         345        42         53           420   

Acquisitions

                                                              

Foreign exchange and other

     80        129         27        15         42        11         37                 341   

Cost as at October 31, 2015

     683        944         190        562         2,320        369         421           5,489   

Additions/disposals

                           108         165        99                   372   

Acquisitions

     59                                              8           67   

Foreign exchange and other

     (38     24         4        98         (64     8         (64              (32

Cost as at October 31, 2016

     704        968         194        768         2,421        476         365                 5,896   

The following table presents the accumulated amortization of our intangible assets:

 

(Canadian $ in millions)    Customer
relationships
    Core
deposits
    Branch
distribution
networks
    Purchased
software –
amortizing
     Developed
software –
amortizing
    Software
under
development
     Other             Total  

Accumulated amortization at October 31, 2014

     229        506        166        480         1,250                45           2,676   

Disposals

     (8            (3                                      (11

Amortization

     78        66        2        17         230                18           411   

Foreign exchange and other

     39        83        25        8         60                (10              205   

Accumulated amortization at October 31, 2015

     338        655        190        505         1,540                53           3,281   

Amortization

     79        63               73         210                19           444   

Foreign exchange and other

     (19     17        4        97         (96             (10              (7

Accumulated amortization at October 31, 2016

     398        735        194        675         1,654                62                 3,718   

Carrying value at October 31, 2016

     306        233               93         767        476         303                 2,178   

Carrying value at October 31, 2015

     345        289               57         780        369         368                 2,208   

Intangible assets are amortized to income over the period during which we believe the assets will benefit us, on either a straight-line or an accelerated basis, over a period not to exceed 15 years. We have $162 million as at October 31, 2016 ($198 million as at October 31, 2015) in intangible assets with indefinite lives that relate primarily to fund management contracts.

The useful lives of intangible assets are reviewed annually for any changes in circumstances. We test definite-life intangible assets for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate that their carrying value may not be recoverable. Indefinite-life intangible assets are tested annually for impairment. If any intangible assets are determined to be impaired, we write them down to their recoverable amount, the higher of value in use and fair value less costs to sell, when this is less than the carrying value.

There were no write-downs of intangible assets during the year ended October 31, 2016 ($1 million in 2015).

 

 

Note 12: Other Assets

Customers’ Liability under Acceptances

Acceptances represent a form of negotiable short-term debt that is issued by our customers, which we guarantee for a fee. The fees earned are recorded in lending fees in our Consolidated Statement of Income over the term of the acceptance. The amount potentially due under the acceptances is recorded in other liabilities on our Consolidated Balance Sheet. We record the bank’s equivalent claim against our customers in the event of a call on these commitments in other assets on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.

Other

The components of other within other assets are as follows:

 

(Canadian $ in millions)    2016      2015  

Accounts receivable, prepaid expenses and other items

     7,862         6,502   

Accrued interest receivable

     971         882   

Due from clients, dealers and brokers

     199         309   

Insurance-related assets (1)

     405         478   

Pension asset (Note 22)

     118         502   

Total

     9,555         8,673   

 

  (1) Includes reinsurance assets related to our life insurance business in the amount of $nil as at October 31, 2016 ($nil in 2015).

 

170   BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016


Table of Contents

Note 13: Deposits

 

     Payable on demand                              
(Canadian $ in millions)    Interest bearing      Non-interest bearing     

Payable

after notice

    

Payable on

a fixed date

     Total  
      2016      2015      2016      2015      2016      2015      2016      2015      2016      2015  

Deposits by:

                             

Banks (1)

     450         828         1,415         1,222         3,448         4,123         28,958         26,436         34,271         32,609   

Businesses and governments

     17,578         15,262         35,378         35,212         60,331         57,335         162,927         150,335         276,214         258,144   

Individuals

     3,307         3,095         17,594         15,095         87,627         83,081         54,359         46,145         162,887         147,416   

Total (2) (3)

     21,335         19,185         54,387         51,529         151,406         144,539         246,244         222,916         473,372         438,169   

Booked in:

                             

Canada

     18,937         17,031         40,037         35,300         77,800         75,470         152,894         120,199         289,668         248,000   

United States

     1,540         1,517         14,229         16,091         73,155         68,396         65,850         76,980         154,774         162,984   

Other countries

     858         637         121         138         451         673         27,500         25,737         28,930         27,185   

Total

     21,335         19,185         54,387         51,529         151,406         144,539         246,244         222,916         473,372         438,169   

 

  (1) Includes regulated and central banks.
  (2) Includes structured notes designated at fair value through profit or loss.
  (3) As at October 31, 2016 and 2015, total deposits payable on a fixed date included $36,261 million and $26,960 million, respectively, of federal funds purchased, commercial paper issued and other deposit liabilities. Included in deposits as at October 31, 2016 and 2015 are $233,005 million and $221,268 million, respectively, of deposits denominated in U.S. dollars, and $24,097 million and $19,898 million, respectively, of deposits denominated in other foreign currencies.
  Certain comparative figures have been reclassified to conform with the current year’s presentation.

Deposits payable on demand are comprised primarily of our customers’ chequing accounts, some of which we pay interest on. Our customers need not notify us prior to withdrawing money from their chequing accounts.

Deposits payable after notice are comprised primarily of our customers’ savings accounts, on which we pay interest. Deposits payable on a fixed date are comprised of:

 

Various investment instruments purchased by our customers to earn interest over a fixed period, such as term deposits and guaranteed investment certificates. The terms of these deposits can vary from one day to 10 years.

 

Federal funds purchased, which are overnight borrowings of other banks’ excess reserve funds at a United States Federal Reserve Bank. As at October 31, 2016, we had borrowed $906 million of federal funds ($263 million in 2015).

 

Commercial paper, which totalled $9,461 million as at October 31, 2016 ($7,134 million in 2015).

 

Covered Bonds, which totalled $19,705 million as at October 31, 2016 ($12,611 million in 2015).

During the year, we issued EUR 1,750 million of 0.1% Covered Bonds, Series 10 due October 20, 2023, US$1,500 million of 1.75% Covered Bonds, Series CBL 9 due June 15, 2021, 1,500 million of 0.125% Covered Bonds, Series CBL 8 due April 29, 2021 and 1,500 million of 0.10% Covered Bonds, Series CBL 7 due January 14, 2019. During 2015, we issued 1,500 million of 0.25% Covered Bonds, Series CBL 2 due January 22, 2020, GBP £325 million of 3-month GBP LIBOR + 0.19% Covered Bonds, Series CBL 3 due January 29, 2018, 1,500 million of 0.375% Covered Bonds, Series CBL 4 due August 5, 2020, 1,000 million of 0.75% Covered Bonds, Series CBL 5 due September 21, 2022 and 135 million of 1.597% Covered Bonds, Series CBL 6 due September 28, 2035. During the years ended October 31, 2016 and 2015, US$1,500 million of 2.625% Covered Bonds, Series CB3 matured and US$2,000 million of 2.85% Covered Bonds, Series CB2 matured, respectively (under our Global Registered Covered Bond Program).

During the year, we issued US$3,500 million of Senior Medium-Term Notes (Series C), consisting of US$1,000 million of 1.35% senior notes, US$2,000 million of 1.90% senior notes, and US$500 million of 3-month LIBOR + 0.79% floating rate notes, due August 28, 2018, August 27, 2021 and August 27, 2021, respectively, and US$2,000 million of Senior Medium-Term Notes (Series C), consisting of US$1,600 million of 1.5% senior notes and US$400 million of 3-month LIBOR + 0.65% floating rate notes, due July 18, 2019. During the year, US$2,000 million of Senior Medium-Term Notes (Series B), comprised of US$1,000 million of 1.3% senior notes and US$1,000 million of 3-month LIBOR + 0.52% floating rate notes, US$100 million of 1-month LIBOR + 0.17% European Medium-Term Notes (Series 86), GBP £375 million of 3-month GBP LIBOR + 0.45% European Medium-Term Notes (Series 70) and US$50 million of 3-month LIBOR + 0.12% European Medium-Term Notes (Series 84), matured.

The following table presents the maturity schedule for our deposits payable on a fixed date:

 

(Canadian $ in millions)    2016      2015  

Within 1 year

     155,548         144,609   

1 to 2 years

     24,683         23,385   

2 to 3 years

     20,637         23,324   

3 to 4 years

     11,659         7,753   

4 to 5 years

     18,005         11,170   

Over 5 years

     15,712         12,675   

Total (1)

     246,244         222,916   

 

  (1) Includes $221,957 million of deposits, each greater than one hundred thousand dollars, of which $136,382 million were booked in Canada, $58,077 million were booked in the United States and $27,498 million were booked in other countries ($200,907 million, $103,101 million, $72,073 million and $25,733 million, respectively, in 2015). Of the $136,382 million of deposits booked in Canada, $54,904 million mature in less than three months, $5,020 million mature in three to six months, $13,737 million mature in six to twelve months and $62,721 million mature after 12 months ($103,101 million, $36,434 million, $4,956 million, $11,916 million and $49,795 million, respectively, in 2015). We have unencumbered liquid assets of $197,722 million to support these and other deposit liabilities ($188,463 million in 2015).

 

BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016     171   


Table of Contents

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Most of our structured note liabilities have been designated at fair value through profit or loss and are accounted for at fair value, which aligns the accounting result with the way the portfolio is managed. The change in fair value of these structured notes was recorded as a decrease of $73 million in non-interest revenue, trading revenue, and a decrease of $201 million before tax was recorded in other comprehensive income related to changes in our own credit spread for the year ended October 31, 2016 (an increase of $196 million recorded in non-interest revenue, trading revenue, and an increase of $143 million related to changes in our own credit spread in 2015). The impact of changes in our own credit spread is measured based on movements in our own credit spread year over year.

The cumulative change in fair value related to changes in our own credit spread that has been recognized since the notes were designated at fair value to October 31, 2016 was an unrealized loss of approximately $134 million. Upon adoption of the own credit provisions of IFRS 9 in 2015, $58 million of this unrealized loss has been recorded in other comprehensive income. The remaining unrealized loss of $76 million has been recorded through the Statement of Income in prior periods.

The fair value and notional amount due at contractual maturity of these notes as at October 31, 2016 were $11,604 million and $11,768 million, respectively ($9,429 million and $9,869 million, respectively, in 2015).

 

 

Note 14: Other Liabilities

Acceptances

Acceptances represent a form of negotiable short-term debt that is issued by our customers, which we guarantee for a fee. The fees earned are recorded in lending fees in our Consolidated Statement of Income over the term of the acceptance. The amount potentially due under the acceptances is recorded in other liabilities on our Consolidated Balance Sheet. We record the bank’s equivalent claim against our customers in the event of a call on these commitments in other assets on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.

Securities Lending and Borrowing

Securities lending and borrowing transactions are generally collateralized by securities or cash. Cash advanced or received as collateral is recorded in other assets or other liabilities, respectively. Interest earned on cash collateral is recorded in interest, dividend and fee income in our Consolidated Statement of Income, and interest expense on cash collateral is recorded in interest expense, other liabilities, in our Consolidated Statement of Income. The transfer of the securities to counterparties is only reflected in our Consolidated Balance Sheet if the risks and rewards of ownership have also been transferred. Securities borrowed are not recognized in our Consolidated Balance Sheet unless they are then sold to third parties, in which case the obligation to return the securities is recorded in Securities sold but not yet purchased at fair value, with any gains or losses recorded in non-interest revenue, trading revenues.

Securities Sold but not yet Purchased

Securities sold but not yet purchased represent our obligations to deliver securities that we did not own at the time of sale. These obligations are recorded at their fair value. Adjustments to the fair value as at the balance sheet date and gains and losses on the settlement of these obligations are recorded in trading revenues in our Consolidated Statement of Income.

Securities Lent or Sold Under Repurchase Agreements

Securities lent or sold under repurchase agreements represent short-term funding transactions in which we sell securities that we own and simultaneously commit to repurchase the same securities at a specified price on a specified date in the future. The obligation to repurchase these securities is recorded at the amount owing. The interest expense related to these liabilities is recorded on an accrual basis in interest expense, other liabilities, in our Consolidated Statement of Income.

Other Liabilities

The components of the other liabilities balance were as follows:

 

(Canadian $ in millions)      2016        2015  

Securitization and structured entities liabilities

       22,377           21,673   

Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other items

       10,030           8,747   

Accrued interest payable

       1,037           969   

Liabilities of subsidiaries, other than deposits

       7,250           3,948   

Insurance-related liabilities

       7,909           7,060   

Pension liability (Note 22)

       455           364   

Other employee future benefits liability (Note 22)

       1,343           1,192   

Total

       50,401           43,953   

Notes issued by our credit protection vehicle, and recorded in securitization and structured entities liabilities, were designated at fair value through profit or loss and accounted for at fair value. This eliminated a measurement inconsistency that would otherwise have arisen from measuring these note liabilities and offsetting changes in the fair value of the related investments and derivatives on a different basis. The fair value of these note liabilities as at October 31, 2015 was $139 million and is recorded in other liabilities in our Consolidated Balance Sheet. During the year ended October 31, 2016, these note liabilities were fully repaid. The change in fair value of these note liabilities resulted in $nil in non-interest revenue, trading revenues, for the year ended October 31, 2016 ($nil in 2015).

We designate the obligation related to certain investment contracts in our insurance business at fair value through profit or loss, which eliminates a measurement inconsistency that would otherwise arise from measuring the investment contract liabilities and offsetting changes in the fair value of the investments supporting them on a different basis. The fair value of these investment contract liabilities as at October 31, 2016 of $682 million ($525 million as at October 31, 2015) is recorded in other liabilities in our Consolidated Balance Sheet. The change in fair value of these investment contract liabilities resulted in an increase of $55 million in insurance claims, commissions and changes in policy benefit liabilities for the year ended October 31, 2016 (increase of $24 million in 2015). For the year ended October 31, 2016, a loss of $7 million was recorded in other comprehensive income related to changes in our credit spread (a gain of $20 million in 2015). Changes in the fair value of investments backing these investment contract liabilities are recorded in non-interest revenue, insurance revenue. The impact of changes in our own credit spread is measured based on movements in our own credit spread over the year.

 

172   BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016


Table of Contents

Insurance-Related Liabilities

We are engaged in insurance businesses related to life and health insurance, annuities and reinsurance.

Insurance claims and policy benefit liabilities represent current claims and estimates of future insurance policy benefits. Liabilities for life insurance contracts are determined using the Canadian Asset Liability Method, which incorporates best-estimate assumptions for mortality, morbidity, policy lapses, surrenders, future investment yields, policy dividends, administration costs and margins for adverse deviation. These assumptions are reviewed at least annually and updated to reflect actual experience and market conditions.

A reconciliation of the change in insurance-related liabilities is as follows:

 

(Canadian $ in millions)      2016      2015  

Insurance-related liabilities, beginning of year

       7,060         6,827   

Increase (decrease) in life insurance policy benefit liabilities from:

       

New business

       348         235   

In-force policies

       300           

Changes in actuarial assumptions and methodology

       41         (355

Foreign currency

       (1      4   

Net increase (decrease) in life insurance policy benefit liabilities

       688         (116

Change in other insurance-related liabilities

       161         349   

Insurance-related liabilities, end of year

       7,909         7,060   

Reinsurance

In the ordinary course of business, our insurance subsidiaries reinsure risks to other insurance and reinsurance companies in order to provide greater diversification, limit loss exposure to large risks, and provide additional capacity for future growth. These ceding reinsurance arrangements do not relieve our insurance subsidiaries of their direct obligation to the insureds. We evaluate the financial condition of the reinsurers and monitor their credit ratings to minimize our exposure to losses from reinsurer insolvency.

Reinsurance premiums ceded are recorded net against direct premium income and are included in non-interest revenue, insurance revenue, in our Consolidated Statement of Income for the years ended October 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, as shown in the table below.

 

(Canadian $ in millions)      2016        2015      2014  

Direct premium income

       1,561           2,027         1,850   

Ceded premiums

       (271        (466      (450
         1,290           1,561         1,400   

 

 

Note 15: Subordinated Debt

Subordinated debt represents our direct unsecured obligations, in the form of notes and debentures, to our debt holders and forms part of our regulatory capital. Subordinated debt is recorded at amortized cost using the effective interest rate method. The rights of the holders of our notes and debentures are subordinate to the claims of depositors and certain other creditors. We require approval from OSFI before we can redeem any part of our subordinated debt. Where appropriate, we enter into fair value hedges to hedge the risks caused by changes in interest rates (see Note 8).

During the year ended October 31, 2016, we issued $1,250 million of 3.32% subordinated notes under our Canadian Medium-Term Note Program. The issue, Series I Medium-Term Notes First Tranche, is due June 1, 2026. The notes reset to a floating rate on June 1, 2021. We also issued $1,000 million of 3.34% subordinated debt under our Canadian Medium-Term Note Program. The issue, Series H Medium-Term Notes Second Tranche, is due December 8, 2025. The notes reset to a floating rate on December 8, 2020. During the year ended October 31, 2015, we did not issue any subordinated debt.

During the year ended October 31, 2016, we redeemed all of our outstanding $1,500 million Subordinated Debentures, Series G Medium-Term Notes First Tranche, at a redemption price of 100 percent of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the redemption date, and we redeemed all of our outstanding $700 million Subordinated Debentures, Series D Medium-Term Notes First Tranche, at a redemption price of 100 percent of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the redemption date. During the year ended October 31, 2015, we redeemed all of our outstanding $500 million Subordinated Debentures, Series C Medium-Term Notes Second Tranche, at a redemption price of 100 percent of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the redemption date.

 

BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016     173   


Table of Contents

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The term to maturity and repayments of our subordinated debt required over the next two years and thereafter are as follows:

 

(Canadian $ in millions, except as noted)      Face value         Maturity date         Interest rate (%)        
 
Redeemable at our
option beginning in
  
  
    
 
2016
Total
  
  
    
 
2015
Total
  
  

Debentures Series 16

     100         February 2017         10.00         February 2012 (1)         100         100   

Debentures Series 20

     150         December 2025 to 2040         8.25         Not redeemable         150         150   

Series D Medium-Term Notes

                 

First Tranche

     700         April 2021         5.10         April 2016                 700   

Series F Medium-Term Notes

                 

First Tranche

     900         March 2023         6.17         March 2018 (2)         900         900   

Series G Medium-Term Notes

                 

First Tranche

     1,500         July 2021         3.98         July 2016                 1,500   

Series H Medium-Term Notes

                 

First Tranche

     1,000         September 2024         3.12         September 2019 (3)         1,000         1,000   

Series H Medium-Term Notes

                 

Second Tranche

     1,000         December 2025         3.34         December 2020 (4)         1,000           

Series I Medium-Term Notes

                 

First Tranche

     1,250         June 2026         3.32         June 2021 (5)         1,250           

Total (6)

                                         4,400         4,350   

 

  (1) Redeemable at the greater of par and the Canada Yield Price after their redemption date of February 20, 2012 until their maturity date of February 20, 2017.
  (2) Redeemable at the greater of par and the Canada Yield Price prior to March 28, 2018, and redeemable at par commencing March 28, 2018.
  (3) Redeemable at par together with accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, their redemption date commencing September 19, 2019.
  (4) Redeemable at par together with accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, their redemption date commencing December 8, 2020.
  (5) Redeemable at par together with accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, their redemption date commencing June 1, 2021.
  (6) Certain amounts of subordinated debt were issued at a premium or discount and include fair value hedge adjustments, which together increased their carrying value as at October 31, 2016 by $39 million ($66 million in 2015); see Note 8 for further details. Subordinated debt that we repurchase is excluded from the carrying value.

 

  Please refer to the offering circular related to each of the above issues for further details on Canada Yield Price calculations and the definition of CDOR.

Non-Viability Contingent Capital

The Series H Medium-Term Notes and the Series I Medium-Term Notes include a non-viability contingent capital provision, which is necessary for the notes issued after a certain date to qualify as regulatory capital under Basel III. As such, the notes are convertible into a variable number of our common shares if OSFI announces that the bank is, or is about to become, non-viable or if a federal or provincial government in Canada publicly announces that the bank has accepted or agreed to accept a capital injection, or equivalent support, to avoid non-viability.

 

 

Note 16: Equity

Share Capital

 

(Canadian $ in millions, except as noted)    2016      2015      2014  
     

Number

of shares

     Amount     

Dividends

declared

per share

    

Number

of shares

    Amount    

Dividends

declared

per share

    

Number

of shares

     Amount     

Dividends

declared

per share

 

Preferred Shares – Classified as Equity

                        

Class B – Series 13

                                           0.56         14,000,000         350         1.13   

Class B – Series 14

     10,000,000         250         1.31         10,000,000        250        1.31         10,000,000         250         1.31   

Class B – Series 15

     10,000,000         250         1.45         10,000,000        250        1.45         10,000,000         250         1.45   

Class B – Series 16

     6,267,391         157         0.85         6,267,391        157        0.85         6,267,391         157         0.85   

Class B – Series 17

     5,732,609         143         0.53         5,732,609        143        0.60         5,732,609         143         0.64   

Class B – Series 18

                                                                   0.41   

Class B – Series 21

                                                                   0.81   

Class B – Series 23

                                           0.34         16,000,000         400         1.35   

Class B – Series 25

     9,425,607         236         0.84         11,600,000        290        0.98         11,600,000         290         0.98   

Class B – Series 26

     2,174,393         54         0.10                                                 

Class B – Series 27

     20,000,000         500         1.00         20,000,000        500        1.00         20,000,000         500         0.59   

Class B – Series 29

     16,000,000         400         0.98         16,000,000        400        0.98         16,000,000         400         0.46   

Class B – Series 31

     12,000,000         300         0.95         12,000,000        300        0.95         12,000,000         300         0.31   

Class B – Series 33

     8,000,000         200         0.95         8,000,000        200        0.45                           

Class B – Series 35

     6,000,000         150         1.25         6,000,000        150        0.41                           

Class B – Series 36

     600,000         600         65.03         600,000        600                                  

Class B – Series 38

     24,000,000         600                                                         
                3,840                          3,240                          3,040            

Common Shares

                        

Balance at beginning of year

     642,583,341         12,313            649,050,049        12,357           644,129,945         12,003      

Issued under the Shareholder Dividend Reinvestment and Share Purchase Plan

     1,074,601         90            690,471        58           2,786,997         223      

Issued/cancelled under the Stock Option Plan and other stock-based compensation plans (Note 21)

     2,103,391         136            842,821        51           2,133,107         131      

Repurchased for cancellation

                              (8,000,000     (153                                 

Balance at End of Year

     645,761,333         12,539         3.40         642,583,341        12,313        3.24         649,050,049         12,357         3.08   

Share Capital

              16,379                          15,553                          15,397            

 

174   BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016


Table of Contents

Preferred Shares

We are authorized by our shareholders to issue an unlimited number of Class A Preferred Shares and Class B Preferred Shares without par value, in series, for unlimited consideration. Class B Preferred Shares may be issued in a foreign currency.

On October 21, 2016, we issued 24 million Non-Cumulative 5-Year Rate Reset Class B Preferred Shares, Series 38, at a price of $25.00 cash per share, for gross proceeds of $600 million.

On October 16, 2015, we issued 600,000 Non-Cumulative 5-Year Rate Reset Class B Preferred Shares, Series 36, at a price of $1,000.00 per share, for gross proceeds of $600 million.

On July 29, 2015, we issued 6 million Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class B Preferred Shares, Series 35, at a price of $25.00 cash per share, for gross proceeds of $150 million.

On June 5, 2015, we issued 8 million Non-Cumulative 5-Year Rate Reset Class B Preferred Shares, Series 33, at a price of $25.00 cash per share, for gross proceeds of $200 million.

On July 30, 2014, we issued 12 million Non-Cumulative 5-Year Rate Reset Class B Preferred Shares, Series 31, at a price of $25.00 cash per share, for gross proceeds of $300 million.

On June 6, 2014, we issued 16 million Non-Cumulative 5-Year Rate Reset Class B Preferred Shares, Series 29, at a price of $25.00 cash per share, for gross proceeds of $400 million.

On April 23, 2014, we issued 20 million Non-Cumulative 5-Year Rate Reset Class B Preferred Shares, Series 27, at a price of $25.00 cash per share, for gross proceeds of $500 million.

On June 27, 2016, we announced that we did not intend to exercise our right to redeem the currently outstanding Non-Cumulative 5-Year Rate Reset Class B Preferred Shares, Series 25 (“Series 25 Preferred Shares”) on August 25, 2016. As a result, subject to certain conditions, the holders of Series 25 Preferred Shares had the right, at their option, to elect by August 10, 2016, to convert all or part of their Series 25 Preferred Shares on a one-for-one basis into Non-Cumulative Floating Rate Class B Preferred Shares, Series 26 (“Series 26 Preferred Shares”), effective August 25, 2016. As at October 31, 2016, approximately 9.4 million Series 25 Preferred Shares and approximately 2.2 million Series 26 Preferred Shares were outstanding for the five-year period commencing on August 26, 2016 and ending on August 25, 2021. Holders of Series 26 Preferred Shares have the option to convert back to Series 25 Preferred Shares, and holders of Series 25 Preferred Shares have the option to convert to Series 26 Preferred Shares on subsequent redemption dates. The Series 25 Preferred Shares carry a non-cumulative quarterly dividend based on prevailing 5-year market rates plus a pre-determined spread, established at each redemption date. The Series 26 Preferred Shares carry a non-cumulative quarterly dividend based on prevailing 3-month market rates plus a pre-determined spread, established prior to each dividend declaration date.

During the year ended October 31, 2015, we redeemed all of our Non-Cumulative Class B Preferred Shares, Series 13, at a redemption price of $25.25 per share for a gross redemption of $353 million. Dividends declared for the year ended October 31, 2015 were $0.56 per share and 14 million shares were outstanding at the time of the dividend declaration. We also redeemed all of our Non-Cumulative Class B Preferred Shares, Series 23, at a redemption price of $25.00 per share plus declared and unpaid dividends up to but excluding the date fixed for redemption. Dividends declared for the year ended October 31, 2015 were $0.34 per share and 16 million shares were outstanding at the time of the dividend declaration.

During the year ended October 31, 2014, we redeemed all of our Non-Cumulative Class B Preferred Shares, Series 18, at a redemption price of $25.00 per share plus declared and unpaid dividends up to but excluding the date fixed for redemption. Dividends declared for the year ended October 31, 2014 were $0.41 per share and 6 million shares were outstanding at the time of the dividend declaration. We also redeemed all of our Non-Cumulative Class B Preferred Shares, Series 21, at a redemption price of $25.00 per share plus declared and unpaid dividends up to but excluding the date fixed for redemption. Dividends declared for the year ended October 31, 2014 were $0.81 per share and 11 million shares were outstanding at the time of the dividend declaration.

Preferred Share Rights and Privileges

 

(Canadian $, except as noted)                                          
     

Redemption

amount

    

Quarterly non-

cumulative

dividend (1)

     Reset premiums     

Date

redeemable / convertible

       Convertible to  

Class B – Series 14

     25.00       $ 0.328125         Does not reset         Current  (2)         Not convertible   

Class B – Series 15

     25.00       $ 0.3625         Does not reset         Current  (2)         Not convertible   

Class B – Series 16

     25.00       $ 0.211875  (3)       1.65%         August 25, 2018  (4)(5)         Class B – Series 17  (8) 

Class B – Series 17

     25.00         Floating  (7)       1.65%         August 25, 2018  (4)(6)         Class B – Series 16  (8) 

Class B – Series 25

     25.00       $ 0.112813  (3)       1.15%         August 25, 2021  (4)(5)         Class B – Series 26  (8) 

Class B – Series 26

     25.00         Floating  (7)       1.15%         August 25, 2021  (4)(6)         Class B – Series 25  (8) 

Class B – Series 27

     25.00       $ 0.2500  (3)       2.33%         May 25, 2019  (4)(5)         Class B – Series 28  (8) 

Class B – Series 29

     25.00       $ 0.24375  (3)       2.24%         August 25, 2019  (4)(5)         Class B – Series 30  (8) 

Class B – Series 31

     25.00       $ 0.2375  (3)       2.22%         November 25, 2019  (4)(5)         Class B – Series 32  (8) 

Class B – Series 33

     25.00       $ 0.2375  (3)       2.71%         August 25, 2020  (4)(5)         Class B – Series 34  (8) 

Class B – Series 35

     25.00       $ 0.3125         Does not reset         August 25, 2020  (2)         Not convertible   

Class B – Series 36

     1,000.00       $ 14.6250  (3)       4.97%         November 25, 2020  (4)(5)         Class B – Series 37  (8) 

Class B – Series 38

     25.00       $ 0.303125  (3)       4.06%         February 25, 2022  (4)(5)         Class B – Series 39  (8) 

 

  (1) Non-cumulative dividends are payable quarterly as and when declared by the Board of Directors.
  (2) Subject to a redemption premium if redeemed prior to November 25, 2016 – Series 14; May 25, 2017 – Series 15; and August 25, 2024 – Series 35.
  (3) The dividend rate will reset on the date redeemable and every five years thereafter at a rate equal to the 5-year Government of Canada bond yield plus the reset premium noted. If converted to a floating rate series, the rate will be set as and when declared to the 3-month Government of Canada treasury bill yield plus the reset premium noted.
  (4) Redeemable on the date noted and every five years thereafter.
  (5) Convertible on the date noted and every five years thereafter if not redeemed. If converted, Series 17, 26, 28, 30, 32, 34, 37 and 39 are floating rate preferred shares.
  (6) Convertible on the date noted and every five years thereafter if not redeemed. If converted, Series 16 and 25 are fixed rate preferred shares.
  (7) Floating rate will be set as and when declared at the 3-month Government of Canada treasury bill yield plus a reset premium.
  (8) If converted, the holders have the option to convert back to the original preferred shares on subsequent redemption dates.

 

BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016     175   


Table of Contents

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Non-Viability Contingent Capital

Class B – Series 27, Class B – Series 29, Class B – Series 31, Class B – Series 33, Class B – Series 35, Class B – Series 36 and Class B – Series 38 preferred share issues include a non-viability contingent capital provision, which is necessary for the shares to qualify as regulatory capital under Basel III. As such, the shares are convertible into a variable number of our common shares if OSFI announces that the bank is, or is about to become, non-viable or if a federal or provincial government in Canada publicly announces that the bank has accepted or agreed to accept a capital injection, or equivalent support, to avoid non-viability.

Common Shares

We are authorized by our shareholders to issue an unlimited number of our common shares without par value, for unlimited consideration. Our common shares are not redeemable or convertible. Dividends are declared by our Board of Directors in their discretion. Historically the Board of Directors has declared dividends on a quarterly basis and the amount can vary from quarter to quarter.

Normal Course Issuer Bid

On February 1, 2016, we renewed our normal course issuer bid, effective for one year. Under this normal course issuer bid, we may repurchase up to 15 million of our common shares for cancellation. The timing and amount of purchases under the program are subject to management discretion based on factors such as market conditions and capital adequacy. We will consult with OSFI before making purchases under the bid.

Our previous normal course issuer bid, which allowed us to repurchase for cancellation up to 15 million of our common shares, expired on January 31, 2016. During the year ended October 31, 2016, we did not make any purchases under the normal course issuer bid. During the year ended October 31, 2015, we repurchased 8 million of our common shares at an average cost of $77.25 per share. During the year ended October 31, 2014, we did not make any repurchases under the normal course issuer bid.

Share Redemption and Dividend Restrictions

OSFI must approve any plan to redeem any of our preferred share issues for cash.

We are prohibited from declaring dividends on our preferred or common shares when we would be, as a result of paying such a dividend, in contravention of the capital adequacy, liquidity or any other regulatory directive issued under the Bank Act. In addition, common share dividends cannot be paid unless all dividends declared and payable on our preferred shares have been paid or sufficient funds have been set aside to do so.

In addition, we have agreed that if BMO Capital Trust II (the “Trust”), an unconsolidated structured entity, fails to pay any required distribution on its capital trust securities, we will not declare dividends of any kind on any of our preferred or common shares for a period of time following the Trust’s failure to pay the required distribution (as defined in the applicable prospectuses) unless the Trust first pays such distribution to the holders of its capital trust securities.

Currently, these limitations do not restrict the payment of dividends on common or preferred shares.

Shareholder Dividend Reinvestment and Share Purchase Plan

We offer a dividend reinvestment and share purchase plan (“DRIP”) for our shareholders. Participation in the plan is optional. Under the terms of the DRIP, cash dividends on common shares are reinvested to purchase additional common shares. Shareholders also have the opportunity to make optional cash payments to acquire additional common shares.

For the dividend paid in the first two quarters of 2016, common shares to supply the DRIP were purchased on the open market. For the dividend paid in the last two quarters of 2016, common shares to supply the DRIP were issued from treasury without a discount. For the dividend paid in the first quarter of 2015, common shares to supply the DRIP were issued from treasury without a discount. Commencing with the dividend paid in the second quarter of 2015, through to the fourth quarter of 2015, common shares to supply the DRIP were purchased on the open market. For the dividend paid in the first two quarters of 2014, common shares to supply the DRIP were purchased on the open market. For the dividend paid in the third quarter of 2014, common shares to supply the DRIP were issued from treasury without a discount. For the dividend paid in the fourth quarter of 2014, common shares to supply the DRIP were issued from treasury with a two percent discount.

During the year ended October 31, 2016, we issued a total of 1,074,601 common shares from treasury (690,471 in 2015) and purchased 1,279,488 common shares in the open market (1,998,589 in 2015) for delivery to shareholders under the DRIP.

Potential Share Issuances

As at October 31, 2016, we had reserved 44,768,331 common shares (5,842,932 in 2015) for potential issuance in respect of our Shareholder Dividend Reinvestment and Share Purchase Plan. We have also reserved 9,805,299 common shares (12,111,153 in 2015) for the potential exercise of stock options, as further described in Note 21.

Treasury Shares

When we purchase our common shares as part of our trading business, we record the cost of those shares as a reduction in shareholders’ equity. If those shares are resold at a price higher than their cost, the premium is recorded as an increase in contributed surplus. If those shares are resold at a price below their cost, the discount is recorded as a reduction first to contributed surplus and then to retained earnings for any amount in excess of total contributed surplus related to treasury shares.

Non-Controlling Interest

During the year ended October 31, 2016, our subsidiary, BMO Capital Trust, redeemed all remaining BMO Capital Trust Securities for an aggregate redemption amount of $450 million, plus accrued and unpaid distributions. These securities were recorded in non-controlling interest in the prior period. These securities formed part of our Tier 1 regulatory capital. Non-controlling interest in other consolidated entities was $24 million at October 31, 2016 ($37 million in 2015), which included $22 million for F&C Asset Management plc ($27 million in 2015).

 

176   BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016


Table of Contents

Note 17: Fair Value of Financial Instruments

We record trading assets and liabilities, derivatives, available-for-sale securities and securities sold but not yet purchased at fair value, and other non-trading assets and liabilities at amortized cost less allowances or write-downs for impairment. The fair values presented in this note are based upon the amounts estimated for individual assets and liabilities and do not include an estimate of the fair value of any of the legal entities or underlying operations that comprise our business.

Fair value represents the amount that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between willing market participants at the measurement date. The fair value amounts disclosed represent point-in-time estimates that may change in subsequent reporting periods due to changes in market conditions or other factors. Some financial instruments are not typically exchangeable or exchanged and therefore it is difficult to determine their fair value. Where there is no quoted market price, we determine fair value using management’s best estimates based on a range of valuation techniques and assumptions; since these involve uncertainties, the fair values may not be realized in an actual sale or immediate settlement of the asset or liability.

Governance Over the Determination of Fair Value

Senior executive oversight of our valuation processes is provided through various valuation and risk committees. In order to ensure that all financial instruments carried at fair value are reasonably measured for risk management and financial reporting purposes, we have established governance structures and controls, such as model validation and approval, independent price verification (“IPV”) and profit and loss attribution analysis (“PAA”), consistent with industry practice. These controls are applied independently of the relevant operating groups.

We establish and regularly update valuation methodologies for each financial instrument that is required to be measured at fair value. The application of valuation models for products or portfolios is subject to independent approval to ensure only validated models are used. The impact of known limitations of models and data inputs is also monitored on an ongoing basis. IPV is a process that regularly and independently verifies the accuracy and appropriateness of market prices or model inputs used in the valuation of financial instruments. This process assesses fair values using a variety of different approaches to verify and validate the valuations. PAA is a daily process used by management to identify and explain changes in fair value positions across all operating lines of business within BMO Capital Markets. This process works in concert with other processes to ensure that the fair values being reported are reasonable and appropriate.

Securities

For traded securities, quoted market value is considered to be fair value. Quoted market value is based on bid prices. Securities for which no active market exists are valued using all reasonably available market information. Our fair value methodologies are described below.

Government Securities

The fair value of government issued or guaranteed debt securities in active markets is determined by reference to recent transaction prices, broker quotes or third-party vendor prices. The fair value of securities that are not traded in an active market is modelled using implied yields derived from the prices of similar actively traded government securities and observable spreads. Market inputs to the model include coupon, maturity and duration.

Mortgage-Backed Securities and Collateralized Mortgage Obligations

The fair value of mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations is determined using independent prices obtained from third-party vendor prices, broker quotes and relevant market indices, as applicable. If such prices are not available, fair value is determined using cash flow models that make maximum use of observable market inputs or benchmark prices for similar instruments. Valuation assumptions for mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations include discount rates, expected prepayments, credit spreads and recoveries.

Corporate Debt Securities

The fair value of corporate debt securities is determined using prices observed in the most recent transactions. When observable price quotations are not available, fair value is determined based on discounted cash flow models using discounting curves and spreads obtained from independent dealers, brokers and multi-contributor pricing sources.

Corporate Equity Securities

The fair value of equity securities is based on quoted prices in active markets, where available. Where quoted prices in active markets are not readily available, fair value is determined using quoted market prices for similar securities or through valuation techniques, including discounted cash flow analysis and multiples of earnings.

Privately Issued Securities

Privately issued debt and equity securities are valued using recent prices observed in market transactions, where available. Otherwise, fair value is derived from valuation models using a market or income approach. These models consider various factors, including projected cash flows, earnings, revenue and other third-party evidence, as available. The fair value of limited partnership investments is based upon net asset values published by third-party fund managers.

Prices from brokers and multi-contributor pricing sources are corroborated as part of our independent review process, which may include using valuation techniques or obtaining consensus or composite prices from other pricing services. We validate the estimates of fair value by independently obtaining multiple quotes for external market prices and input values. We review the approach taken by third-party vendors to ensure that the vendor employs a valuation model which maximizes the use of observable inputs such as benchmark yields, bid-ask spreads, underlying collateral, weighted-average terms to maturity and prepayment rate assumptions. Fair value estimates from internal valuation techniques are verified, where possible, by reference to prices obtained from third-party vendors.

Loans

In determining the fair value of our fixed rate and floating rate performing loans, we discount the remaining contractual cash flows, adjusted for estimated prepayment, at market interest rates currently offered for loans with similar terms.

The value of our loan balances determined using this approach is further adjusted by a credit mark that represents an estimate of the expected credit losses in our loan portfolio.

 

BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016     177   


Table of Contents

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Derivative Instruments

A number of valuation techniques are employed to estimate fair value, including discounted cash flow analysis, the Black-Scholes model, Monte Carlo simulation and other accepted market models. These vetted models incorporate current market measures for interest rates, currency exchange rates, equity and commodity prices and indices, credit spreads, recovery rates, corresponding market volatility levels, spot prices, correlation levels and other market-based pricing factors. Option implied volatilities, an input into many valuation models, are either obtained directly from market sources or calculated from market prices. Multi-contributor pricing sources are used wherever possible.

In determining the fair value of complex and customized derivatives, we consider all reasonably available information, including dealer and broker quotations, multi-contributor pricing sources and any relevant observable market inputs. Our model calculates fair value based on inputs specific to the type of contract, which may include stock prices, correlation for multiple assets, interest rates, foreign exchange rates, yield curves and volatilities.

We calculate a credit valuation adjustment (“CVA”) to recognize the risk that any given derivative counterparty may not ultimately be able to fulfill its obligations. The CVA is derived from market-observed credit spreads or proxy credit spreads and our assessment of the net counterparty credit risk exposure, taking into account credit mitigants such as collateral, master netting agreements and settlements through clearing houses. We also calculate a funding valuation adjustment (“FVA”) to recognize the implicit funding costs associated with over-the-counter derivative positions. The FVA is determined by reference to market funding spreads.

Deposits

In determining the fair value of our deposits, we incorporate the following assumptions:

 

For fixed rate, fixed maturity deposits, we discount the remaining contractual cash flows for these deposits, adjusted for expected redemptions, at market interest rates currently offered for deposits with similar terms and risks.

 

For fixed rate deposits with no defined maturities, we consider fair value to equal carrying value, based on carrying value being equivalent to the amount payable on the reporting date.

 

For floating rate deposits, changes in interest rates have minimal impact on fair value since deposits reprice to market frequently. On that basis, fair value is assumed to equal carrying value.

A portion of our structured note liabilities that have coupons or repayment terms linked to the performance of interest rates, foreign currencies, commodities or equity securities have been designated at fair value through profit or loss. The fair value of these structured notes is estimated using internally vetted valuation models and incorporates observable market prices for identical or comparable securities, as well as other inputs such as interest rate yield curves, option volatilities and foreign exchange rates, where appropriate. Where observable prices or inputs, are not available, management judgment is required to determine the fair value by assessing other relevant sources of information, such as historical data and proxy information from similar transactions.

Securities Sold But Not Yet Purchased

The fair value of these obligations is based on the fair value of the underlying securities, which can be equity or debt securities. As these obligations are fully collateralized, the method used to determine fair value would be the same as that used for the relevant underlying equity or debt securities.

Securities Purchased Under Resale Agreements and Securities Sold Under Repurchase Agreements

The fair value of these agreements is determined using a discounted cash flow model. Inputs to the model include contractual cash flows and collateral funding spreads.

Securitization Liabilities

The determination of the fair value of securitization liabilities, recorded in other liabilities, is based on quoted market prices or quoted market prices for similar financial instruments, where available. Where quoted prices are not available, fair value is determined using valuation techniques, such as discounted cash flows, that maximize the use of observable inputs.

Subordinated Debt

The fair value of our subordinated debt is determined by referring to current market prices for the same or similar instruments.

Financial Instruments with a Carrying Value Approximating Fair Value

Short-term Financial Instruments

The carrying value of certain financial assets and liabilities, such as interest bearing deposits with banks, securities borrowed, customers’ liability under acceptances, certain other assets, acceptances, securities lent and certain other liabilities, is a reasonable estimate of fair value due to their short-term nature or because they are frequently repriced to current market rates.

Other Financial Instruments

Carrying value is assumed to be a reasonable estimate of fair value for our cash and cash equivalents and certain other securities.

For longer-term financial instruments recorded within other liabilities, fair value is determined as the present value of contractual cash flows using discount rates at which liabilities with similar remaining maturities could be issued as at the balance sheet date.

Certain assets, including premises and equipment, goodwill and intangible assets, as well as shareholders’ equity, are not considered financial instruments and therefore no fair value has been determined for these items.

 

178   BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016


Table of Contents

Fair Value of Financial Instruments Not Carried at Fair Value on the Balance Sheet

Set out in the following tables are the amounts that would be reported if all financial assets and liabilities not currently carried at fair value were reported at their fair values.

 

(Canadian $ in millions)                                    2016  
      Carrying value     

Fair

value

    

Valued using

quoted market

prices

    

Valued using

models (with

observable inputs)

    

Valued using

models (without

observable inputs)

 

Securities

              

Held to maturity

     8,965         9,073         864         8,209           

Other (1)

     579         2,778                         2,778   
     9,544         11,851         864         8,209         2,778   

Securities purchased under resale agreements (2)

     56,272         56,246                 56,246           

Loans

              

Residential mortgages

     112,277         112,400                         112,400   

Consumer instalment and other personal

     64,680         64,043                         64,043   

Credit cards

     8,101         7,862                         7,862   

Businesses and governments

     175,597         173,601                         173,601   
     360,655         357,906                         357,906   

Deposits (3)

     461,768         462,062                 462,062           

Securities sold under repurchase agreements (4)

     34,932         35,222                 35,222           

Other liabilities (5)

     23,080         23,610                 23,610           

Subordinated debt

     4,439         4,580                 4,580           

This table excludes financial instruments with a carrying value approximating fair value, such as cash and cash equivalents, interest bearing deposits with banks, securities borrowed, customers’ liability under acceptances, certain other assets, acceptances, securities lent and certain other liabilities.

  (1) Excluded from other securities is $320 million of securities related to our merchant banking business that are carried at fair value on the balance sheet.
  (2) Excludes $10,374 million of securities borrowed for which carrying value approximates fair value.
  (3) Excludes $11,604 million of structured note liabilities designated at fair value through profit and loss and accounted for at fair value.
  (4) Excludes $5,786 million of securities lent for which carrying value approximates fair value.
  (5) Other liabilities include securitization and SE liabilities and certain other liabilities of subsidiaries, other than deposits.

 

(Canadian $ in millions)                                    2015  
      Carrying value     

Fair

value

    

Valued using

quoted market

prices

    

Valued using

models (with

observable inputs)

    

Valued using

models (without

observable inputs)

 

Securities

              

Held to maturity

     9,432         9,534         856         8,678           

Other (1)

     655         2,364                         2,364   
     10,087         11,898         856         8,678         2,364   

Securities purchased under resale agreements (2)

     55,626         54,979                 54,979           

Loans

              

Residential mortgages

     105,918         106,322                         106,322   

Consumer instalment and other personal

     65,598         64,668                         64,668   

Credit cards

     7,980         7,728                         7,728   

Businesses and governments

     145,076         143,387                         143,387   
     324,572         322,105                         322,105   

Deposits (3)

     428,740         429,032                 429,032           

Securities sold under repurchase agreements (4)

     33,576         33,704                 33,704           

Other liabilities (5)

     22,497         23,025                 23,025           

Subordinated debt

     4,416         4,590                 4,590           

This table excludes financial instruments with a carrying value approximating fair value, such as cash and cash equivalents, interest bearing deposits with banks, securities borrowed, customers’ liability under acceptances, certain other assets, acceptances, securities lent and certain other liabilities.

  (1) Excluded from other securities is $365 million of securities related to our merchant banking business that are carried at fair value on the balance sheet.
  (2) Excludes $12,440 million of securities borrowed for which carrying value approximates fair value.
  (3) Excludes $9,429 million of structured note liabilities designated at fair value through profit and loss and accounted for at fair value.
  (4) Excludes $6,315 million of securities lent for which carrying value approximates fair value.
  (5) Other liabilities include securitization and SE liabilities and certain other liabilities of subsidiaries, other than deposits.

Certain comparative figures have been reclassified to conform with the current year’s presentation.

Fair Value Hierarchy

We use a fair value hierarchy to categorize financial instruments according to the inputs we use in valuation techniques to measure fair value.

Valuation Techniques and Significant Inputs

We determine the fair value of publicly traded fixed maturity debt and equity securities using quoted prices in active markets (Level 1) when these are available. When quoted prices in active markets are not available, we determine the fair value of financial instruments using models such as discounted cash flows, with observable market data for inputs, such as yield and prepayment rates or broker quotes and other third-party vendor quotes (Level 2). Fair value may also be determined using models where significant market inputs are not observable due to inactive markets or minimal market activity (Level 3). We maximize the use of observable market inputs to the extent possible.

Our Level 2 trading securities are primarily valued using discounted cash flow models with observable spreads or broker quotes. The fair value of Level 2 available-for-sale securities is determined using discounted cash flow models with observable spreads or third-party vendor quotes. Level 2 structured note liabilities are valued using models with observable market information. Level 2 derivative assets and liabilities are valued using industry-standard models and observable market information.

 

BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016     179   


Table of Contents

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The extent of our use of actively quoted market prices (Level 1), internal models using observable market information as inputs (Level 2) and internal models without observable market information as inputs (Level 3) in the valuation of securities, fair value liabilities, derivative assets and derivative liabilities was as follows:

 

(Canadian $ in millions)    2016             2015  
     

Valued using

quoted market

prices

    

Valued using

models (with

observable

inputs)

    

Valued using

models (without

observable

inputs)

           

Valued using

quoted market

prices

    

Valued using

models (with

observable

inputs)

    

Valued using

models (without

observable

inputs)

 

Trading Securities

                   

Issued or guaranteed by:

                   

Canadian federal government

     10,998         1,954                   12,342         1,512           

Canadian provincial and municipal governments

     3,404         4,018                   3,183         3,568           

U.S. federal government

     6,012         136                   2,937         314           

U.S. states, municipalities and agencies

             1,124                           589         98   

Other governments

     316         286                   396         15           

Mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations

             1,062                           491           

Corporate debt

     565         8,996         91           328         8,717         243   

Corporate equity

     44,459         1,037                         35,901         1,826           
       65,754         18,613         91                 55,087         17,032         341   

Available-for-Sale Securities

                   

Issued or guaranteed by:

                   

Canadian federal government

     6,286         1,882                   4,988         2,982           

Canadian provincial and municipal governments

     3,995         2,237                   2,658         2,267           

U.S. federal government

     9,557                           1,754                   

U.S. states, municipalities and agencies

             4,449         1                   6,084         1   

Other governments

     3,083         2,144                   2,328         3,084           

Mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations

             13,122                           12,192           

Corporate debt

     4,974         2,314         4           5,977         1,972         6   

Corporate equity

     33         126         1,456                 358         104         1,251   
       27,928         26,274         1,461                 18,063         28,685         1,258   

Other Securities

                     320                                 365   

Fair Value Liabilities

                   

Securities sold but not yet purchased

     23,552         1,554                   19,499         1,727           

Structured note liabilities and other note liabilities

             11,613                           9,577           

Annuity liabilities

             682                                 525           
       23,552         13,849                         19,499         11,829           

Derivative Assets

                   

Interest rate contracts

     5         18,059                   5         19,248           

Foreign exchange contracts

     31         18,945                   18         16,281           

Commodity contracts

     405         814                   605         1,062           

Equity contracts

     188         713                   91         892           

Credit default swaps

             23                                 35         1   
       629         38,554                         719         37,518         1   

Derivative Liabilities

                   

Interest rate contracts

     16         16,138                   25         17,488           

Foreign exchange contracts

     17         18,462                   15         20,091           

Commodity contracts

     262         909                   380         2,391           

Equity contracts

     69         2,322                   103         2,098           

Credit default swaps

             32                                 48           
       364         37,863                         523         42,116           

Certain comparative figures have been reclassified to conform with the current year’s presentation.

 

180   BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016


Table of Contents

Quantitative Information about Level 3 Fair Value Measurements

The table below presents the fair values of our significant Level 3 financial instruments, the valuation techniques used to determine their fair values and the value ranges of significant unobservable inputs used in the valuations.

 

As at October 31, 2016

(Canadian $ in millions, except as noted)

 

Reporting line in fair

value hierarchy table

   

Fair value

of assets

         

Significant

unobservable inputs

     Range of input values (1)  
      Valuation techniques        Low     High  

Securities

            

Private equity (2)

    Corporate equity        1,456       

 

Net Asset Value

EV/EBITDA

  

  

   

 

Net Asset Value

Multiple

  

  

    

 

na

4x

  

  

   

 

na

12x

  

  

Collateralized loan obligations securities (3)

    Corporate debt        95        Discounted Cash Flow Model        Yield/Discount Margin         1.50%        1.50%   

Merchant banking securities

    Other        320       

 

Net Asset Value

EV/EBITDA

  

  

   
 
Net Asset Value
Multiple
  
  
    
 
na
5.0x
  
  
   
 
na
8.8x
  
  

 

  (1) The low and high input values represent the actual highest and lowest level of inputs used to value a group of financial instruments in a particular product category. These input ranges do not reflect the level of input uncertainty, but are affected by the specific underlying instruments within the product category. The input ranges will therefore vary from period to period based on the characteristics of the underlying instruments held at each balance sheet date.
  (2) Included in private equity is $778 million of Federal Reserve Bank and U.S. Federal Home Loan Bank shares that we hold to meet regulatory requirements. These shares are carried at cost, which is deemed to approximate fair value since these shares are not traded in the market.
  (3) Includes both trading and available-for-sale instruments.

na – not applicable

Significant Unobservable Inputs in Level 3 Instrument Valuations

Net Asset Value

Net asset value represents the estimated value of a security based on valuations received from the investment or fund manager. The valuation of certain private equity securities is based on the economic benefit derived from our investment.

EV/EBITDA Multiple

The fair value of private equity and merchant banking investments is derived by calculating an enterprise value (“EV”) using the EV/EBITDA multiple and then proceeding through a waterfall of the company’s capital structure to determine the value of the assets or securities we hold. The EV/EBITDA multiple is determined using judgment in considering factors such as multiples for comparable listed companies, recent transactions and company-specific factors, as well as liquidity discounts that account for the lack of active trading in these assets and securities.

Yield/Discount Margin

A financial instrument’s yield is the interest rate used to discount future cash flows in a valuation model. An increase in the yield, in isolation, would result in a decrease in the related fair value measurement. The discount margin is the difference between a debt instrument’s yield and a benchmark instrument’s yield. Benchmark instruments have high credit quality ratings and similar maturities and are often government bonds. The discount margin for an instrument forms part of the yield used in a discounted cash flow calculation. Generally, an increase in the discount margin will result in a decrease in fair value.

Sensitivity Analysis of Level 3 Instruments

Sensitivity analysis at October 31, 2016, for securities which represent greater than 10% of Level 3 instruments, is provided below.

Within Level 3 trading securities is corporate debt of $91 million related to securities which are hedged with credit default swaps that are also considered to be Level 3 instruments. As at October 31, 2016, the derivative assets and derivative liabilities were valued at $nil and $nil, respectively. We determine the valuation of these derivatives and the related securities based on market-standard models we use to model the specific collateral composition and cash flow structure of the related deal. As at October 31, 2016, the impact of assuming a 10 basis point increase or decrease in the discount margin would be a $0.1 million decrease or increase in fair value, respectively.

We have not applied another reasonably possible alternative assumption to the significant Level 3 categories of private equity investments and merchant banking securities, as the net asset values are provided by the investment or fund managers.

Significant Transfers

Our policy is to record transfers of assets and liabilities between fair value hierarchy levels at their fair values as at the end of each reporting period, consistent with the date of the determination of fair value. Transfers between the various fair value hierarchy levels reflect changes in the availability of quoted market prices or observable market inputs that result from changing market conditions. The following is a discussion of the significant transfers between Level 1, Level 2 and Level 3 balances for the year ended October 31, 2016.

During the year ended October 31, 2016, $174 million of trading securities and $110 million of available-for-sale securities were transferred from Level 1 to Level 2 due to reduced observability of the inputs used to value these securities. During the year ended October 31, 2016, $82 million of trading securities and $215 million of available-for-sale securities were transferred from Level 2 to Level 1 due to increased availability of quoted prices in active markets.

During the year ended October 31, 2016, $98 million of trading securities were transferred from Level 3 to Level 2 due to increased availability of observable inputs used to value these securities and $3 million of available-for-sale securities were transferred out of Level 3 because this investment became an associate.

 

BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016     181   


Table of Contents

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Changes in Level 3 Fair Value Measurements

The tables below present a reconciliation of all changes in Level 3 financial instruments during the years ended October 31, 2016 and 2015, including realized and unrealized gains (losses) included in earnings and other comprehensive income.

 

          Change in fair value                                            

For the year ended October 31, 2016

(Canadian $ in millions)

  Balance
October 31,
2015
    Included in
earnings
   

Included
in other
compre-

hensive
income

    Purchases     Sales     Maturities/
Settlement 
(1)
    Transfers
into
Level 3
    Transfers
out of
Level 3
    Fair value as
at October 31,
2016
    Change in
unrealized gains
(losses)
recorded in income
for instruments
still held
 (2)
 

Trading Securities

                   

Issued or guaranteed by:

                   

U.S. states, municipalities and agencies

    98                                                  (98              

Corporate debt

    243        2        4                      (158                   91        2   

Total trading securities

    341        2        4                      (158            (98     91        2   

Available-for-Sale Securities

                   

Issued or guaranteed by:

                   

U.S. states, municipalities and agencies

    1                                                         1        na   

Corporate debt

    6                      9        (9     (2                   4        na   

Corporate equity

    1,251        (27     44        283        (92                   (3     1,456        na   

Total available-for-sale securities

    1,258        (27     44        292        (101     (2            (3     1,461        na   

Other Securities

    365        (40     7        42        (54                          320        (38

Derivative Assets

                   

Credit default swaps

    1                                    (1                            

Derivative Liabilities

                   

Credit default swaps

                                                                     
  (1) Includes cash settlement of derivative assets and derivative liabilities.
  (2) Changes in unrealized gains (losses) on trading securities, derivative assets and derivative liabilities still held on October 31, 2016 are included in earnings for the year.

na – not applicable

 

          Change in fair value                                            

For the year ended October 31, 2015

(Canadian $ in millions)

  Balance
October 31,
2014
    Included in
earnings
   

Included
in other
compre-

hensive
income

    Purchases     Sales     Maturities/
Settlement (1)
   

Transfers
into

Level 3

    Transfers
out of
Level 3
    Fair value as
at October 31,
2015
    Change in
unrealized gains
(losses)
recorded in income
for instruments still
held (2)
 

Trading Securities

                   

Issued or guaranteed by:

                   

U.S. states, municipalities and agencies

    85               13                                           98          

Corporate debt

    538        (13     79                      (361                   243        (13

Total trading securities

    623        (13     92                      (361                   341        (13

Available-for-Sale Securities

                   

Issued or guaranteed by:

                   

U.S. states, municipalities and agencies

    1                                                         1        na   

Corporate debt

    8                             (1     (1                   6        na   

Corporate equity

    1,104        (25     178        151        (157                          1,251        na   

Total available-for-sale securities

    1,113        (25     178        151        (158     (1                   1,258        na   

Other Securities

    467        (34     66        80        (214                          365        (26

Derivative Assets

                   

Credit default swaps

    12        (11                                               1        (11

Derivative Liabilities

                   

Credit default swaps

    8        (8                                                      (8
  (1) Includes cash settlement of derivative assets and derivative liabilities.
  (2) Changes in unrealized gains (losses) on trading securities, derivative assets and derivative liabilities still held on October 31, 2015 are included in earnings for the year.

na – not applicable

Certain comparative figures have been reclassified to conform with the current year’s presentation.

 

182   BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016


Table of Contents

Note 18: Offsetting of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities

Financial assets and financial liabilities are offset and the net amount is reported in our Consolidated Balance Sheet when there is a legally enforceable right to offset the recognized amounts and there is an intention to settle on a net basis, or realize the asset and settle the liability simultaneously. The following table presents the amounts that have been offset in our Consolidated Balance Sheet, including securities purchased under resale agreements, securities sold under repurchase agreements and derivative instruments, generally under a market settlement mechanism (e.g. an exchange or clearing house) where simultaneous net settlement can be achieved to eliminate credit and liquidity risk between counterparties. Also presented are amounts not offset in the Consolidated Balance Sheet related to transactions where a master netting agreement or similar arrangement is in place with a right of set-off only in the event of default, insolvency or bankruptcy, or where the offset criteria are otherwise not met.

 

(Canadian $ in millions)                                                    2016  
                          Amounts not offset in the balance sheet         
     

Gross

amounts

    

Amounts offset

in the balance

sheet

    

Net

amounts

presented

in the

balance

sheet

    

Impact of

master netting

agreements

    

Securities

received/

pledged as

collateral (1) (2)

    

Cash

collateral

    

Net

amount

 

Financial Assets

                    

Securities borrowed or purchased under resale agreements

     69,795         3,149         66,646         7,204         58,775                 667   

Derivative instruments

     54,726         15,543         39,183         27,538         1,610         2,740         7,295   
       124,521         18,692         105,829         34,742         60,385         2,740         7,962   

Financial Liabilities

                    

Derivative instruments

     53,770         15,543         38,227         27,538         5,677         491         4,521   

Securities lent or sold under repurchase agreements

     43,867         3,149         40,718         7,204         33,281                 233   
       97,637         18,692         78,945         34,742         38,958         491         4,754   
(Canadian $ in millions)                                                    2015  
                          Amounts not offset in the balance sheet         
     

Gross

amounts

    

Amounts offset

in the balance

sheet

    

Net

amounts

presented

in the

balance

sheet

    

Impact of

master netting

agreements

    

Securities

received/

pledged as
collateral (1) (2)

    

Cash

collateral

    

Net

amount

 

Financial Assets

                    

Securities borrowed or purchased under resale agreements

     70,073         2,007         68,066         5,313         61,587                 1,166   

Derivative instruments

     54,504         16,266         38,238         27,415         1,290         2,087         7,446   
       124,577         18,273         106,304         32,728         62,877         2,087         8,612   

Financial Liabilities

                    

Derivative instruments

     58,905         16,266         42,639         27,415         7,990         492         6,742   

Securities lent or sold under repurchase agreements

     41,898         2,007         39,891         5,313         34,104                 474   
       100,803         18,273         82,530         32,728         42,094         492         7,216   

 

  (1) Financial assets received/pledged as collateral are disclosed at fair value and are limited to the net balance sheet exposure (i.e. any over-collateralization is excluded from the table).
  (2) Certain amounts of collateral are restricted from being sold or re-pledged except in the event of default or the occurrence of other predetermined events.

 

 

Note 19: Interest Rate Risk

We earn interest on interest bearing assets and we pay interest on interest bearing liabilities. We also hold derivative instruments, such as interest rate swaps and interest rate options, with values that are sensitive to changes in interest rates. To the extent that we hold assets, liabilities and derivative instruments maturing or repricing at different points in time, we are exposed to interest rate risk.

Interest Rate Gap Position

The determination of the interest rate sensitivity or gap position by necessity entails numerous assumptions. It is based on the earlier of the repricing date or maturity date of assets, liabilities and derivatives used to manage interest rate risk.

The gap position presented is as at October 31, 2016 and 2015. It represents the position outstanding at the close of the business day and may change significantly in subsequent periods based on customer behaviour and the application of our asset and liability management strategies.

The assumptions for the years ended October 31, 2016 and 2015 were as follows:

Assets

Fixed rate, fixed term assets, such as residential mortgage loans and consumer loans, are reported based upon the scheduled repayments and estimated prepayments that reflect expected borrower behaviour.

Trading and underwriting (mark-to-market) assets and interest bearing assets on which the customer interest rate changes with the prime rate or other short-term market rates are reported in the zero to three months category.

 

BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016     183   


Table of Contents

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Goodwill and intangible and fixed assets are reported as non-interest sensitive. Other fixed rate and non-interest bearing assets with no defined maturity are reported based upon an assumed maturity profile that considers historical and forecasted trends in balances.

Liabilities

Fixed rate, fixed term liabilities, such as investment certificates, are reported at scheduled maturity with estimated redemptions that reflect expected depositor behaviour.

Interest bearing deposits on which the customer interest rate changes with the prime rate or other short-term market rates are reported in the zero to three months category.

Fixed rate and non-interest bearing liabilities with no defined maturity are reported based upon an assumed maturity profile that considers historical and forecasted trends in balances.

Capital

Common shareholders’ equity is reported as non-interest sensitive.

Yields

Yields are based upon the effective interest rates for the assets or liabilities on October 31, 2016 and 2015.

Interest Rate Gap Position

 

(Canadian $ in millions, except as noted)                                                                      
As at October 31, 2016   

0 to 3

months

   

4 to 6

months

   

7 to 12

months

   

Total

within

1 year

   

Effective

interest

rate (%)

    

1 to 5

years

   

Effective

interest

rate (%)

    

Over 5

years

   

Effective

interest

rate (%)

    

Non-

interest

sensitive

    Total  

Assets

                         

Cash and cash equivalents

     28,233        497        555        29,285        0.67         2,110        0.15                        258        31,653   

Interest bearing deposits with banks

     4,449                      4,449        0.49                                              4,449   

Securities

     94,542        1,942        2,183        98,667        1.20         26,661        1.90         23,563        2.65         1,094        149,985   

Securities borrowed or purchased under resale agreements

     62,173        4,072        338        66,583        0.39         63        0.66                               66,646   

Loans

     207,409        16,803        26,794        251,006        3.14         102,265        3.56         5,459        3.77                358,730   

Other assets

     41,496        368        1,125        42,989        na         7,995        na         1,216        na         24,272        76,472   

Total assets

     438,302        23,682        30,995        492,979                 139,094                 30,238                25,624        687,935   

Liabilities and Equity

                         

Deposits

     237,533        25,325        36,577        299,435        0.92         153,695        0.74         20,242        0.71                473,372   

Securities sold but not yet purchased

     25,106                      25,106        1.33                                              25,106   

Securities lent or sold under repurchase agreements

     40,536        182               40,718        0.27                                              40,718   

Other liabilities

     61,993        494        1,763        64,250        na         13,655        na         10,040        na         14,027        101,972   

Subordinated debt

     39        100               139        7.19         4,150        3.89         150        7.83                4,439   

Total equity

     573               250        823        na         2,542        na         600        na         38,363        42,328   

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

     365,780        26,101        38,590        430,471                 174,042                 31,032                 52,390        687,935   

Asset/liability gap position

     72,522        (2,419     (7,595     62,508                 (34,948              (794              (26,766       

Notional amounts of derivatives

     (57,456     (29     1,716        (55,769              55,250                 519                          

Total interest rate gap position – 2016

                         

Canadian dollar

     3,132        (687     (84     2,361           12,278           561           (15,200       

Foreign currency

     11,934        (1,761     (5,795     4,378                 8,024                 (836              (11,566       

Total gap

     15,066        (2,448     (5,879     6,739                20,302                (275             (26,766       

Total interest rate gap position – 2015

                         

Canadian dollar

     (419     1,989        4,690        6,260           6,608           1,054           (13,922       

Foreign currency

     8,258        (2,464     (1,448     4,346                 11,940                 (4,968              (11,318       

Total gap

     7,839        (475     3,242        10,606                18,548                (3,914             (25,240       

na – not applicable

Certain comparative figures have been reclassified to conform with the current year’s presentation.

 

 

Note 20: Capital Management

Our objective is to maintain a strong capital position in a cost-effective structure that: considers our target regulatory capital ratios and internal assessment of required economic capital; is consistent with our targeted credit ratings; underpins our operating groups’ business strategies; and builds depositor confidence and long-term shareholder value.

Our approach includes establishing limits, targets and performance measures for the management of balance sheet positions, risk levels and minimum capital amounts, as well as issuing and redeeming capital instruments to obtain a cost-effective capital structure.

Regulatory capital requirements and risk-weighted assets for the consolidated entity are determined in accordance with OSFI’s Capital Adequacy Requirements Guideline which includes a Basel I capital floor.

Common Equity Tier 1 capital is the most permanent form of capital. It is comprised of common shareholders’ equity less deductions for goodwill, intangible assets and certain other items. Tier 1 capital is primarily comprised of regulatory common equity, preferred shares and innovative hybrid instruments, net of Tier 1 capital deductions.

 

184   BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016


Table of Contents

Tier 2 capital is primarily comprised of subordinated debentures and the eligible portion of the collective allowance for credit losses, net of certain Tier 2 capital deductions. Total capital includes Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital. Details of the components of our capital position are presented in Notes 11, 12, 15 and 16.

Our Common Equity Tier 1 Capital Ratio, Tier 1 Capital Ratio, Total Capital Ratio and Leverage Ratio are the primary regulatory capital measures.

 

The Common Equity Tier 1 Capital Ratio is defined as common shareholders’ equity, net of capital adjustments, divided by Common Equity Tier 1 capital risk-weighted assets.

 

The Tier 1 Capital Ratio is defined as Tier 1 capital divided by Tier 1 capital risk-weighted assets.

 

The Total Capital Ratio is defined as Total capital divided by Total capital risk-weighted assets.

 

The Leverage Ratio is defined as Tier 1 capital divided by the sum of on-balance sheet items and specified off-balance sheet items, net of specified adjustments.

We have met OSFI’s stated minimum capital ratio requirements as at October 31, 2016.

Regulatory Capital Measures and Risk-Weighted Assets

 

(Canadian $ in millions, except as noted)    2016      2015  

Common Equity Tier 1 Capital

     28,159         25,628   

Tier 1 Capital

     32,236         29,416   

Total Capital

     37,862         34,584   

Common Equity Tier 1 Capital Risk-Weighted Assets

     277,562         239,689   

Tier 1 Capital Risk-Weighted Assets

     277,562         239,689   

Total Capital Risk-Weighted Assets

     277,562         239,716   

Common Equity Tier 1 Capital Ratio

     10.1%         10.7%   

Tier 1 Capital Ratio

     11.6%         12.3%   

Total Capital Ratio

     13.6%         14.4%   

Leverage Ratio

     4.2%         4.2%   

All 2016 and 2015 balances above are on an “all-in” basis.

 

 

Note 21: Employee Compensation – Share-Based Compensation

Stock Option Plan

We maintain a Stock Option Plan for designated officers and employees. Options are granted at an exercise price equal to the closing price of our common shares on the day before the grant date. Stock options granted on or after December 2013 vest in equal tranches of 50% on the third and fourth anniversaries of their grant date. Options granted prior to December 2013 vest in tranches over a four-year period starting from their grant date. Each tranche is treated as a separate award with a different vesting period. Certain options can only be exercised once certain performance targets are met. All options expire 10 years from their grant date.

We determine the fair value of stock options on their grant date and record this amount as compensation expense over the period that the stock options vest, with a corresponding increase to contributed surplus. When these stock options are exercised, we issue shares and record the amount of proceeds, together with the amount recorded in contributed surplus, in share capital. The estimated grant date fair value of stock options granted to employees who are eligible to retire is expensed at the date of grant.

The following table summarizes information about our Stock Option Plan:

 

(Canadian $, except as noted)            2016              2015              2014  
      Number of
stock options
     Weighted-
average
exercise price
     Number of
stock options
     Weighted-
average
exercise price
     Number of
stock options
     Weighted-
average
exercise price
 

Outstanding at beginning of year

     12,111,153         74.08         13,337,765         76.21         14,968,711         78.17   

Granted

     754,714         77.23         641,875         78.09         1,618,223         68.60   

Exercised

     2,103,391         55.32         842,821         54.22         2,133,107         53.66   

Forfeited/cancelled

     104,606         71.76         71,281         64.49         88,965         79.77   

Expired

     852,571         158.30         954,385         139.14         1,027,097         139.34   

Outstanding at end of year

     9,805,299         72.21         12,111,153         74.08         13,337,765         76.21   

Exercisable at end of year

     5,605,485         74.25         6,959,569         80.52         6,607,237         90.85   

Available for grant

     4,151,676            4,275,858            4,222,722      

Outstanding stock options as a percentage of outstanding shares

     1.52%                  1.88%                  2.06%            

Employee compensation expense related to this plan for the years ended October 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 was $6 million, $6 million and $11 million before tax, respectively ($6 million, $6 million and $11 million after tax, respectively).

The intrinsic value of a stock option grant is the difference between the current market price of our common shares and the strike price of the option. The aggregate intrinsic value of stock options outstanding at October 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 was $211 million, $179 million and $279 million, respectively. The aggregate intrinsic value of stock options exercisable at October 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 was $146 million, $125 million and $145 million, respectively.

 

BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016     185   


Table of Contents

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Options outstanding and exercisable at October 31, 2016 and 2015 by range of exercise price were as follows:

 

(Canadian $, except as noted)                          2016                                        2015  
            Options outstanding            Options exercisable            Options outstanding            Options exercisable  
Range of exercise prices   Number of
stock
options
    Weighted-
average
remaining
contractual
life (years)
    Weighted-
average
exercise
price
    Number of
stock
options
    Weighted-
average
remaining
contractual
life (years)
    Weighted-
average
exercise
price
    Number of
stock
options
    Weighted-
average
remaining
contractual
life (years)
    Weighted-
average
exercise
price
    Number of
stock
options
    Weighted-
average
remaining
contractual
life (years)
    Weighted-
average
exercise
price
 

$30.01 to $40.00

    302,174        2.1        34.13        302,174        2.1        34.13        577,358        3.1        34.13        577,358        3.1        34.13   

$40.01 to $50.00

    120,224        2.9        41.65        120,224        2.9        41.65        187,327        3.6        42.46        187,327        3.6        42.46   

$50.01 to $60.00

    3,179,402        4.4        56.07        3,179,402        4.4        56.07        4,218,387        5.3        56.00        3,624,686        5.2        56.00   

$60.01 to $70.00

    4,158,001        5.1        64.05        1,291,855        5.2        60.36        5,458,588        5.2        63.94        1,531,760        4.5        61.87   

$70.01 and over (1)

    2,045,498        6.2        121.31        711,830        1.4        203.16        1,669,493        4.7        170.26        1,038,438        2.0        226.28   

 

  (1) Certain options were issued as part of the acquisition of M&I.

The following table summarizes non-vested stock option activity for the years ended October 31, 2016 and 2015:

 

(Canadian $, except as noted)            2016              2015  
      Number of
stock options
     Weighted-average
grant date fair value
    

Number of

stock options

     Weighted-average
grant date fair value
 

Non-vested at beginning of year

     5,151,584         6.55         6,730,528         6.74   

Granted

     754,714         7.60         641,875         7.45   

Vested

     1,075,952         5.42         1,533,402         6.90   

Expired

     525,926         8.70         623,730         8.55   

Forfeited/cancelled

     104,606         6.78         63,687         6.68   

Non-vested at end of year

     4,199,814         6.76         5,151,584         6.55   

The following table summarizes further information about our Stock Option Plan:

 

(Canadian $ in millions, except as noted)    2016        2015      2014  

Unrecognized compensation cost for non-vested stock option awards

     4           4         5   

Weighted-average period over which this cost will be recognized (in years)

     2.5           2.3         2.7   

Total intrinsic value of stock options exercised

     55           18         49   

Cash proceeds from stock options exercised

     116           46         115   

Actual tax benefits realized on stock options exercised

               1         1   

Weighted-average share price for stock options exercised (in dollars)

     81.41           76.05         76.63   

The fair value of options granted was estimated using a binomial option pricing model. The weighted-average fair value of options granted during the years ended October 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 was $7.60, $7.45 and $6.36, respectively. To determine the fair value of the stock option tranches on the grant date, the following ranges of values were used for each option pricing assumption:

 

      2016      2015      2014  

Expected dividend yield

     5.5%         4.7% – 4.8%         5.0%   

Expected share price volatility

     19.8% – 20.0%         16.9% – 17.0%         16.4%   

Risk-free rate of return

     1.3% – 1.4%         1.9% – 2.0%         2.5% – 2.6%   

Expected period until exercise (in years)

     6.5 – 7.0            6.5 – 7.0            6.5 – 7.0      

Changes to the input assumptions can result in different fair value estimates.

Expected dividend yield is based on market expectations of future dividends on our common shares. Expected share price volatility is determined based on the market consensus implied volatility for traded options on our common shares. The risk-free rate is based on the yields of a Canadian swap curve with maturities similar to the expected period until exercise of the options. The weighted-average exercise price on the grant date for the years ended October 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 was $77.23, $78.09 and $68.60, respectively.

Other Share-Based Compensation

Share Purchase Plans

We offer various employee share purchase plans. The largest of these plans provides the employee the option of directing a portion of their gross salary toward the purchase of our common shares. We match 50% of employee contributions up to 6% of their individual gross salary. Our contributions during the first two years vest after two years of participation in the plan, with subsequent contributions vesting immediately. The shares held in the employee share purchase plan are purchased on the open market and are considered outstanding for purposes of computing earnings per share. The dividends earned on our common shares held by the plan are used to purchase additional common shares on the open market.

We account for our contribution as employee compensation expense when it is contributed to the plan.

Employee compensation expense related to these plans for the years ended October 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 was $51 million, $52 million and $50 million, respectively. There were 18.9 million, 19.0 million and 18.7 million common shares held in these plans for the years ended October 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

Mid-Term Incentive Plans

We offer mid-term incentive plans for executives and certain senior employees. Payment amounts are adjusted to reflect reinvested dividends and changes in the market value of our common shares. Depending on the plan, the recipient receives either a single cash payment at the end of the three-year period of the plan, or cash payments over the three years of the plan. As the awards are cash settled, they are recorded as liabilities.

 

186   BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016


Table of Contents

Amounts payable under such awards are recorded as compensation expense over the vesting period. Amounts related to units granted to employees who are eligible to retire are expensed at the time of grant. Subsequent changes in the fair value of the liability are recorded in compensation expense in the period in which they arise.

Mid-term incentive plan units granted during the years ended October 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 totalled 6.4 million, 5.8 million and 5.9 million, respectively.

Prior to 2015, we entered into agreements with third parties to assume our liabilities related to a portion of units granted for a fixed up-front payment. For units subject to such arrangements, we no longer have any obligation for future cash payments and as a result no liability is recorded related to these awards. All cash payments made under such arrangements are deferred on the Consolidated Balance Sheet as other assets and are recognized on a straight-line basis over the vesting period. Subsequent changes in the market value of our common shares do not affect the amount of compensation expense related to these awards.

The amount of deferred compensation remaining in other assets relating to these arrangements at October 31, 2016 was $2 million ($38 million in 2015) and is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of less than 1 year (1 year in 2015).

Employee compensation expense related to plans where we entered into agreements with third parties for the years ended October 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 was $26 million, $81 million and $239 million before tax, respectively ($19 million, $60 million and $177 million after tax, respectively).

Mid-term incentive plan units for which we did not enter into agreements with third parties for the years ended October 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 totalled 6.4 million, 5.8 million and 3.1 million units, respectively. The weighted-average grant date fair value of these awards as at 0ctober 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 was $492 million, $475 million and $228 million, respectively, for which we recorded employee compensation expense of $537 million, $303 million and $172 million before tax, respectively ($397 million, $224 million and $127 million after tax, respectively). Beginning in November 2014, we no longer enter into agreements with third parties; however, we economically hedge the impact of the change in market value of our common shares by entering into total return swaps (equity contracts). Gains (losses) recognized for the years ended October 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 were $111 million, $(27) million and $59 million, respectively, resulting in net employee compensation expense of $426 million, $330 million and $113 million, respectively.

A total of 17.0 million, 16.1 million and 16.5 million mid-term incentive plan units were outstanding as at October 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively, and the intrinsic value of those awards which had vested was $883 million, $497 million and $288 million, respectively. Cash payments made in relation to these liabilities were $131 million, $127 million and $57 million, respectively.

Deferred Incentive Plans

We offer deferred incentive plans for members of our Board of Directors, executives and key employees in BMO Capital Markets and Wealth Management. Under these plans, fees, annual incentive payments and/or commissions can be deferred as share units of our common shares. These share units are either fully vested on the grant date or vest at the end of three years. The value of these share units is adjusted to reflect reinvested dividends and changes in the market value of our common shares.

Deferred incentive plan payments are paid in cash upon the participant’s departure from the bank.

Employee compensation expense for these plans is recorded in the year the fees, incentive payments and/or commissions are earned. Changes in the amount of the incentive plan payments as a result of dividends and share price movements are recorded as increases or decreases in employee compensation expense in the period of the change.

Deferred incentive plan units granted during the years ended October 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 totalled 0.4 million, 0.3 million and 0.4 million, respectively, and the weighted-average grant date fair value of these units was $28 million, $26 million and $26 million, respectively.

Liabilities related to these plans are recorded in other liabilities in our Consolidated Balance Sheet and totalled $414 million and $395 million as at October 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Payments made under these plans for the years ended October 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 were $53 million, $25 million and $18 million, respectively.

Employee compensation expense related to these plans for the years ended October 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 was $67 million, $(2) million and $63 million before tax, respectively ($50 million, $(1) million and $47 million after tax, respectively). We have entered into derivative instruments to hedge our exposure related to these plans. Changes in the fair value of these derivatives are recorded as employee compensation expense in the period in which they arise. Gains (losses) on these derivatives for the years ended October 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 were $57 million, $(16) million and $52 million before tax, respectively. These gains (losses) resulted in net employee compensation expense for the years ended October 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 of $10 million, $14 million and $11 million before tax, respectively ($7 million, $10 million and $8 million after tax, respectively).

A total of 4.8 million, 4.9 million and 4.7 million deferred incentive plan units were outstanding for the years ended October 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

 

BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016     187   


Table of Contents

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 22: Employee Compensation – Pension and Other Employee Future Benefits

Pension and Other Employee Future Benefit Plans

We sponsor a number of arrangements globally, with the largest of such arrangements located in Canada, the United States and the United Kingdom, that provide pension and/or other employee future benefits to our retired and current employees. The largest of these arrangements, by defined benefit obligation, are the primary defined benefit pension plans for employees in Canada and the United States and the primary other employee future benefit plan for employees in Canada.

Pension arrangements include defined benefit pension plans, as well as supplementary arrangements that provide pension benefits in excess of statutory limits. Generally, under these plans we provide retirement benefits based on an employee’s years of service and average annual earnings over a period of time prior to retirement. Our pension and other employee future benefit expenses, recorded in employee compensation expense, mainly comprise the current service cost plus or minus the interest on net defined benefit assets or liabilities. In addition, we provide defined contribution pension plans to employees in some of our subsidiaries. The costs of these plans, recorded in employee compensation expense, are equal to our contributions to the plans.

During the year, we announced the closure of the defined benefit pension plans for our employees in the United States. As a result of the closure of these plans, we recorded a curtailment gain of $52 million in non-interest expense, employee compensation, in our Consolidated Statement of Income. A defined contribution pension plan will be available for employees affected by the closure in 2017.

We also provide other employee future benefits, including health and dental care benefits and life insurance, for eligible current and retired employees.

Short-term employee benefits, such as salaries, paid absences, bonuses and other benefits, are accounted for on an accrual basis over the period in which the employees provide the related services.

Investment Policy

The assets of the defined benefit pension plans are managed in accordance with all applicable laws and regulations. The plans are administered under a well-defined governance structure, with the oversight resting with the Board of Directors.

The plans are managed under a framework that considers both assets and liabilities in the development of an investment policy and in managing risk. Over the past several years, we have implemented a liability-driven investment strategy for the primary Canadian plan to enhance risk-adjusted returns while reducing the plan’s surplus volatility. This strategy has meaningfully reduced the impact of the plan on our regulatory capital.

The plans invest in asset classes that include equities, fixed income and alternative strategies, under established investment guidelines. Plan assets are diversified across asset classes and by geographic exposure. They are managed by asset management firms that are responsible for the selection of investment securities. Derivative instruments are permitted under policy guidelines and are generally used to hedge foreign currency exposures, manage interest rate exposures or replicate the return of an asset.

Asset Allocations

The asset allocation ranges and weighted-average actual asset allocations of our primary pension plans, based on the fair market values at October 31, are as follows:

 

      Pension benefit plans  
     

Range

2016

    

Actual

2016

    

Actual

2015

 

Equities

     25% – 50%         42%         42%   

Fixed income investments

     35% – 55%         44%         45%   

Other

     10% – 25%         14%         13%   

Our pension and other employee future benefit plan assets are measured at fair value on a recurring basis.

Risk Management

The plans are exposed to various risks, including market risk (interest rate, equity and foreign currency risks), credit risk, operational risk, surplus risk and longevity risk. We follow a number of approaches to monitor and actively manage these risks, including monitoring surplus-at-risk, which measures a plan’s risk in an asset-liability framework; stress testing and scenario analyses to evaluate the volatility of the plans’ financial positions and any potential impact on the bank; hedging of currency exposures and interest rate risk within policy limits; controls related to asset mix allocations, geographic allocations, portfolio duration, credit quality, sector guidelines, issuer/counterparty limits and others; and ongoing monitoring of exposures, performance and risk levels.

Pension and Other Employee Future Benefit Liabilities

Our actuaries perform valuations of our defined benefit obligations for pension and other employee future benefits as at October 31 of each year using the projected unit credit method based on management’s assumptions about discount rates, rates of compensation increase, retirement age, mortality and health care cost trend rates.

The discount rates for the primary Canadian and U.S. pension and other employee future benefit plans were selected based on high-quality AA rated corporate bond yields with terms matching the plans’ cash flows.

The fair value of plan assets is deducted from the defined benefit obligation to determine the net defined benefit asset or liability. For defined benefit pension plans that are in a net defined benefit asset position, the recognized asset is limited to the present value of economic benefits available in the form of future refunds from the plan or reductions in future contributions to the plan (the “asset ceiling”). Changes in the asset ceiling are recognized in other comprehensive income. Components of the change in our net defined benefit assets or liabilities and our pension and other employee future benefit expense are as follows:

Benefits earned by employees represent benefits earned in the current year. They are determined with reference to the current workforce and the amount of benefits to which employees will be entitled upon retirement, based on the provisions of our benefit plans.

 

188   BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016


Table of Contents

Interest on net defined benefit asset or liability represents the increase in the net defined benefit asset or liability that results from the passage of time and is determined by applying the discount rate to the net defined benefit asset or liability.

Actuarial gains and losses may arise in two ways. First, each year our actuaries recalculate the defined benefit obligations and compare them to those estimated as at the previous year end. Any differences that result from changes in demographic and economic assumptions or from plan member experience being different from management’s expectations at the previous year end are considered actuarial gains or losses. Second, actuarial gains and losses arise when there are differences between the discount rate and actual returns on plan assets. Actuarial gains and losses are recognized immediately in other comprehensive income as they occur and are not subsequently reclassified to income in future periods.

Plan amendments are changes in our defined benefit obligations that result from changes to provisions of the plans. The effects of plan amendments are recognized immediately in income when a plan is amended.

Settlements occur when defined benefit obligations for plan participants are settled, usually through lump sum cash payments, and as a result we no longer have any obligation to provide such participants with benefit payments in the future.

Funding of Pension and Other Employee Future Benefit Plans

We fund our defined benefit pension plans in Canada and the United States in accordance with statutory requirements, and the assets in these plans are used to pay benefits to retirees and other employees. Some groups of employees are also eligible to make voluntary contributions in order to receive enhanced benefits. Our supplementary pension plan in Canada is funded, while in the United States the supplementary pension plan is unfunded.

Our other employee future benefit plans in Canada and the United States are either partially funded or unfunded. Benefit payments related to these plans are either paid through the respective plan or paid directly by us.

We measure the fair value of plan assets for our plans in Canada and the United States as at October 31. In addition to actuarial valuations for accounting purposes, we are required to prepare valuations for determining our minimum funding requirements for our pension arrangements in accordance with the relevant statutory framework (our “funding valuation”). An annual funding valuation is performed for our plans in Canada and the United States. The most recent funding valuation for our primary Canadian plan was performed as at October 31, 2016 and the most recent funding valuation for our primary U.S. plan was performed as at January 1, 2016. Benefit payments for fiscal 2017 are estimated to be $477 million.

A summary of plan information for the past three years is as follows:

 

(Canadian $ in millions)                    Pension benefit plans                     Other employee future benefit plans  
      2016     2015     2014     2016     2015     2014  

Defined benefit obligation

     8,992        7,934        7,504        1,493        1,323        1,317   

Fair value of plan assets

     8,655        8,072        7,536        150        131        113   

Surplus (deficit) and net defined benefit asset (liability)

     (337     138        32        (1,343     (1,192     (1,204

Surplus (deficit) is comprised of:

            

Funded or partially funded plans

     (127     362        197        7        (32     (12

Unfunded plans

     (210     (224     (165     (1,350     (1,160     (1,192

Surplus (deficit) and net defined benefit asset (liability)

     (337     138        32        (1,343     (1,192     (1,204

Pension and Other Employee Future Benefit Expenses

Pension and other employee future benefit expenses are determined as follows:

 

(Canadian $ in millions)            Pension benefit plans     Other employee future benefit plans  
      2016     2015     2014     2016      2015      2014  

Annual benefits expense

              

Benefits earned by employees

     224        286        241        25         29         25   

Net interest (income) expense on net defined benefit (asset) liability

     (10     (5     (11     52         50         50   

Gain on settlement

            (13                              

Administrative expenses

     5        4        5                          

Remeasurement of other long-term benefits

                          6         4         (5

Benefits expense

     219        272        235        83         83         70   

Canada and Quebec pension plan expense

     73        73        68                          

Defined contribution expense

     96        86        66                          

Total annual pension and other employee future benefit expenses recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Income

     388        431        369        83         83         70   

Weighted-average assumptions used to determine benefit expenses

 

      Pension benefit plans      Other employee future benefit plans  
      2016      2015      2014      2016     2015     2014  

Discount rate at beginning of year

     4.2%         4.1%         4.6%         4.4%        4.2%        4.7%   

Rate of compensation increase

     2.7%         2.9%         2.9%         2.4%        2.6%        2.7%   

Assumed overall health care cost trend rate

     na         na         na         5.3%  (1)      5.5%  (1)      5.4%  (1) 

 

  (1) Trending to 4.5% in 2030 and remaining at that level thereafter.

na – not applicable

 

BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016     189   


Table of Contents

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Assumptions regarding future mortality are based on published statistics and mortality tables calibrated to plan experience, when applicable. The current life expectancies underlying the amounts of the defined benefit obligations for our primary plans are as follows:

 

(Years)                Canada                      United States  
      2016      2015      2016      2015  

Life expectancy for those currently age 65

           

Males

     23.5         23.5         22.2         22.2   

Females

     23.9         23.9         23.8         23.7   

Life expectancy at age 65 for those currently age 45

           

Males

     24.5         24.5         23.4         23.3   

Females

     24.9                         24.9                         25.0                         24.9   

Changes in the estimated financial positions of our pension benefit plans and other employee future benefit plans are as follows:

 

(Canadian $ in millions, except as noted)    Pension benefit plans     Other employee future benefit plans  
      2016     2015     2016     2015  

Defined benefit obligation

        

Defined benefit obligation at beginning of year

     7,934        7,504        1,323        1,317   

Current service cost

     224        286        25        29   

Interest cost

     326        311        57        55   

Gain due to settlement

            (13              

Benefits paid

     (406     (373     (42     (39

Settlement payments

            (92              

Employee contributions

     13        12        4        4   

Actuarial (gains) losses due to:

        

Demographic assumption changes

     (34     17        (37     (47

Financial assumption changes

     1,041        (146     164        (33

Plan member experience

     (9     108        (6     11   

Foreign exchange and other

     (97     320        5        26   

Defined benefit obligation at end of year

     8,992        7,934        1,493        1,323   

Wholly or partially funded defined benefit obligation

     8,782        7,710        143        163   

Unfunded defined benefit obligation

     210        224        1,350        1,160   

Total defined benefit obligation

     8,992        7,934                    1,493        1,323   

Weighted-average assumptions used to determine the defined benefit obligation

        

Discount rate at end of year

     3.4%        4.2%        3.6%        4.4%   

Rate of compensation increase

     2.8%        2.7%        2.4%        2.4%   

Assumed overall health care cost trend rate

     na        na        5.3%  (1)      5.5%  (1) 

Fair value of plan assets

        

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year

     8,072        7,536        131        113   

Interest income

     336        316        5        5   

Return on plan assets (excluding interest income)

     532        182        10        (6

Employer contributions

     235        231        38        35   

Employee contributions

     13        12        4        4   

Benefits paid

     (406     (373     (42     (39

Settlement payments

            (92              

Administrative expenses

     (5     (4              

Foreign exchange and other

     (122     264        4        19   

Fair value of plan assets at end of year

     8,655        8,072        150        131   

Surplus (deficit) and net defined benefit asset (liability) at end of year

     (337     138        (1,343     (1,192

Recorded in:

        

Other assets

     118        502                 

Other liabilities

     (455     (364     (1,343     (1,192

Surplus (deficit) and net defined benefit asset (liability) at end of year

     (337     138        (1,343     (1,192

Actuarial gains (losses) recognized in other comprehensive income

        

Net actuarial gains on plan assets

     532        182        10        (6

Actuarial gains (losses) on defined benefit obligation due to:

        

Demographic assumption changes

     34        (17     34        44   

Financial assumption changes

     (1,041     146        (160     35   

Plan member experience

     9        (108     12        (4

Foreign exchange and other

     (8     (22            1   

Actuarial gains (losses) recognized in other comprehensive income for the year

     (474                          181        (104     70   

 

  (1) Trending to 4.5% in 2030 and remaining at that level thereafter.

na – not applicable

Certain comparative figures have been reclassified to conform with the current year’s presentation.

 

190   BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016


Table of Contents

Our pension and other employee future benefit plan assets are measured at fair value on a recurring basis. The fair values of plan assets held by our primary plans as at October 31 are as follows:

 

(Canadian $ in millions)        Canadian plans             U.S. plans (1)  
      2016     2015     2016      2015  

Cash and money market funds (2)

     68        44        48         62   

Securities issued or guaranteed by: (3)

         

Canadian federal government

     144        188                  

Canadian provincial and municipal governments

     722        603                  

U.S. federal government

     3               145         91   

U.S. states, municipalities and agencies

                   18         14   

Other governments

            9                  

Pooled funds (4)

     3,451        3,166        106         86   

Derivative instruments

     (26     (5               

Corporate debt (5)

     881        892        481         458   

Corporate equity (2)

     832        792        539         511   
       6,075        5,689        1,337         1,222   

 

  (1) All of the U.S. plans’ assets have quoted prices in active markets, except pooled funds, corporate debt and securities issued or guaranteed by U.S. states, municipalities and agencies.
  (2) All of the cash and money market funds and corporate equity held by Canadian plans as at October 31, 2016 and 2015 have quoted prices in active markets.
  (3) $537 million ($307 million in 2015) of securities issued or guaranteed by governments held by Canadian plans have quoted prices in active markets.
  (4) $1,607 million ($1,495 million in 2015) of pooled funds held by Canadian plans have quoted prices in active markets.
  (5) $7 million ($36 million in 2015) of corporate debt held by Canadian plans have quoted prices in active markets.

No plan assets are directly invested in the bank’s or related parties’ securities as at October 31, 2016 and 2015. As at October 31, 2016, our primary Canadian plan indirectly held, through pooled funds, approximately $13 million ($9 million in 2015) of our common shares. The plans do not hold any property we occupy or other assets we use.

The plans paid $4 million in the year ended October 31, 2016 ($4 million in 2015) to the bank and certain of our subsidiaries for investment management, record-keeping, custodial and administrative services rendered.

Sensitivity of Assumptions

Key weighted-average assumptions used in measuring the defined benefit obligations for our primary plans are outlined in the following table. The sensitivity analysis provided in the table should be used with caution as it is hypothetical and the impact of changes in each key assumption may not be linear. The sensitivities to changes in each key variable have been calculated independently of the impact of changes in other key variables. Actual experience may result in simultaneous changes in a number of key assumptions, which would amplify or reduce certain sensitivities.

 

           Defined benefit obligation  
(Canadian $ in millions, except as noted)    Pension benefit plans      Other employee future benefit plans  

Discount rate (%)

     3.4         3.6   

Impact of:

  1% increase ($)      (934      (178
    1% decrease ($)      1,188         231   

Rate of compensation increase (%)

     2.8         2.4   

Impact of:

  0.25% increase ($)      52         2   
    0.25% decrease ($)      (51      (2

Mortality

     

Impact of:

  1 year shorter life expectancy ($)      (151      (34
    1 year longer life expectancy ($)      148         34   

Assumed overall health care cost trend rate (%)

     na         5.3  (1) 

Impact of:

  1% increase ($)      na         92   
    1% decrease ($)      na         (88

 

  (1) Trending to 4.5% in 2030 and remaining at that level thereafter.

na – not applicable

 

BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016     191   


Table of Contents

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Disaggregation of Defined Benefit Obligation

Disaggregation of the defined benefit obligation for our primary plans is as follows:

 

      2016      2015  

Canadian pension plans

     

Active members

     45%         44%   

Inactive and retired members

     55%         56%   
       100%         100%   

U.S. pension plans

     

Active members

     68%         68%   

Inactive and retired members

     32%         32%   
       100%         100%   

Canadian other employee future benefit plans

     

Active members

     44%         43%   

Inactive and retired members

     56%         57%   
       100%         100%   

Maturity Profile

The duration of the defined benefit obligation for our primary plans is as follows:

 

(Years)    2016      2015  

Canadian pension plans

     16.0         14.8   

U.S. pension plans

     8.3         10.6   

Canadian other employee future benefit plans

     17.2         16.2   

Certain comparative figures have been reclassified to conform with the current year’s presentation.

Cash Flows

Cash payments we made during the year in connection with our employee future benefit plans are as follows:

 

(Canadian $ in millions)            Pension benefit plans                           Other employee future benefit plans  
      2016      2015      2014      2016      2015      2014  

Contributions to defined benefit plans

     192         198         254                           

Contributions to defined contribution plans

     96         86         66                           

Benefits paid directly to pensioners

     43         33         30         38         35         33   
       331         317         350         38         35         33   

Our best estimate of the contributions we expect to make to our defined benefit plans for the year ending October 31, 2017 is approximately $208 million to our pension benefit plans and $44 million to our other employee future benefit plans.

 

 

Note 23: Income Taxes

We report our provision for income taxes in our Consolidated Statement of Income based upon transactions recorded in our consolidated financial statements regardless of when they are recognized for income tax purposes, with the exception of repatriation of retained earnings from our foreign subsidiaries, as noted below.

In addition, we record an income tax expense or benefit in other comprehensive income or directly in shareholders’ equity when the taxes relate to amounts recorded in other comprehensive income or shareholders’ equity. For example, income tax expense (recovery) on hedging gains (losses) related to our net investment in foreign operations is recorded in our Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income as part of unrealized gains (losses) on translation of net foreign operations.

Current tax is the amount of income tax recoverable (payable) in respect of the taxable loss (profit) for a period. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax rates expected to apply when temporary differences reverse. Changes in deferred income tax assets and liabilities related to a change in tax rates are recorded in income in the period the tax rate is substantively enacted, except to the extent that the tax arises from a transaction or event which is recognized either in other comprehensive income or directly in shareholders’ equity. Current and deferred taxes are only offset when they are levied by the same taxation authority, levied on the same entity or group of entities and when there is a legal right to offset.

Included in deferred income tax assets is $1,328 million related to U.S. tax loss carryforwards that will expire in various amounts in U.S. taxation years from 2029 through 2034 and $15 million related to U.K. tax loss carryforwards that are available for use indefinitely against relevant profits generated in the U.K. On the evidence available, including management projections of income, we believe that there will be sufficient taxable income generated by our business operations to support these deferred tax assets. The amount of tax on temporary differences, unused tax losses and unused tax credits for which no deferred tax asset is recognized in our Consolidated Balance Sheet as at October 31, 2016 is $156 million ($193 million as at October 31, 2015). Deferred tax assets have not been recognized in respect of these items because it is not probable that realization of these assets will occur.

Income that we earn in foreign countries through our branches or subsidiaries is generally subject to tax in those countries. We are also subject to Canadian taxation on the income earned in our foreign branches. Canada allows a credit for certain foreign taxes paid on this income. Upon repatriation of retained earnings from certain foreign subsidiaries, we would be required to pay tax on certain of these earnings. As repatriation of such earnings is not planned in the foreseeable future, we have not recorded the related deferred income tax liability.

 

192   BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016


Table of Contents

The amount of temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries, branches, associates and interests in joint ventures for which deferred tax liabilities have not been recognized is $31 billion as at October 31, 2016 ($27 billion in 2015).

Provision for Income Taxes

 

(Canadian $ in millions)    2016      2015      2014  

Consolidated Statement of Income

        

Current

        

Provision for income taxes for the current period

     927         685         547   

Adjustments in respect of current tax for prior periods

     8         18         (1

Deferred

        

Origination and reversal of temporary differences

     168         248         361   

Effect of changes in tax rates

     (2      (15      (4
       1,101         936         903   

Other Comprehensive Income and Shareholders’ Equity

        

Income tax expense (recovery) related to:

        

Gains (losses) on remeasurement of pension and other employee future benefit plans

     (156      51         (63

Unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities, net of hedging activities

     53         (87      (15

Gains (losses) on remeasurement of own credit risk on financial liabilities designated at fair value

     (55      43           

Gains on cash flow hedges

     10         174         51   

Hedging of unrealized (gains) losses on translation of net foreign operations

     10         (167      (144

Total

     963         950         732   

Components of Total Provision for Income Taxes

(Canadian $ in millions)

   2016      2015      2014  

Canada: Current income taxes

        

                Federal

     507         395         292   

                Provincial

     289         215         200   
       796         610         492   

Canada: Deferred income taxes

        

                Federal

     (120      131         33   

                Provincial

     (67      71         29   
       (187      202         62   

Total Canadian

     609         812         554   

Foreign: Current income taxes

     106         36         (58

             Deferred income taxes

     248         102         236   

Total foreign

     354         138         178   

Total

     963         950         732   

Set out below is a reconciliation of our statutory tax rates and income taxes that would be payable at these rates to the effective income tax rates and provision for income taxes that we have recorded in our Consolidated Statement of Income:

 

(Canadian $ in millions, except as noted)              2016                 2015                 2014      

Combined Canadian federal and provincial income taxes at the statutory tax rate

       1,525         26.6% (1)      1,410         26.4%        1,382         26.4%   

Increase (decrease) resulting from:

                 

Tax-exempt income from securities

       (367      (6.4)          (378      (7.1)          (343      (6.5)     

Foreign operations subject to different tax rates

       (2      –            (39      (0.7)          (69      (1.3)     

Change in tax rate for deferred income taxes

       (2      –            (15      (0.3)          (4      (0.1)     

Income attributable to investments in associates and joint ventures

       (47      (0.8)          (44      (0.8)          (39      (0.8)     

Adjustments in respect of current tax for prior periods

       8         0.1           18         0.3           (1      –       

Other

       (14      (0.3)          (16      (0.3)          (23      (0.5)     

Provision for income taxes and effective tax rate

       1,101         19.2%        936         17.5%        903         17.2%   

 

  (1) The combined statutory tax rate changed during the year as a result of legislation that became substantively enacted with respect to the year.

Certain comparative figures have been reclassified to conform with the current year’s presentation.

 

BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016     193   


Table of Contents

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Components of Deferred Income Tax Balances

 

(Canadian $ in millions)                                                  
Deferred Income Tax Assets (1)    Allowance
for credit losses
    Employee future
benefits
    Deferred
compensation
benefits
    Other
comprehensive
income
    Tax
loss carry-
forwards
    Other     Total  

As at October 31, 2014

     758        374        419        (7     1,418        584        3,546   

Benefit (expense) to income statement

     149        (1     (16            (300     14        (154

(Expense) to equity

                          (20                   (20

Translation and other

     112        9        28        (4     206        76        427   

As at October 31, 2015

     1,019        382        431        (31     1,324        674        3,799   

Benefit (expense) to income statement

     (149     8        30               7        23        (81

Benefit (expense) to equity

            34               (51                   (17

Translation and other

     13               1               12        (5     21   

As at October 31, 2016

     883        424        462        (82     1,343        692        3,722   
Deferred Income Tax Liabilities (2)           Premises and
equipment
    Pension
benefits
    Goodwill and
intangible
assets
    Securities     Other     Total  

As at October 31, 2014

             (349     (4     (367     (1     16        (705

Benefit (expense) to income statement

       (71     29        92        6        (135     (79

(Expense) to equity

              (51                          (51

Translation and other

             (34     (7     (41     4        11        (67

As at October 31, 2015

             (454     (33     (316     9        (108     (902

Benefit (expense) to income statement

       (160     (3     65        2        11        (85

Benefit to equity

              122                             122   

Translation and other

             1        3        (2     1        (1     2   

As at October 31, 2016

             (613     89        (253     12        (98     (863

 

  (1) Deferred tax assets of $3,101 million and $3,162 million as at October 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, are presented on the balance sheet net by legal jurisdiction.
  (2) Deferred tax liabilities of $242 million and $265 million as at October 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, are presented on the balance sheet net by legal jurisdiction.

In fiscal 2016, we were reassessed by the Canada Revenue Agency (CRA) for additional income taxes in an amount of approximately $76 million in respect of certain 2011 Canadian corporate dividends. In its reassessment, the CRA denied dividend deductions on the basis that the dividends were received as part of a dividend rental arrangement. The dividends to which the reassessment relates were received in transactions similar to those addressed in the 2015 Canadian Federal Budget, which introduced prospective rules that apply as of May 1, 2017 for existing arrangements. We remain of the view that our tax filing position was appropriate and intend to challenge the reassessment.

 

 

Note 24: Earnings Per Share

Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing net income attributable to our shareholders, after deducting preferred share dividends, by the daily average number of fully paid common shares outstanding throughout the year.

Diluted earnings per share is calculated in the same manner, with further adjustments made to reflect the dilutive impact of instruments convertible into our common shares.

The following table presents our basic and diluted earnings per share:

 

Basic Earnings per Share
(Canadian $ in millions, except as noted)
   2016     2015     2014  

Net income attributable to bank shareholders

     4,622        4,370        4,277   

Dividends on preferred shares

     (150     (117     (120

Net income available to common shareholders

     4,472        4,253        4,157   

Average number of common shares outstanding (in thousands)

     644,049        644,916        645,860   

Basic earnings per share (Canadian $)

     6.94        6.59        6.44   
Diluted Earnings per Share                   

Net income available to common shareholders

     4,472        4,253        4,157   

Stock options potentially exercisable (1)

     8,708        9,472        10,832   

Common shares potentially repurchased

     (6,609     (7,226     (8,217

Average diluted number of common shares outstanding (in thousands)

     646,148        647,162        648,475   

Diluted earnings per share (Canadian $)

     6.92        6.57        6.41   

 

  (1) In computing diluted earnings per share, we excluded average stock options outstanding of 1,351,582, 1,906,715 and 1,734,932 with weighted-average exercise prices of $185.52, $185.22 and $235.07 for the years ended October 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively, as the average share price for the period did not exceed the exercise price.

 

194   BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016


Table of Contents

Note 25: Commitments, Guarantees, Pledged Assets, Provisions and Contingent Liabilities

In the normal course of business, we enter into a variety of contracts under which we may be required to make payments to reimburse a counterparty for a loss if a third party does not perform according to the terms of a contract or does not make payments when due under the terms of a debt instrument, and contracts under which we provide indirect guarantees of the indebtedness of another party, all of which are considered guarantees.

Guarantees that qualify as derivatives are accounted for in accordance with the policy for derivative instruments (see Note 8). For guarantees that do not qualify as derivatives, the liability is initially recorded at fair value, which is generally the fee received. Subsequently, guarantees are recorded at the higher of the initial fair value, less amortization to recognize any fee income earned over the period, and the best estimate of the amount required to settle the obligation. Any change in the liability is reported in our Consolidated Statement of Income.

In addition, we enter into a variety of commitments, including off-balance sheet credit instruments such as backstop liquidity facilities, securities lending, letters of credit, credit default swaps and commitments to extend credit, as a method of meeting the financial needs of our customers. These commitments include contracts where we may be required to make payments to a counterparty, based on changes in the value of an asset, liability or equity security that the counterparty holds, due to changes in an underlying interest rate, foreign exchange rate or other variable. The contractual amount of our commitments represents our maximum undiscounted potential exposure, before possible recoveries under recourse and collateral provisions. Collateral requirements for these instruments are consistent with collateral requirements for loans.

A large majority of these commitments expire without being drawn upon. As a result, the total contractual amounts may not be representative of the funding likely to be required for these commitments.

We strive to limit credit risk by dealing only with counterparties that we believe are creditworthy, and we manage our credit risk for other credit instruments using the same credit risk process that is applied to loans and other credit assets.

The maximum amount payable related to our various commitments is as follows:

 

(Canadian $ in millions)   

2016

    

2015

 

Financial Guarantees

     

Standby letters of credit

     16,853         15,351   

Credit default swaps (1) (2)

     981         9,154   

Other Credit Instruments

     

Backstop liquidity facilities

     5,776         5,041   

Securities lending

     6,022         6,081   

Documentary and commercial letters of credit

     1,135         1,101   

Commitments to extend credit (3)

     121,499         101,660   

Other commitments

     4,379         3,586   

Total

     156,645         141,974   

 

  (1) As at October 31, 2016, $nil ($8,000 million in 2015) of the credit default swaps outstanding relates to our credit protection vehicle. The vehicle redeemed all outstanding medium-term notes and the credit default swaps matured. There is no remaining activity in this vehicle.

(2) The fair value of the related derivative liabilities included in our Consolidated Balance Sheet was $32 million as at October 31, 2016 ($48 million in 2015).

(3) Commitments to extend credit exclude personal lines of credit and credit cards that are unconditionally cancellable at our discretion.

Certain comparative figures have been reclassified to conform with the current year’s presentation.

Financial Guarantees

Standby letters of credit represent our obligation to make payments to third parties on behalf of customers if they are unable to make the required payments or meet other contractual requirements. The majority have a term of one year or less. Collateral requirements for standby letters of credit and guarantees are consistent with our collateral requirements for loans. Standby letters of credit and guarantees include our guarantee of a subsidiary’s debt directly provided to a third party.

Written credit default swaps require us to compensate a counterparty following the occurrence of a credit event in relation to a specified reference obligation, such as a bond or a loan. The terms of these contracts range from less than one year to 10 years. Refer to Note 8 for details.

Other Credit Instruments

Backstop liquidity facilities are provided to asset-backed commercial paper (“ABCP”) programs administered by either us or third parties as an alternative source of financing in the event that such programs are unable to access ABCP markets or when predetermined performance measures of the financial assets held by these programs are not met. The terms of the backstop liquidity facilities do not require us to advance money to these programs in the event of bankruptcy of the borrower. The facilities’ terms are generally no longer than one year, but can be several years.

We lend eligible customers’ securities to third-party borrowers who have been evaluated for credit risk using the same credit risk process that is applied to loans and other credit assets. In connection with these activities, we provide an indemnification to clients against losses resulting from the failure of the borrower to return loaned securities when due. All borrowings are fully collateralized with cash or marketable securities. As securities are loaned, we require borrowers to maintain collateral which is equal to or in excess of 100% of the fair value of the securities borrowed. The collateral is revalued on a daily basis.

Documentary and commercial letters of credit represent our agreement to honour drafts presented by a third party upon completion of specific activities.

Commitments to extend credit represent our commitment to our customers to grant them credit in the form of loans or other financings for specific amounts and maturities, subject to their meeting certain conditions.

As a participant in merchant banking activities, we enter into commitments to fund external private equity funds and investments in equity and debt securities at market value at the time the commitments are drawn. In addition, we act as underwriter for certain new issuances under which we alone or together with a syndicate of financial institutions purchase the new issue for resale to investors.

 

BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016     195   


Table of Contents

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Indemnification Agreements

In the normal course of operations, we enter into various agreements that provide general indemnifications. These indemnifications typically occur in connection with sales of assets, securities offerings, service contracts, membership agreements, clearing arrangements, derivative contracts and leasing transactions. Based on historical experience, we expect the risk of loss to be remote.

Exchange and Clearinghouse Guarantees

We are a member of several securities and futures exchanges and clearinghouses. Membership in certain of these organizations may require us to pay a pro rata share of the losses incurred by the organization in the event of default of another member. It is difficult to estimate our maximum exposure under these membership agreements, since this would require an assessment of future claims that may be made against us that have not yet occurred. Based on historical experience, we expect the risk of loss to be remote.

Pledged Assets

In the normal course of business, we pledge assets as security for various liabilities that we incur.

The following tables summarize our pledged assets and collateral, and the activities to which they relate:

 

(Canadian $ in millions)    2016      2015  

Bank Assets

     

Cash and securities (1)

     

Issued or guaranteed by the government of Canada

     7,502         14,712   

Issued or guaranteed by a Canadian province, municipality or school corporation

     6,018         5,343   

Other

     52,164         42,625   

Mortgages, securities borrowed or purchased under resale agreements and other

     82,667         72,004   
       148,351         134,684   
(Canadian $ in millions)    2016      2015  

Assets pledged to:

     

Clearing systems, payment systems and depositories

     1,518         1,626   

Foreign governments and central banks

     3         3   

Obligations related to securities sold under repurchase agreements

     29,014         25,268   

Securities borrowing and lending

     49,218         46,678   

Derivatives transactions

     7,818         12,798   

Securitization

     26,530         27,373   

Covered bonds

     20,285         12,301   

Other

     13,965         8,637   

Total pledged assets and collateral (1)

     148,351         134,684   

 

  (1) Excludes cash pledged with central banks disclosed as restricted cash in Note 2.

Collateral

When entering into trading activities such as purchases under resale agreements, securities borrowing and lending activities or financing and for certain derivative transactions, we require our counterparties to provide us with collateral that will protect us from losses in the event of their default. Collateral transactions (received or pledged) are typically conducted under terms that are usual and customary in standard trading activities. If there is no default, the securities or their equivalents must be returned to or returned by the counterparty at the end of the contract.

The fair value of counterparty collateral that we are permitted to sell or repledge (in the absence of default by the owner of the collateral) was $115,895 million as at October 31, 2016 ($111,088 million as at October 31, 2015). The fair value of collateral that we have sold or repledged was $67,917 million as at October 31, 2016 ($60,245 million as at October 31, 2015).

Lease Commitments

We have entered into a number of non-cancellable leases for premises and equipment. Our computer and software leases are typically fixed for one term and our premises leases have various renewal options and rights. Our total contractual rental commitments as at October 31, 2016 were $1,985 million. The commitments for each of the next five years and thereafter are $357 million for 2017, $317 million for 2018, $272 million for 2019, $243 million for 2020, $194 million for 2021 and $602 million thereafter. Included in these amounts are commitments related to 857 leased branch locations as at October 31, 2016.

Provisions and Contingent Liabilities

Provisions are recognized when we have a legal or constructive obligation as a result of past events, such as contractual commitments, legal or other obligations where we can reliably estimate the obligation, and it is probable we will be required to settle the obligation. We recognize as a provision the best estimate of the amount required to settle the obligations as of the balance sheet date, taking into account the risks and uncertainties surrounding the obligations.

 

196   BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016


Table of Contents

Changes in the provision balance during the year were as follows:

 

(Canadian $ in millions)    2016      2015  

Balance at beginning of year

     211         195   

Additional provisions/increase in provisions

     274         268   

Provisions utilized

     (185      (230

Amounts reversed

     (34      (32

Exchange differences and other movements

     2         10   

Balance at end of year

     268         211   

Contingent liabilities are potential obligations arising from past events, the existence of which will only be confirmed by the occurrence or non-occurrence of one or more future events not wholly within our control.

Legal Proceedings

The bank and its subsidiaries are party to legal proceedings, including regulatory investigations, in the ordinary course of business. While there is inherent difficulty in predicting the outcome of these proceedings, management does not expect the outcome of any of these proceedings, individually or in the aggregate, to have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial position or the results of operations of the bank.

BMO Nesbitt Burns Inc., an indirect subsidiary of the bank, has been named as a defendant in several individual actions and proposed class actions in Canada and the United States brought on behalf of shareholders of Bre-X Minerals Ltd. Many of the actions have been resolved as to BMO Nesbitt Burns Inc., including two during the year ended October 31, 2010. Management believes that there are strong defences to the remaining claims and will vigorously defend them.

 

 

Note 26: Operating and Geographic Segmentation

Operating Groups

We conduct our business through three operating groups, each of which has a distinct mandate. We determine our operating groups based on our management structure and therefore these groups, and the results attributed to them, may not be comparable with those of other financial services companies. We evaluate the performance of our groups using reported and adjusted measures such as net income, revenue growth, return on equity, and non-interest expense-to-revenue (productivity) ratio, as well as operating leverage.

Personal and Commercial Banking

Personal and Commercial Banking (“P&C”) is comprised of two operating segments: Canadian Personal and Commercial Banking and U.S. Personal and Commercial Banking.

Canadian Personal and Commercial Banking

Canadian Personal and Commercial Banking (“Canadian P&C”) provides a full range of financial products and services to eight million customers. Personal Banking provides financial solutions for everyday banking, financing, investing, credit card and creditor insurance needs. Commercial banking provides our small business and commercial banking customers with a broad suite of integrated commercial and capital markets products, as well as financial advisory services.

U.S. Personal and Commercial Banking

U.S. Personal and Commercial Banking (“U.S. P&C”) offers a broad range of products and services. Our retail and small and mid-sized business banking customers are served through our branches, contact centres, online and mobile banking platforms and automated banking machines across eight states.

Wealth Management

BMO’s group of wealth management businesses serves a full range of client segments from mainstream to ultra high net worth and institutional, with a broad offering of wealth management products and services, including insurance products. Wealth Management (“WM”) is a global business with an active presence in markets across Canada, the United States, Europe and Asia.

BMO Capital Markets

BMO Capital Markets (“BMO CM”) is a North American-based financial services provider offering a complete range of products and services to corporate, institutional and government clients. Through our Investment and Corporate Banking and Trading Products lines of business, we operate in 30 locations around the world, including 16 offices in North America.

Corporate Services

Corporate Services consists of Corporate Support Areas (“CSAs”), including Technology and Operations (“T&O”). CSAs provide enterprise-wide expertise and governance support in a variety of areas, including strategic planning, risk management, finance, legal and regulatory compliance, marketing, communications and human resources. T&O manages, maintains and provides governance over information technology, operations services, real estate and procurement for the bank.

The costs of these CSAs and T&O services are largely transferred to the three client operating groups (P&C, WM and BMO CM), with remaining related amounts retained in Corporate Services results. As such, Corporate Services operating results largely reflect the impact of residual treasury and asset liability management activities, the elimination of taxable equivalent adjustments, the results from certain impaired real estate secured assets, certain purchased loan accounting impacts, residual unallocated expenses, certain acquisition integration costs, restructuring costs, and adjustments to the collective allowance for credit losses.

Corporate Services results prior to 2016 reflected certain items in respect of the 2011 purchased loan portfolio, including recognition of the reduction in the credit mark that is reflected in net interest income over the term of the purchased loans and provisions and recoveries of credit

 

BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016     197   


Table of Contents

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

losses on the purchased loan portfolio. Beginning in the first quarter of 2016, the reduction in the credit mark that is reflected in net interest income and the provision for credit losses on the purchased performing loan portfolio are being recognized in U.S. P&C, consistent with the accounting for the acquisition of BMO TF, and given that these amounts have reduced substantially in size. Results for prior periods have not been reclassified. Recoveries or provisions on the 2011 purchased credit impaired loan portfolio continue to be recognized in Corporate Services. Purchased loan accounting impacts related to BMO TF are recognized in U.S. P&C. Also effective in the first quarter of 2016, income from equity investments has been reclassified from net interest income to non-interest revenue in Canadian P&C, Wealth Management and Corporate Services. Results from prior periods have been reclassified.

Basis of Presentation

The results of these operating groups are based on our internal financial reporting systems. The accounting policies used in these segments are generally consistent with those followed in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements, as disclosed in Note 1 and throughout the consolidated financial statements. A notable accounting measurement difference is the taxable equivalent basis adjustment as described below.

Periodically, certain business lines and units within the business lines are transferred between client and corporate support groups to more closely align our organizational structure with our strategic priorities. In addition, revenue and expense allocations are updated to more accurately align with current experience. Results for prior periods are restated to conform to the current year’s presentation.

Taxable Equivalent Basis

We analyze revenue on a taxable equivalent basis (“teb”) at the operating group level. Revenue and the provision for income taxes are increased on tax-exempt securities to an equivalent before-tax basis to facilitate comparison of income between taxable and tax-exempt sources. The offset to the groups’ teb adjustments is reflected in Corporate Services revenue and provision for income taxes.

Inter-Group Allocations

Various estimates and allocation methodologies are used in the preparation of the operating groups’ financial information. We allocate expenses directly related to earning revenue to the groups that earned the related revenue. Expenses not directly related to earning revenue, such as overhead expenses, are allocated to operating groups using allocation formulas applied on a consistent basis. Operating group net interest income reflects internal funding charges and credits on the groups’ assets, liabilities and capital, at market rates, taking into account relevant terms and currency considerations. The offset of the net impact of these charges and credits is reflected in Corporate Services.

 

198   BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016


Table of Contents

Geographic Information

We operate primarily in Canada and the United States, but we also have operations in the United Kingdom, Europe, the Caribbean and Asia, which are grouped in other countries. We allocate our results by geographic region based on the location of the unit responsible for managing the related assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, except for the consolidated provision for credit losses, which is allocated based upon the country of ultimate risk. Our results and average assets, grouped by operating segment and geographic region, are as follows:

 

(Canadian $ in millions)   Canadian
P&C
   

U.S.

P&C

    Wealth
Management
    BMO CM     Corporate
Services
    Total     Canada     United
States
    Other
countries
 

2016

                 

Net interest income (1)

    5,060        3,528        614        1,509        (839     9,872        5,680        3,944        248   

Non-interest revenue

    1,908        1,121        5,274        2,853        59        11,215        7,168        2,903        1,144   

Total Revenue

    6,968        4,649        5,888        4,362        (780     21,087        12,848        6,847        1,392   

Provision for credit losses

    542        257        9        81        (74     815        611        204          

Insurance claims, commissions and changes in policy benefit liabilities

                  1,543                      1,543        1,288               255   

Amortization

    276        433        233        105               1,047        498        474        75   

Non-interest expense

    3,183        2,470        3,102        2,471        724        11,950        6,569        4,619        762   

Income before taxes and non-controlling interest in subsidiaries

    2,967        1,489        1,001        1,705        (1,430     5,732        3,882        1,550        300   

Provision for income taxes

    760        408        239        437        (743     1,101        603        409        89   

Reported net income (loss)

    2,207        1,081        762        1,268        (687     4,631        3,279        1,141        211   

Non-controlling interest in subsidiaries

                  2               7        9        7               2   

Net Income (loss) attributable to bank shareholders

    2,207        1,081        760        1,268        (694     4,622        3,272        1,141        209   

Average Assets

    208,017        105,907        30,642        303,273        59,283        707,122        420,155        260,018        26,949   
(Canadian $ in millions)   Canadian
P&C
   

U.S.

P&C

    Wealth
Management
    BMO CM     Corporate
Services
    Total     Canada     United
States
    Other
countries
 

2015

                 

Net interest income (1)

    4,806        2,836        565        1,332        (776     8,763        5,467        3,182        114   

Non-interest revenue

    1,834        780        5,198        2,535        279        10,626        6,297        2,720        1,609   

Total Revenue

    6,640        3,616        5,763        3,867        (497     19,389        11,764        5,902        1,723   

Provision for credit losses

    496        119        7        26        (36     612        561        52        (1

Insurance claims, commissions and changes in policy benefit liabilities

                  1,254                      1,254        624               630   

Amortization

    236        223        231        98               788        428        284        76   

Non-interest expense

    3,103        2,167        3,126        2,385        613        11,394        6,300        4,376        718   

Income before taxes and non-controlling interest in subsidiaries

    2,805        1,107        1,145        1,358        (1,074     5,341        3,851        1,190        300   

Provision for income taxes

    700        278        295        329        (666     936        651        240        45   

Reported net income (loss)

    2,105        829        850        1,029        (408     4,405        3,200        950        255   

Non-controlling interest in subsidiaries

                  5               30        35        30               5   

Net Income (loss) attributable to bank shareholders

    2,105        829        845        1,029        (438     4,370        3,170        950        250   

Average Assets

    197,209        88,873        29,147        289,936        59,226        664,391        402,199        234,475        27,717   
(Canadian $ in millions)   Canadian
P&C
   

U.S.

P&C

    Wealth
Management
    BMO CM     Corporate
Services
    Total     Canada     United
States
    Other
countries
 

2014

                 

Net interest income (1)

    4,654        2,484        537        1,175        (558     8,292        5,328        2,838        126   

Non-interest revenue

    1,752        673        4,801        2,539        166        9,931        6,684        2,329        918   

Total Revenue

    6,406        3,157        5,338        3,714        (392     18,223        12,012        5,167        1,044   

Provision for credit losses

    528        177        (3     (18     (123     561        533        30        (2

Insurance claims, commissions and changes in policy benefit liabilities

                  1,505                      1,505        1,230               275   

Amortization

    229        223        193        102               747        424        279        44   

Non-interest expense

    2,952        1,858        2,647        2,247        470        10,174        5,868        3,812        494   

Income before taxes and non-controlling interest in subsidiaries

    2,697        899        996        1,383        (739     5,236        3,957        1,046        233   

Provision for income taxes

    682        243        216        309        (547     903        680        213        10   

Reported net income (loss)

    2,015        656        780        1,074        (192     4,333        3,277        833        223   

Non-controlling interest in subsidiaries

                  3               53        56        54               2   

Net Income (loss) attributable to bank shareholders

    2,015        656        777        1,074        (245     4,277        3,223        833        221   

Average Assets

    190,529        74,357        24,980        259,324        44,738        593,928        370,701        200,901        22,326   

(1) Operating groups report on a taxable equivalent basis – see Basis of Presentation section.

Certain comparative figures have been reclassified to conform with the current year’s presentation.

 

BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016     199   


Table of Contents

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 27: Significant Subsidiaries

As at October 31, 2016, the bank, either directly or indirectly through its subsidiaries, controls the following significant operating subsidiaries.

 

     Head or principal office     Book value of shares owned by the bank
(Canadian $ in millions)
 

Bank of Montreal Capital Markets (Holdings) Limited

    London, England        249   

BMO Capital Markets Limited

    London, England     

Pyrford International Limited

    London, England     

Bank of Montreal (China) Co. Ltd.

    Beijing, China        440   

Bank of Montreal Holding Inc. and subsidiaries, including:

    Calgary, Canada        21,784   

BMO Investments Limited

    Hamilton, Bermuda     

BMO Reinsurance Limited

    St. Michaels, Barbados     

BMO Nesbitt Burns Holdings Corporation

    Toronto, Canada     

BMO Nesbitt Burns Inc.

    Toronto, Canada     

BMO Private Investment Counsel Inc.

    Toronto, Canada     

BMO Asset Management Inc.

    Toronto, Canada     

BMO Capital Markets Real Estate Inc.

    Toronto, Canada     

BMO Nesbitt Burns Securities Ltd.

    Toronto, Canada     

BMO Private Equity (Canada) Inc. and subsidiaries

    Toronto, Canada     

BMO Estate Insurance Advisory Services Inc.

    Toronto, Canada     

BMO Investments Inc.

    Toronto, Canada     

BMO Global Tax Advantage Fund Inc.

    Toronto, Canada     

BMO InvestorLine Inc.

    Toronto, Canada     

BMO Service Inc.

    Toronto, Canada     

Bank of Montreal Ireland plc

    Dublin, Ireland        979   

Bank of Montreal Mortgage Corporation

    Calgary, Canada        2,799   

BMO Mortgage Corp.

    Vancouver, Canada     

BMO Financial Corp. and subsidiaries, including:

    Chicago, United States        19,835   

BMO Asset Management Corp. and subsidiaries

    Chicago, United States     

Monegy, Inc.

    Toronto, Canada     

BMO Capital Markets Corp.

    New York, United States     

BMO Harris Bank National Association and subsidiaries

    Chicago, United States     

BMO Harris Investment Company LLC.

    Las Vegas, United States     

BMO Harris Central National Association

    Roselle, United States     

BMO Harris Financial Advisors, Inc.

    Chicago, United States     

BMO Harris Financing, Inc. and subsidiaries

    Chicago, United States     

BMO Private Equity (U.S.), Inc. and subsidiaries

    Chicago, United States     

CTC my CFO, LLC

    Palo Alto, United States     

Stoker Ostler Wealth Advisors, Inc.

    Scottsdale, United States     

BMO Global Asset Management (Europe) Limited

    London, England        290   

F&C Asset Management plc and subsidiaries, including:

    London, England     

F&C Group (Holdings) Limited

    London, England     

F&C Netherlands BV

    Amsterdam, Netherlands     

F&C Portugal, Gestão de Patrimonios, S.A.

    Lisbon, Portugal     

BMO Real Estate Partners LLP. and subsidiaries

    London, England     

BMO Life Insurance Company

    Toronto, Canada        872   

BMO Life Holdings (Canada), ULC

    Halifax, Canada     

BMO Life Assurance Company

    Toronto, Canada     

BMO Trust Company

    Toronto, Canada        1,024   

BMO Trustee Asia Limited

    Hong Kong, China        2   

BMO Corporate Services Asia Limited

    Hong Kong, China     

LGM (Bermuda) Limited

    Hamilton, Bermuda        91   

Lloyd George Investment Management (Bermuda) Limited

    Hamilton, Bermuda     

BMO Global Asset Management (Asia) Limited

    Hong Kong, China     

LGM Investments Limited

    London, England           

Significant Restrictions

Our ability to transfer funds between our subsidiaries may be restricted by statutory, contractual, capital and regulatory requirements. Restrictions include:

 

Assets pledged as security for various liabilities we incur. Refer to Note 25 for details.

 

Assets of our consolidated structured entities that are held for the benefit of the note holders. Refer to Note 7 for details.

 

Assets held by our insurance subsidiaries. Refer to Note 14 for details.

 

Regulatory and statutory requirements that reflect capital and liquidity requirements. Refer to Note 20 for details.

 

Funds required to be held with central banks. Refer to Note 2 for details.

 

200   BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016


Table of Contents

Note 28: Related Party Transactions

Related parties include subsidiaries, associates, joint ventures, key management personnel and employee future benefit plans. Transactions with our subsidiaries are eliminated on consolidation, and are not disclosed as related party transactions.

Key Management Personnel Compensation

Key management personnel is defined as those persons having authority and responsibility for planning, directing and/or controlling the activities of an entity, being the members of our Board of Directors (“directors”) and certain senior executives.

The following table presents the compensation of key management personnel.

 

(Canadian $ in millions)    2016      2015  

Base salary and incentives

     22         20   

Post-employment benefits

     2         2   

Share-based payments (1)

     32         27   

Total key management personnel compensation

     56         49   

 

  (1) Amounts included in share-based payments are the fair values of awards granted in the year.

We offer senior executives preferential interest rates on credit card balances, a fee-based subsidy on annual credit card fees, and a select suite of customer loan and mortgage products at rates normally accorded to preferred customers. At October 31, 2016, loans to key management personnel totalled $7 million ($15 million in 2015).

Directors receive a specified amount of their annual retainers in deferred stock units. Until a director’s shareholdings (including deferred stock units) are eight times greater than their annual retainer, they are required to take 100% of their annual retainer and other fees in the form of either our common shares or deferred stock units. They may elect to receive the remainder of such retainer fees and other remuneration in cash, common shares or deferred stock units.

Directors of our wholly owned subsidiary, BMO Financial Corp., are required to take a specified minimum amount of their annual retainers and other fees in the form of deferred stock units.

Joint Ventures and Associates

We provide banking services to our joint ventures and associates on the same terms offered to our customers for these services. Our investment in a joint venture of which we own 50% totalled $187 million as at October 31, 2016 ($256 million in 2015). Our investments in associates over which we exert significant influence totalled $390 million as at October 31, 2016 ($389 million in 2015).

The following table presents transactions with our joint ventures and associates.

 

(Canadian $ in millions)    2016      2015  

Loans

     323         265   

Deposits

     205         180   

Fees paid for services received

     83         99   

Interest income, loans

     5         5   

Interest expense

     3         3   

Subsequent to year end, one of our joint venture investments entered into an agreement to sell a subsidiary. This sale is expected to close by December 31, 2016 and will generate a gain on sale for the parent entity. We will record our share of the equity method earnings in our first quarter results, which will include our share of the gain on sale, estimated to be $170 million.

 

BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016     201   


Table of Contents

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 29:   Contractual Maturities of Assets and Liabilities and Off-Balance
       Sheet Commitments

The tables below show the remaining contractual maturity of on-balance sheet assets and liabilities and off-balance sheet commitments. The contractual maturity of financial assets and liabilities is an input to, but is not necessarily consistent with, the expected maturity of assets and liabilities that is used in the management of liquidity and funding risk. We forecast asset and liability cash flows, both under normal market conditions and under a number of stress scenarios, to manage liquidity and funding risk. Stress scenarios include assumptions for loan repayments, deposit withdrawals, and credit commitment and liquidity facility drawdowns by counterparty and product type. Stress scenarios also consider the time horizon over which liquid assets can be monetized and the related haircuts and potential collateral requirements that may result from both market volatility and credit rating downgrades, among other assumptions. For further details, see the blue-tinted font portion of the Liquidity and Funding Risk section of Management’s Discussion and Analysis.

 

(Canadian $ in millions)                                                                           2016  
      0 to 1
month
     1 to 3
months
     3 to 6
months
     6 to 9
months
     9 to 12
months
     1 to 2
years
     2 to 5
years
     Over 5
years
     No
maturity
    Total  

On-Balance Sheet Financial Instruments

                            

Assets

                            

Cash and cash equivalents

     30,745                                                                 908        31,653   

Interest bearing deposits with banks

     2,930         728         421         363         7                                        4,449   

Securities

                            

Trading securities

     412         1,449         1,058         2,794         2,645         6,507         7,122         16,975         45,496        84,458   

Available-for-sale securities

     826         740         1,401         431         376         5,771         19,695         24,808         1,615        55,663   

Held-to-maturity securities

                     294                 350         2,841         1,270         4,210                8,965   

Other securities

                                             8         54         13         824        899   

Total securities

     1,238         2,189         2,753         3,225         3,371         15,127         28,141         46,006         47,935        149,985   

Securities borrowed or purchased under resale agreements

     51,085         10,993         4,167         338                 63                                66,646   

Loans

                            

Residential mortgages

     1,001         1,212         3,347         4,772         3,930         24,555         64,044         9,416                112,277   

Consumer instalment and other personal

     371         374         791         828         887         5,431         24,041         8,542         23,415        64,680   

Credit cards

                                                                     8,101        8,101   

Businesses and governments

     11,473         5,904         7,155         6,727         20,547         18,140         63,049         11,380         31,222        175,597   

Allowance for credit losses

                                                                     (1,925     (1,925

Total loans and acceptances, net of allowance

     12,845         7,490         11,293         12,327         25,364         48,126         151,134         29,338         60,813        358,730   

Other Assets

                            

Derivative instruments

     2,508         4,483         1,443         1,480         1,804         3,826         9,796         13,843                39,183   

Customers’ liability under acceptances

     11,230         1,748         42                 1                                        13,021   

Premises and equipment

                                                                     2,147        2,147   

Goodwill

                                                                     6,381        6,381   

Intangible assets

                                                                     2,178        2,178   

Current tax assets

                                                                     906        906   

Deferred tax assets

                                                                     3,101        3,101   

Other

     1,274         453         106         18         4         3                 4,324         3,373        9,555   

Total other assets

     15,012         6,684         1,591         1,498         1,809         3,829         9,796         18,167         18,086        76,472   

Total Assets

     113,855         28,084         20,225         17,751         30,551         67,145         189,071         93,511         127,742        687,935   

 

202   BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016


Table of Contents
(Canadian $ in millions)                                                                            2016  
      0 to 1
month
     1 to 3
months
     3 to 6
months
     6 to 9
months
     9 to 12
months
     1 to 2
years
     2 to 5
years
     Over 5
years
     No
maturity
     Total  

Liabilities and Equity

                             

Deposits (1)

                             

Banks

     11,940         12,327         2,239         1,488         464         500                         5,313         34,271   

Businesses and governments

     33,833         29,737         15,216         13,174         8,359         15,499         34,103         13,006         113,287         276,214   

Individuals

     2,733         5,072         6,082         5,632         7,252         8,684         16,198         2,706         108,528         162,887   

Total deposits

     48,506         47,136         23,537         20,294         16,075         24,683         50,301         15,712         227,128         473,372   

Other liabilities

                             

Derivative instruments

     1,956         3,064         2,315         1,373         1,240         5,434         9,303         13,542                 38,227   

Acceptances

     11,230         1,748         42                 1                                         13,021   

Securities sold but not yet purchased

     25,106                                                                         25,106   

Securities lent or sold under repurchase agreements

     38,004         2,532         182                                                         40,718   

Current tax liabilities

                                                                     81         81   

Deferred tax liabilities

                                                                     242         242   

Securitization and liabilities related to structured entity

     7         1,881         589         648         876         3,248         9,756         5,372                 22,377   

Other

     8,651         1,152         701         22         4,809         1,704         140         2,444         8,401         28,024   

Total other liabilities

     84,954         10,377         3,829         2,043         6,926         10,386         19,199         21,358         8,724         167,796   

Subordinated debt

                     100                                                 4,339         4,439   

Total Equity

                                                                     42,328         42,328   

Total Liabilities and Equity

     133,460         57,513         27,466         22,337         23,001         35,069         69,500         37,070         282,519         687,935   

 

  (1) Deposits payable on demand and payable after notice have been included under no maturity.

 

(Canadian $ in millions)                                                                            2016  
      0 to 1
month
     1 to 3
months
     3 to 6
months
     6 to 9
months
     9 to 12
months
     1 to 2
years
     2 to 5
years
     Over 5
years
     No
maturity
     Total  

Off-Balance Sheet Commitments

                             

Commitments to extend credit (1)

     2,267         7,896         3,776         8,293         12,289         16,236         75,998         3,013                 129,768   

Operating leases

     30         61         90         88         88         317         709         602                 1,985   

Securities lending

     6,022                                                                         6,022   

Purchase obligations

     45         96         128         132         129         148         172         99                 949   

 

  (1) A large majority of these commitments expire without being drawn upon. As a result, the total contractual amounts may not be representative of the funding likely to be required for these commitments.

 

BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016     203   


Table of Contents

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Canadian $ in millions)                                                                           2015  
      0 to 1
month
     1 to 3
months
     3 to 6
months
     6 to 9
months
     9 to 12
months
     1 to 2
years
     2 to 5
years
     Over 5
years
     No
maturity
    Total  

On-Balance Sheet Financial Instruments

                            

Assets

                            

Cash and cash equivalents

     39,438                                                                 857        40,295   

Interest bearing deposits with banks

     5,077         1,728         411         94         70         2                                7,382   

Securities

                            

Trading securities

     954         1,432         633         3,900         2,241         3,639         5,993         15,940         37,728        72,460   

Available-for-sale securities

     1,260         1,198         995         590         2,434         4,641         18,699         16,476         1,713        48,006   

Held-to-maturity securities

     66         96         367         311         318         658         3,721         3,895                9,432   

Other securities

     3                                                 61         13         943        1,020   

Total securities

     2,283         2,726         1,995         4,801         4,993         8,938         28,474         36,324         40,384        130,918   

Securities borrowed or purchased under resale agreements

     44,959         17,564         4,400         714         389         40                                68,066   

Loans

                            

Residential mortgages

     1,189         2,022         4,014         4,758         4,567         17,807         61,913         9,648                105,918   

Consumer instalment and other personal

     475         619         1,334         1,509         1,513         3,844         23,578         9,228         23,498        65,598   

Credit cards

                                                                     7,980        7,980   

Businesses and governments

     6,406         8,895         5,929         6,482         16,426         16,118         45,541         8,203         31,076        145,076   

Allowance for credit losses

                                                                     (1,855     (1,855

Total loans and acceptances, net of allowance

     8,070         11,536         11,277         12,749         22,506         37,769         131,032         27,079         60,699        322,717   

Other Assets

                            

Derivative instruments

     3,611         2,862         1,043         1,827         752         4,961         9,591         13,591                38,238   

Customers’ liability under acceptances

     8,607         2,692         8                                                        11,307   

Premises and equipment

                                                                     2,285        2,285   

Goodwill

                                                                     6,069        6,069   

Intangible assets

                                                                     2,208        2,208   

Current tax assets

                                                                     561        561   

Deferred tax assets

                                                                     3,162        3,162   

Other

     1,249         445         47         4                         12         4,347         2,569        8,673   

Total other assets

     13,467         5,999         1,098         1,831         752         4,961         9,603         17,938         16,854        72,503   

Total Assets

     113,294         39,553         19,181         20,189         28,710         51,710         169,109         81,341         118,794        641,881   

Certain comparative figures have been reclassified to conform with the current year’s presentation.

 

204   BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016


Table of Contents
(Canadian $ in millions)                                                                            2015  
      0 to 1
month
     1 to 3
months
     3 to 6
months
     6 to 9
months
     9 to 12
months
     1 to 2
years
     2 to 5
years
     Over 5
years
     No
maturity
     Total  

Liabilities and Equity

                             

Deposits (1)

                             

Banks

     12,548         7,370         4,050         1,195         1,172         101                         6,173         32,609   

Businesses and governments

     20,505         38,097         21,001         7,270         10,962         14,497         27,112         10,891         107,809         258,144   

Individuals

     1,632         3,457         5,392         3,872         6,086         8,787         15,135         1,784         101,271         147,416   

Total deposits

     34,685         48,924         30,443         12,337         18,220         23,385         42,247         12,675         215,253         438,169   

Other liabilities

                             

Derivative instruments

     2,586         3,858         1,574         3,493         1,259         6,030         11,637         12,202                 42,639   

Acceptances

     8,607         2,692         8                                                         11,307   

Securities sold but not yet purchased

     21,226                                                                         21,226   

Securities lent or sold under repurchase agreements

     35,599         3,990         121         104         77                                         39,891   

Current tax liabilities

                                                                     102         102   

Deferred tax liabilities

                                                                     265         265   

Securitization and liabilities related to structured entity

     2         880         446         2,514         337         3,864         8,834         4,796                 21,673   

Other

     8,148         319         30         15         185         1,071         3,181         2,201         7,130         22,280   

Total other liabilities

     76,168         11,739         2,179         6,126         1,858         10,965         23,652         19,199         7,497         159,383   

Subordinated debt

                                             100                 4,316                 4,416   

Total Equity

                                                                     39,913         39,913   

Total Liabilities and Equity

     110,853         60,663         32,622         18,463         20,078         34,450         65,899         36,190         262,663         641,881   

 

  (1) Deposits payable on demand and payable after notice have been included under no maturity.

 

(Canadian $ in millions)                                                                            2015  
      0 to 1
month
     1 to 3
months
     3 to 6
months
     6 to 9
months
     9 to 12
months
     1 to 2
years
     2 to 5
years
     Over 5
years
     No
maturity
     Total  

Off-Balance Sheet Commitments

                             

Commitments to extend credit (1)

     1,815         6,651         3,994         5,946         6,549         15,542         63,885         2,319                 106,701   

Operating leases

     29         60         89         88         87         328         721         675                 2,077   

Securities lending

     6,081                                                                         6,081   

Purchase obligations

     54         103         153         160         154         467         302         127                 1,520   

 

  (1) A large majority of these commitments expire without being drawn upon. As a result, the total contractual amounts may not be representative of the funding likely to be required for these commitments.

Certain comparative figures have been reclassified to conform with the current year’s presentation.

 

BMO Financial Group 199th Annual Report 2016     205   

EX-99.4

Exhibit 99.4

 

LOGO  

KPMG LLP

Chartered Accountants

Bay Adelaide Centre

333 Bay Street, Suite 4600

Toronto ON M5H 2S5

 

Telephone    (416) 777-8500

Fax               (416) 777-8818

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC  ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors of Bank of Montreal

We consent to the inclusion in this annual report on Form 40-F of:

 

(i) our report of independent registered public accounting firm dated December 6, 2016 on the consolidated balance sheets of Bank of Montreal (the “Bank”) as at October 31, 2016 and October 31, 2015, the consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in equity and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended October 31, 2016, and notes, comprising a summary of significant accounting policies and other explanatory information;

 

(ii) our report of independent registered public accounting firm dated December 6, 2016 on the effectiveness of the Bank’s internal control over financial reporting as of October 31, 2016;

each of which is contained in this annual report on Form 40-F of the Bank for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2016.

We also consent to the incorporation by reference of such reports in the following Registration Statements of the Bank:

 

(1) Registration Statement – Form F-3 – File No. 33-96354
(2) Registration Statement – Form S-8 – File No. 333-182644
(3) Registration Statement – Form S-8 – File No. 333-180968
(4) Registration Statement – Form S-8 – File No. 333-177579
(5) Registration Statement – Form S-8 – File No. 333-177568
(6) Registration Statement – Form S-8 – File No. 333-176479
(7) Registration Statement – Form S-8 – File No. 333-175413
(8) Registration Statement – Form S-8 – File No. 333-175412
(9) Registration Statement – Form S-8 – File No. 333-113096
(10) Registration Statement – Form S-8 – File No. 333-14260
(11) Registration Statement – Form S-8 – File No. 33-92112
(12) Registration Statement – Form F-3 – File No. 333- 189814
(13) Registration Statement – Form S-8 – File No. 333-191591
(14) Registration Statement – Form F-3 – File No. 333-196387
(15) Registration Statement – Form S-8 – File No. 333-207739

 

 

LOGO

Chartered Professional Accountants, Licensed Public Accountants

December 6, 2016

Toronto, Canada

 

Page 1 of 1


EX-99.5

Exhibit 99.5

Certifications

Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) or 15d-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

I, William A. Downe, Chief Executive Officer of Bank of Montreal, certify that:

1.     I have reviewed this annual report on Form 40-F (the “report”) of Bank of Montreal (the “issuer”);

2.     Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3     Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the issuer as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.     The issuer’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the issuer and have:

(a)     Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the issuer, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b)     Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c)     Evaluated the effectiveness of the issuer’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d)     Disclosed in this report any change in the issuer’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the issuer’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.     The issuer’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the issuer’s auditors and the audit committee of the issuer’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a)     All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the issuer’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b)     Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the issuer’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: December 6, 2016

 

/s/ William A. Downe

William A. Downe

Chief Executive Officer

 

Page 1 of 1


EX-99.6

Exhibit 99.6

Certifications

Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) or 15d-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

I, Thomas E. Flynn, Chief Financial Officer of Bank of Montreal, certify that:

1.     I have reviewed this annual report on Form 40-F (the “report”) of Bank of Montreal (the “issuer”);

2.     Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.     Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the issuer as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.     The issuer’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the issuer and have:

(a)      Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the issuer, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b)      Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c)      Evaluated the effectiveness of the issuer’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d)      Disclosed in this report any change in the issuer’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the issuer’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.     The issuer’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the issuer’s auditors and the audit committee of the issuer’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a)      All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the issuer’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b)      Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the issuer’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: December 6, 2016

 

/s/ Thomas E. Flynn

Thomas E. Flynn

Chief Financial Officer

 

Page 1 of 1


EX-99.7

Exhibit 99.7

Certifications

Pursuant to Rule 13(a) or 15(d) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1350, the undersigned officers of Bank of Montreal (the “Bank”), hereby certify that, to his knowledge, (a) the annual report on Form 40-F for the period ended October 31, 2016 (the“Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d), as applicable, of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and (b) the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Bank.

 

Date: December 6, 2016       /s/ William A. Downe
      William A. Downe
      Chief Executive Officer

 

Date: December 6, 2016       /s/ Thomas E. Flynn
      Thomas E. Flynn
      Chief Financial Officer

 

Page 1 of 1